[llvm-branch-commits] [llvm-branch] r172541 [2/8] - in /llvm/branches/AMDILBackend: ./ autoconf/ bindings/ocaml/executionengine/ bindings/ocaml/llvm/ bindings/ocaml/target/ cmake/ cmake/modules/ cmake/platforms/ docs/ docs/CommandGuide/ docs/_themes/ docs/_themes/llvm-theme/ docs/_themes/llvm-theme/static/ docs/llvm-theme/ docs/llvm-theme/static/ docs/tutorial/ examples/ExceptionDemo/ examples/Fibonacci/ examples/Kaleidoscope/Chapter4/ examples/Kaleidoscope/Chapter5/ examples/Kaleidoscope/Chapter6/ examples/Kaleidoscope/Chapt...

Richard Relph Richard.Relph at amd.com
Tue Jan 15 09:16:26 PST 2013


Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/ExecutionEngine/RuntimeDyld.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/ExecutionEngine/RuntimeDyld.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/ExecutionEngine/RuntimeDyld.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/ExecutionEngine/RuntimeDyld.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -15,43 +15,55 @@
 #define LLVM_RUNTIME_DYLD_H
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ExecutionEngine/ObjectBuffer.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Memory.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
 
 class RuntimeDyldImpl;
-class MemoryBuffer;
+class ObjectImage;
 
 // RuntimeDyld clients often want to handle the memory management of
-// what gets placed where. For JIT clients, this is an abstraction layer
-// over the JITMemoryManager, which references objects by their source
-// representations in LLVM IR.
+// what gets placed where. For JIT clients, this is the subset of
+// JITMemoryManager required for dynamic loading of binaries.
+//
 // FIXME: As the RuntimeDyld fills out, additional routines will be needed
 //        for the varying types of objects to be allocated.
 class RTDyldMemoryManager {
-  RTDyldMemoryManager(const RTDyldMemoryManager&);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const RTDyldMemoryManager&);       // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  RTDyldMemoryManager(const RTDyldMemoryManager&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const RTDyldMemoryManager&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 public:
   RTDyldMemoryManager() {}
   virtual ~RTDyldMemoryManager();
 
   /// allocateCodeSection - Allocate a memory block of (at least) the given
-  /// size suitable for executable code.
+  /// size suitable for executable code. The SectionID is a unique identifier
+  /// assigned by the JIT engine, and optionally recorded by the memory manager
+  /// to access a loaded section.
   virtual uint8_t *allocateCodeSection(uintptr_t Size, unsigned Alignment,
                                        unsigned SectionID) = 0;
 
   /// allocateDataSection - Allocate a memory block of (at least) the given
-  /// size suitable for data.
+  /// size suitable for data. The SectionID is a unique identifier
+  /// assigned by the JIT engine, and optionally recorded by the memory manager
+  /// to access a loaded section.
   virtual uint8_t *allocateDataSection(uintptr_t Size, unsigned Alignment,
                                        unsigned SectionID) = 0;
 
+  /// getPointerToNamedFunction - This method returns the address of the
+  /// specified function. As such it is only useful for resolving library
+  /// symbols, not code generated symbols.
+  ///
+  /// If AbortOnFailure is false and no function with the given name is
+  /// found, this function returns a null pointer. Otherwise, it prints a
+  /// message to stderr and aborts.
   virtual void *getPointerToNamedFunction(const std::string &Name,
                                           bool AbortOnFailure = true) = 0;
 };
 
 class RuntimeDyld {
-  RuntimeDyld(const RuntimeDyld &);     // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const RuntimeDyld &);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  RuntimeDyld(const RuntimeDyld &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const RuntimeDyld &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   // RuntimeDyldImpl is the actual class. RuntimeDyld is just the public
   // interface.
@@ -62,17 +74,24 @@
   // Any relocations already associated with the symbol will be re-resolved.
   void reassignSectionAddress(unsigned SectionID, uint64_t Addr);
 public:
-  RuntimeDyld(RTDyldMemoryManager*);
+  RuntimeDyld(RTDyldMemoryManager *);
   ~RuntimeDyld();
 
-  /// Load an in-memory object file into the dynamic linker.
-  bool loadObject(MemoryBuffer *InputBuffer);
+  /// loadObject - prepare the object contained in the input buffer for
+  /// execution.  Ownership of the input buffer is transferred to the
+  /// ObjectImage instance returned from this function if successful.
+  /// In the case of load failure, the input buffer will be deleted.
+  ObjectImage *loadObject(ObjectBuffer *InputBuffer);
 
   /// Get the address of our local copy of the symbol. This may or may not
   /// be the address used for relocation (clients can copy the data around
   /// and resolve relocatons based on where they put it).
   void *getSymbolAddress(StringRef Name);
 
+  /// Get the address of the target copy of the symbol. This is the address
+  /// used for relocation.
+  uint64_t getSymbolLoadAddress(StringRef Name);
+
   /// Resolve the relocations for all symbols we currently know about.
   void resolveRelocations();
 
@@ -80,7 +99,7 @@
   /// Map the address of a JIT section as returned from the memory manager
   /// to the address in the target process as the running code will see it.
   /// This is the address which will be used for relocation resolution.
-  void mapSectionAddress(void *LocalAddress, uint64_t TargetAddress);
+  void mapSectionAddress(const void *LocalAddress, uint64_t TargetAddress);
 
   StringRef getErrorString();
 };

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Function.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Function.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Function.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Function.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -109,9 +109,9 @@
       BuildLazyArguments();
   }
   void BuildLazyArguments() const;
-  
-  Function(const Function&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const Function&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+
+  Function(const Function&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const Function&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   /// Function ctor - If the (optional) Module argument is specified, the
   /// function is automatically inserted into the end of the function list for
@@ -168,17 +168,17 @@
   ///
   void setAttributes(const AttrListPtr &attrs) { AttributeList = attrs; }
 
-  /// hasFnAttr - Return true if this function has the given attribute.
-  bool hasFnAttr(Attributes N) const {
-    // Function Attributes are stored at ~0 index 
-    return AttributeList.paramHasAttr(~0U, N);
+  /// getFnAttributes - Return the function attributes for querying.
+  ///
+  Attributes getFnAttributes() const {
+    return AttributeList.getFnAttributes();
   }
 
   /// addFnAttr - Add function attributes to this function.
   ///
-  void addFnAttr(Attributes N) { 
+  void addFnAttr(Attributes::AttrVal N) { 
     // Function Attributes are stored at ~0 index 
-    addAttribute(~0U, N);
+    addAttribute(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex, Attributes::get(getContext(), N));
   }
 
   /// removeFnAttr - Remove function attributes from this function.
@@ -195,9 +195,15 @@
   void setGC(const char *Str);
   void clearGC();
 
-  /// @brief Determine whether the function has the given attribute.
-  bool paramHasAttr(unsigned i, Attributes attr) const {
-    return AttributeList.paramHasAttr(i, attr);
+
+  /// getRetAttributes - Return the return attributes for querying.
+  Attributes getRetAttributes() const {
+    return AttributeList.getRetAttributes();
+  }
+
+  /// getParamAttributes - Return the parameter attributes for querying.
+  Attributes getParamAttributes(unsigned Idx) const {
+    return AttributeList.getParamAttributes(Idx);
   }
 
   /// addAttribute - adds the attribute to the list of attributes.
@@ -213,50 +219,44 @@
 
   /// @brief Determine if the function does not access memory.
   bool doesNotAccessMemory() const {
-    return hasFnAttr(Attribute::ReadNone);
+    return getFnAttributes().hasAttribute(Attributes::ReadNone);
   }
-  void setDoesNotAccessMemory(bool DoesNotAccessMemory = true) {
-    if (DoesNotAccessMemory) addFnAttr(Attribute::ReadNone);
-    else removeFnAttr(Attribute::ReadNone);
+  void setDoesNotAccessMemory() {
+    addFnAttr(Attributes::ReadNone);
   }
 
   /// @brief Determine if the function does not access or only reads memory.
   bool onlyReadsMemory() const {
-    return doesNotAccessMemory() || hasFnAttr(Attribute::ReadOnly);
+    return doesNotAccessMemory() ||
+      getFnAttributes().hasAttribute(Attributes::ReadOnly);
   }
-  void setOnlyReadsMemory(bool OnlyReadsMemory = true) {
-    if (OnlyReadsMemory) addFnAttr(Attribute::ReadOnly);
-    else removeFnAttr(Attribute::ReadOnly | Attribute::ReadNone);
+  void setOnlyReadsMemory() {
+    addFnAttr(Attributes::ReadOnly);
   }
 
   /// @brief Determine if the function cannot return.
   bool doesNotReturn() const {
-    return hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoReturn);
+    return getFnAttributes().hasAttribute(Attributes::NoReturn);
   }
-  void setDoesNotReturn(bool DoesNotReturn = true) {
-    if (DoesNotReturn) addFnAttr(Attribute::NoReturn);
-    else removeFnAttr(Attribute::NoReturn);
+  void setDoesNotReturn() {
+    addFnAttr(Attributes::NoReturn);
   }
 
   /// @brief Determine if the function cannot unwind.
   bool doesNotThrow() const {
-    return hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoUnwind);
+    return getFnAttributes().hasAttribute(Attributes::NoUnwind);
   }
-  void setDoesNotThrow(bool DoesNotThrow = true) {
-    if (DoesNotThrow) addFnAttr(Attribute::NoUnwind);
-    else removeFnAttr(Attribute::NoUnwind);
+  void setDoesNotThrow() {
+    addFnAttr(Attributes::NoUnwind);
   }
 
   /// @brief True if the ABI mandates (or the user requested) that this
   /// function be in a unwind table.
   bool hasUWTable() const {
-    return hasFnAttr(Attribute::UWTable);
+    return getFnAttributes().hasAttribute(Attributes::UWTable);
   }
-  void setHasUWTable(bool HasUWTable = true) {
-    if (HasUWTable)
-      addFnAttr(Attribute::UWTable);
-    else
-      removeFnAttr(Attribute::UWTable);
+  void setHasUWTable() {
+    addFnAttr(Attributes::UWTable);
   }
 
   /// @brief True if this function needs an unwind table.
@@ -267,27 +267,25 @@
   /// @brief Determine if the function returns a structure through first 
   /// pointer argument.
   bool hasStructRetAttr() const {
-    return paramHasAttr(1, Attribute::StructRet);
+    return getParamAttributes(1).hasAttribute(Attributes::StructRet);
   }
 
   /// @brief Determine if the parameter does not alias other parameters.
   /// @param n The parameter to check. 1 is the first parameter, 0 is the return
   bool doesNotAlias(unsigned n) const {
-    return paramHasAttr(n, Attribute::NoAlias);
+    return getParamAttributes(n).hasAttribute(Attributes::NoAlias);
   }
-  void setDoesNotAlias(unsigned n, bool DoesNotAlias = true) {
-    if (DoesNotAlias) addAttribute(n, Attribute::NoAlias);
-    else removeAttribute(n, Attribute::NoAlias);
+  void setDoesNotAlias(unsigned n) {
+    addAttribute(n, Attributes::get(getContext(), Attributes::NoAlias));
   }
 
   /// @brief Determine if the parameter can be captured.
   /// @param n The parameter to check. 1 is the first parameter, 0 is the return
   bool doesNotCapture(unsigned n) const {
-    return paramHasAttr(n, Attribute::NoCapture);
+    return getParamAttributes(n).hasAttribute(Attributes::NoCapture);
   }
-  void setDoesNotCapture(unsigned n, bool DoesNotCapture = true) {
-    if (DoesNotCapture) addAttribute(n, Attribute::NoCapture);
-    else removeAttribute(n, Attribute::NoCapture);
+  void setDoesNotCapture(unsigned n) {
+    addAttribute(n, Attributes::get(getContext(), Attributes::NoCapture));
   }
 
   /// copyAttributesFrom - copy all additional attributes (those not needed to
@@ -400,7 +398,6 @@
   void viewCFGOnly() const;
 
   /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const Function *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Value *V) {
     return V->getValueID() == Value::FunctionVal;
   }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/GlobalAlias.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/GlobalAlias.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/GlobalAlias.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/GlobalAlias.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
 
 class GlobalAlias : public GlobalValue, public ilist_node<GlobalAlias> {
   friend class SymbolTableListTraits<GlobalAlias, Module>;
-  void operator=(const GlobalAlias &);     // Do not implement
-  GlobalAlias(const GlobalAlias &);     // Do not implement
+  void operator=(const GlobalAlias &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  GlobalAlias(const GlobalAlias &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   void setParent(Module *parent);
 
@@ -76,7 +76,6 @@
   const GlobalValue *resolveAliasedGlobal(bool stopOnWeak = true) const;
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const GlobalAlias *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Value *V) {
     return V->getValueID() == Value::GlobalAliasVal;
   }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/GlobalValue.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/GlobalValue.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/GlobalValue.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/GlobalValue.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 class Module;
 
 class GlobalValue : public Constant {
-  GlobalValue(const GlobalValue &);             // do not implement
+  GlobalValue(const GlobalValue &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 public:
   /// @brief An enumeration for the kinds of linkage for global values.
   enum LinkageTypes {
@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
     AvailableExternallyLinkage, ///< Available for inspection, not emission.
     LinkOnceAnyLinkage, ///< Keep one copy of function when linking (inline)
     LinkOnceODRLinkage, ///< Same, but only replaced by something equivalent.
+    LinkOnceODRAutoHideLinkage, ///< Like LinkOnceODRLinkage but addr not taken.
     WeakAnyLinkage,     ///< Keep one copy of named function when linking (weak)
     WeakODRLinkage,     ///< Same, but only replaced by something equivalent.
     AppendingLinkage,   ///< Special purpose, only applies to global arrays
@@ -41,8 +42,6 @@
     PrivateLinkage,     ///< Like Internal, but omit from symbol table.
     LinkerPrivateLinkage, ///< Like Private, but linker removes.
     LinkerPrivateWeakLinkage, ///< Like LinkerPrivate, but weak.
-    LinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage, ///< Like LinkerPrivateWeak, but possibly
-                                     ///  hidden.
     DLLImportLinkage,   ///< Function to be imported from DLL
     DLLExportLinkage,   ///< Function to be accessible from DLL.
     ExternalWeakLinkage,///< ExternalWeak linkage description.
@@ -123,7 +122,12 @@
     return Linkage == AvailableExternallyLinkage;
   }
   static bool isLinkOnceLinkage(LinkageTypes Linkage) {
-    return Linkage == LinkOnceAnyLinkage || Linkage == LinkOnceODRLinkage;
+    return Linkage == LinkOnceAnyLinkage ||
+           Linkage == LinkOnceODRLinkage ||
+           Linkage == LinkOnceODRAutoHideLinkage;
+  }
+  static bool isLinkOnceODRAutoHideLinkage(LinkageTypes Linkage) {
+    return Linkage == LinkOnceODRAutoHideLinkage;
   }
   static bool isWeakLinkage(LinkageTypes Linkage) {
     return Linkage == WeakAnyLinkage || Linkage == WeakODRLinkage;
@@ -143,13 +147,9 @@
   static bool isLinkerPrivateWeakLinkage(LinkageTypes Linkage) {
     return Linkage == LinkerPrivateWeakLinkage;
   }
-  static bool isLinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage(LinkageTypes Linkage) {
-    return Linkage == LinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage;
-  }
   static bool isLocalLinkage(LinkageTypes Linkage) {
     return isInternalLinkage(Linkage) || isPrivateLinkage(Linkage) ||
-      isLinkerPrivateLinkage(Linkage) || isLinkerPrivateWeakLinkage(Linkage) ||
-      isLinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage(Linkage);
+      isLinkerPrivateLinkage(Linkage) || isLinkerPrivateWeakLinkage(Linkage);
   }
   static bool isDLLImportLinkage(LinkageTypes Linkage) {
     return Linkage == DLLImportLinkage;
@@ -178,8 +178,7 @@
            Linkage == LinkOnceAnyLinkage ||
            Linkage == CommonLinkage ||
            Linkage == ExternalWeakLinkage ||
-           Linkage == LinkerPrivateWeakLinkage ||
-           Linkage == LinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage;
+           Linkage == LinkerPrivateWeakLinkage;
   }
 
   /// isWeakForLinker - Whether the definition of this global may be replaced at
@@ -192,10 +191,10 @@
            Linkage == WeakODRLinkage ||
            Linkage == LinkOnceAnyLinkage ||
            Linkage == LinkOnceODRLinkage ||
+           Linkage == LinkOnceODRAutoHideLinkage ||
            Linkage == CommonLinkage ||
            Linkage == ExternalWeakLinkage ||
-           Linkage == LinkerPrivateWeakLinkage ||
-           Linkage == LinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage;
+           Linkage == LinkerPrivateWeakLinkage;
   }
 
   bool hasExternalLinkage() const { return isExternalLinkage(Linkage); }
@@ -205,6 +204,9 @@
   bool hasLinkOnceLinkage() const {
     return isLinkOnceLinkage(Linkage);
   }
+  bool hasLinkOnceODRAutoHideLinkage() const {
+    return isLinkOnceODRAutoHideLinkage(Linkage);
+  }
   bool hasWeakLinkage() const {
     return isWeakLinkage(Linkage);
   }
@@ -215,9 +217,6 @@
   bool hasLinkerPrivateWeakLinkage() const {
     return isLinkerPrivateWeakLinkage(Linkage);
   }
-  bool hasLinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage() const {
-    return isLinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage(Linkage);
-  }
   bool hasLocalLinkage() const { return isLocalLinkage(Linkage); }
   bool hasDLLImportLinkage() const { return isDLLImportLinkage(Linkage); }
   bool hasDLLExportLinkage() const { return isDLLExportLinkage(Linkage); }
@@ -288,7 +287,6 @@
   inline const Module *getParent() const { return Parent; }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const GlobalValue *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Value *V) {
     return V->getValueID() == Value::FunctionVal ||
            V->getValueID() == Value::GlobalVariableVal ||

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/GlobalVariable.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/GlobalVariable.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/GlobalVariable.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/GlobalVariable.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@
 
 class GlobalVariable : public GlobalValue, public ilist_node<GlobalVariable> {
   friend class SymbolTableListTraits<GlobalVariable, Module>;
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned);       // Do not implement
-  void operator=(const GlobalVariable &);     // Do not implement
-  GlobalVariable(const GlobalVariable &);     // Do not implement
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const GlobalVariable &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  GlobalVariable(const GlobalVariable &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   void setParent(Module *parent);
 
@@ -174,7 +174,6 @@
   virtual void replaceUsesOfWithOnConstant(Value *From, Value *To, Use *U);
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const GlobalVariable *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Value *V) {
     return V->getValueID() == Value::GlobalVariableVal;
   }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IRBuilder.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IRBuilder.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IRBuilder.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IRBuilder.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
 
 #include "llvm/Instructions.h"
 #include "llvm/BasicBlock.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/LLVMContext.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
@@ -266,6 +267,10 @@
     return Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context, AddrSpace);
   }
 
+  IntegerType* getIntPtrTy(DataLayout *DL, unsigned AddrSpace = 0) {
+    return DL->getIntPtrType(Context, AddrSpace);
+  }
+
   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   // Intrinsic creation methods
   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -285,12 +290,15 @@
   /// If the pointers aren't i8*, they will be converted.  If a TBAA tag is
   /// specified, it will be added to the instruction.
   CallInst *CreateMemCpy(Value *Dst, Value *Src, uint64_t Size, unsigned Align,
-                         bool isVolatile = false, MDNode *TBAATag = 0) {
-    return CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src, getInt64(Size), Align, isVolatile, TBAATag);
+                         bool isVolatile = false, MDNode *TBAATag = 0,
+                         MDNode *TBAAStructTag = 0) {
+    return CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src, getInt64(Size), Align, isVolatile, TBAATag,
+                        TBAAStructTag);
   }
 
   CallInst *CreateMemCpy(Value *Dst, Value *Src, Value *Size, unsigned Align,
-                         bool isVolatile = false, MDNode *TBAATag = 0);
+                         bool isVolatile = false, MDNode *TBAATag = 0,
+                         MDNode *TBAAStructTag = 0);
 
   /// CreateMemMove - Create and insert a memmove between the specified
   /// pointers.  If the pointers aren't i8*, they will be converted.  If a TBAA
@@ -810,6 +818,31 @@
   StoreInst *CreateStore(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, bool isVolatile = false) {
     return Insert(new StoreInst(Val, Ptr, isVolatile));
   }
+  // Provided to resolve 'CreateAlignedLoad(Ptr, Align, "...")' correctly,
+  // instead of converting the string to 'bool' for the isVolatile parameter.
+  LoadInst *CreateAlignedLoad(Value *Ptr, unsigned Align, const char *Name) {
+    LoadInst *LI = CreateLoad(Ptr, Name);
+    LI->setAlignment(Align);
+    return LI;
+  }
+  LoadInst *CreateAlignedLoad(Value *Ptr, unsigned Align,
+                              const Twine &Name = "") {
+    LoadInst *LI = CreateLoad(Ptr, Name);
+    LI->setAlignment(Align);
+    return LI;
+  }
+  LoadInst *CreateAlignedLoad(Value *Ptr, unsigned Align, bool isVolatile,
+                              const Twine &Name = "") {
+    LoadInst *LI = CreateLoad(Ptr, isVolatile, Name);
+    LI->setAlignment(Align);
+    return LI;
+  }
+  StoreInst *CreateAlignedStore(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, unsigned Align,
+                                bool isVolatile = false) {
+    StoreInst *SI = CreateStore(Val, Ptr, isVolatile);
+    SI->setAlignment(Align);
+    return SI;
+  }
   FenceInst *CreateFence(AtomicOrdering Ordering,
                          SynchronizationScope SynchScope = CrossThread) {
     return Insert(new FenceInst(Context, Ordering, SynchScope));
@@ -970,6 +1003,30 @@
   Value *CreateSExt(Value *V, Type *DestTy, const Twine &Name = "") {
     return CreateCast(Instruction::SExt, V, DestTy, Name);
   }
+  /// CreateZExtOrTrunc - Create a ZExt or Trunc from the integer value V to
+  /// DestTy. Return the value untouched if the type of V is already DestTy.
+  Value *CreateZExtOrTrunc(Value *V, IntegerType *DestTy,
+                           const Twine &Name = "") {
+    assert(isa<IntegerType>(V->getType()) && "Can only zero extend integers!");
+    IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
+    if (IntTy->getBitWidth() < DestTy->getBitWidth())
+      return CreateZExt(V, DestTy, Name);
+    if (IntTy->getBitWidth() > DestTy->getBitWidth())
+      return CreateTrunc(V, DestTy, Name);
+    return V;
+  }
+  /// CreateSExtOrTrunc - Create a SExt or Trunc from the integer value V to
+  /// DestTy. Return the value untouched if the type of V is already DestTy.
+  Value *CreateSExtOrTrunc(Value *V, IntegerType *DestTy,
+                           const Twine &Name = "") {
+    assert(isa<IntegerType>(V->getType()) && "Can only sign extend integers!");
+    IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
+    if (IntTy->getBitWidth() < DestTy->getBitWidth())
+      return CreateSExt(V, DestTy, Name);
+    if (IntTy->getBitWidth() > DestTy->getBitWidth())
+      return CreateTrunc(V, DestTy, Name);
+    return V;
+  }
   Value *CreateFPToUI(Value *V, Type *DestTy, const Twine &Name = ""){
     return CreateCast(Instruction::FPToUI, V, DestTy, Name);
   }
@@ -1052,7 +1109,7 @@
 private:
   // Provided to resolve 'CreateIntCast(Ptr, Ptr, "...")', giving a compile time
   // error, instead of converting the string to bool for the isSigned parameter.
-  Value *CreateIntCast(Value *, Type *, const char *); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  Value *CreateIntCast(Value *, Type *, const char *) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 public:
   Value *CreateFPCast(Value *V, Type *DestTy, const Twine &Name = "") {
     if (V->getType() == DestTy)
@@ -1261,13 +1318,13 @@
   // Utility creation methods
   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-  /// CreateIsNull - Return an i1 value testing if \arg Arg is null.
+  /// CreateIsNull - Return an i1 value testing if \p Arg is null.
   Value *CreateIsNull(Value *Arg, const Twine &Name = "") {
     return CreateICmpEQ(Arg, Constant::getNullValue(Arg->getType()),
                         Name);
   }
 
-  /// CreateIsNotNull - Return an i1 value testing if \arg Arg is not null.
+  /// CreateIsNotNull - Return an i1 value testing if \p Arg is not null.
   Value *CreateIsNotNull(Value *Arg, const Twine &Name = "") {
     return CreateICmpNE(Arg, Constant::getNullValue(Arg->getType()),
                         Name);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/InitializePasses.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/InitializePasses.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/InitializePasses.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/InitializePasses.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -66,6 +66,7 @@
 void initializeAliasSetPrinterPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeAlwaysInlinerPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeArgPromotionPass(PassRegistry&);
+void initializeBarrierNoopPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeBasicAliasAnalysisPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeBasicCallGraphPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeBlockExtractorPassPass(PassRegistry&);
@@ -87,6 +88,7 @@
 void initializeConstantMergePass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeConstantPropagationPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeMachineCopyPropagationPass(PassRegistry&);
+void initializeCostModelAnalysisPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeCorrelatedValuePropagationPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeDAEPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeDAHPass(PassRegistry&);
@@ -94,6 +96,7 @@
 void initializeDSEPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeDeadInstEliminationPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeDeadMachineInstructionElimPass(PassRegistry&);
+void initializeDependenceAnalysisPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeDomOnlyPrinterPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeDomOnlyViewerPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeDomPrinterPass(PassRegistry&);
@@ -141,10 +144,10 @@
 void initializeLiveStacksPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeLiveVariablesPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeLoaderPassPass(PassRegistry&);
+void initializeProfileMetadataLoaderPassPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializePathProfileLoaderPassPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeLocalStackSlotPassPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeLoopDeletionPass(PassRegistry&);
-void initializeLoopDependenceAnalysisPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeLoopExtractorPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeLoopInfoPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeLoopInstSimplifyPass(PassRegistry&);
@@ -166,6 +169,7 @@
 void initializeMachineBranchProbabilityInfoPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeMachineCSEPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeMachineDominatorTreePass(PassRegistry&);
+void initializeMachinePostDominatorTreePass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeMachineLICMPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeMachineLoopInfoPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeMachineLoopRangesPass(PassRegistry&);
@@ -177,6 +181,7 @@
 void initializeMemCpyOptPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeMemDepPrinterPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeMemoryDependenceAnalysisPass(PassRegistry&);
+void initializeMetaRenamerPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeMergeFunctionsPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeModuleDebugInfoPrinterPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeNoAAPass(PassRegistry&);
@@ -219,6 +224,7 @@
 void initializeRegionPrinterPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeRegionViewerPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeSCCPPass(PassRegistry&);
+void initializeSROAPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeSROA_DTPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeSROA_SSAUpPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeScalarEvolutionAliasAnalysisPass(PassRegistry&);
@@ -231,6 +237,7 @@
 void initializeSlotIndexesPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeSpillPlacementPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeStackProtectorPass(PassRegistry&);
+void initializeStackColoringPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeStackSlotColoringPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeStripDeadDebugInfoPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeStripDeadPrototypesPassPass(PassRegistry&);
@@ -241,7 +248,8 @@
 void initializeTailCallElimPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeTailDuplicatePassPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeTargetPassConfigPass(PassRegistry&);
-void initializeTargetDataPass(PassRegistry&);
+void initializeDataLayoutPass(PassRegistry&);
+void initializeTargetTransformInfoPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeTargetLibraryInfoPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeTwoAddressInstructionPassPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeTypeBasedAliasAnalysisPass(PassRegistry&);
@@ -254,6 +262,7 @@
 void initializeInstSimplifierPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeUnpackMachineBundlesPass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeFinalizeMachineBundlesPass(PassRegistry&);
+void initializeLoopVectorizePass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeBBVectorizePass(PassRegistry&);
 void initializeMachineFunctionPrinterPassPass(PassRegistry&);
 }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/InlineAsm.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/InlineAsm.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/InlineAsm.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/InlineAsm.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -33,20 +33,28 @@
 struct ConstantCreator;
 
 class InlineAsm : public Value {
+public:
+  enum AsmDialect {
+    AD_ATT,
+    AD_Intel
+  };
+
+private:
   friend struct ConstantCreator<InlineAsm, PointerType, InlineAsmKeyType>;
   friend class ConstantUniqueMap<InlineAsmKeyType, const InlineAsmKeyType&,
                                  PointerType, InlineAsm, false>;
 
-  InlineAsm(const InlineAsm &);             // do not implement
-  void operator=(const InlineAsm&);         // do not implement
+  InlineAsm(const InlineAsm &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const InlineAsm&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   std::string AsmString, Constraints;
   bool HasSideEffects;
   bool IsAlignStack;
-  
+  AsmDialect Dialect;
+
   InlineAsm(PointerType *Ty, const std::string &AsmString,
             const std::string &Constraints, bool hasSideEffects,
-            bool isAlignStack);
+            bool isAlignStack, AsmDialect asmDialect);
   virtual ~InlineAsm();
 
   /// When the ConstantUniqueMap merges two types and makes two InlineAsms
@@ -58,11 +66,13 @@
   ///
   static InlineAsm *get(FunctionType *Ty, StringRef AsmString,
                         StringRef Constraints, bool hasSideEffects,
-                        bool isAlignStack = false);
+                        bool isAlignStack = false,
+                        AsmDialect asmDialect = AD_ATT);
   
   bool hasSideEffects() const { return HasSideEffects; }
   bool isAlignStack() const { return IsAlignStack; }
-  
+  AsmDialect getDialect() const { return Dialect; }
+
   /// getType - InlineAsm's are always pointers.
   ///
   PointerType *getType() const {
@@ -179,7 +189,6 @@
   }
   
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const InlineAsm *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Value *V) {
     return V->getValueID() == Value::InlineAsmVal;
   }
@@ -193,17 +202,20 @@
     Op_InputChain = 0,
     Op_AsmString = 1,
     Op_MDNode = 2,
-    Op_ExtraInfo = 3,    // HasSideEffects, IsAlignStack
+    Op_ExtraInfo = 3,    // HasSideEffects, IsAlignStack, AsmDialect.
     Op_FirstOperand = 4,
 
     // Fixed operands on an INLINEASM MachineInstr.
     MIOp_AsmString = 0,
-    MIOp_ExtraInfo = 1,    // HasSideEffects, IsAlignStack
+    MIOp_ExtraInfo = 1,    // HasSideEffects, IsAlignStack, AsmDialect.
     MIOp_FirstOperand = 2,
 
     // Interpretation of the MIOp_ExtraInfo bit field.
     Extra_HasSideEffects = 1,
     Extra_IsAlignStack = 2,
+    Extra_AsmDialect = 4,
+    Extra_MayLoad = 8,
+    Extra_MayStore = 16,
 
     // Inline asm operands map to multiple SDNode / MachineInstr operands.
     // The first operand is an immediate describing the asm operand, the low

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/InstrTypes.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/InstrTypes.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/InstrTypes.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/InstrTypes.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@
   }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const TerminatorInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->isTerminator();
   }
@@ -88,7 +87,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 class UnaryInstruction : public Instruction {
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned);      // Do not implement
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 protected:
   UnaryInstruction(Type *Ty, unsigned iType, Value *V,
@@ -113,7 +112,6 @@
   DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value);
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const UnaryInstruction *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Alloca ||
            I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Load ||
@@ -138,14 +136,14 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 class BinaryOperator : public Instruction {
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned); // Do not implement
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 protected:
   void init(BinaryOps iType);
   BinaryOperator(BinaryOps iType, Value *S1, Value *S2, Type *Ty,
                  const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore);
   BinaryOperator(BinaryOps iType, Value *S1, Value *S2, Type *Ty,
                  const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
-  virtual BinaryOperator *clone_impl() const;
+  virtual BinaryOperator *clone_impl() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 public:
   // allocate space for exactly two operands
   void *operator new(size_t s) {
@@ -361,7 +359,6 @@
   bool isExact() const;
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const BinaryOperator *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->isBinaryOp();
   }
@@ -388,7 +385,7 @@
 /// if (isa<CastInst>(Instr)) { ... }
 /// @brief Base class of casting instructions.
 class CastInst : public UnaryInstruction {
-  virtual void anchor();
+  virtual void anchor() LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 protected:
   /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics for subclasses
   CastInst(Type *Ty, unsigned iType, Value *S,
@@ -563,7 +560,7 @@
   /// IntPtrTy argument is used to make accurate determinations for casts
   /// involving Integer and Pointer types. They are no-op casts if the integer
   /// is the same size as the pointer. However, pointer size varies with
-  /// platform. Generally, the result of TargetData::getIntPtrType() should be
+  /// platform. Generally, the result of DataLayout::getIntPtrType() should be
   /// passed in. If that's not available, use Type::Int64Ty, which will make
   /// the isNoopCast call conservative.
   /// @brief Determine if the described cast is a no-op cast.
@@ -581,8 +578,8 @@
 
   /// Determine how a pair of casts can be eliminated, if they can be at all.
   /// This is a helper function for both CastInst and ConstantExpr.
-  /// @returns 0 if the CastInst pair can't be eliminated
-  /// @returns Instruction::CastOps value for a cast that can replace
+  /// @returns 0 if the CastInst pair can't be eliminated, otherwise
+  /// returns Instruction::CastOps value for a cast that can replace
   /// the pair, casting SrcTy to DstTy.
   /// @brief Determine if a cast pair is eliminable
   static unsigned isEliminableCastPair(
@@ -591,7 +588,9 @@
     Type *SrcTy, ///< SrcTy of 1st cast
     Type *MidTy, ///< DstTy of 1st cast & SrcTy of 2nd cast
     Type *DstTy, ///< DstTy of 2nd cast
-    Type *IntPtrTy ///< Integer type corresponding to Ptr types, or null
+    Type *SrcIntPtrTy, ///< Integer type corresponding to Ptr SrcTy, or null
+    Type *MidIntPtrTy, ///< Integer type corresponding to Ptr MidTy, or null
+    Type *DstIntPtrTy  ///< Integer type corresponding to Ptr DstTy, or null
   );
 
   /// @brief Return the opcode of this CastInst
@@ -611,7 +610,6 @@
   static bool castIsValid(Instruction::CastOps op, Value *S, Type *DstTy);
 
   /// @brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const CastInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->isCast();
   }
@@ -627,8 +625,8 @@
 /// This class is the base class for the comparison instructions.
 /// @brief Abstract base class of comparison instructions.
 class CmpInst : public Instruction {
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  CmpInst(); // do not implement
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  CmpInst() LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 protected:
   CmpInst(Type *ty, Instruction::OtherOps op, unsigned short pred,
           Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const Twine &Name = "",
@@ -638,7 +636,7 @@
           Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const Twine &Name,
           BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
 
-  virtual void Anchor() const; // Out of line virtual method.
+  virtual void anchor() LLVM_OVERRIDE; // Out of line virtual method.
 public:
   /// This enumeration lists the possible predicates for CmpInst subclasses.
   /// Values in the range 0-31 are reserved for FCmpInst, while values in the
@@ -816,7 +814,6 @@
   static bool isFalseWhenEqual(unsigned short predicate);
 
   /// @brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const CmpInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ICmp ||
            I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FCmp;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Instruction.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Instruction.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Instruction.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Instruction.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
   class SymbolTableListTraits;
 
 class Instruction : public User, public ilist_node<Instruction> {
-  void operator=(const Instruction &);     // Do not implement
-  Instruction(const Instruction &);        // Do not implement
+  void operator=(const Instruction &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  Instruction(const Instruction &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   BasicBlock *Parent;
   DebugLoc DbgLoc;                         // 'dbg' Metadata cache.
@@ -310,7 +310,6 @@
   
   
   /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const Instruction *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Value *V) {
     return V->getValueID() >= Value::InstructionVal;
   }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Instructions.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Instructions.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Instructions.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Instructions.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -112,7 +112,6 @@
   bool isStaticAlloca() const;
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const AllocaInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Alloca);
   }
@@ -226,13 +225,13 @@
   const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(0); }
   static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 0U; }
 
+  /// \brief Returns the address space of the pointer operand.
   unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const {
-    return cast<PointerType>(getPointerOperand()->getType())->getAddressSpace();
+    return getPointerOperand()->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
   }
 
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const LoadInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Load;
   }
@@ -255,7 +254,7 @@
 /// StoreInst - an instruction for storing to memory
 ///
 class StoreInst : public Instruction {
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   void AssertOK();
 protected:
   virtual StoreInst *clone_impl() const;
@@ -349,12 +348,12 @@
   const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(1); }
   static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 1U; }
 
+  /// \brief Returns the address space of the pointer operand.
   unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const {
-    return cast<PointerType>(getPointerOperand()->getType())->getAddressSpace();
+    return getPointerOperand()->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
   }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const StoreInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Store;
   }
@@ -382,7 +381,7 @@
 /// FenceInst - an instruction for ordering other memory operations
 ///
 class FenceInst : public Instruction {
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   void Init(AtomicOrdering Ordering, SynchronizationScope SynchScope);
 protected:
   virtual FenceInst *clone_impl() const;
@@ -426,7 +425,6 @@
   }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const FenceInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Fence;
   }
@@ -450,7 +448,7 @@
 /// there.  Returns the value that was loaded.
 ///
 class AtomicCmpXchgInst : public Instruction {
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   void Init(Value *Ptr, Value *Cmp, Value *NewVal,
             AtomicOrdering Ordering, SynchronizationScope SynchScope);
 protected:
@@ -521,12 +519,12 @@
   Value *getNewValOperand() { return getOperand(2); }
   const Value *getNewValOperand() const { return getOperand(2); }
   
+  /// \brief Returns the address space of the pointer operand.
   unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const {
-    return cast<PointerType>(getPointerOperand()->getType())->getAddressSpace();
+    return getPointerOperand()->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
   }
   
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const AtomicCmpXchgInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg;
   }
@@ -557,7 +555,7 @@
 /// the old value.
 ///
 class AtomicRMWInst : public Instruction {
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 protected:
   virtual AtomicRMWInst *clone_impl() const;
 public:
@@ -665,12 +663,12 @@
   Value *getValOperand() { return getOperand(1); }
   const Value *getValOperand() const { return getOperand(1); }
 
+  /// \brief Returns the address space of the pointer operand.
   unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const {
-    return cast<PointerType>(getPointerOperand()->getType())->getAddressSpace();
+    return getPointerOperand()->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
   }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const AtomicRMWInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::AtomicRMW;
   }
@@ -768,6 +766,13 @@
     return reinterpret_cast<PointerType*>(Instruction::getType());
   }
 
+  /// \brief Returns the address space of this instruction's pointer type.
+  unsigned getAddressSpace() const {
+    // Note that this is always the same as the pointer operand's address space
+    // and that is cheaper to compute, so cheat here.
+    return getPointerAddressSpace();
+  }
+
   /// getIndexedType - Returns the type of the element that would be loaded with
   /// a load instruction with the specified parameters.
   ///
@@ -778,10 +783,6 @@
   static Type *getIndexedType(Type *Ptr, ArrayRef<Constant *> IdxList);
   static Type *getIndexedType(Type *Ptr, ArrayRef<uint64_t> IdxList);
 
-  /// getIndexedType - Returns the address space used by the GEP pointer.
-  ///
-  static unsigned getAddressSpace(Value *Ptr);
-
   inline op_iterator       idx_begin()       { return op_begin()+1; }
   inline const_op_iterator idx_begin() const { return op_begin()+1; }
   inline op_iterator       idx_end()         { return op_end(); }
@@ -797,22 +798,23 @@
     return 0U;    // get index for modifying correct operand.
   }
 
-  unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const {
-    return cast<PointerType>(getType())->getAddressSpace();
-  }
-
   /// getPointerOperandType - Method to return the pointer operand as a
   /// PointerType.
   Type *getPointerOperandType() const {
     return getPointerOperand()->getType();
   }
 
+  /// \brief Returns the address space of the pointer operand.
+  unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const {
+    return getPointerOperandType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
+  }
+
   /// GetGEPReturnType - Returns the pointer type returned by the GEP
   /// instruction, which may be a vector of pointers.
   static Type *getGEPReturnType(Value *Ptr, ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList) {
     Type *PtrTy = PointerType::get(checkGEPType(
                                    getIndexedType(Ptr->getType(), IdxList)),
-                                   getAddressSpace(Ptr));
+                                   Ptr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
     // Vector GEP
     if (Ptr->getType()->isVectorTy()) {
       unsigned NumElem = cast<VectorType>(Ptr->getType())->getNumElements();
@@ -849,7 +851,6 @@
   bool isInBounds() const;
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const GetElementPtrInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr);
   }
@@ -897,13 +898,13 @@
 /// This instruction compares its operands according to the predicate given
 /// to the constructor. It only operates on integers or pointers. The operands
 /// must be identical types.
-/// @brief Represent an integer comparison operator.
+/// \brief Represent an integer comparison operator.
 class ICmpInst: public CmpInst {
 protected:
-  /// @brief Clone an identical ICmpInst
+  /// \brief Clone an identical ICmpInst
   virtual ICmpInst *clone_impl() const;
 public:
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics.
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics.
   ICmpInst(
     Instruction *InsertBefore,  ///< Where to insert
     Predicate pred,  ///< The predicate to use for the comparison
@@ -924,7 +925,7 @@
            "Invalid operand types for ICmp instruction");
   }
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-at-end semantics.
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-at-end semantics.
   ICmpInst(
     BasicBlock &InsertAtEnd, ///< Block to insert into.
     Predicate pred,  ///< The predicate to use for the comparison
@@ -945,7 +946,7 @@
            "Invalid operand types for ICmp instruction");
   }
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with no-insertion semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with no-insertion semantics
   ICmpInst(
     Predicate pred, ///< The predicate to use for the comparison
     Value *LHS,     ///< The left-hand-side of the expression
@@ -967,25 +968,25 @@
   /// For example, EQ->EQ, SLE->SLE, UGT->SGT, etc.
   /// @returns the predicate that would be the result if the operand were
   /// regarded as signed.
-  /// @brief Return the signed version of the predicate
+  /// \brief Return the signed version of the predicate
   Predicate getSignedPredicate() const {
     return getSignedPredicate(getPredicate());
   }
 
   /// This is a static version that you can use without an instruction.
-  /// @brief Return the signed version of the predicate.
+  /// \brief Return the signed version of the predicate.
   static Predicate getSignedPredicate(Predicate pred);
 
   /// For example, EQ->EQ, SLE->ULE, UGT->UGT, etc.
   /// @returns the predicate that would be the result if the operand were
   /// regarded as unsigned.
-  /// @brief Return the unsigned version of the predicate
+  /// \brief Return the unsigned version of the predicate
   Predicate getUnsignedPredicate() const {
     return getUnsignedPredicate(getPredicate());
   }
 
   /// This is a static version that you can use without an instruction.
-  /// @brief Return the unsigned version of the predicate.
+  /// \brief Return the unsigned version of the predicate.
   static Predicate getUnsignedPredicate(Predicate pred);
 
   /// isEquality - Return true if this predicate is either EQ or NE.  This also
@@ -1001,7 +1002,7 @@
   }
 
   /// @returns true if the predicate of this ICmpInst is commutative
-  /// @brief Determine if this relation is commutative.
+  /// \brief Determine if this relation is commutative.
   bool isCommutative() const { return isEquality(); }
 
   /// isRelational - Return true if the predicate is relational (not EQ or NE).
@@ -1017,21 +1018,20 @@
   }
 
   /// Initialize a set of values that all satisfy the predicate with C.
-  /// @brief Make a ConstantRange for a relation with a constant value.
+  /// \brief Make a ConstantRange for a relation with a constant value.
   static ConstantRange makeConstantRange(Predicate pred, const APInt &C);
 
   /// Exchange the two operands to this instruction in such a way that it does
   /// not modify the semantics of the instruction. The predicate value may be
   /// changed to retain the same result if the predicate is order dependent
   /// (e.g. ult).
-  /// @brief Swap operands and adjust predicate.
+  /// \brief Swap operands and adjust predicate.
   void swapOperands() {
     setPredicate(getSwappedPredicate());
     Op<0>().swap(Op<1>());
   }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const ICmpInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ICmp;
   }
@@ -1048,13 +1048,13 @@
 /// This instruction compares its operands according to the predicate given
 /// to the constructor. It only operates on floating point values or packed
 /// vectors of floating point values. The operands must be identical types.
-/// @brief Represents a floating point comparison operator.
+/// \brief Represents a floating point comparison operator.
 class FCmpInst: public CmpInst {
 protected:
-  /// @brief Clone an identical FCmpInst
+  /// \brief Clone an identical FCmpInst
   virtual FCmpInst *clone_impl() const;
 public:
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics.
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics.
   FCmpInst(
     Instruction *InsertBefore, ///< Where to insert
     Predicate pred,  ///< The predicate to use for the comparison
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@
            "Invalid operand types for FCmp instruction");
   }
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-at-end semantics.
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-at-end semantics.
   FCmpInst(
     BasicBlock &InsertAtEnd, ///< Block to insert into.
     Predicate pred,  ///< The predicate to use for the comparison
@@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@
            "Invalid operand types for FCmp instruction");
   }
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with no-insertion semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with no-insertion semantics
   FCmpInst(
     Predicate pred, ///< The predicate to use for the comparison
     Value *LHS,     ///< The left-hand-side of the expression
@@ -1110,14 +1110,14 @@
   }
 
   /// @returns true if the predicate of this instruction is EQ or NE.
-  /// @brief Determine if this is an equality predicate.
+  /// \brief Determine if this is an equality predicate.
   bool isEquality() const {
     return getPredicate() == FCMP_OEQ || getPredicate() == FCMP_ONE ||
            getPredicate() == FCMP_UEQ || getPredicate() == FCMP_UNE;
   }
 
   /// @returns true if the predicate of this instruction is commutative.
-  /// @brief Determine if this is a commutative predicate.
+  /// \brief Determine if this is a commutative predicate.
   bool isCommutative() const {
     return isEquality() ||
            getPredicate() == FCMP_FALSE ||
@@ -1127,21 +1127,20 @@
   }
 
   /// @returns true if the predicate is relational (not EQ or NE).
-  /// @brief Determine if this a relational predicate.
+  /// \brief Determine if this a relational predicate.
   bool isRelational() const { return !isEquality(); }
 
   /// Exchange the two operands to this instruction in such a way that it does
   /// not modify the semantics of the instruction. The predicate value may be
   /// changed to retain the same result if the predicate is order dependent
   /// (e.g. ult).
-  /// @brief Swap operands and adjust predicate.
+  /// \brief Swap operands and adjust predicate.
   void swapOperands() {
     setPredicate(getSwappedPredicate());
     Op<0>().swap(Op<1>());
   }
 
-  /// @brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const FCmpInst *) { return true; }
+  /// \brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FCmp;
   }
@@ -1163,12 +1162,12 @@
   void init(Value *Func, const Twine &NameStr);
 
   /// Construct a CallInst given a range of arguments.
-  /// @brief Construct a CallInst from a range of arguments
+  /// \brief Construct a CallInst from a range of arguments
   inline CallInst(Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
                   const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore);
 
   /// Construct a CallInst given a range of arguments.
-  /// @brief Construct a CallInst from a range of arguments
+  /// \brief Construct a CallInst from a range of arguments
   inline CallInst(Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
                   const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
 
@@ -1267,77 +1266,78 @@
   /// removeAttribute - removes the attribute from the list of attributes.
   void removeAttribute(unsigned i, Attributes attr);
 
-  /// \brief Return true if this call has the given attribute.
-  bool hasFnAttr(Attributes N) const {
-    return paramHasAttr(~0, N);
-  }
+  /// \brief Determine whether this call has the given attribute.
+  bool hasFnAttr(Attributes::AttrVal A) const;
 
-  /// @brief Determine whether the call or the callee has the given attribute.
-  bool paramHasAttr(unsigned i, Attributes attr) const;
+  /// \brief Determine whether the call or the callee has the given attributes.
+  bool paramHasAttr(unsigned i, Attributes::AttrVal A) const;
 
-  /// @brief Extract the alignment for a call or parameter (0=unknown).
+  /// \brief Extract the alignment for a call or parameter (0=unknown).
   unsigned getParamAlignment(unsigned i) const {
     return AttributeList.getParamAlignment(i);
   }
 
-  /// @brief Return true if the call should not be inlined.
-  bool isNoInline() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoInline); }
-  void setIsNoInline(bool Value = true) {
-    if (Value) addAttribute(~0, Attribute::NoInline);
-    else removeAttribute(~0, Attribute::NoInline);
+  /// \brief Return true if the call should not be inlined.
+  bool isNoInline() const { return hasFnAttr(Attributes::NoInline); }
+  void setIsNoInline() {
+    addAttribute(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex,
+                 Attributes::get(getContext(), Attributes::NoInline));
   }
 
-  /// @brief Return true if the call can return twice
+  /// \brief Return true if the call can return twice
   bool canReturnTwice() const {
-    return hasFnAttr(Attribute::ReturnsTwice);
+    return hasFnAttr(Attributes::ReturnsTwice);
   }
-  void setCanReturnTwice(bool Value = true) {
-    if (Value) addAttribute(~0, Attribute::ReturnsTwice);
-    else removeAttribute(~0, Attribute::ReturnsTwice);
+  void setCanReturnTwice() {
+    addAttribute(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex,
+                 Attributes::get(getContext(), Attributes::ReturnsTwice));
   }
 
-  /// @brief Determine if the call does not access memory.
+  /// \brief Determine if the call does not access memory.
   bool doesNotAccessMemory() const {
-    return hasFnAttr(Attribute::ReadNone);
+    return hasFnAttr(Attributes::ReadNone);
   }
-  void setDoesNotAccessMemory(bool NotAccessMemory = true) {
-    if (NotAccessMemory) addAttribute(~0, Attribute::ReadNone);
-    else removeAttribute(~0, Attribute::ReadNone);
+  void setDoesNotAccessMemory() {
+    addAttribute(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex,
+                 Attributes::get(getContext(), Attributes::ReadNone));
   }
 
-  /// @brief Determine if the call does not access or only reads memory.
+  /// \brief Determine if the call does not access or only reads memory.
   bool onlyReadsMemory() const {
-    return doesNotAccessMemory() || hasFnAttr(Attribute::ReadOnly);
+    return doesNotAccessMemory() || hasFnAttr(Attributes::ReadOnly);
   }
-  void setOnlyReadsMemory(bool OnlyReadsMemory = true) {
-    if (OnlyReadsMemory) addAttribute(~0, Attribute::ReadOnly);
-    else removeAttribute(~0, Attribute::ReadOnly | Attribute::ReadNone);
+  void setOnlyReadsMemory() {
+    addAttribute(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex,
+                 Attributes::get(getContext(), Attributes::ReadOnly));
   }
 
-  /// @brief Determine if the call cannot return.
-  bool doesNotReturn() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoReturn); }
-  void setDoesNotReturn(bool DoesNotReturn = true) {
-    if (DoesNotReturn) addAttribute(~0, Attribute::NoReturn);
-    else removeAttribute(~0, Attribute::NoReturn);
+  /// \brief Determine if the call cannot return.
+  bool doesNotReturn() const { return hasFnAttr(Attributes::NoReturn); }
+  void setDoesNotReturn() {
+    addAttribute(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex,
+                 Attributes::get(getContext(), Attributes::NoReturn));
   }
 
-  /// @brief Determine if the call cannot unwind.
-  bool doesNotThrow() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoUnwind); }
-  void setDoesNotThrow(bool DoesNotThrow = true) {
-    if (DoesNotThrow) addAttribute(~0, Attribute::NoUnwind);
-    else removeAttribute(~0, Attribute::NoUnwind);
+  /// \brief Determine if the call cannot unwind.
+  bool doesNotThrow() const { return hasFnAttr(Attributes::NoUnwind); }
+  void setDoesNotThrow() {
+    addAttribute(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex,
+                 Attributes::get(getContext(), Attributes::NoUnwind));
   }
 
-  /// @brief Determine if the call returns a structure through first
+  /// \brief Determine if the call returns a structure through first
   /// pointer argument.
   bool hasStructRetAttr() const {
     // Be friendly and also check the callee.
-    return paramHasAttr(1, Attribute::StructRet);
+    return paramHasAttr(1, Attributes::StructRet);
   }
 
-  /// @brief Determine if any call argument is an aggregate passed by value.
+  /// \brief Determine if any call argument is an aggregate passed by value.
   bool hasByValArgument() const {
-    return AttributeList.hasAttrSomewhere(Attribute::ByVal);
+    for (unsigned I = 0, E = AttributeList.getNumAttrs(); I != E; ++I)
+      if (AttributeList.getAttributesAtIndex(I).hasAttribute(Attributes::ByVal))
+        return true;
+    return false;
   }
 
   /// getCalledFunction - Return the function called, or null if this is an
@@ -1363,7 +1363,6 @@
   }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const CallInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Call;
   }
@@ -1469,7 +1468,6 @@
   }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const SelectInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Select;
   }
@@ -1512,7 +1510,6 @@
   static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 0U; }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const VAArgInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == VAArg;
   }
@@ -1566,7 +1563,6 @@
   DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value);
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const ExtractElementInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ExtractElement;
   }
@@ -1625,7 +1621,6 @@
   DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value);
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const InsertElementInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::InsertElement;
   }
@@ -1706,7 +1701,6 @@
 
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const ShuffleVectorInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ShuffleVector;
   }
@@ -1802,7 +1796,6 @@
   }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const ExtractValueInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ExtractValue;
   }
@@ -1839,7 +1832,7 @@
 class InsertValueInst : public Instruction {
   SmallVector<unsigned, 4> Indices;
 
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned); // Do not implement
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   InsertValueInst(const InsertValueInst &IVI);
   void init(Value *Agg, Value *Val, ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
             const Twine &NameStr);
@@ -1924,7 +1917,6 @@
   }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const InsertValueInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::InsertValue;
   }
@@ -1970,7 +1962,7 @@
 // scientist's overactive imagination.
 //
 class PHINode : public Instruction {
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   /// ReservedSpace - The number of operands actually allocated.  NumOperands is
   /// the number actually in use.
   unsigned ReservedSpace;
@@ -2141,7 +2133,6 @@
   Value *hasConstantValue() const;
 
   /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const PHINode *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::PHI;
   }
@@ -2178,7 +2169,7 @@
 public:
   enum ClauseType { Catch, Filter };
 private:
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   // Allocate space for exactly zero operands.
   void *operator new(size_t s) {
     return User::operator new(s, 0);
@@ -2249,7 +2240,6 @@
   void reserveClauses(unsigned Size) { growOperands(Size); }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const LandingPadInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::LandingPad;
   }
@@ -2318,7 +2308,6 @@
   unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 0; }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const ReturnInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Ret);
   }
@@ -2418,7 +2407,6 @@
   void swapSuccessors();
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const BranchInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Br);
   }
@@ -2445,7 +2433,7 @@
 /// SwitchInst - Multiway switch
 ///
 class SwitchInst : public TerminatorInst {
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   unsigned ReservedSpace;
   // Operands format:
   // Operand[0]    = Value to switch on
@@ -2613,7 +2601,7 @@
   }
 
   /// addCase - Add an entry to the switch instruction...
-  /// @Deprecated
+  /// @deprecated
   /// Note:
   /// This action invalidates case_end(). Old case_end() iterator will
   /// point to the added case.
@@ -2699,7 +2687,7 @@
     }
     
     /// Resolves case value for current case.
-    /// @Deprecated
+    /// @deprecated
     ConstantIntTy *getCaseValue() {
       assert(Index < SI->getNumCases() && "Index out the number of cases.");
       IntegersSubsetRef CaseRanges = *SubsetIt;
@@ -2803,7 +2791,7 @@
     CaseIt(const ParentTy& Src) : ParentTy(Src) {}
 
     /// Sets the new value for current case.    
-    /// @Deprecated.
+    /// @deprecated.
     void setValue(ConstantInt *V) {
       assert(Index < SI->getNumCases() && "Index out the number of cases.");
       IntegersSubsetToBB Mapping;
@@ -2829,7 +2817,6 @@
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
 
-  static inline bool classof(const SwitchInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Switch;
   }
@@ -2857,7 +2844,7 @@
 /// IndirectBrInst - Indirect Branch Instruction.
 ///
 class IndirectBrInst : public TerminatorInst {
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   unsigned ReservedSpace;
   // Operand[0]    = Value to switch on
   // Operand[1]    = Default basic block destination
@@ -2928,7 +2915,6 @@
   }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const IndirectBrInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::IndirectBr;
   }
@@ -2963,14 +2949,14 @@
 
   /// Construct an InvokeInst given a range of arguments.
   ///
-  /// @brief Construct an InvokeInst from a range of arguments
+  /// \brief Construct an InvokeInst from a range of arguments
   inline InvokeInst(Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, BasicBlock *IfException,
                     ArrayRef<Value *> Args, unsigned Values,
                     const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore);
 
   /// Construct an InvokeInst given a range of arguments.
   ///
-  /// @brief Construct an InvokeInst from a range of arguments
+  /// \brief Construct an InvokeInst from a range of arguments
   inline InvokeInst(Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, BasicBlock *IfException,
                     ArrayRef<Value *> Args, unsigned Values,
                     const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd);
@@ -3029,68 +3015,69 @@
   /// removeAttribute - removes the attribute from the list of attributes.
   void removeAttribute(unsigned i, Attributes attr);
 
-  /// \brief Return true if this call has the given attribute.
-  bool hasFnAttr(Attributes N) const {
-    return paramHasAttr(~0, N);
-  }
+  /// \brief Determine whether this call has the NoAlias attribute.
+  bool hasFnAttr(Attributes::AttrVal A) const;
 
-  /// @brief Determine whether the call or the callee has the given attribute.
-  bool paramHasAttr(unsigned i, Attributes attr) const;
+  /// \brief Determine whether the call or the callee has the given attributes.
+  bool paramHasAttr(unsigned i, Attributes::AttrVal A) const;
 
-  /// @brief Extract the alignment for a call or parameter (0=unknown).
+  /// \brief Extract the alignment for a call or parameter (0=unknown).
   unsigned getParamAlignment(unsigned i) const {
     return AttributeList.getParamAlignment(i);
   }
 
-  /// @brief Return true if the call should not be inlined.
-  bool isNoInline() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoInline); }
-  void setIsNoInline(bool Value = true) {
-    if (Value) addAttribute(~0, Attribute::NoInline);
-    else removeAttribute(~0, Attribute::NoInline);
+  /// \brief Return true if the call should not be inlined.
+  bool isNoInline() const { return hasFnAttr(Attributes::NoInline); }
+  void setIsNoInline() {
+    addAttribute(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex,
+                 Attributes::get(getContext(), Attributes::NoInline));
   }
 
-  /// @brief Determine if the call does not access memory.
+  /// \brief Determine if the call does not access memory.
   bool doesNotAccessMemory() const {
-    return hasFnAttr(Attribute::ReadNone);
+    return hasFnAttr(Attributes::ReadNone);
   }
-  void setDoesNotAccessMemory(bool NotAccessMemory = true) {
-    if (NotAccessMemory) addAttribute(~0, Attribute::ReadNone);
-    else removeAttribute(~0, Attribute::ReadNone);
+  void setDoesNotAccessMemory() {
+    addAttribute(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex,
+                 Attributes::get(getContext(), Attributes::ReadNone));
   }
 
-  /// @brief Determine if the call does not access or only reads memory.
+  /// \brief Determine if the call does not access or only reads memory.
   bool onlyReadsMemory() const {
-    return doesNotAccessMemory() || hasFnAttr(Attribute::ReadOnly);
+    return doesNotAccessMemory() || hasFnAttr(Attributes::ReadOnly);
   }
-  void setOnlyReadsMemory(bool OnlyReadsMemory = true) {
-    if (OnlyReadsMemory) addAttribute(~0, Attribute::ReadOnly);
-    else removeAttribute(~0, Attribute::ReadOnly | Attribute::ReadNone);
+  void setOnlyReadsMemory() {
+    addAttribute(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex,
+                 Attributes::get(getContext(), Attributes::ReadOnly));
   }
 
-  /// @brief Determine if the call cannot return.
-  bool doesNotReturn() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoReturn); }
-  void setDoesNotReturn(bool DoesNotReturn = true) {
-    if (DoesNotReturn) addAttribute(~0, Attribute::NoReturn);
-    else removeAttribute(~0, Attribute::NoReturn);
+  /// \brief Determine if the call cannot return.
+  bool doesNotReturn() const { return hasFnAttr(Attributes::NoReturn); }
+  void setDoesNotReturn() {
+    addAttribute(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex,
+                 Attributes::get(getContext(), Attributes::NoReturn));
   }
 
-  /// @brief Determine if the call cannot unwind.
-  bool doesNotThrow() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoUnwind); }
-  void setDoesNotThrow(bool DoesNotThrow = true) {
-    if (DoesNotThrow) addAttribute(~0, Attribute::NoUnwind);
-    else removeAttribute(~0, Attribute::NoUnwind);
+  /// \brief Determine if the call cannot unwind.
+  bool doesNotThrow() const { return hasFnAttr(Attributes::NoUnwind); }
+  void setDoesNotThrow() {
+    addAttribute(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex,
+                 Attributes::get(getContext(), Attributes::NoUnwind));
   }
 
-  /// @brief Determine if the call returns a structure through first
+  /// \brief Determine if the call returns a structure through first
   /// pointer argument.
   bool hasStructRetAttr() const {
     // Be friendly and also check the callee.
-    return paramHasAttr(1, Attribute::StructRet);
+    return paramHasAttr(1, Attributes::StructRet);
   }
 
-  /// @brief Determine if any call argument is an aggregate passed by value.
+  /// \brief Determine if any call argument is an aggregate passed by value.
   bool hasByValArgument() const {
-    return AttributeList.hasAttrSomewhere(Attribute::ByVal);
+    for (unsigned I = 0, E = AttributeList.getNumAttrs(); I != E; ++I)
+      if (AttributeList.getAttributesAtIndex(I).hasAttribute(Attributes::ByVal))
+        return true;
+    return false;
   }
 
   /// getCalledFunction - Return the function called, or null if this is an
@@ -3141,7 +3128,6 @@
   unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 2; }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const InvokeInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Invoke);
   }
@@ -3221,7 +3207,6 @@
   unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 0; }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const ResumeInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Resume;
   }
@@ -3251,7 +3236,7 @@
 /// end of the block cannot be reached.
 ///
 class UnreachableInst : public TerminatorInst {
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 protected:
   virtual UnreachableInst *clone_impl() const;
 
@@ -3266,7 +3251,6 @@
   unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 0; }
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const UnreachableInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Unreachable;
   }
@@ -3283,14 +3267,14 @@
 //                                 TruncInst Class
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-/// @brief This class represents a truncation of integer types.
+/// \brief This class represents a truncation of integer types.
 class TruncInst : public CastInst {
 protected:
-  /// @brief Clone an identical TruncInst
+  /// \brief Clone an identical TruncInst
   virtual TruncInst *clone_impl() const;
 
 public:
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
   TruncInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be truncated
     Type *Ty,               ///< The (smaller) type to truncate to
@@ -3298,7 +3282,7 @@
     Instruction *InsertBefore = 0 ///< Where to insert the new instruction
   );
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
   TruncInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be truncated
     Type *Ty,               ///< The (smaller) type to truncate to
@@ -3306,8 +3290,7 @@
     BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd       ///< The block to insert the instruction into
   );
 
-  /// @brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const TruncInst *) { return true; }
+  /// \brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Trunc;
   }
@@ -3320,14 +3303,14 @@
 //                                 ZExtInst Class
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-/// @brief This class represents zero extension of integer types.
+/// \brief This class represents zero extension of integer types.
 class ZExtInst : public CastInst {
 protected:
-  /// @brief Clone an identical ZExtInst
+  /// \brief Clone an identical ZExtInst
   virtual ZExtInst *clone_impl() const;
 
 public:
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
   ZExtInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be zero extended
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to zero extend to
@@ -3335,7 +3318,7 @@
     Instruction *InsertBefore = 0 ///< Where to insert the new instruction
   );
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-at-end semantics.
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-at-end semantics.
   ZExtInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be zero extended
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to zero extend to
@@ -3343,8 +3326,7 @@
     BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd       ///< The block to insert the instruction into
   );
 
-  /// @brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const ZExtInst *) { return true; }
+  /// \brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == ZExt;
   }
@@ -3357,14 +3339,14 @@
 //                                 SExtInst Class
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-/// @brief This class represents a sign extension of integer types.
+/// \brief This class represents a sign extension of integer types.
 class SExtInst : public CastInst {
 protected:
-  /// @brief Clone an identical SExtInst
+  /// \brief Clone an identical SExtInst
   virtual SExtInst *clone_impl() const;
 
 public:
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
   SExtInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be sign extended
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to sign extend to
@@ -3372,7 +3354,7 @@
     Instruction *InsertBefore = 0 ///< Where to insert the new instruction
   );
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
   SExtInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be sign extended
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to sign extend to
@@ -3380,8 +3362,7 @@
     BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd       ///< The block to insert the instruction into
   );
 
-  /// @brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const SExtInst *) { return true; }
+  /// \brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == SExt;
   }
@@ -3394,14 +3375,14 @@
 //                                 FPTruncInst Class
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-/// @brief This class represents a truncation of floating point types.
+/// \brief This class represents a truncation of floating point types.
 class FPTruncInst : public CastInst {
 protected:
-  /// @brief Clone an identical FPTruncInst
+  /// \brief Clone an identical FPTruncInst
   virtual FPTruncInst *clone_impl() const;
 
 public:
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
   FPTruncInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be truncated
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to truncate to
@@ -3409,7 +3390,7 @@
     Instruction *InsertBefore = 0 ///< Where to insert the new instruction
   );
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
   FPTruncInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be truncated
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to truncate to
@@ -3417,8 +3398,7 @@
     BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd       ///< The block to insert the instruction into
   );
 
-  /// @brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const FPTruncInst *) { return true; }
+  /// \brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == FPTrunc;
   }
@@ -3431,14 +3411,14 @@
 //                                 FPExtInst Class
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-/// @brief This class represents an extension of floating point types.
+/// \brief This class represents an extension of floating point types.
 class FPExtInst : public CastInst {
 protected:
-  /// @brief Clone an identical FPExtInst
+  /// \brief Clone an identical FPExtInst
   virtual FPExtInst *clone_impl() const;
 
 public:
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
   FPExtInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be extended
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to extend to
@@ -3446,7 +3426,7 @@
     Instruction *InsertBefore = 0 ///< Where to insert the new instruction
   );
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
   FPExtInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be extended
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to extend to
@@ -3454,8 +3434,7 @@
     BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd       ///< The block to insert the instruction into
   );
 
-  /// @brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const FPExtInst *) { return true; }
+  /// \brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == FPExt;
   }
@@ -3468,14 +3447,14 @@
 //                                 UIToFPInst Class
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-/// @brief This class represents a cast unsigned integer to floating point.
+/// \brief This class represents a cast unsigned integer to floating point.
 class UIToFPInst : public CastInst {
 protected:
-  /// @brief Clone an identical UIToFPInst
+  /// \brief Clone an identical UIToFPInst
   virtual UIToFPInst *clone_impl() const;
 
 public:
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
   UIToFPInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be converted
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to convert to
@@ -3483,7 +3462,7 @@
     Instruction *InsertBefore = 0 ///< Where to insert the new instruction
   );
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
   UIToFPInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be converted
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to convert to
@@ -3491,8 +3470,7 @@
     BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd       ///< The block to insert the instruction into
   );
 
-  /// @brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const UIToFPInst *) { return true; }
+  /// \brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == UIToFP;
   }
@@ -3505,14 +3483,14 @@
 //                                 SIToFPInst Class
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-/// @brief This class represents a cast from signed integer to floating point.
+/// \brief This class represents a cast from signed integer to floating point.
 class SIToFPInst : public CastInst {
 protected:
-  /// @brief Clone an identical SIToFPInst
+  /// \brief Clone an identical SIToFPInst
   virtual SIToFPInst *clone_impl() const;
 
 public:
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
   SIToFPInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be converted
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to convert to
@@ -3520,7 +3498,7 @@
     Instruction *InsertBefore = 0 ///< Where to insert the new instruction
   );
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
   SIToFPInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be converted
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to convert to
@@ -3528,8 +3506,7 @@
     BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd       ///< The block to insert the instruction into
   );
 
-  /// @brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const SIToFPInst *) { return true; }
+  /// \brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == SIToFP;
   }
@@ -3542,14 +3519,14 @@
 //                                 FPToUIInst Class
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-/// @brief This class represents a cast from floating point to unsigned integer
+/// \brief This class represents a cast from floating point to unsigned integer
 class FPToUIInst  : public CastInst {
 protected:
-  /// @brief Clone an identical FPToUIInst
+  /// \brief Clone an identical FPToUIInst
   virtual FPToUIInst *clone_impl() const;
 
 public:
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
   FPToUIInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be converted
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to convert to
@@ -3557,7 +3534,7 @@
     Instruction *InsertBefore = 0 ///< Where to insert the new instruction
   );
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
   FPToUIInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be converted
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to convert to
@@ -3565,8 +3542,7 @@
     BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd       ///< Where to insert the new instruction
   );
 
-  /// @brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const FPToUIInst *) { return true; }
+  /// \brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == FPToUI;
   }
@@ -3579,14 +3555,14 @@
 //                                 FPToSIInst Class
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-/// @brief This class represents a cast from floating point to signed integer.
+/// \brief This class represents a cast from floating point to signed integer.
 class FPToSIInst  : public CastInst {
 protected:
-  /// @brief Clone an identical FPToSIInst
+  /// \brief Clone an identical FPToSIInst
   virtual FPToSIInst *clone_impl() const;
 
 public:
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
   FPToSIInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be converted
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to convert to
@@ -3594,7 +3570,7 @@
     Instruction *InsertBefore = 0 ///< Where to insert the new instruction
   );
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
   FPToSIInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be converted
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to convert to
@@ -3602,8 +3578,7 @@
     BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd       ///< The block to insert the instruction into
   );
 
-  /// @brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const FPToSIInst *) { return true; }
+  /// \brief Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == FPToSI;
   }
@@ -3616,10 +3591,10 @@
 //                                 IntToPtrInst Class
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-/// @brief This class represents a cast from an integer to a pointer.
+/// \brief This class represents a cast from an integer to a pointer.
 class IntToPtrInst : public CastInst {
 public:
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
   IntToPtrInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be converted
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to convert to
@@ -3627,7 +3602,7 @@
     Instruction *InsertBefore = 0 ///< Where to insert the new instruction
   );
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
   IntToPtrInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be converted
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to convert to
@@ -3635,11 +3610,15 @@
     BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd       ///< The block to insert the instruction into
   );
 
-  /// @brief Clone an identical IntToPtrInst
+  /// \brief Clone an identical IntToPtrInst
   virtual IntToPtrInst *clone_impl() const;
 
+  /// \brief Returns the address space of this instruction's pointer type.
+  unsigned getAddressSpace() const {
+    return getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
+  }
+
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const IntToPtrInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == IntToPtr;
   }
@@ -3652,14 +3631,14 @@
 //                                 PtrToIntInst Class
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-/// @brief This class represents a cast from a pointer to an integer
+/// \brief This class represents a cast from a pointer to an integer
 class PtrToIntInst : public CastInst {
 protected:
-  /// @brief Clone an identical PtrToIntInst
+  /// \brief Clone an identical PtrToIntInst
   virtual PtrToIntInst *clone_impl() const;
 
 public:
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
   PtrToIntInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be converted
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to convert to
@@ -3667,7 +3646,7 @@
     Instruction *InsertBefore = 0 ///< Where to insert the new instruction
   );
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
   PtrToIntInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be converted
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to convert to
@@ -3675,8 +3654,19 @@
     BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd       ///< The block to insert the instruction into
   );
 
+  /// \brief Gets the pointer operand.
+  Value *getPointerOperand() { return getOperand(0); }
+  /// \brief Gets the pointer operand.
+  const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(0); }
+  /// \brief Gets the operand index of the pointer operand.
+  static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 0U; }
+
+  /// \brief Returns the address space of the pointer operand.
+  unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const {
+    return getPointerOperand()->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
+  }
+
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const PtrToIntInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == PtrToInt;
   }
@@ -3689,14 +3679,14 @@
 //                             BitCastInst Class
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-/// @brief This class represents a no-op cast from one type to another.
+/// \brief This class represents a no-op cast from one type to another.
 class BitCastInst : public CastInst {
 protected:
-  /// @brief Clone an identical BitCastInst
+  /// \brief Clone an identical BitCastInst
   virtual BitCastInst *clone_impl() const;
 
 public:
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics
   BitCastInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be casted
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to casted to
@@ -3704,7 +3694,7 @@
     Instruction *InsertBefore = 0 ///< Where to insert the new instruction
   );
 
-  /// @brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
+  /// \brief Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics
   BitCastInst(
     Value *S,                     ///< The value to be casted
     Type *Ty,               ///< The type to casted to
@@ -3713,7 +3703,6 @@
   );
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const BitCastInst *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == BitCast;
   }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicInst.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicInst.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicInst.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicInst.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@
   /// functions.  This allows the standard isa/dyncast/cast functionality to
   /// work with calls to intrinsic functions.
   class IntrinsicInst : public CallInst {
-    IntrinsicInst();                      // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-    IntrinsicInst(const IntrinsicInst&);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-    void operator=(const IntrinsicInst&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+    IntrinsicInst() LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    IntrinsicInst(const IntrinsicInst&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const IntrinsicInst&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   public:
     /// getIntrinsicID - Return the intrinsic ID of this intrinsic.
     ///
@@ -45,7 +45,6 @@
     }
 
     // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const IntrinsicInst *) { return true; }
     static inline bool classof(const CallInst *I) {
       if (const Function *CF = I->getCalledFunction())
         return CF->getIntrinsicID() != 0;
@@ -62,7 +61,6 @@
   public:
 
     // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const DbgInfoIntrinsic *) { return true; }
     static inline bool classof(const IntrinsicInst *I) {
       switch (I->getIntrinsicID()) {
       case Intrinsic::dbg_declare:
@@ -86,7 +84,6 @@
     MDNode *getVariable() const { return cast<MDNode>(getArgOperand(1)); }
 
     // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const DbgDeclareInst *) { return true; }
     static inline bool classof(const IntrinsicInst *I) {
       return I->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::dbg_declare;
     }
@@ -108,7 +105,6 @@
     MDNode *getVariable() const { return cast<MDNode>(getArgOperand(2)); }
 
     // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const DbgValueInst *) { return true; }
     static inline bool classof(const IntrinsicInst *I) {
       return I->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::dbg_value;
     }
@@ -175,7 +171,6 @@
     }
 
     // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const MemIntrinsic *) { return true; }
     static inline bool classof(const IntrinsicInst *I) {
       switch (I->getIntrinsicID()) {
       case Intrinsic::memcpy:
@@ -205,7 +200,6 @@
     }
 
     // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const MemSetInst *) { return true; }
     static inline bool classof(const IntrinsicInst *I) {
       return I->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::memset;
     }
@@ -238,7 +232,6 @@
     }
 
     // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const MemTransferInst *) { return true; }
     static inline bool classof(const IntrinsicInst *I) {
       return I->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::memcpy ||
              I->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::memmove;
@@ -254,7 +247,6 @@
   class MemCpyInst : public MemTransferInst {
   public:
     // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const MemCpyInst *) { return true; }
     static inline bool classof(const IntrinsicInst *I) {
       return I->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::memcpy;
     }
@@ -268,7 +260,6 @@
   class MemMoveInst : public MemTransferInst {
   public:
     // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const MemMoveInst *) { return true; }
     static inline bool classof(const IntrinsicInst *I) {
       return I->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::memmove;
     }
@@ -277,6 +268,49 @@
     }
   };
 
+  /// VAStartInst - This represents the llvm.va_start intrinsic.
+  ///
+  class VAStartInst : public IntrinsicInst {
+  public:
+    static inline bool classof(const IntrinsicInst *I) {
+      return I->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::vastart;
+    }
+    static inline bool classof(const Value *V) {
+      return isa<IntrinsicInst>(V) && classof(cast<IntrinsicInst>(V));
+    }
+
+    Value *getArgList() const { return const_cast<Value*>(getArgOperand(0)); }
+  };
+
+  /// VAEndInst - This represents the llvm.va_end intrinsic.
+  ///
+  class VAEndInst : public IntrinsicInst {
+  public:
+    static inline bool classof(const IntrinsicInst *I) {
+      return I->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::vaend;
+    }
+    static inline bool classof(const Value *V) {
+      return isa<IntrinsicInst>(V) && classof(cast<IntrinsicInst>(V));
+    }
+
+    Value *getArgList() const { return const_cast<Value*>(getArgOperand(0)); }
+  };
+
+  /// VACopyInst - This represents the llvm.va_copy intrinsic.
+  ///
+  class VACopyInst : public IntrinsicInst {
+  public:
+    static inline bool classof(const IntrinsicInst *I) {
+      return I->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::vacopy;
+    }
+    static inline bool classof(const Value *V) {
+      return isa<IntrinsicInst>(V) && classof(cast<IntrinsicInst>(V));
+    }
+
+    Value *getDest() const { return const_cast<Value*>(getArgOperand(0)); }
+    Value *getSrc() const { return const_cast<Value*>(getArgOperand(1)); }
+  };
+
 }
 
 #endif

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Intrinsics.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Intrinsics.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Intrinsics.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Intrinsics.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
   /// Intrinsic::getType(ID) - Return the function type for an intrinsic.
   ///
   FunctionType *getType(LLVMContext &Context, ID id,
-                              ArrayRef<Type*> Tys = ArrayRef<Type*>());
+                        ArrayRef<Type*> Tys = ArrayRef<Type*>());
 
   /// Intrinsic::isOverloaded(ID) - Returns true if the intrinsic can be
   /// overloaded.
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
   /// Intrinsic::getAttributes(ID) - Return the attributes for an intrinsic.
   ///
-  AttrListPtr getAttributes(ID id);
+  AttrListPtr getAttributes(LLVMContext &C, ID id);
 
   /// Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, ID) - Create or insert an LLVM Function
   /// declaration for an intrinsic, and return it.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Intrinsics.td
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Intrinsics.td?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Intrinsics.td (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Intrinsics.td Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -121,15 +121,21 @@
 def llvm_x86mmx_ty     : LLVMType<x86mmx>;
 def llvm_ptrx86mmx_ty  : LLVMPointerType<llvm_x86mmx_ty>;         // <1 x i64>*
 
+def llvm_v2i1_ty       : LLVMType<v2i1>;     //  2 x i1
+def llvm_v4i1_ty       : LLVMType<v4i1>;     //  4 x i1
+def llvm_v8i1_ty       : LLVMType<v8i1>;     //  8 x i1
+def llvm_v16i1_ty      : LLVMType<v16i1>;    // 16 x i1
 def llvm_v2i8_ty       : LLVMType<v2i8>;     //  2 x i8
 def llvm_v4i8_ty       : LLVMType<v4i8>;     //  4 x i8
 def llvm_v8i8_ty       : LLVMType<v8i8>;     //  8 x i8
 def llvm_v16i8_ty      : LLVMType<v16i8>;    // 16 x i8
 def llvm_v32i8_ty      : LLVMType<v32i8>;    // 32 x i8
+def llvm_v1i16_ty      : LLVMType<v1i16>;    //  1 x i16
 def llvm_v2i16_ty      : LLVMType<v2i16>;    //  2 x i16
 def llvm_v4i16_ty      : LLVMType<v4i16>;    //  4 x i16
 def llvm_v8i16_ty      : LLVMType<v8i16>;    //  8 x i16
 def llvm_v16i16_ty     : LLVMType<v16i16>;   // 16 x i16
+def llvm_v1i32_ty      : LLVMType<v1i32>;    //  1 x i32
 def llvm_v2i32_ty      : LLVMType<v2i32>;    //  2 x i32
 def llvm_v4i32_ty      : LLVMType<v4i32>;    //  4 x i32
 def llvm_v8i32_ty      : LLVMType<v8i32>;    //  8 x i32
@@ -279,9 +285,9 @@
 
 // NOTE: these are internal interfaces.
 def int_setjmp     : Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty],  [llvm_ptr_ty]>;
-def int_longjmp    : Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty]>;
+def int_longjmp    : Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoReturn]>;
 def int_sigsetjmp  : Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty] , [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty]>;
-def int_siglongjmp : Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty]>;
+def int_siglongjmp : Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoReturn]>;
 
 // Internal interface for object size checking
 def int_objectsize : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyint_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i1_ty],
@@ -339,7 +345,7 @@
 }
 def int_eh_sjlj_functioncontext : Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty]>;
 def int_eh_sjlj_setjmp          : Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty]>;
-def int_eh_sjlj_longjmp         : Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty]>;
+def int_eh_sjlj_longjmp         : Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrNoReturn]>;
 
 //===---------------- Generic Variable Attribute Intrinsics----------------===//
 //

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsARM.td
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsARM.td?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsARM.td (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsARM.td Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -16,147 +16,136 @@
 // TLS
 
 let TargetPrefix = "arm" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.arm.".
-  def int_arm_thread_pointer : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_thread_pointer">,
-              Intrinsic<[llvm_ptr_ty], [], [IntrNoMem]>;
-}
+
+def int_arm_thread_pointer : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_thread_pointer">,
+            Intrinsic<[llvm_ptr_ty], [], [IntrNoMem]>;
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Saturating Arithmentic
 
-let TargetPrefix = "arm" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.arm.".
-  def int_arm_qadd : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_qadd">,
-              Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
-                        [IntrNoMem, Commutative]>;
-  def int_arm_qsub : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_qsub">,
-              Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
-  def int_arm_ssat : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_ssat">,
-              Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
-  def int_arm_usat : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_usat">,
-              Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
-}
+def int_arm_qadd : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_qadd">,
+    Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
+    [IntrNoMem, Commutative]>;
+def int_arm_qsub : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_qsub">,
+    Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_arm_ssat : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_ssat">,
+    Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_arm_usat : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_usat">,
+    Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Load and Store exclusive doubleword
 
-let TargetPrefix = "arm" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.arm.".
-  def int_arm_strexd : Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
-                                  llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
-  def int_arm_ldrexd : Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty],
-                                 [IntrReadArgMem]>;
-}
+def int_arm_strexd : Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
+    llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
+def int_arm_ldrexd : Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty],
+    [IntrReadArgMem]>;
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // VFP
 
-let TargetPrefix = "arm" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.arm.".
-  def int_arm_get_fpscr : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_get_fpscr">, 
-                         Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [], [IntrNoMem]>;
-  def int_arm_set_fpscr : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_set_fpscr">, 
-                         Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i32_ty], []>;
-  def int_arm_vcvtr     : Intrinsic<[llvm_float_ty], [llvm_anyfloat_ty],
-                                    [IntrNoMem]>;
-  def int_arm_vcvtru    : Intrinsic<[llvm_float_ty], [llvm_anyfloat_ty],
-                                    [IntrNoMem]>;
-}
+def int_arm_get_fpscr : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_get_fpscr">,
+                       Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [], [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_arm_set_fpscr : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_set_fpscr">,
+                       Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i32_ty], []>;
+def int_arm_vcvtr     : Intrinsic<[llvm_float_ty], [llvm_anyfloat_ty],
+                                  [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_arm_vcvtru    : Intrinsic<[llvm_float_ty], [llvm_anyfloat_ty],
+                                  [IntrNoMem]>;
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Coprocessor
 
-let TargetPrefix = "arm" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.arm.".
-  // Move to coprocessor
-  def int_arm_mcr : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_mcr">,
-     Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
-                    llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
-  def int_arm_mcr2 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_mcr2">,
-     Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
-                    llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
-
-  // Move from coprocessor
-  def int_arm_mrc : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_mrc">,
-     Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
-                               llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
-  def int_arm_mrc2 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_mrc2">,
-     Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
-                               llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
-
-  // Coprocessor data processing
-  def int_arm_cdp : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_cdp">,
-     Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
-                    llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
-  def int_arm_cdp2 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_cdp2">,
-     Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
-                    llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
-
-  // Move from two registers to coprocessor
-  def int_arm_mcrr : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_mcrr">,
-     Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
-                    llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
-  def int_arm_mcrr2 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_mcrr2">,
-     Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
-                    llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
-}
+// Move to coprocessor
+def int_arm_mcr : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_mcr">,
+   Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
+                  llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
+def int_arm_mcr2 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_mcr2">,
+   Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
+                  llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
+
+// Move from coprocessor
+def int_arm_mrc : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_mrc">,
+   Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
+                             llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
+def int_arm_mrc2 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_mrc2">,
+   Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
+                             llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
+
+// Coprocessor data processing
+def int_arm_cdp : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_cdp">,
+   Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
+                  llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
+def int_arm_cdp2 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_cdp2">,
+   Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
+                  llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
+
+// Move from two registers to coprocessor
+def int_arm_mcrr : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_mcrr">,
+   Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
+                  llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
+def int_arm_mcrr2 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_arm_mcrr2">,
+   Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty,
+                  llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], []>;
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Advanced SIMD (NEON)
 
-let TargetPrefix = "arm" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.arm.".
-
-  // The following classes do not correspond directly to GCC builtins.
-  class Neon_1Arg_Intrinsic
-    : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty], [LLVMMatchType<0>], [IntrNoMem]>;
-  class Neon_1Arg_Narrow_Intrinsic
-    : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
-                [LLVMExtendedElementVectorType<0>], [IntrNoMem]>;
-  class Neon_2Arg_Intrinsic
-    : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty], [LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>],
-                [IntrNoMem]>;
-  class Neon_2Arg_Narrow_Intrinsic
-    : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
-                [LLVMExtendedElementVectorType<0>,
-                 LLVMExtendedElementVectorType<0>],
-                [IntrNoMem]>;
-  class Neon_2Arg_Long_Intrinsic
-    : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
-                [LLVMTruncatedElementVectorType<0>,
-                 LLVMTruncatedElementVectorType<0>],
-                [IntrNoMem]>;
-  class Neon_3Arg_Intrinsic
-    : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
-                [LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>],
-                [IntrNoMem]>;
-  class Neon_3Arg_Long_Intrinsic
-    : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
-                [LLVMMatchType<0>,
-                 LLVMTruncatedElementVectorType<0>,
-                 LLVMTruncatedElementVectorType<0>],
-                [IntrNoMem]>;
-  class Neon_CvtFxToFP_Intrinsic
-    : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyfloat_ty], [llvm_anyint_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
-  class Neon_CvtFPToFx_Intrinsic
-    : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyint_ty], [llvm_anyfloat_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
-
-  // The table operands for VTBL and VTBX consist of 1 to 4 v8i8 vectors.
-  // Besides the table, VTBL has one other v8i8 argument and VTBX has two.
-  // Overall, the classes range from 2 to 6 v8i8 arguments.
-  class Neon_Tbl2Arg_Intrinsic
-    : Intrinsic<[llvm_v8i8_ty],
-                [llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
-  class Neon_Tbl3Arg_Intrinsic
-    : Intrinsic<[llvm_v8i8_ty],
-                [llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
-  class Neon_Tbl4Arg_Intrinsic
-    : Intrinsic<[llvm_v8i8_ty],
-                [llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty],
-                [IntrNoMem]>;
-  class Neon_Tbl5Arg_Intrinsic
-    : Intrinsic<[llvm_v8i8_ty],
-                [llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty,
-                 llvm_v8i8_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
-  class Neon_Tbl6Arg_Intrinsic
-    : Intrinsic<[llvm_v8i8_ty],
-                [llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty,
-                 llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
-}
+// The following classes do not correspond directly to GCC builtins.
+class Neon_1Arg_Intrinsic
+  : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty], [LLVMMatchType<0>], [IntrNoMem]>;
+class Neon_1Arg_Narrow_Intrinsic
+  : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
+              [LLVMExtendedElementVectorType<0>], [IntrNoMem]>;
+class Neon_2Arg_Intrinsic
+  : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty], [LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>],
+              [IntrNoMem]>;
+class Neon_2Arg_Narrow_Intrinsic
+  : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
+              [LLVMExtendedElementVectorType<0>,
+               LLVMExtendedElementVectorType<0>],
+              [IntrNoMem]>;
+class Neon_2Arg_Long_Intrinsic
+  : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
+              [LLVMTruncatedElementVectorType<0>,
+               LLVMTruncatedElementVectorType<0>],
+              [IntrNoMem]>;
+class Neon_3Arg_Intrinsic
+  : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
+              [LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>],
+              [IntrNoMem]>;
+class Neon_3Arg_Long_Intrinsic
+  : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
+              [LLVMMatchType<0>,
+               LLVMTruncatedElementVectorType<0>,
+               LLVMTruncatedElementVectorType<0>],
+              [IntrNoMem]>;
+class Neon_CvtFxToFP_Intrinsic
+  : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyfloat_ty], [llvm_anyint_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+class Neon_CvtFPToFx_Intrinsic
+  : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyint_ty], [llvm_anyfloat_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+
+// The table operands for VTBL and VTBX consist of 1 to 4 v8i8 vectors.
+// Besides the table, VTBL has one other v8i8 argument and VTBX has two.
+// Overall, the classes range from 2 to 6 v8i8 arguments.
+class Neon_Tbl2Arg_Intrinsic
+  : Intrinsic<[llvm_v8i8_ty],
+              [llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+class Neon_Tbl3Arg_Intrinsic
+  : Intrinsic<[llvm_v8i8_ty],
+              [llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+class Neon_Tbl4Arg_Intrinsic
+  : Intrinsic<[llvm_v8i8_ty],
+              [llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty],
+              [IntrNoMem]>;
+class Neon_Tbl5Arg_Intrinsic
+  : Intrinsic<[llvm_v8i8_ty],
+              [llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty,
+               llvm_v8i8_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+class Neon_Tbl6Arg_Intrinsic
+  : Intrinsic<[llvm_v8i8_ty],
+              [llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty,
+               llvm_v8i8_ty, llvm_v8i8_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
 
 // Arithmetic ops
 
@@ -209,20 +198,18 @@
 def int_arm_neon_vrsubhn : Neon_2Arg_Narrow_Intrinsic;
 
 // Vector Absolute Compare.
-let TargetPrefix = "arm" in {
-  def int_arm_neon_vacged : Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i32_ty],
-                                      [llvm_v2f32_ty, llvm_v2f32_ty],
-                                      [IntrNoMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vacgeq : Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i32_ty],
-                                      [llvm_v4f32_ty, llvm_v4f32_ty],
-                                      [IntrNoMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vacgtd : Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i32_ty],
-                                      [llvm_v2f32_ty, llvm_v2f32_ty],
-                                      [IntrNoMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vacgtq : Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i32_ty],
-                                      [llvm_v4f32_ty, llvm_v4f32_ty],
-                                      [IntrNoMem]>;
-}
+def int_arm_neon_vacged : Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i32_ty],
+                                    [llvm_v2f32_ty, llvm_v2f32_ty],
+                                    [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vacgeq : Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i32_ty],
+                                    [llvm_v4f32_ty, llvm_v4f32_ty],
+                                    [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vacgtd : Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i32_ty],
+                                    [llvm_v2f32_ty, llvm_v2f32_ty],
+                                    [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vacgtq : Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i32_ty],
+                                    [llvm_v4f32_ty, llvm_v4f32_ty],
+                                    [IntrNoMem]>;
 
 // Vector Absolute Differences.
 def int_arm_neon_vabds : Neon_2Arg_Intrinsic;
@@ -235,24 +222,20 @@
 // Note: This is different than the other "long" NEON intrinsics because
 // the result vector has half as many elements as the source vector.
 // The source and destination vector types must be specified separately.
-let TargetPrefix = "arm" in {
-  def int_arm_neon_vpaddls : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty], [llvm_anyvector_ty],
-                                       [IntrNoMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vpaddlu : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty], [llvm_anyvector_ty],
-                                       [IntrNoMem]>;
-}
+def int_arm_neon_vpaddls : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty], [llvm_anyvector_ty],
+                                     [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vpaddlu : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty], [llvm_anyvector_ty],
+                                     [IntrNoMem]>;
 
 // Vector Pairwise Add and Accumulate Long.
 // Note: This is similar to vpaddl but the destination vector also appears
 // as the first argument.
-let TargetPrefix = "arm" in {
-  def int_arm_neon_vpadals : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
-                                       [LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_anyvector_ty],
-                                       [IntrNoMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vpadalu : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
-                                       [LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_anyvector_ty],
-                                       [IntrNoMem]>;
-}
+def int_arm_neon_vpadals : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
+                                     [LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_anyvector_ty],
+                                     [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vpadalu : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
+                                     [LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_anyvector_ty],
+                                     [IntrNoMem]>;
 
 // Vector Pairwise Maximum and Minimum.
 def int_arm_neon_vpmaxs : Neon_2Arg_Intrinsic;
@@ -364,79 +347,83 @@
 def int_arm_neon_vtbx3 : Neon_Tbl5Arg_Intrinsic;
 def int_arm_neon_vtbx4 : Neon_Tbl6Arg_Intrinsic;
 
-let TargetPrefix = "arm" in {
+// De-interleaving vector loads from N-element structures.
+// Source operands are the address and alignment.
+def int_arm_neon_vld1 : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
+                                  [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
+                                  [IntrReadArgMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vld2 : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>],
+                                  [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
+                                  [IntrReadArgMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vld3 : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>,
+                                   LLVMMatchType<0>],
+                                  [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
+                                  [IntrReadArgMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vld4 : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>,
+                                   LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>],
+                                  [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
+                                  [IntrReadArgMem]>;
+
+// Vector load N-element structure to one lane.
+// Source operands are: the address, the N input vectors (since only one
+// lane is assigned), the lane number, and the alignment.
+def int_arm_neon_vld2lane : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>],
+                                      [llvm_ptr_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>,
+                                       LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_i32_ty,
+                                       llvm_i32_ty], [IntrReadArgMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vld3lane : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>,
+                                       LLVMMatchType<0>],
+                                      [llvm_ptr_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>,
+                                       LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>,
+                                       llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
+                                      [IntrReadArgMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vld4lane : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>,
+                                       LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>],
+                                      [llvm_ptr_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>,
+                                       LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>,
+                                       LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_i32_ty,
+                                       llvm_i32_ty], [IntrReadArgMem]>;
+
+// Interleaving vector stores from N-element structures.
+// Source operands are: the address, the N vectors, and the alignment.
+def int_arm_neon_vst1 : Intrinsic<[],
+                                  [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_anyvector_ty,
+                                   llvm_i32_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vst2 : Intrinsic<[],
+                                  [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_anyvector_ty,
+                                   LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_i32_ty],
+                                  [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vst3 : Intrinsic<[],
+                                  [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_anyvector_ty,
+                                   LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>,
+                                   llvm_i32_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vst4 : Intrinsic<[],
+                                  [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_anyvector_ty,
+                                   LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>,
+                                   LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_i32_ty],
+                                  [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
+
+// Vector store N-element structure from one lane.
+// Source operands are: the address, the N vectors, the lane number, and
+// the alignment.
+def int_arm_neon_vst2lane : Intrinsic<[],
+                                      [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_anyvector_ty,
+                                       LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_i32_ty,
+                                       llvm_i32_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vst3lane : Intrinsic<[],
+                                      [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_anyvector_ty,
+                                       LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>,
+                                       llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
+                                      [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
+def int_arm_neon_vst4lane : Intrinsic<[],
+                                      [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_anyvector_ty,
+                                       LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>,
+                                       LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_i32_ty,
+                                       llvm_i32_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
+
+// Vector bitwise select.
+def int_arm_neon_vbsl : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
+                        [LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>],
+                        [IntrNoMem]>;
 
-  // De-interleaving vector loads from N-element structures.
-  // Source operands are the address and alignment.
-  def int_arm_neon_vld1 : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty],
-                                    [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
-                                    [IntrReadArgMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vld2 : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>],
-                                    [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
-                                    [IntrReadArgMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vld3 : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>,
-                                     LLVMMatchType<0>],
-                                    [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
-                                    [IntrReadArgMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vld4 : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>,
-                                     LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>],
-                                    [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
-                                    [IntrReadArgMem]>;
-
-  // Vector load N-element structure to one lane.
-  // Source operands are: the address, the N input vectors (since only one
-  // lane is assigned), the lane number, and the alignment.
-  def int_arm_neon_vld2lane : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>],
-                                        [llvm_ptr_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>,
-                                         LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_i32_ty,
-                                         llvm_i32_ty], [IntrReadArgMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vld3lane : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>,
-                                         LLVMMatchType<0>],
-                                        [llvm_ptr_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>,
-                                         LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>,
-                                         llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
-                                        [IntrReadArgMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vld4lane : Intrinsic<[llvm_anyvector_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>,
-                                         LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>],
-                                        [llvm_ptr_ty, LLVMMatchType<0>,
-                                         LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>,
-                                         LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_i32_ty,
-                                         llvm_i32_ty], [IntrReadArgMem]>;
-
-  // Interleaving vector stores from N-element structures.
-  // Source operands are: the address, the N vectors, and the alignment.
-  def int_arm_neon_vst1 : Intrinsic<[],
-                                    [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_anyvector_ty,
-                                     llvm_i32_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vst2 : Intrinsic<[],
-                                    [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_anyvector_ty,
-                                     LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_i32_ty],
-                                    [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vst3 : Intrinsic<[],
-                                    [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_anyvector_ty,
-                                     LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>,
-                                     llvm_i32_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vst4 : Intrinsic<[],
-                                    [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_anyvector_ty,
-                                     LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>,
-                                     LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_i32_ty],
-                                    [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
-
-  // Vector store N-element structure from one lane.
-  // Source operands are: the address, the N vectors, the lane number, and
-  // the alignment.
-  def int_arm_neon_vst2lane : Intrinsic<[],
-                                        [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_anyvector_ty,
-                                         LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_i32_ty,
-                                         llvm_i32_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vst3lane : Intrinsic<[],
-                                        [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_anyvector_ty,
-                                         LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>,
-                                         llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
-                                        [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
-  def int_arm_neon_vst4lane : Intrinsic<[],
-                                        [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_anyvector_ty,
-                                         LLVMMatchType<0>, LLVMMatchType<0>,
-                                         LLVMMatchType<0>, llvm_i32_ty,
-                                         llvm_i32_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
-}
+} // end TargetPrefix

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsHexagon.td
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsHexagon.td?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsHexagon.td (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsHexagon.td Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 //
 // All Hexagon intrinsics start with "llvm.hexagon.".
 let TargetPrefix = "hexagon" in {
-  /// Hexagon_Intrinsic - Base class for all altivec intrinsics.
+  /// Hexagon_Intrinsic - Base class for all Hexagon intrinsics.
   class Hexagon_Intrinsic<string GCCIntSuffix, list<LLVMType> ret_types,
                               list<LLVMType> param_types,
                               list<IntrinsicProperty> properties>

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsMips.td
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsMips.td?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsMips.td (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsMips.td Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -14,11 +14,15 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // MIPS DSP data types
 def mips_v2q15_ty: LLVMType<v2i16>;
+def mips_v4q7_ty: LLVMType<v4i8>;
 def mips_q31_ty: LLVMType<i32>;
 
 let TargetPrefix = "mips" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.mips.".
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// MIPS DSP Rev 1
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Addition/subtraction
 
 def int_mips_addu_qb : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_addu_qb">,
@@ -261,4 +265,125 @@
   Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrReadArgMem]>;
 def int_mips_lwx: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_lwx">,
   Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrReadArgMem]>;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// MIPS DSP Rev 2
+
+def int_mips_absq_s_qb: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_absq_s_qb">,
+  Intrinsic<[mips_v4q7_ty], [mips_v4q7_ty], []>;
+
+def int_mips_addqh_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_addqh_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[mips_v2q15_ty], [mips_v2q15_ty, mips_v2q15_ty],
+            [IntrNoMem, Commutative]>;
+def int_mips_addqh_r_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_addqh_r_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[mips_v2q15_ty], [mips_v2q15_ty, mips_v2q15_ty],
+            [IntrNoMem, Commutative]>;
+def int_mips_addqh_w: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_addqh_w">,
+  Intrinsic<[mips_q31_ty], [mips_q31_ty, mips_q31_ty],
+            [IntrNoMem, Commutative]>;
+def int_mips_addqh_r_w: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_addqh_r_w">,
+  Intrinsic<[mips_q31_ty], [mips_q31_ty, mips_q31_ty],
+            [IntrNoMem, Commutative]>;
+
+def int_mips_addu_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_addu_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i16_ty], [llvm_v2i16_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty], [Commutative]>;
+def int_mips_addu_s_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_addu_s_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i16_ty], [llvm_v2i16_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty], [Commutative]>;
+
+def int_mips_adduh_qb: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_adduh_qb">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i8_ty], [llvm_v4i8_ty, llvm_v4i8_ty],
+            [IntrNoMem, Commutative]>;
+def int_mips_adduh_r_qb: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_adduh_r_qb">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i8_ty], [llvm_v4i8_ty, llvm_v4i8_ty],
+            [IntrNoMem, Commutative]>;
+
+def int_mips_append: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_append">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
+  [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_mips_balign: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_balign">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
+  [IntrNoMem]>;
+
+def int_mips_cmpgdu_eq_qb: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_cmpgdu_eq_qb">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_v4i8_ty, llvm_v4i8_ty], [Commutative]>;
+def int_mips_cmpgdu_lt_qb: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_cmpgdu_lt_qb">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_v4i8_ty, llvm_v4i8_ty], [Commutative]>;
+def int_mips_cmpgdu_le_qb: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_cmpgdu_le_qb">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_v4i8_ty, llvm_v4i8_ty], [Commutative]>;
+
+def int_mips_dpa_w_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_dpa_w_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i64_ty], [llvm_i64_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty],
+            [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_mips_dps_w_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_dps_w_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i64_ty], [llvm_i64_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty],
+            [IntrNoMem]>;
+
+def int_mips_dpaqx_s_w_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_dpaqx_s_w_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i64_ty], [llvm_i64_ty, mips_v2q15_ty, mips_v2q15_ty], []>;
+def int_mips_dpaqx_sa_w_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_dpaqx_sa_w_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i64_ty], [llvm_i64_ty, mips_v2q15_ty, mips_v2q15_ty], []>;
+def int_mips_dpax_w_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_dpax_w_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i64_ty], [llvm_i64_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty],
+            [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_mips_dpsx_w_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_dpsx_w_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i64_ty], [llvm_i64_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty],
+            [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_mips_dpsqx_s_w_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_dpsqx_s_w_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i64_ty], [llvm_i64_ty, mips_v2q15_ty, mips_v2q15_ty], []>;
+def int_mips_dpsqx_sa_w_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_dpsqx_sa_w_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i64_ty], [llvm_i64_ty, mips_v2q15_ty, mips_v2q15_ty], []>;
+
+def int_mips_mul_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_mul_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i16_ty], [llvm_v2i16_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty], [Commutative]>;
+def int_mips_mul_s_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_mul_s_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i16_ty], [llvm_v2i16_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty], [Commutative]>;
+
+def int_mips_mulq_rs_w: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_mulq_rs_w">,
+  Intrinsic<[mips_q31_ty], [mips_q31_ty, mips_q31_ty], [Commutative]>;
+def int_mips_mulq_s_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_mulq_s_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[mips_v2q15_ty], [mips_v2q15_ty, mips_v2q15_ty], [Commutative]>;
+def int_mips_mulq_s_w: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_mulq_s_w">,
+  Intrinsic<[mips_q31_ty], [mips_q31_ty, mips_q31_ty], [Commutative]>;
+def int_mips_mulsa_w_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_mulsa_w_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i64_ty], [llvm_i64_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty],
+            [IntrNoMem]>;
+
+def int_mips_precr_qb_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_precr_qb_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i8_ty], [llvm_v2i16_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty], []>;
+def int_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i16_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
+            [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i16_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
+            [IntrNoMem]>;
+
+def int_mips_prepend: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_prepend">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty],
+  [IntrNoMem]>;
+
+def int_mips_shra_qb: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_shra_qb">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i8_ty], [llvm_v4i8_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_mips_shra_r_qb: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_shra_r_qb">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i8_ty], [llvm_v4i8_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_mips_shrl_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_shrl_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i16_ty], [llvm_v2i16_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+
+def int_mips_subqh_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_subqh_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[mips_v2q15_ty], [mips_v2q15_ty, mips_v2q15_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_mips_subqh_r_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_subqh_r_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[mips_v2q15_ty], [mips_v2q15_ty, mips_v2q15_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_mips_subqh_w: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_subqh_w">,
+  Intrinsic<[mips_q31_ty], [mips_q31_ty, mips_q31_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_mips_subqh_r_w: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_subqh_r_w">,
+  Intrinsic<[mips_q31_ty], [mips_q31_ty, mips_q31_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+
+def int_mips_subu_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_subu_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i16_ty], [llvm_v2i16_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty], []>;
+def int_mips_subu_s_ph: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_subu_s_ph">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i16_ty], [llvm_v2i16_ty, llvm_v2i16_ty], []>;
+
+def int_mips_subuh_qb: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_subuh_qb">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i8_ty], [llvm_v4i8_ty, llvm_v4i8_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
+def int_mips_subuh_r_qb: GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_mips_subuh_r_qb">,
+  Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i8_ty], [llvm_v4i8_ty, llvm_v4i8_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
 }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsX86.td
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsX86.td?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsX86.td (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/IntrinsicsX86.td Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
 let TargetPrefix = "x86" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.x86.".
   def int_x86_sse_storeu_ps : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_storeups">,
               Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty,
-                         llvm_v4f32_ty], []>;
+                         llvm_v4f32_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
 }
 
 // Cacheability support ops
@@ -502,13 +502,13 @@
 let TargetPrefix = "x86" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.x86.".
   def int_x86_sse2_storeu_pd : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_storeupd">,
               Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty,
-                         llvm_v2f64_ty], []>;
+                         llvm_v2f64_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_sse2_storeu_dq : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_storedqu">,
               Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty,
-                         llvm_v16i8_ty], []>;
+                         llvm_v16i8_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_sse2_storel_dq : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_storelv4si">,
               Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty,
-                         llvm_v4i32_ty], []>;
+                         llvm_v4i32_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
 }
 
 // Misc.
@@ -1270,19 +1270,19 @@
 let TargetPrefix = "x86" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.x86.".
   def int_x86_avx_vbroadcast_ss :
         GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastss">,
-        Intrinsic<[llvm_v4f32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrReadMem]>;
+        Intrinsic<[llvm_v4f32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrReadArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx_vbroadcast_sd_256 :
         GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastsd256">,
-        Intrinsic<[llvm_v4f64_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrReadMem]>;
+        Intrinsic<[llvm_v4f64_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrReadArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx_vbroadcast_ss_256 :
         GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastss256">,
-        Intrinsic<[llvm_v8f32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrReadMem]>;
+        Intrinsic<[llvm_v8f32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrReadArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx_vbroadcastf128_pd_256 :
         GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastf128_pd256">,
-        Intrinsic<[llvm_v4f64_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrReadMem]>;
+        Intrinsic<[llvm_v4f64_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrReadArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx_vbroadcastf128_ps_256 :
         GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastf128_ps256">,
-        Intrinsic<[llvm_v8f32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrReadMem]>;
+        Intrinsic<[llvm_v8f32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrReadArgMem]>;
 }
 
 // SIMD load ops
@@ -1294,41 +1294,45 @@
 // SIMD store ops
 let TargetPrefix = "x86" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.x86.".
   def int_x86_avx_storeu_pd_256 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_storeupd256">,
-        Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v4f64_ty], []>;
+        Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v4f64_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx_storeu_ps_256 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_storeups256">,
-        Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v8f32_ty], []>;
+        Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v8f32_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx_storeu_dq_256 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_storedqu256">,
-        Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v32i8_ty], []>;
+        Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v32i8_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
 }
 
 // Conditional load ops
 let TargetPrefix = "x86" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.x86.".
   def int_x86_avx_maskload_pd : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskloadpd">,
-        Intrinsic<[llvm_v2f64_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v2f64_ty], [IntrReadMem]>;
+        Intrinsic<[llvm_v2f64_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v2f64_ty],
+                  [IntrReadArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx_maskload_ps : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskloadps">,
-        Intrinsic<[llvm_v4f32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v4f32_ty], [IntrReadMem]>;
+        Intrinsic<[llvm_v4f32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v4f32_ty],
+                  [IntrReadArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx_maskload_pd_256 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskloadpd256">,
-        Intrinsic<[llvm_v4f64_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v4f64_ty], [IntrReadMem]>;
+        Intrinsic<[llvm_v4f64_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v4f64_ty],
+                  [IntrReadArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx_maskload_ps_256 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskloadps256">,
-        Intrinsic<[llvm_v8f32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v8f32_ty], [IntrReadMem]>;
+        Intrinsic<[llvm_v8f32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v8f32_ty],
+                  [IntrReadArgMem]>;
 }
 
 // Conditional store ops
 let TargetPrefix = "x86" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.x86.".
   def int_x86_avx_maskstore_pd : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskstorepd">,
         Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty,
-                  llvm_v2f64_ty, llvm_v2f64_ty], []>;
+                  llvm_v2f64_ty, llvm_v2f64_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx_maskstore_ps : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskstoreps">,
         Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty,
-                  llvm_v4f32_ty, llvm_v4f32_ty], []>;
+                  llvm_v4f32_ty, llvm_v4f32_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx_maskstore_pd_256 :
         GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskstorepd256">,
         Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty,
-                  llvm_v4f64_ty, llvm_v4f64_ty], []>;
+                  llvm_v4f64_ty, llvm_v4f64_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx_maskstore_ps_256 :
         GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskstoreps256">,
         Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty,
-                  llvm_v8f32_ty, llvm_v8f32_ty], []>;
+                  llvm_v8f32_ty, llvm_v8f32_ty], [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
 }
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -1632,7 +1636,7 @@
               Intrinsic<[llvm_v8f32_ty], [llvm_v4f32_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx2_vbroadcasti128 :
               GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_vbroadcastsi256">,
-              Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i64_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrReadMem]>;
+              Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i64_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty], [IntrReadArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx2_pbroadcastb_128 :
               GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_pbroadcastb128">,
               Intrinsic<[llvm_v16i8_ty], [llvm_v16i8_ty], [IntrNoMem]>;
@@ -1685,27 +1689,35 @@
 // Conditional load ops
 let TargetPrefix = "x86" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.x86.".
   def int_x86_avx2_maskload_d : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskloadd">,
-        Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v4i32_ty], [IntrReadMem]>;
+        Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v4i32_ty],
+                  [IntrReadArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx2_maskload_q : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskloadq">,
-        Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i64_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v2i64_ty], [IntrReadMem]>;
+        Intrinsic<[llvm_v2i64_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v2i64_ty],
+                  [IntrReadArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx2_maskload_d_256 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskloadd256">,
-        Intrinsic<[llvm_v8i32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v8i32_ty], [IntrReadMem]>;
+        Intrinsic<[llvm_v8i32_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v8i32_ty],
+                  [IntrReadArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx2_maskload_q_256 : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskloadq256">,
-        Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i64_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v4i64_ty], [IntrReadMem]>;
+        Intrinsic<[llvm_v4i64_ty], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v4i64_ty],
+                  [IntrReadArgMem]>;
 }
 
 // Conditional store ops
 let TargetPrefix = "x86" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.x86.".
   def int_x86_avx2_maskstore_d : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskstored">,
-        Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v4i32_ty, llvm_v4i32_ty], []>;
+        Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v4i32_ty, llvm_v4i32_ty],
+                  [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx2_maskstore_q : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskstoreq">,
-        Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v2i64_ty, llvm_v2i64_ty], []>;
+        Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v2i64_ty, llvm_v2i64_ty],
+                  [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx2_maskstore_d_256 :
         GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskstored256">,
-        Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v8i32_ty, llvm_v8i32_ty], []>;
+        Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v8i32_ty, llvm_v8i32_ty],
+                  [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
   def int_x86_avx2_maskstore_q_256 :
         GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_maskstoreq256">,
-        Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v4i64_ty, llvm_v4i64_ty], []>;
+        Intrinsic<[], [llvm_ptr_ty, llvm_v4i64_ty, llvm_v4i64_ty],
+                  [IntrReadWriteArgMem]>;
 }
 
 // Variable bit shift ops
@@ -2547,3 +2559,15 @@
   def int_x86_rdrand_32 : Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [], []>;
   def int_x86_rdrand_64 : Intrinsic<[llvm_i64_ty, llvm_i32_ty], [], []>;
 }
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// RTM intrinsics. Transactional Memory support.
+
+let TargetPrefix = "x86" in {  // All intrinsics start with "llvm.x86.".
+  def int_x86_xbegin : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_xbegin">,
+              Intrinsic<[llvm_i32_ty], [], []>;
+  def int_x86_xend : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_xend">,
+              Intrinsic<[], [], []>;
+  def int_x86_xabort : GCCBuiltin<"__builtin_ia32_xabort">,
+              Intrinsic<[], [llvm_i8_ty], [IntrNoReturn]>;
+}

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/LLVMContext.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/LLVMContext.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/LLVMContext.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/LLVMContext.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -15,6 +15,8 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_LLVMCONTEXT_H
 #define LLVM_LLVMCONTEXT_H
 
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
 namespace llvm {
 
 class LLVMContextImpl;
@@ -43,7 +45,8 @@
     MD_tbaa = 1, // "tbaa"
     MD_prof = 2,  // "prof"
     MD_fpmath = 3,  // "fpmath"
-    MD_range = 4 // "range"
+    MD_range = 4, // "range"
+    MD_tbaa_struct = 5 // "tbaa.struct"
   };
   
   /// getMDKindID - Return a unique non-zero ID for the specified metadata kind.
@@ -87,9 +90,8 @@
   void emitError(const Twine &ErrorStr);
 
 private:
-  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  LLVMContext(LLVMContext&);
-  void operator=(LLVMContext&);
+  LLVMContext(LLVMContext&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(LLVMContext&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   /// addModule - Register a module as being instantiated in this context.  If
   /// the context is deleted, the module will be deleted as well.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/LinkAllPasses.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/LinkAllPasses.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/LinkAllPasses.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/LinkAllPasses.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -60,10 +60,12 @@
       (void) llvm::createCFGSimplificationPass();
       (void) llvm::createConstantMergePass();
       (void) llvm::createConstantPropagationPass();
+      (void) llvm::createCostModelAnalysisPass();
       (void) llvm::createDeadArgEliminationPass();
       (void) llvm::createDeadCodeEliminationPass();
       (void) llvm::createDeadInstEliminationPass();
       (void) llvm::createDeadStoreEliminationPass();
+      (void) llvm::createDependenceAnalysisPass();
       (void) llvm::createDomOnlyPrinterPass();
       (void) llvm::createDomPrinterPass();
       (void) llvm::createDomOnlyViewerPass();
@@ -81,11 +83,10 @@
       (void) llvm::createIPSCCPPass();
       (void) llvm::createIndVarSimplifyPass();
       (void) llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass();
-      (void) llvm::createInternalizePass(false);
+      (void) llvm::createInternalizePass();
       (void) llvm::createLCSSAPass();
       (void) llvm::createLICMPass();
       (void) llvm::createLazyValueInfoPass();
-      (void) llvm::createLoopDependenceAnalysisPass();
       (void) llvm::createLoopExtractorPass();
       (void) llvm::createLoopSimplifyPass();
       (void) llvm::createLoopStrengthReducePass();
@@ -107,6 +108,7 @@
       (void) llvm::createProfileVerifierPass();
       (void) llvm::createPathProfileVerifierPass();
       (void) llvm::createProfileLoaderPass();
+      (void) llvm::createProfileMetadataLoaderPass();
       (void) llvm::createPathProfileLoaderPass();
       (void) llvm::createPromoteMemoryToRegisterPass();
       (void) llvm::createDemoteRegisterToMemoryPass();
@@ -140,6 +142,7 @@
       (void) llvm::createLoopDeletionPass();
       (void) llvm::createPostDomTree();
       (void) llvm::createInstructionNamerPass();
+      (void) llvm::createMetaRenamerPass();
       (void) llvm::createFunctionAttrsPass();
       (void) llvm::createMergeFunctionsPass();
       (void) llvm::createPrintModulePass(0);
@@ -153,6 +156,7 @@
       (void) llvm::createCorrelatedValuePropagationPass();
       (void) llvm::createMemDepPrinter();
       (void) llvm::createInstructionSimplifierPass();
+      (void) llvm::createLoopVectorizePass();
       (void) llvm::createBBVectorizePass();
 
       (void)new llvm::IntervalPartition();

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCAsmBackend.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCAsmBackend.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCAsmBackend.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCAsmBackend.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -30,12 +30,13 @@
 
 /// MCAsmBackend - Generic interface to target specific assembler backends.
 class MCAsmBackend {
-  MCAsmBackend(const MCAsmBackend &);   // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const MCAsmBackend &);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MCAsmBackend(const MCAsmBackend &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const MCAsmBackend &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 protected: // Can only create subclasses.
   MCAsmBackend();
 
   unsigned HasReliableSymbolDifference : 1;
+  unsigned HasDataInCodeSupport : 1;
 
 public:
   virtual ~MCAsmBackend();
@@ -65,6 +66,12 @@
     return HasReliableSymbolDifference;
   }
 
+  /// hasDataInCodeSupport - Check whether this target implements data-in-code
+  /// markers. If not, data region directives will be ignored.
+  bool hasDataInCodeSupport() const {
+    return HasDataInCodeSupport;
+  }
+
   /// doesSectionRequireSymbols - Check whether the given section requires that
   /// all symbols (even temporaries) have symbol table entries.
   virtual bool doesSectionRequireSymbols(const MCSection &Section) const {
@@ -99,7 +106,7 @@
 
   /// @}
 
-  /// applyFixup - Apply the \arg Value for given \arg Fixup into the provided
+  /// applyFixup - Apply the \p Value for given \p Fixup into the provided
   /// data fragment, at the offset specified by the fixup and following the
   /// fixup kind as appropriate.
   virtual void applyFixup(const MCFixup &Fixup, char *Data, unsigned DataSize,
@@ -126,13 +133,20 @@
   /// RelaxInstruction - Relax the instruction in the given fragment to the next
   /// wider instruction.
   ///
-  /// \param Inst - The instruction to relax, which may be the same as the
+  /// \param Inst The instruction to relax, which may be the same as the
   /// output.
-  /// \parm Res [output] - On return, the relaxed instruction.
+  /// \param [out] Res On return, the relaxed instruction.
   virtual void relaxInstruction(const MCInst &Inst, MCInst &Res) const = 0;
 
   /// @}
 
+  /// getMinimumNopSize - Returns the minimum size of a nop in bytes on this
+  /// target. The assembler will use this to emit excess padding in situations
+  /// where the padding required for simple alignment would be less than the
+  /// minimum nop size.
+  ///
+  virtual unsigned getMinimumNopSize() const { return 1; }
+
   /// writeNopData - Write an (optimal) nop sequence of Count bytes to the given
   /// output. If the target cannot generate such a sequence, it should return an
   /// error.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCAsmInfo.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCAsmInfo.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCAsmInfo.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCAsmInfo.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
   }
 
   namespace LCOMM {
-    enum LCOMMType { None, NoAlignment, ByteAlignment };
+    enum LCOMMType { NoAlignment, ByteAlignment, Log2Alignment };
   }
 
   /// MCAsmInfo - This class is intended to be used as a base class for asm
@@ -247,14 +247,14 @@
     /// .long a - b
     bool HasAggressiveSymbolFolding;           // Defaults to true.
 
-    /// LCOMMDirectiveType - Describes if the target supports the .lcomm
-    /// directive and whether it has an alignment parameter.
-    LCOMM::LCOMMType LCOMMDirectiveType;     // Defaults to LCOMM::None.
-
-    /// COMMDirectiveAlignmentIsInBytes - True is COMMDirective's optional
+    /// COMMDirectiveAlignmentIsInBytes - True is .comm's and .lcomms optional
     /// alignment is to be specified in bytes instead of log2(n).
     bool COMMDirectiveAlignmentIsInBytes;    // Defaults to true;
 
+    /// LCOMMDirectiveAlignment - Describes if the .lcomm directive for the
+    /// target supports an alignment argument and how it is interpreted.
+    LCOMM::LCOMMType LCOMMDirectiveAlignmentType; // Defaults to NoAlignment.
+
     /// HasDotTypeDotSizeDirective - True if the target has .type and .size
     /// directives, this is true for most ELF targets.
     bool HasDotTypeDotSizeDirective;         // Defaults to true.
@@ -496,13 +496,13 @@
     bool hasAggressiveSymbolFolding() const {
       return HasAggressiveSymbolFolding;
     }
-    LCOMM::LCOMMType getLCOMMDirectiveType() const {
-      return LCOMMDirectiveType;
-    }
-    bool hasDotTypeDotSizeDirective() const {return HasDotTypeDotSizeDirective;}
     bool getCOMMDirectiveAlignmentIsInBytes() const {
       return COMMDirectiveAlignmentIsInBytes;
     }
+    LCOMM::LCOMMType getLCOMMDirectiveAlignmentType() const {
+      return LCOMMDirectiveAlignmentType;
+    }
+    bool hasDotTypeDotSizeDirective() const {return HasDotTypeDotSizeDirective;}
     bool hasSingleParameterDotFile() const { return HasSingleParameterDotFile; }
     bool hasNoDeadStrip() const { return HasNoDeadStrip; }
     bool hasSymbolResolver() const { return HasSymbolResolver; }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCAssembler.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCAssembler.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCAssembler.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCAssembler.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
 class MCFragment : public ilist_node<MCFragment> {
   friend class MCAsmLayout;
 
-  MCFragment(const MCFragment&);     // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const MCFragment&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MCFragment(const MCFragment&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const MCFragment&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
   enum FragmentType {
@@ -99,8 +99,6 @@
   unsigned getLayoutOrder() const { return LayoutOrder; }
   void setLayoutOrder(unsigned Value) { LayoutOrder = Value; }
 
-  static bool classof(const MCFragment *O) { return true; }
-
   void dump();
 };
 
@@ -151,7 +149,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCFragment *F) {
     return F->getKind() == MCFragment::FT_Data;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCDataFragment *) { return true; }
 };
 
 // FIXME: This current incarnation of MCInstFragment doesn't make much sense, as
@@ -176,7 +173,7 @@
   typedef SmallVectorImpl<MCFixup>::iterator fixup_iterator;
 
 public:
-  MCInstFragment(MCInst _Inst, MCSectionData *SD = 0)
+  MCInstFragment(const MCInst &_Inst, MCSectionData *SD = 0)
     : MCFragment(FT_Inst, SD), Inst(_Inst) {
   }
 
@@ -191,7 +188,7 @@
   MCInst &getInst() { return Inst; }
   const MCInst &getInst() const { return Inst; }
 
-  void setInst(MCInst Value) { Inst = Value; }
+  void setInst(const MCInst& Value) { Inst = Value; }
 
   /// @}
   /// @name Fixup Access
@@ -213,7 +210,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCFragment *F) {
     return F->getKind() == MCFragment::FT_Inst;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCInstFragment *) { return true; }
 };
 
 class MCAlignFragment : public MCFragment {
@@ -225,7 +221,7 @@
   /// Value - Value to use for filling padding bytes.
   int64_t Value;
 
-  /// ValueSize - The size of the integer (in bytes) of \arg Value.
+  /// ValueSize - The size of the integer (in bytes) of \p Value.
   unsigned ValueSize;
 
   /// MaxBytesToEmit - The maximum number of bytes to emit; if the alignment
@@ -263,7 +259,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCFragment *F) {
     return F->getKind() == MCFragment::FT_Align;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCAlignFragment *) { return true; }
 };
 
 class MCFillFragment : public MCFragment {
@@ -272,7 +267,7 @@
   /// Value - Value to use for filling bytes.
   int64_t Value;
 
-  /// ValueSize - The size (in bytes) of \arg Value to use when filling, or 0 if
+  /// ValueSize - The size (in bytes) of \p Value to use when filling, or 0 if
   /// this is a virtual fill fragment.
   unsigned ValueSize;
 
@@ -302,7 +297,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCFragment *F) {
     return F->getKind() == MCFragment::FT_Fill;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCFillFragment *) { return true; }
 };
 
 class MCOrgFragment : public MCFragment {
@@ -331,7 +325,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCFragment *F) {
     return F->getKind() == MCFragment::FT_Org;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCOrgFragment *) { return true; }
 };
 
 class MCLEBFragment : public MCFragment {
@@ -364,7 +357,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCFragment *F) {
     return F->getKind() == MCFragment::FT_LEB;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCLEBFragment *) { return true; }
 };
 
 class MCDwarfLineAddrFragment : public MCFragment {
@@ -401,7 +393,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCFragment *F) {
     return F->getKind() == MCFragment::FT_Dwarf;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCDwarfLineAddrFragment *) { return true; }
 };
 
 class MCDwarfCallFrameFragment : public MCFragment {
@@ -431,7 +422,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCFragment *F) {
     return F->getKind() == MCFragment::FT_DwarfFrame;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCDwarfCallFrameFragment *) { return true; }
 };
 
 // FIXME: Should this be a separate class, or just merged into MCSection? Since
@@ -440,8 +430,8 @@
 class MCSectionData : public ilist_node<MCSectionData> {
   friend class MCAsmLayout;
 
-  MCSectionData(const MCSectionData&);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const MCSectionData&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MCSectionData(const MCSectionData&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const MCSectionData&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
   typedef iplist<MCFragment> FragmentListType;
@@ -683,8 +673,8 @@
   typedef std::vector<DataRegionData>::iterator data_region_iterator;
 
 private:
-  MCAssembler(const MCAssembler&);    // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const MCAssembler&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MCAssembler(const MCAssembler&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const MCAssembler&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   MCContext &Context;
 
@@ -738,7 +728,7 @@
   /// \param Value [out] On return, the value of the fixup as currently laid
   /// out.
   /// \return Whether the fixup value was fully resolved. This is true if the
-  /// \arg Value result is fixed, otherwise the value may change due to
+  /// \p Value result is fixed, otherwise the value may change due to
   /// relocation.
   bool evaluateFixup(const MCAsmLayout &Layout,
                      const MCFixup &Fixup, const MCFragment *DF,
@@ -775,7 +765,7 @@
 
 public:
   /// Compute the effective fragment size assuming it is laid out at the given
-  /// \arg SectionAddress and \arg FragmentOffset.
+  /// \p SectionAddress and \p FragmentOffset.
   uint64_t computeFragmentSize(const MCAsmLayout &Layout,
                                const MCFragment &F) const;
 
@@ -804,7 +794,7 @@
 public:
   /// Construct a new assembler instance.
   ///
-  /// \arg OS - The stream to output to.
+  /// \param OS The stream to output to.
   //
   // FIXME: How are we going to parameterize this? Two obvious options are stay
   // concrete and require clients to pass in a target like object. The other
@@ -824,7 +814,7 @@
   MCObjectWriter &getWriter() const { return Writer; }
 
   /// Finish - Do final processing and write the object to the output stream.
-  /// \arg Writer is used for custom object writer (as the MCJIT does),
+  /// \p Writer is used for custom object writer (as the MCJIT does),
   /// if not specified it is automatically created from backend.
   void Finish();
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCCodeEmitter.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCCodeEmitter.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCCodeEmitter.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCCodeEmitter.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_MC_MCCODEEMITTER_H
 #define LLVM_MC_MCCODEEMITTER_H
 
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
 namespace llvm {
 class MCFixup;
 class MCInst;
@@ -19,16 +21,16 @@
 /// MCCodeEmitter - Generic instruction encoding interface.
 class MCCodeEmitter {
 private:
-  MCCodeEmitter(const MCCodeEmitter &);   // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const MCCodeEmitter &);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MCCodeEmitter(const MCCodeEmitter &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const MCCodeEmitter &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 protected: // Can only create subclasses.
   MCCodeEmitter();
 
 public:
   virtual ~MCCodeEmitter();
 
-  /// EncodeInstruction - Encode the given \arg Inst to bytes on the output
-  /// stream \arg OS.
+  /// EncodeInstruction - Encode the given \p Inst to bytes on the output
+  /// stream \p OS.
   virtual void EncodeInstruction(const MCInst &Inst, raw_ostream &OS,
                                  SmallVectorImpl<MCFixup> &Fixups) const = 0;
 };

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCContext.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCContext.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCContext.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCContext.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
   /// of the sections that it creates.
   ///
   class MCContext {
-    MCContext(const MCContext&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-    MCContext &operator=(const MCContext&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+    MCContext(const MCContext&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    MCContext &operator=(const MCContext&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   public:
     typedef StringMap<MCSymbol*, BumpPtrAllocator&> SymbolTable;
   private:
@@ -183,6 +183,7 @@
 
     /// LookupSymbol - Get the symbol for \p Name, or null.
     MCSymbol *LookupSymbol(StringRef Name) const;
+    MCSymbol *LookupSymbol(const Twine &Name) const;
 
     /// getSymbols - Get a reference for the symbol table for clients that
     /// want to, for example, iterate over all symbols. 'const' because we

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCDwarf.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCDwarf.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCDwarf.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCDwarf.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
 #include "llvm/MC/MachineLocation.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Dwarf.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include <vector>
 
 namespace llvm {
@@ -48,8 +49,8 @@
     MCDwarfFile(StringRef name, unsigned dirIndex)
       : Name(name), DirIndex(dirIndex) {}
 
-    MCDwarfFile(const MCDwarfFile&);       // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-    void operator=(const MCDwarfFile&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+    MCDwarfFile(const MCDwarfFile&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const MCDwarfFile&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   public:
     /// getName - Get the base name of this MCDwarfFile.
     StringRef getName() const { return Name; }
@@ -58,7 +59,7 @@
     unsigned getDirIndex() const { return DirIndex; }
 
 
-    /// print - Print the value to the stream \arg OS.
+    /// print - Print the value to the stream \p OS.
     void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
 
     /// dump - Print the value to stderr.
@@ -177,8 +178,8 @@
   class MCLineSection {
 
   private:
-    MCLineSection(const MCLineSection&);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-    void operator=(const MCLineSection&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+    MCLineSection(const MCLineSection&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const MCLineSection&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   public:
     // Constructor to create an MCLineSection with an empty MCLineEntries

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCELFObjectWriter.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCELFObjectWriter.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCELFObjectWriter.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCELFObjectWriter.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -85,6 +85,9 @@
                                          const MCFragment &F,
                                          const MCFixup &Fixup,
                                          bool IsPCRel) const;
+  virtual const MCSymbol *undefinedExplicitRelSym(const MCValue &Target,
+                                                  const MCFixup &Fixup,
+                                                  bool IsPCRel) const;
   virtual void adjustFixupOffset(const MCFixup &Fixup,
                                  uint64_t &RelocOffset);
 
@@ -93,9 +96,9 @@
 
   /// @name Accessors
   /// @{
-  uint8_t getOSABI() { return OSABI; }
-  uint16_t getEMachine() { return EMachine; }
-  bool hasRelocationAddend() { return HasRelocationAddend; }
+  uint8_t getOSABI() const { return OSABI; }
+  uint16_t getEMachine() const { return EMachine; }
+  bool hasRelocationAddend() const { return HasRelocationAddend; }
   bool is64Bit() const { return Is64Bit; }
   bool isN64() const { return IsN64; }
   /// @}

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCExpr.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCExpr.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCExpr.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCExpr.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -41,8 +41,8 @@
 private:
   ExprKind Kind;
 
-  MCExpr(const MCExpr&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const MCExpr&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MCExpr(const MCExpr&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const MCExpr&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   bool EvaluateAsAbsolute(int64_t &Res, const MCAssembler *Asm,
                           const MCAsmLayout *Layout,
@@ -78,11 +78,11 @@
   /// values. If not given, then only non-symbolic expressions will be
   /// evaluated.
   /// @result - True on success.
+  bool EvaluateAsAbsolute(int64_t &Res, const MCAsmLayout &Layout,
+                          const SectionAddrMap &Addrs) const;
   bool EvaluateAsAbsolute(int64_t &Res) const;
   bool EvaluateAsAbsolute(int64_t &Res, const MCAssembler &Asm) const;
   bool EvaluateAsAbsolute(int64_t &Res, const MCAsmLayout &Layout) const;
-  bool EvaluateAsAbsolute(int64_t &Res, const MCAsmLayout &Layout,
-                          const SectionAddrMap &Addrs) const;
 
   /// EvaluateAsRelocatable - Try to evaluate the expression to a relocatable
   /// value, i.e. an expression of the fixed form (a - b + constant).
@@ -99,8 +99,6 @@
   const MCSection *FindAssociatedSection() const;
 
   /// @}
-
-  static bool classof(const MCExpr *) { return true; }
 };
 
 inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const MCExpr &E) {
@@ -132,7 +130,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCExpr *E) {
     return E->getKind() == MCExpr::Constant;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCConstantExpr *) { return true; }
 };
 
 /// MCSymbolRefExpr - Represent a reference to a symbol from inside an
@@ -170,8 +167,10 @@
     VK_ARM_TPOFF,
     VK_ARM_GOTTPOFF,
     VK_ARM_TARGET1,
+    VK_ARM_TARGET2,
 
-    VK_PPC_TOC,
+    VK_PPC_TOC,          // TOC base
+    VK_PPC_TOC_ENTRY,    // TOC entry
     VK_PPC_DARWIN_HA16,  // ha16(symbol)
     VK_PPC_DARWIN_LO16,  // lo16(symbol)
     VK_PPC_GAS_HA16,     // symbol at ha
@@ -198,7 +197,11 @@
     VK_Mips_GOT_PAGE,
     VK_Mips_GOT_OFST,
     VK_Mips_HIGHER,
-    VK_Mips_HIGHEST
+    VK_Mips_HIGHEST,
+    VK_Mips_GOT_HI16,
+    VK_Mips_GOT_LO16,
+    VK_Mips_CALL_HI16,
+    VK_Mips_CALL_LO16
   };
 
 private:
@@ -247,7 +250,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCExpr *E) {
     return E->getKind() == MCExpr::SymbolRef;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCSymbolRefExpr *) { return true; }
 };
 
 /// MCUnaryExpr - Unary assembler expressions.
@@ -301,7 +303,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCExpr *E) {
     return E->getKind() == MCExpr::Unary;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCUnaryExpr *) { return true; }
 };
 
 /// MCBinaryExpr - Binary assembler expressions.
@@ -436,7 +437,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCExpr *E) {
     return E->getKind() == MCExpr::Binary;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCBinaryExpr *) { return true; }
 };
 
 /// MCTargetExpr - This is an extension point for target-specific MCExpr
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
 /// NOTE: All subclasses are required to have trivial destructors because
 /// MCExprs are bump pointer allocated and not destructed.
 class MCTargetExpr : public MCExpr {
-  virtual void Anchor();
+  virtual void anchor();
 protected:
   MCTargetExpr() : MCExpr(Target) {}
   virtual ~MCTargetExpr() {}
@@ -460,7 +460,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCExpr *E) {
     return E->getKind() == MCExpr::Target;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCTargetExpr *) { return true; }
 };
 
 } // end namespace llvm

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCInst.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCInst.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCInst.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCInst.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
   void dump() const;
 
   /// \brief Dump the MCInst as prettily as possible using the additional MC
-  /// structures, if given. Operators are separated by the \arg Separator
+  /// structures, if given. Operators are separated by the \p Separator
   /// string.
   void dump_pretty(raw_ostream &OS, const MCAsmInfo *MAI = 0,
                    const MCInstPrinter *Printer = 0,

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCInstPrinter.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCInstPrinter.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCInstPrinter.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCInstPrinter.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -33,12 +33,16 @@
   /// The current set of available features.
   unsigned AvailableFeatures;
 
+  /// True if we are printing marked up assembly.
+  bool UseMarkup;
+
   /// Utility function for printing annotations.
   void printAnnotation(raw_ostream &OS, StringRef Annot);
 public:
   MCInstPrinter(const MCAsmInfo &mai, const MCInstrInfo &mii,
                 const MCRegisterInfo &mri)
-    : CommentStream(0), MAI(mai), MII(mii), MRI(mri), AvailableFeatures(0) {}
+    : CommentStream(0), MAI(mai), MII(mii), MRI(mri), AvailableFeatures(0),
+      UseMarkup(0) {}
 
   virtual ~MCInstPrinter();
 
@@ -59,6 +63,13 @@
 
   unsigned getAvailableFeatures() const { return AvailableFeatures; }
   void setAvailableFeatures(unsigned Value) { AvailableFeatures = Value; }
+
+  bool getUseMarkup() const { return UseMarkup; }
+  void setUseMarkup(bool Value) { UseMarkup = Value; }
+
+  /// Utility functions to make adding mark ups simpler.
+  StringRef markup(StringRef s) const;
+  StringRef markup(StringRef a, StringRef b) const;
 };
 
 } // namespace llvm

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCInstrDesc.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCInstrDesc.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCInstrDesc.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCInstrDesc.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-//===-- llvm/Mc/McInstrDesc.h - Instruction Descriptors -*- C++ -*-===//
+//===-- llvm/MC/MCInstrDesc.h - Instruction Descriptors -*- C++ -*-===//
 //
 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
 //
@@ -107,6 +107,7 @@
     Compare,
     MoveImm,
     Bitcast,
+    Select,
     DelaySlot,
     FoldableAsLoad,
     MayLoad,
@@ -282,6 +283,12 @@
     return Flags & (1 << MCID::Bitcast);
   }
 
+  /// isSelect - Return true if this is a select instruction.
+  ///
+  bool isSelect() const {
+    return Flags & (1 << MCID::Select);
+  }
+
   /// isNotDuplicable - Return true if this instruction cannot be safely
   /// duplicated.  For example, if the instruction has a unique labels attached
   /// to it, duplicating it would cause multiple definition errors.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCLabel.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCLabel.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCLabel.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCLabel.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_MC_MCLABEL_H
 #define LLVM_MC_MCLABEL_H
 
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
 namespace llvm {
   class MCContext;
   class raw_ostream;
@@ -30,8 +32,8 @@
     MCLabel(unsigned instance)
       : Instance(instance) {}
 
-    MCLabel(const MCLabel&);       // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-    void operator=(const MCLabel&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+    MCLabel(const MCLabel&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const MCLabel&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   public:
     /// getInstance - Get the current instance of this Directional Local Label.
     unsigned getInstance() const { return Instance; }
@@ -40,7 +42,7 @@
     /// Label.
     unsigned incInstance() { return ++Instance; }
 
-    /// print - Print the value to the stream \arg OS.
+    /// print - Print the value to the stream \p OS.
     void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
 
     /// dump - Print the value to stderr.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCMachObjectWriter.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCMachObjectWriter.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCMachObjectWriter.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCMachObjectWriter.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -153,8 +153,8 @@
 
   /// WriteSegmentLoadCommand - Write a segment load command.
   ///
-  /// \arg NumSections - The number of sections in this segment.
-  /// \arg SectionDataSize - The total size of the sections.
+  /// \param NumSections The number of sections in this segment.
+  /// \param SectionDataSize The total size of the sections.
   void WriteSegmentLoadCommand(unsigned NumSections,
                                uint64_t VMSize,
                                uint64_t SectionDataStartOffset,
@@ -233,6 +233,8 @@
   void computeSectionAddresses(const MCAssembler &Asm,
                                const MCAsmLayout &Layout);
 
+  void markAbsoluteVariableSymbols(MCAssembler &Asm,
+                                   const MCAsmLayout &Layout);
   void ExecutePostLayoutBinding(MCAssembler &Asm, const MCAsmLayout &Layout);
 
   virtual bool IsSymbolRefDifferenceFullyResolvedImpl(const MCAssembler &Asm,

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCObjectFileInfo.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCObjectFileInfo.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCObjectFileInfo.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCObjectFileInfo.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -84,7 +84,8 @@
   /// this is the section to emit them into.
   const MCSection *CompactUnwindSection;
 
-  /// DwarfAccelNamesSection, DwarfAccelObjCSection
+  /// DwarfAccelNamesSection, DwarfAccelObjCSection,
+  /// DwarfAccelNamespaceSection, DwarfAccelTypesSection -
   /// If we use the DWARF accelerated hash tables then we want toe emit these
   /// sections.
   const MCSection *DwarfAccelNamesSection;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCObjectStreamer.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCObjectStreamer.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCObjectStreamer.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCObjectStreamer.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -72,6 +72,13 @@
   virtual void ChangeSection(const MCSection *Section);
   virtual void EmitInstruction(const MCInst &Inst);
   virtual void EmitInstToFragment(const MCInst &Inst);
+  virtual void EmitBytes(StringRef Data, unsigned AddrSpace);
+  virtual void EmitValueToAlignment(unsigned ByteAlignment,
+                                    int64_t Value = 0,
+                                    unsigned ValueSize = 1,
+                                    unsigned MaxBytesToEmit = 0);
+  virtual void EmitCodeAlignment(unsigned ByteAlignment,
+                                 unsigned MaxBytesToEmit = 0);
   virtual bool EmitValueToOffset(const MCExpr *Offset, unsigned char Value);
   virtual void EmitDwarfAdvanceLineAddr(int64_t LineDelta,
                                         const MCSymbol *LastLabel,
@@ -80,6 +87,9 @@
   virtual void EmitDwarfAdvanceFrameAddr(const MCSymbol *LastLabel,
                                          const MCSymbol *Label);
   virtual void EmitGPRel32Value(const MCExpr *Value);
+  virtual void EmitGPRel64Value(const MCExpr *Value);
+  virtual void EmitFill(uint64_t NumBytes, uint8_t FillValue,
+                        unsigned AddrSpace);
   virtual void FinishImpl();
 
   /// @}

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCObjectWriter.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCObjectWriter.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCObjectWriter.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCObjectWriter.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 #define LLVM_MC_MCOBJECTWRITER_H
 
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
 #include <cassert>
 
@@ -35,8 +36,8 @@
 /// The object writer also contains a number of helper methods for writing
 /// binary data to the output stream.
 class MCObjectWriter {
-  MCObjectWriter(const MCObjectWriter &); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const MCObjectWriter &); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MCObjectWriter(const MCObjectWriter &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const MCObjectWriter &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 protected:
   raw_ostream &OS;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/AsmLexer.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/AsmLexer.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/AsmLexer.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/AsmLexer.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
   const MemoryBuffer *CurBuf;
   bool isAtStartOfLine;
 
-  void operator=(const AsmLexer&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  AsmLexer(const AsmLexer&);       // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  void operator=(const AsmLexer&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  AsmLexer(const AsmLexer&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 protected:
   /// LexToken - Read the next token and return its code.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmLexer.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmLexer.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmLexer.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmLexer.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 #define LLVM_MC_MCASMLEXER_H
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/SMLoc.h"
 
@@ -39,6 +40,7 @@
     // No-value.
     EndOfStatement,
     Colon,
+    Space,
     Plus, Minus, Tilde,
     Slash,    // '/'
     BackSlash, // '\'
@@ -121,10 +123,11 @@
   SMLoc ErrLoc;
   std::string Err;
 
-  MCAsmLexer(const MCAsmLexer &);   // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const MCAsmLexer &);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MCAsmLexer(const MCAsmLexer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const MCAsmLexer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 protected: // Can only create subclasses.
   const char *TokStart;
+  bool SkipSpace;
 
   MCAsmLexer();
 
@@ -169,11 +172,14 @@
   /// getKind - Get the kind of current token.
   AsmToken::TokenKind getKind() const { return CurTok.getKind(); }
 
-  /// is - Check if the current token has kind \arg K.
+  /// is - Check if the current token has kind \p K.
   bool is(AsmToken::TokenKind K) const { return CurTok.is(K); }
 
-  /// isNot - Check if the current token has kind \arg K.
+  /// isNot - Check if the current token has kind \p K.
   bool isNot(AsmToken::TokenKind K) const { return CurTok.isNot(K); }
+
+  /// setSkipSpace - Set whether spaces should be ignored by the lexer
+  void setSkipSpace(bool val) { SkipSpace = val; }
 };
 
 } // End llvm namespace

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -20,6 +20,9 @@
 class MCAsmParserExtension;
 class MCContext;
 class MCExpr;
+class MCInstPrinter;
+class MCInstrInfo;
+class MCParsedAsmOperand;
 class MCStreamer;
 class MCTargetAsmParser;
 class SMLoc;
@@ -28,6 +31,16 @@
 class StringRef;
 class Twine;
 
+/// MCAsmParserSemaCallback - Generic Sema callback for assembly parser.
+class MCAsmParserSemaCallback {
+public:
+  virtual ~MCAsmParserSemaCallback(); 
+  virtual void *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, void *Loc,
+                                          unsigned &Size) = 0;
+  virtual bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
+                                    unsigned &Offset) = 0;
+};
+
 /// MCAsmParser - Generic assembler parser interface, for use by target specific
 /// assembly parsers.
 class MCAsmParser {
@@ -35,8 +48,8 @@
   typedef bool (*DirectiveHandler)(MCAsmParserExtension*, StringRef, SMLoc);
 
 private:
-  MCAsmParser(const MCAsmParser &);   // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const MCAsmParser &);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MCAsmParser(const MCAsmParser &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const MCAsmParser &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   MCTargetAsmParser *TargetParser;
 
@@ -73,15 +86,26 @@
   /// Run - Run the parser on the input source buffer.
   virtual bool Run(bool NoInitialTextSection, bool NoFinalize = false) = 0;
 
-  /// Warning - Emit a warning at the location \arg L, with the message \arg
-  /// Msg.
+  virtual void setParsingInlineAsm(bool V) = 0;
+  virtual bool isParsingInlineAsm() = 0;
+
+  /// ParseMSInlineAsm - Parse ms-style inline assembly.
+  virtual bool ParseMSInlineAsm(void *AsmLoc, std::string &AsmString,
+                                unsigned &NumOutputs, unsigned &NumInputs,
+                                SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<void *, bool> > &OpDecls,
+                                SmallVectorImpl<std::string> &Constraints,
+                                SmallVectorImpl<std::string> &Clobbers,
+                                const MCInstrInfo *MII,
+                                const MCInstPrinter *IP,
+                                MCAsmParserSemaCallback &SI) = 0;
+
+  /// Warning - Emit a warning at the location \p L, with the message \p Msg.
   ///
   /// \return The return value is true, if warnings are fatal.
   virtual bool Warning(SMLoc L, const Twine &Msg,
                        ArrayRef<SMRange> Ranges = ArrayRef<SMRange>()) = 0;
 
-  /// Error - Emit an error at the location \arg L, with the message \arg
-  /// Msg.
+  /// Error - Emit an error at the location \p L, with the message \p Msg.
   ///
   /// \return The return value is always true, as an idiomatic convenience to
   /// clients.
@@ -100,7 +124,7 @@
                 ArrayRef<SMRange> Ranges = ArrayRef<SMRange>());
 
   /// ParseIdentifier - Parse an identifier or string (as a quoted identifier)
-  /// and set \arg Res to the identifier contents.
+  /// and set \p Res to the identifier contents.
   virtual bool ParseIdentifier(StringRef &Res) = 0;
 
   /// \brief Parse up to the end of statement and return the contents from the

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParserExtension.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParserExtension.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParserExtension.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParserExtension.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
 /// which is implemented by target and object file assembly parser
 /// implementations.
 class MCAsmParserExtension {
-  MCAsmParserExtension(const MCAsmParserExtension &);   // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const MCAsmParserExtension &);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MCAsmParserExtension(const MCAsmParserExtension &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const MCAsmParserExtension &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   MCAsmParser *Parser;
 
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
 public:
   virtual ~MCAsmParserExtension();
 
-  /// \brief Initialize the extension for parsing using the given \arg
-  /// Parser. The extension should use the AsmParser interfaces to register its
+  /// \brief Initialize the extension for parsing using the given \p Parser.
+  /// The extension should use the AsmParser interfaces to register its
   /// parsing routines.
   virtual void Initialize(MCAsmParser &Parser);
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCParsedAsmOperand.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCParsedAsmOperand.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCParsedAsmOperand.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCParser/MCParsedAsmOperand.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -19,15 +19,69 @@
 /// base class is used by target-independent clients and is the interface
 /// between parsing an asm instruction and recognizing it.
 class MCParsedAsmOperand {
+  /// MCOperandNum - The corresponding MCInst operand number.  Only valid when
+  /// parsing MS-style inline assembly.
+  unsigned MCOperandNum;
+
+  /// Constraint - The constraint on this operand.  Only valid when parsing
+  /// MS-style inline assembly.
+  std::string Constraint;
+
 public:
   MCParsedAsmOperand() {}
   virtual ~MCParsedAsmOperand() {}
 
+  void setConstraint(StringRef C) { Constraint = C.str(); }
+  StringRef getConstraint() { return Constraint; }
+
+  void setMCOperandNum (unsigned OpNum) { MCOperandNum = OpNum; }
+  unsigned getMCOperandNum() { return MCOperandNum; }
+
+  unsigned getNameLen() {
+    assert (getStartLoc().isValid() && "Invalid StartLoc!");
+    assert (getEndLoc().isValid() && "Invalid EndLoc!");
+    return getEndLoc().getPointer() - getStartLoc().getPointer();
+  }
+
+  StringRef getName() {
+    return StringRef(getStartLoc().getPointer(), getNameLen());
+  }
+
+  /// isToken - Is this a token operand?
+  virtual bool isToken() const = 0;
+  /// isImm - Is this an immediate operand?
+  virtual bool isImm() const = 0;
+  /// isReg - Is this a register operand?
+  virtual bool isReg() const = 0;
+  virtual unsigned getReg() const = 0;
+
+  /// isMem - Is this a memory operand?
+  virtual bool isMem() const = 0;
+  virtual unsigned getMemSize() const { return 0; }
+
   /// getStartLoc - Get the location of the first token of this operand.
   virtual SMLoc getStartLoc() const = 0;
   /// getEndLoc - Get the location of the last token of this operand.
   virtual SMLoc getEndLoc() const = 0;
 
+  /// needAsmRewrite - AsmRewrites happen in both the target-independent and
+  /// target-dependent parsers.  The target-independent parser calls this
+  /// function to determine if the target-dependent parser has already taken
+  /// care of the rewrites.  Only valid when parsing MS-style inline assembly.
+  virtual bool needAsmRewrite() const { return true; }
+
+  /// isOffsetOf - Do we need to emit code to get the offset of the variable,
+  /// rather then the value of the variable?   Only valid when parsing MS-style
+  /// inline assembly.
+  virtual bool isOffsetOf() const { return false; }
+
+  /// getOffsetOfLoc - Get the location of the offset operator.
+  virtual SMLoc getOffsetOfLoc() const { return SMLoc(); }
+
+  /// needSizeDirective - Do we need to emit a sizing directive for this
+  /// operand?  Only valid when parsing MS-style inline assembly.
+  virtual bool needSizeDirective() const { return false; }
+
   /// print - Print a debug representation of the operand to the given stream.
   virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const = 0;
   /// dump - Print to the debug stream.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCRegisterInfo.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCRegisterInfo.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCRegisterInfo.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCRegisterInfo.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -333,6 +333,13 @@
     return NumRegs;
   }
 
+  /// getNumSubRegIndices - Return the number of sub-register indices
+  /// understood by the target. Index 0 is reserved for the no-op sub-register,
+  /// while 1 to getNumSubRegIndices() - 1 represent real sub-registers.
+  unsigned getNumSubRegIndices() const {
+    return NumSubRegIndices;
+  }
+
   /// getNumRegUnits - Return the number of (native) register units in the
   /// target. Register units are numbered from 0 to getNumRegUnits() - 1. They
   /// can be accessed through MCRegUnitIterator defined below.
@@ -363,7 +370,7 @@
 
   /// getRegClass - Returns the register class associated with the enumeration
   /// value.  See class MCOperandInfo.
-  const MCRegisterClass getRegClass(unsigned i) const {
+  const MCRegisterClass& getRegClass(unsigned i) const {
     assert(i < getNumRegClasses() && "Register Class ID out of range");
     return Classes[i];
   }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSchedule.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSchedule.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSchedule.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSchedule.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -16,17 +16,111 @@
 #define LLVM_MC_MCSCHEDMODEL_H
 
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include <cassert>
 
 namespace llvm {
 
 struct InstrItinerary;
 
+/// Define a kind of processor resource that will be modeled by the scheduler.
+struct MCProcResourceDesc {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  const char *Name;
+#endif
+  unsigned NumUnits; // Number of resource of this kind
+  unsigned SuperIdx; // Index of the resources kind that contains this kind.
+
+  // Buffered resources may be consumed at some indeterminate cycle after
+  // dispatch (e.g. for instructions that may issue out-of-order). Unbuffered
+  // resources always consume their resource some fixed number of cycles after
+  // dispatch (e.g. for instruction interlocking that may stall the pipeline).
+  bool IsBuffered;
+
+  bool operator==(const MCProcResourceDesc &Other) const {
+    return NumUnits == Other.NumUnits && SuperIdx == Other.SuperIdx
+      && IsBuffered == Other.IsBuffered;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Identify one of the processor resource kinds consumed by a particular
+/// scheduling class for the specified number of cycles.
+struct MCWriteProcResEntry {
+  unsigned ProcResourceIdx;
+  unsigned Cycles;
+
+  bool operator==(const MCWriteProcResEntry &Other) const {
+    return ProcResourceIdx == Other.ProcResourceIdx && Cycles == Other.Cycles;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Specify the latency in cpu cycles for a particular scheduling class and def
+/// index. -1 indicates an invalid latency. Heuristics would typically consider
+/// an instruction with invalid latency to have infinite latency.  Also identify
+/// the WriteResources of this def. When the operand expands to a sequence of
+/// writes, this ID is the last write in the sequence.
+struct MCWriteLatencyEntry {
+  int Cycles;
+  unsigned WriteResourceID;
+
+  bool operator==(const MCWriteLatencyEntry &Other) const {
+    return Cycles == Other.Cycles && WriteResourceID == Other.WriteResourceID;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Specify the number of cycles allowed after instruction issue before a
+/// particular use operand reads its registers. This effectively reduces the
+/// write's latency. Here we allow negative cycles for corner cases where
+/// latency increases. This rule only applies when the entry's WriteResource
+/// matches the write's WriteResource.
+///
+/// MCReadAdvanceEntries are sorted first by operand index (UseIdx), then by
+/// WriteResourceIdx.
+struct MCReadAdvanceEntry {
+  unsigned UseIdx;
+  unsigned WriteResourceID;
+  int Cycles;
+
+  bool operator==(const MCReadAdvanceEntry &Other) const {
+    return UseIdx == Other.UseIdx && WriteResourceID == Other.WriteResourceID
+      && Cycles == Other.Cycles;
+  }
+};
+
+/// Summarize the scheduling resources required for an instruction of a
+/// particular scheduling class.
+///
+/// Defined as an aggregate struct for creating tables with initializer lists.
+struct MCSchedClassDesc {
+  static const unsigned short InvalidNumMicroOps = UINT16_MAX;
+  static const unsigned short VariantNumMicroOps = UINT16_MAX - 1;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  const char* Name;
+#endif
+  unsigned short NumMicroOps;
+  bool     BeginGroup;
+  bool     EndGroup;
+  unsigned WriteProcResIdx; // First index into WriteProcResTable.
+  unsigned NumWriteProcResEntries;
+  unsigned WriteLatencyIdx; // First index into WriteLatencyTable.
+  unsigned NumWriteLatencyEntries;
+  unsigned ReadAdvanceIdx; // First index into ReadAdvanceTable.
+  unsigned NumReadAdvanceEntries;
+
+  bool isValid() const {
+    return NumMicroOps != InvalidNumMicroOps;
+  }
+  bool isVariant() const {
+    return NumMicroOps == VariantNumMicroOps;
+  }
+};
+
 /// Machine model for scheduling, bundling, and heuristics.
 ///
 /// The machine model directly provides basic information about the
 /// microarchitecture to the scheduler in the form of properties. It also
-/// optionally refers to scheduler resources tables and itinerary
-/// tables. Scheduler resources tables model the latency and cost for each
+/// optionally refers to scheduler resource tables and itinerary
+/// tables. Scheduler resource tables model the latency and cost for each
 /// instruction type. Itinerary tables are an independant mechanism that
 /// provides a detailed reservation table describing each cycle of instruction
 /// execution. Subtargets may define any or all of the above categories of data
@@ -84,8 +178,11 @@
   static const unsigned DefaultMispredictPenalty = 10;
 
 private:
-  // TODO: Add a reference to proc resource types and sched resource tables.
-
+  unsigned ProcID;
+  const MCProcResourceDesc *ProcResourceTable;
+  const MCSchedClassDesc *SchedClassTable;
+  unsigned NumProcResourceKinds;
+  unsigned NumSchedClasses;
   // Instruction itinerary tables used by InstrItineraryData.
   friend class InstrItineraryData;
   const InstrItinerary *InstrItineraries;
@@ -100,13 +197,45 @@
                   LoadLatency(DefaultLoadLatency),
                   HighLatency(DefaultHighLatency),
                   MispredictPenalty(DefaultMispredictPenalty),
-                  InstrItineraries(0) {}
+                  ProcID(0), ProcResourceTable(0), SchedClassTable(0),
+                  NumProcResourceKinds(0), NumSchedClasses(0),
+                  InstrItineraries(0) {
+    (void)NumProcResourceKinds;
+    (void)NumSchedClasses;
+  }
 
   // Table-gen driven ctor.
   MCSchedModel(unsigned iw, int ml, unsigned ll, unsigned hl, unsigned mp,
+               unsigned pi, const MCProcResourceDesc *pr,
+               const MCSchedClassDesc *sc, unsigned npr, unsigned nsc,
                const InstrItinerary *ii):
     IssueWidth(iw), MinLatency(ml), LoadLatency(ll), HighLatency(hl),
-    MispredictPenalty(mp), InstrItineraries(ii){}
+    MispredictPenalty(mp), ProcID(pi), ProcResourceTable(pr),
+    SchedClassTable(sc), NumProcResourceKinds(npr), NumSchedClasses(nsc),
+    InstrItineraries(ii) {}
+
+  unsigned getProcessorID() const { return ProcID; }
+
+  /// Does this machine model include instruction-level scheduling.
+  bool hasInstrSchedModel() const { return SchedClassTable; }
+
+  unsigned getNumProcResourceKinds() const {
+    return NumProcResourceKinds;
+  }
+
+  const MCProcResourceDesc *getProcResource(unsigned ProcResourceIdx) const {
+    assert(hasInstrSchedModel() && "No scheduling machine model");
+
+    assert(ProcResourceIdx < NumProcResourceKinds && "bad proc resource idx");
+    return &ProcResourceTable[ProcResourceIdx];
+  }
+
+  const MCSchedClassDesc *getSchedClassDesc(unsigned SchedClassIdx) const {
+    assert(hasInstrSchedModel() && "No scheduling machine model");
+
+    assert(SchedClassIdx < NumSchedClasses && "bad scheduling class idx");
+    return &SchedClassTable[SchedClassIdx];
+  }
 };
 
 } // End llvm namespace

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSection.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSection.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSection.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSection.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 #define LLVM_MC_MCSECTION_H
 
 #include "llvm/MC/SectionKind.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
   class MCAsmInfo;
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
     };
 
   private:
-    MCSection(const MCSection&);      // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-    void operator=(const MCSection&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+    MCSection(const MCSection&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const MCSection&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   protected:
     MCSection(SectionVariant V, SectionKind K) : Variant(V), Kind(K) {}
     SectionVariant Variant;
@@ -64,8 +64,6 @@
     /// isVirtualSection - Check whether this section is "virtual", that is
     /// has no actual object file contents.
     virtual bool isVirtualSection() const = 0;
-
-    static bool classof(const MCSection *) { return true; }
   };
 
 } // end namespace llvm

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSectionCOFF.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSectionCOFF.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSectionCOFF.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSectionCOFF.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -61,7 +61,6 @@
     static bool classof(const MCSection *S) {
       return S->getVariant() == SV_COFF;
     }
-    static bool classof(const MCSectionCOFF *) { return true; }
   };
 
 } // end namespace llvm

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSectionELF.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSectionELF.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSectionELF.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSectionELF.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -76,7 +76,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCSection *S) {
     return S->getVariant() == SV_ELF;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCSectionELF *) { return true; }
 
   // Return the entry size for sections with fixed-width data.
   static unsigned DetermineEntrySize(SectionKind Kind);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSectionMachO.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSectionMachO.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSectionMachO.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSectionMachO.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -174,7 +174,6 @@
   static bool classof(const MCSection *S) {
     return S->getVariant() == SV_MachO;
   }
-  static bool classof(const MCSectionMachO *) { return true; }
 };
 
 } // end namespace llvm

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCStreamer.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCStreamer.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCStreamer.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCStreamer.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
   class MCStreamer {
     MCContext &Context;
 
-    MCStreamer(const MCStreamer&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-    MCStreamer &operator=(const MCStreamer&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+    MCStreamer(const MCStreamer&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    MCStreamer &operator=(const MCStreamer&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
     bool EmitEHFrame;
     bool EmitDebugFrame;
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@
     /// @name Generating Data
     /// @{
 
-    /// EmitBytes - Emit the bytes in \arg Data into the output.
+    /// EmitBytes - Emit the bytes in \p Data into the output.
     ///
     /// This is used to implement assembler directives such as .byte, .ascii,
     /// etc.
@@ -554,6 +554,11 @@
     virtual void EmitRegSave(const SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &RegList,
                              bool isVector);
 
+    /// PPC-related methods.
+    /// FIXME: Eventually replace it with some "target MC streamer" and move
+    /// these methods there.
+    virtual void EmitTCEntry(const MCSymbol &S);
+
     /// FinishImpl - Streamer specific finalization.
     virtual void FinishImpl() = 0;
     /// Finish - Finish emission of machine code.
@@ -573,17 +578,14 @@
   /// InstPrint.
   ///
   /// \param CE - If given, a code emitter to use to show the instruction
-  /// encoding inline with the assembly. This method takes ownership of \arg CE.
+  /// encoding inline with the assembly. This method takes ownership of \p CE.
   ///
   /// \param TAB - If given, a target asm backend to use to show the fixup
   /// information in conjunction with encoding information. This method takes
-  /// ownership of \arg TAB.
+  /// ownership of \p TAB.
   ///
   /// \param ShowInst - Whether to show the MCInst representation inline with
   /// the assembly.
-  ///
-  /// \param DecodeLSDA - If true, emit comments that translates the LSDA into a
-  /// human readable format. Only usable with CFI.
   MCStreamer *createAsmStreamer(MCContext &Ctx, formatted_raw_ostream &OS,
                                 bool isVerboseAsm,
                                 bool useLoc,
@@ -597,7 +599,7 @@
   /// createMachOStreamer - Create a machine code streamer which will generate
   /// Mach-O format object files.
   ///
-  /// Takes ownership of \arg TAB and \arg CE.
+  /// Takes ownership of \p TAB and \p CE.
   MCStreamer *createMachOStreamer(MCContext &Ctx, MCAsmBackend &TAB,
                                   raw_ostream &OS, MCCodeEmitter *CE,
                                   bool RelaxAll = false);
@@ -605,7 +607,7 @@
   /// createWinCOFFStreamer - Create a machine code streamer which will
   /// generate Microsoft COFF format object files.
   ///
-  /// Takes ownership of \arg TAB and \arg CE.
+  /// Takes ownership of \p TAB and \p CE.
   MCStreamer *createWinCOFFStreamer(MCContext &Ctx,
                                     MCAsmBackend &TAB,
                                     MCCodeEmitter &CE, raw_ostream &OS,
@@ -620,7 +622,7 @@
   /// createPureStreamer - Create a machine code streamer which will generate
   /// "pure" MC object files, for use with MC-JIT and testing tools.
   ///
-  /// Takes ownership of \arg TAB and \arg CE.
+  /// Takes ownership of \p TAB and \p CE.
   MCStreamer *createPureStreamer(MCContext &Ctx, MCAsmBackend &TAB,
                                  raw_ostream &OS, MCCodeEmitter *CE);
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSubtargetInfo.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSubtargetInfo.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSubtargetInfo.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSubtargetInfo.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -30,7 +30,14 @@
   std::string TargetTriple;            // Target triple
   const SubtargetFeatureKV *ProcFeatures;  // Processor feature list
   const SubtargetFeatureKV *ProcDesc;  // Processor descriptions
-  const SubtargetInfoKV *ProcSchedModel; // Scheduler machine model
+
+  // Scheduler machine model
+  const SubtargetInfoKV *ProcSchedModels;
+  const MCWriteProcResEntry *WriteProcResTable;
+  const MCWriteLatencyEntry *WriteLatencyTable;
+  const MCReadAdvanceEntry *ReadAdvanceTable;
+  const MCSchedModel *CPUSchedModel;
+
   const InstrStage *Stages;            // Instruction itinerary stages
   const unsigned *OperandCycles;       // Itinerary operand cycles
   const unsigned *ForwardingPaths;     // Forwarding paths
@@ -43,6 +50,9 @@
                            const SubtargetFeatureKV *PF,
                            const SubtargetFeatureKV *PD,
                            const SubtargetInfoKV *ProcSched,
+                           const MCWriteProcResEntry *WPR,
+                           const MCWriteLatencyEntry *WL,
+                           const MCReadAdvanceEntry *RA,
                            const InstrStage *IS,
                            const unsigned *OC, const unsigned *FP,
                            unsigned NF, unsigned NP);
@@ -58,9 +68,9 @@
     return FeatureBits;
   }
 
-  /// ReInitMCSubtargetInfo - Change CPU (and optionally supplemented with
-  /// feature string), recompute and return feature bits.
-  uint64_t ReInitMCSubtargetInfo(StringRef CPU, StringRef FS);
+  /// InitMCProcessorInfo - Set or change the CPU (optionally supplemented with
+  /// feature string). Recompute feature bits and scheduling model.
+  void InitMCProcessorInfo(StringRef CPU, StringRef FS);
 
   /// ToggleFeature - Toggle a feature and returns the re-computed feature
   /// bits. This version does not change the implied bits.
@@ -72,11 +82,56 @@
 
   /// getSchedModelForCPU - Get the machine model of a CPU.
   ///
-  MCSchedModel *getSchedModelForCPU(StringRef CPU) const;
+  const MCSchedModel *getSchedModelForCPU(StringRef CPU) const;
+
+  /// getSchedModel - Get the machine model for this subtarget's CPU.
+  ///
+  const MCSchedModel *getSchedModel() const { return CPUSchedModel; }
+
+  /// Return an iterator at the first process resource consumed by the given
+  /// scheduling class.
+  const MCWriteProcResEntry *getWriteProcResBegin(
+    const MCSchedClassDesc *SC) const {
+    return &WriteProcResTable[SC->WriteProcResIdx];
+  }
+  const MCWriteProcResEntry *getWriteProcResEnd(
+    const MCSchedClassDesc *SC) const {
+    return getWriteProcResBegin(SC) + SC->NumWriteProcResEntries;
+  }
+
+  const MCWriteLatencyEntry *getWriteLatencyEntry(const MCSchedClassDesc *SC,
+                                                  unsigned DefIdx) const {
+    assert(DefIdx < SC->NumWriteLatencyEntries &&
+           "MachineModel does not specify a WriteResource for DefIdx");
+
+    return &WriteLatencyTable[SC->WriteLatencyIdx + DefIdx];
+  }
+
+  int getReadAdvanceCycles(const MCSchedClassDesc *SC, unsigned UseIdx,
+                           unsigned WriteResID) const {
+    // TODO: The number of read advance entries in a class can be significant
+    // (~50). Consider compressing the WriteID into a dense ID of those that are
+    // used by ReadAdvance and representing them as a bitset.
+    for (const MCReadAdvanceEntry *I = &ReadAdvanceTable[SC->ReadAdvanceIdx],
+           *E = I + SC->NumReadAdvanceEntries; I != E; ++I) {
+      if (I->UseIdx < UseIdx)
+        continue;
+      if (I->UseIdx > UseIdx)
+        break;
+      // Find the first WriteResIdx match, which has the highest cycle count.
+      if (!I->WriteResourceID || I->WriteResourceID == WriteResID) {
+        return I->Cycles;
+      }
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
 
   /// getInstrItineraryForCPU - Get scheduling itinerary of a CPU.
   ///
   InstrItineraryData getInstrItineraryForCPU(StringRef CPU) const;
+
+  /// Initialize an InstrItineraryData instance.
+  void initInstrItins(InstrItineraryData &InstrItins) const;
 };
 
 } // End llvm namespace

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSymbol.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSymbol.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSymbol.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCSymbol.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 #define LLVM_MC_MCSYMBOL_H
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
   class MCExpr;
@@ -62,8 +63,8 @@
       : Name(name), Section(0), Value(0),
         IsTemporary(isTemporary), IsUsed(false) {}
 
-    MCSymbol(const MCSymbol&);       // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-    void operator=(const MCSymbol&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+    MCSymbol(const MCSymbol&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const MCSymbol&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   public:
     /// getName - Get the symbol name.
     StringRef getName() const { return Name; }
@@ -112,7 +113,7 @@
       return *Section;
     }
 
-    /// setSection - Mark the symbol as defined in the section \arg S.
+    /// setSection - Mark the symbol as defined in the section \p S.
     void setSection(const MCSection &S) { Section = &S; }
 
     /// setUndefined - Mark the symbol as undefined.
@@ -132,7 +133,7 @@
       return Value != 0;
     }
 
-    /// getValue() - Get the value for variable symbols.
+    /// getVariableValue() - Get the value for variable symbols.
     const MCExpr *getVariableValue() const {
       assert(isVariable() && "Invalid accessor!");
       IsUsed = true;
@@ -148,7 +149,7 @@
 
     /// @}
 
-    /// print - Print the value to the stream \arg OS.
+    /// print - Print the value to the stream \p OS.
     void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
 
     /// dump - Print the value to stderr.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCTargetAsmLexer.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCTargetAsmLexer.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCTargetAsmLexer.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCTargetAsmLexer.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -24,8 +24,8 @@
   SMLoc ErrLoc;
   std::string Err;
 
-  MCTargetAsmLexer(const MCTargetAsmLexer &);   // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const MCTargetAsmLexer &);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MCTargetAsmLexer(const MCTargetAsmLexer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const MCTargetAsmLexer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 protected: // Can only create subclasses.
   MCTargetAsmLexer(const Target &);
 
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 
   const Target &getTarget() const { return TheTarget; }
 
-  /// InstallLexer - Set the lexer to get tokens from lower-level lexer \arg L.
+  /// InstallLexer - Set the lexer to get tokens from lower-level lexer \p L.
   void InstallLexer(MCAsmLexer &L) {
     Lexer = &L;
   }
@@ -77,10 +77,10 @@
   /// getKind - Get the kind of current token.
   AsmToken::TokenKind getKind() const { return CurTok.getKind(); }
 
-  /// is - Check if the current token has kind \arg K.
+  /// is - Check if the current token has kind \p K.
   bool is(AsmToken::TokenKind K) const { return CurTok.is(K); }
 
-  /// isNot - Check if the current token has kind \arg K.
+  /// isNot - Check if the current token has kind \p K.
   bool isNot(AsmToken::TokenKind K) const { return CurTok.isNot(K); }
 };
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCTargetAsmParser.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCTargetAsmParser.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCTargetAsmParser.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCTargetAsmParser.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -21,11 +21,43 @@
 class MCInst;
 template <typename T> class SmallVectorImpl;
 
+enum AsmRewriteKind {
+  AOK_DotOperator,    // Rewrite a dot operator expression as an immediate.
+                      // E.g., [eax].foo.bar -> [eax].8
+  AOK_Emit,           // Rewrite _emit as .byte.
+  AOK_Imm,            // Rewrite as $$N.
+  AOK_ImmPrefix,      // Add $$ before a parsed Imm.
+  AOK_Input,          // Rewrite in terms of $N.
+  AOK_Output,         // Rewrite in terms of $N.
+  AOK_SizeDirective,  // Add a sizing directive (e.g., dword ptr).
+  AOK_Skip            // Skip emission (e.g., offset/type operators).
+};
+
+struct AsmRewrite {
+  AsmRewriteKind Kind;
+  SMLoc Loc;
+  unsigned Len;
+  unsigned Val;
+public:
+  AsmRewrite(AsmRewriteKind kind, SMLoc loc, unsigned len = 0, unsigned val = 0)
+    : Kind(kind), Loc(loc), Len(len), Val(val) {}
+};
+
+struct ParseInstructionInfo {
+
+  SmallVectorImpl<AsmRewrite> *AsmRewrites;
+
+  ParseInstructionInfo() : AsmRewrites(0) {}
+  ParseInstructionInfo(SmallVectorImpl<AsmRewrite> *rewrites)
+    : AsmRewrites(rewrites) {}
+
+  ~ParseInstructionInfo() {}
+};
+
 /// MCTargetAsmParser - Generic interface to target specific assembly parsers.
 class MCTargetAsmParser : public MCAsmParserExtension {
 public:
   enum MatchResultTy {
-    Match_ConversionFail,
     Match_InvalidOperand,
     Match_MissingFeature,
     Match_MnemonicFail,
@@ -34,20 +66,34 @@
   };
 
 private:
-  MCTargetAsmParser(const MCTargetAsmParser &);   // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const MCTargetAsmParser &);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MCTargetAsmParser(const MCTargetAsmParser &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const MCTargetAsmParser &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 protected: // Can only create subclasses.
   MCTargetAsmParser();
 
   /// AvailableFeatures - The current set of available features.
   unsigned AvailableFeatures;
 
+  /// ParsingInlineAsm - Are we parsing ms-style inline assembly?
+  bool ParsingInlineAsm;
+
+  /// SemaCallback - The Sema callback implementation.  Must be set when parsing
+  /// ms-style inline assembly.
+  MCAsmParserSemaCallback *SemaCallback;
+
 public:
   virtual ~MCTargetAsmParser();
 
   unsigned getAvailableFeatures() const { return AvailableFeatures; }
   void setAvailableFeatures(unsigned Value) { AvailableFeatures = Value; }
 
+  bool isParsingInlineAsm () { return ParsingInlineAsm; }
+  void setParsingInlineAsm (bool Value) { ParsingInlineAsm = Value; }
+
+  void setSemaCallback(MCAsmParserSemaCallback *Callback) {
+    SemaCallback = Callback;
+  }
+
   virtual bool ParseRegister(unsigned &RegNo, SMLoc &StartLoc,
                              SMLoc &EndLoc) = 0;
 
@@ -64,7 +110,8 @@
   /// \param Operands [out] - The list of parsed operands, this returns
   ///        ownership of them to the caller.
   /// \return True on failure.
-  virtual bool ParseInstruction(StringRef Name, SMLoc NameLoc,
+  virtual bool ParseInstruction(ParseInstructionInfo &Info, StringRef Name,
+                                SMLoc NameLoc,
                             SmallVectorImpl<MCParsedAsmOperand*> &Operands) = 0;
 
   /// ParseDirective - Parse a target specific assembler directive
@@ -79,18 +126,9 @@
   /// \param DirectiveID - the identifier token of the directive.
   virtual bool ParseDirective(AsmToken DirectiveID) = 0;
 
-  /// MatchInstruction - Recognize a series of operands of a parsed instruction
-  /// as an actual MCInst.  This returns false on success and returns true on
-  /// failure to match.
-  ///
-  /// On failure, the target parser is responsible for emitting a diagnostic
-  /// explaining the match failure.
-  virtual bool
-  MatchInstruction(SMLoc IDLoc,
-                   SmallVectorImpl<MCParsedAsmOperand*> &Operands,
-                   SmallVectorImpl<MCInst> &MCInsts) {
-    return true;
-  }
+  /// mnemonicIsValid - This returns true if this is a valid mnemonic and false
+  /// otherwise.
+  virtual bool mnemonicIsValid(StringRef Mnemonic) = 0;
 
   /// MatchAndEmitInstruction - Recognize a series of operands of a parsed
   /// instruction as an actual MCInst and emit it to the specified MCStreamer.
@@ -99,9 +137,10 @@
   /// On failure, the target parser is responsible for emitting a diagnostic
   /// explaining the match failure.
   virtual bool
-  MatchAndEmitInstruction(SMLoc IDLoc,
+  MatchAndEmitInstruction(SMLoc IDLoc, unsigned &Opcode,
                           SmallVectorImpl<MCParsedAsmOperand*> &Operands,
-                          MCStreamer &Out) = 0;
+                          MCStreamer &Out, unsigned &ErrorInfo,
+                          bool MatchingInlineAsm) = 0;
 
   /// checkTargetMatchPredicate - Validate the instruction match against
   /// any complex target predicates not expressible via match classes.
@@ -109,6 +148,8 @@
     return Match_Success;
   }
 
+  virtual void convertToMapAndConstraints(unsigned Kind,
+                      const SmallVectorImpl<MCParsedAsmOperand*> &Operands) = 0;
 };
 
 } // End llvm namespace

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCValue.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCValue.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCValue.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/MCValue.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
   /// isAbsolute - Is this an absolute (as opposed to relocatable) value.
   bool isAbsolute() const { return !SymA && !SymB; }
 
-  /// print - Print the value to the stream \arg OS.
+  /// print - Print the value to the stream \p OS.
   void print(raw_ostream &OS, const MCAsmInfo *MAI) const;
 
   /// dump - Print the value to stderr.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/SubtargetFeature.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/SubtargetFeature.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/SubtargetFeature.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MC/SubtargetFeature.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 //
 struct SubtargetInfoKV {
   const char *Key;                      // K-V key string
-  void *Value;                          // K-V pointer value
+  const void *Value;                    // K-V pointer value
 
   // Compare routine for std binary search
   bool operator<(const SubtargetInfoKV &S) const {
@@ -95,10 +95,6 @@
                           const SubtargetFeatureKV *FeatureTable,
                           size_t FeatureTableSize);
 
-  /// Get scheduling itinerary of a CPU.
-  void *getItinerary(const StringRef CPU,
-                     const SubtargetInfoKV *Table, size_t TableSize);
-
   /// Print feature string.
   void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MDBuilder.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MDBuilder.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MDBuilder.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/MDBuilder.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -134,6 +134,27 @@
       }
     }
 
+    struct TBAAStructField {
+      uint64_t Offset;
+      uint64_t Size;
+      MDNode *TBAA;
+      TBAAStructField(uint64_t Offset, uint64_t Size, MDNode *TBAA) :
+        Offset(Offset), Size(Size), TBAA(TBAA) {}
+    };
+
+    /// \brief Return metadata for a tbaa.struct node with the given
+    /// struct field descriptions.
+    MDNode *createTBAAStructNode(ArrayRef<TBAAStructField> Fields) {
+      SmallVector<Value *, 4> Vals(Fields.size() * 3);
+      Type *Int64 = IntegerType::get(Context, 64);
+      for (unsigned i = 0, e = Fields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+        Vals[i * 3 + 0] = ConstantInt::get(Int64, Fields[i].Offset);
+        Vals[i * 3 + 1] = ConstantInt::get(Int64, Fields[i].Size);
+        Vals[i * 3 + 2] = Fields[i].TBAA;
+      }
+      return MDNode::get(Context, Vals);
+    }
+
   };
 
 } // end namespace llvm

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Metadata.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Metadata.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Metadata.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Metadata.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 /// MDString is always unnamed.
 class MDString : public Value {
   virtual void anchor();
-  MDString(const MDString &);            // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MDString(const MDString &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   explicit MDString(LLVMContext &C);
 public:
@@ -59,7 +59,6 @@
   iterator end() const { return getName().end(); }
 
   /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const MDString *) { return true; }
   static bool classof(const Value *V) {
     return V->getValueID() == MDStringVal;
   }
@@ -71,8 +70,8 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 /// MDNode - a tuple of other values.
 class MDNode : public Value, public FoldingSetNode {
-  MDNode(const MDNode &);                // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const MDNode &);        // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MDNode(const MDNode &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const MDNode &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   friend class MDNodeOperand;
   friend class LLVMContextImpl;
   friend struct FoldingSetTrait<MDNode>;
@@ -161,7 +160,6 @@
   void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
 
   /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const MDNode *) { return true; }
   static bool classof(const Value *V) {
     return V->getValueID() == MDNodeVal;
   }
@@ -195,7 +193,7 @@
   friend struct ilist_traits<NamedMDNode>;
   friend class LLVMContextImpl;
   friend class Module;
-  NamedMDNode(const NamedMDNode &);      // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  NamedMDNode(const NamedMDNode &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   std::string Name;
   Module *Parent;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/Archive.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/Archive.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/Archive.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/Archive.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -129,7 +129,6 @@
   symbol_iterator end_symbols() const;
 
   // Cast methods.
-  static inline bool classof(Archive const *v) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(Binary const *v) {
     return v->isArchive();
   }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/Binary.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/Binary.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/Binary.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/Binary.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
 
 class Binary {
 private:
-  Binary(); // = delete
-  Binary(const Binary &other); // = delete
+  Binary() LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  Binary(const Binary &other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   unsigned int TypeID;
 
@@ -64,7 +64,6 @@
 
   // Cast methods.
   unsigned int getType() const { return TypeID; }
-  static inline bool classof(const Binary *v) { return true; }
 
   // Convenience methods
   bool isObject() const {

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/COFF.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/COFF.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/COFF.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/COFF.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -116,6 +116,7 @@
   virtual error_code getSymbolType(DataRefImpl Symb, SymbolRef::Type &Res) const;
   virtual error_code getSymbolSection(DataRefImpl Symb,
                                       section_iterator &Res) const;
+  virtual error_code getSymbolValue(DataRefImpl Symb, uint64_t &Val) const;
 
   virtual error_code getSectionNext(DataRefImpl Sec, SectionRef &Res) const;
   virtual error_code getSectionName(DataRefImpl Sec, StringRef &Res) const;
@@ -128,6 +129,7 @@
   virtual error_code isSectionBSS(DataRefImpl Sec, bool &Res) const;
   virtual error_code isSectionVirtual(DataRefImpl Sec, bool &Res) const;
   virtual error_code isSectionZeroInit(DataRefImpl Sec, bool &Res) const;
+  virtual error_code isSectionReadOnlyData(DataRefImpl Sec, bool &Res) const;
   virtual error_code isSectionRequiredForExecution(DataRefImpl Sec,
                                                    bool &Res) const;
   virtual error_code sectionContainsSymbol(DataRefImpl Sec, DataRefImpl Symb,
@@ -197,7 +199,6 @@
   static inline bool classof(const Binary *v) {
     return v->isCOFF();
   }
-  static inline bool classof(const COFFObjectFile *v) { return true; }
 };
 
 }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/ELF.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/ELF.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/ELF.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/ELF.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -387,11 +387,65 @@
   }
 };
 
+template<support::endianness target_endianness, bool is64Bits>
+struct Elf_Ehdr_Impl {
+  LLVM_ELF_IMPORT_TYPES(target_endianness, is64Bits)
+  unsigned char e_ident[ELF::EI_NIDENT]; // ELF Identification bytes
+  Elf_Half e_type;     // Type of file (see ET_*)
+  Elf_Half e_machine;  // Required architecture for this file (see EM_*)
+  Elf_Word e_version;  // Must be equal to 1
+  Elf_Addr e_entry;    // Address to jump to in order to start program
+  Elf_Off  e_phoff;    // Program header table's file offset, in bytes
+  Elf_Off  e_shoff;    // Section header table's file offset, in bytes
+  Elf_Word e_flags;    // Processor-specific flags
+  Elf_Half e_ehsize;   // Size of ELF header, in bytes
+  Elf_Half e_phentsize;// Size of an entry in the program header table
+  Elf_Half e_phnum;    // Number of entries in the program header table
+  Elf_Half e_shentsize;// Size of an entry in the section header table
+  Elf_Half e_shnum;    // Number of entries in the section header table
+  Elf_Half e_shstrndx; // Section header table index of section name
+                                 // string table
+  bool checkMagic() const {
+    return (memcmp(e_ident, ELF::ElfMagic, strlen(ELF::ElfMagic))) == 0;
+  }
+   unsigned char getFileClass() const { return e_ident[ELF::EI_CLASS]; }
+   unsigned char getDataEncoding() const { return e_ident[ELF::EI_DATA]; }
+};
+
+template<support::endianness target_endianness, bool is64Bits>
+struct Elf_Phdr;
+
+template<support::endianness target_endianness>
+struct Elf_Phdr<target_endianness, false> {
+  LLVM_ELF_IMPORT_TYPES(target_endianness, false)
+  Elf_Word p_type;   // Type of segment
+  Elf_Off  p_offset; // FileOffset where segment is located, in bytes
+  Elf_Addr p_vaddr;  // Virtual Address of beginning of segment 
+  Elf_Addr p_paddr;  // Physical address of beginning of segment (OS-specific)
+  Elf_Word p_filesz; // Num. of bytes in file image of segment (may be zero)
+  Elf_Word p_memsz;  // Num. of bytes in mem image of segment (may be zero)
+  Elf_Word p_flags;  // Segment flags
+  Elf_Word p_align;  // Segment alignment constraint
+};
+
+template<support::endianness target_endianness>
+struct Elf_Phdr<target_endianness, true> {
+  LLVM_ELF_IMPORT_TYPES(target_endianness, true)
+  Elf_Word p_type;   // Type of segment
+  Elf_Word p_flags;  // Segment flags
+  Elf_Off  p_offset; // FileOffset where segment is located, in bytes
+  Elf_Addr p_vaddr;  // Virtual Address of beginning of segment 
+  Elf_Addr p_paddr;  // Physical address of beginning of segment (OS-specific)
+  Elf_Word p_filesz; // Num. of bytes in file image of segment (may be zero)
+  Elf_Word p_memsz;  // Num. of bytes in mem image of segment (may be zero)
+  Elf_Word p_align;  // Segment alignment constraint
+};
 
 template<support::endianness target_endianness, bool is64Bits>
 class ELFObjectFile : public ObjectFile {
   LLVM_ELF_IMPORT_TYPES(target_endianness, is64Bits)
 
+  typedef Elf_Ehdr_Impl<target_endianness, is64Bits> Elf_Ehdr;
   typedef Elf_Shdr_Impl<target_endianness, is64Bits> Elf_Shdr;
   typedef Elf_Sym_Impl<target_endianness, is64Bits> Elf_Sym;
   typedef Elf_Dyn_Impl<target_endianness, is64Bits> Elf_Dyn;
@@ -406,28 +460,6 @@
   typedef content_iterator<DynRef> dyn_iterator;
 
 protected:
-  struct Elf_Ehdr {
-    unsigned char e_ident[ELF::EI_NIDENT]; // ELF Identification bytes
-    Elf_Half e_type;     // Type of file (see ET_*)
-    Elf_Half e_machine;  // Required architecture for this file (see EM_*)
-    Elf_Word e_version;  // Must be equal to 1
-    Elf_Addr e_entry;    // Address to jump to in order to start program
-    Elf_Off  e_phoff;    // Program header table's file offset, in bytes
-    Elf_Off  e_shoff;    // Section header table's file offset, in bytes
-    Elf_Word e_flags;    // Processor-specific flags
-    Elf_Half e_ehsize;   // Size of ELF header, in bytes
-    Elf_Half e_phentsize;// Size of an entry in the program header table
-    Elf_Half e_phnum;    // Number of entries in the program header table
-    Elf_Half e_shentsize;// Size of an entry in the section header table
-    Elf_Half e_shnum;    // Number of entries in the section header table
-    Elf_Half e_shstrndx; // Section header table index of section name
-                                  // string table
-    bool checkMagic() const {
-      return (memcmp(e_ident, ELF::ElfMagic, strlen(ELF::ElfMagic))) == 0;
-    }
-    unsigned char getFileClass() const { return e_ident[ELF::EI_CLASS]; }
-    unsigned char getDataEncoding() const { return e_ident[ELF::EI_DATA]; }
-  };
   // This flag is used for classof, to distinguish ELFObjectFile from
   // its subclass. If more subclasses will be created, this flag will
   // have to become an enum.
@@ -459,6 +491,59 @@
   // This is set the first time getLoadName is called.
   mutable const char *dt_soname;
 
+public:
+  /// \brief Iterate over relocations in a .rel or .rela section.
+  template<class RelocT>
+  class ELFRelocationIterator {
+  public:
+    typedef void difference_type;
+    typedef const RelocT value_type;
+    typedef std::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category;
+    typedef value_type &reference;
+    typedef value_type *pointer;
+
+    /// \brief Default construct iterator.
+    ELFRelocationIterator() : Section(0), Current(0) {}
+    ELFRelocationIterator(const Elf_Shdr *Sec, const char *Start)
+      : Section(Sec)
+      , Current(Start) {}
+
+    reference operator *() {
+      assert(Current && "Attempted to dereference an invalid iterator!");
+      return *reinterpret_cast<const RelocT*>(Current);
+    }
+
+    pointer operator ->() {
+      assert(Current && "Attempted to dereference an invalid iterator!");
+      return reinterpret_cast<const RelocT*>(Current);
+    }
+
+    bool operator ==(const ELFRelocationIterator &Other) {
+      return Section == Other.Section && Current == Other.Current;
+    }
+
+    bool operator !=(const ELFRelocationIterator &Other) {
+      return !(*this == Other);
+    }
+
+    ELFRelocationIterator &operator ++(int) {
+      assert(Current && "Attempted to increment an invalid iterator!");
+      Current += Section->sh_entsize;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    ELFRelocationIterator operator ++() {
+      ELFRelocationIterator Tmp = *this;
+      ++*this;
+      return Tmp;
+    }
+
+  private:
+    const Elf_Shdr *Section;
+    const char *Current;
+  };
+
+private:
   // Records for each version index the corresponding Verdef or Vernaux entry.
   // This is filled the first time LoadVersionMap() is called.
   class VersionMapEntry : public PointerIntPair<const void*, 1> {
@@ -535,6 +620,7 @@
   virtual error_code getSymbolType(DataRefImpl Symb, SymbolRef::Type &Res) const;
   virtual error_code getSymbolSection(DataRefImpl Symb,
                                       section_iterator &Res) const;
+  virtual error_code getSymbolValue(DataRefImpl Symb, uint64_t &Val) const;
 
   friend class DynRefImpl<target_endianness, is64Bits>;
   virtual error_code getDynNext(DataRefImpl DynData, DynRef &Result) const;
@@ -555,6 +641,7 @@
                                                    bool &Res) const;
   virtual error_code isSectionVirtual(DataRefImpl Sec, bool &Res) const;
   virtual error_code isSectionZeroInit(DataRefImpl Sec, bool &Res) const;
+  virtual error_code isSectionReadOnlyData(DataRefImpl Sec, bool &Res) const;
   virtual error_code sectionContainsSymbol(DataRefImpl Sec, DataRefImpl Symb,
                                            bool &Result) const;
   virtual relocation_iterator getSectionRelBegin(DataRefImpl Sec) const;
@@ -594,6 +681,27 @@
   virtual dyn_iterator begin_dynamic_table() const;
   virtual dyn_iterator end_dynamic_table() const;
 
+  typedef ELFRelocationIterator<Elf_Rela> Elf_Rela_Iter;
+  typedef ELFRelocationIterator<Elf_Rel> Elf_Rel_Iter;
+
+  virtual Elf_Rela_Iter beginELFRela(const Elf_Shdr *sec) const {
+    return Elf_Rela_Iter(sec, (const char *)(base() + sec->sh_offset));
+  }
+
+  virtual Elf_Rela_Iter endELFRela(const Elf_Shdr *sec) const {
+    return Elf_Rela_Iter(sec, (const char *)
+                         (base() + sec->sh_offset + sec->sh_size));
+  }
+
+  virtual Elf_Rel_Iter beginELFRel(const Elf_Shdr *sec) const {
+    return Elf_Rel_Iter(sec, (const char *)(base() + sec->sh_offset));
+  }
+
+  virtual Elf_Rel_Iter endELFRel(const Elf_Shdr *sec) const {
+    return Elf_Rel_Iter(sec, (const char *)
+                        (base() + sec->sh_offset + sec->sh_size));
+  }
+
   virtual uint8_t getBytesInAddress() const;
   virtual StringRef getFileFormatName() const;
   virtual StringRef getObjectType() const { return "ELF"; }
@@ -608,6 +716,7 @@
   const Elf_Shdr *getSection(const Elf_Sym *symb) const;
   const Elf_Shdr *getElfSection(section_iterator &It) const;
   const Elf_Sym *getElfSymbol(symbol_iterator &It) const;
+  const Elf_Sym *getElfSymbol(uint32_t index) const;
 
   // Methods for type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast
   bool isDyldType() const { return isDyldELFObject; }
@@ -615,7 +724,6 @@
     return v->getType() == getELFType(target_endianness == support::little,
                                       is64Bits);
   }
-  static inline bool classof(const ELFObjectFile *v) { return true; }
 };
 
 // Iterate through the version definitions, and place each Elf_Verdef
@@ -804,6 +912,16 @@
 }
 
 template<support::endianness target_endianness, bool is64Bits>
+const typename ELFObjectFile<target_endianness, is64Bits>::Elf_Sym *
+ELFObjectFile<target_endianness, is64Bits>
+                             ::getElfSymbol(uint32_t index) const {
+  DataRefImpl SymbolData;
+  SymbolData.d.a = index;
+  SymbolData.d.b = 1;
+  return getSymbol(SymbolData);
+}
+
+template<support::endianness target_endianness, bool is64Bits>
 error_code ELFObjectFile<target_endianness, is64Bits>
                         ::getSymbolFileOffset(DataRefImpl Symb,
                                           uint64_t &Result) const {
@@ -863,7 +981,18 @@
   case ELF::STT_FUNC:
   case ELF::STT_OBJECT:
   case ELF::STT_NOTYPE:
-    Result = symb->st_value + (Section ? Section->sh_addr : 0);
+    bool IsRelocatable;
+    switch(Header->e_type) {
+    case ELF::ET_EXEC:
+    case ELF::ET_DYN:
+      IsRelocatable = false;
+      break;
+    default:
+      IsRelocatable = true;
+    }
+    Result = symb->st_value;
+    if (IsRelocatable && Section != 0)
+      Result += Section->sh_addr;
     return object_error::success;
   default:
     Result = UnknownAddressOrSize;
@@ -1034,6 +1163,16 @@
 
 template<support::endianness target_endianness, bool is64Bits>
 error_code ELFObjectFile<target_endianness, is64Bits>
+                        ::getSymbolValue(DataRefImpl Symb,
+                                         uint64_t &Val) const {
+  validateSymbol(Symb);
+  const Elf_Sym *symb = getSymbol(Symb);
+  Val = symb->st_value;
+  return object_error::success;
+}
+
+template<support::endianness target_endianness, bool is64Bits>
+error_code ELFObjectFile<target_endianness, is64Bits>
                         ::getSectionNext(DataRefImpl Sec, SectionRef &Result) const {
   const uint8_t *sec = reinterpret_cast<const uint8_t *>(Sec.p);
   sec += Header->e_shentsize;
@@ -1160,7 +1299,8 @@
 }
 
 template<support::endianness target_endianness, bool is64Bits>
-error_code ELFObjectFile<target_endianness, is64Bits>::isSectionZeroInit(DataRefImpl Sec,
+error_code ELFObjectFile<target_endianness, is64Bits>
+                        ::isSectionZeroInit(DataRefImpl Sec,
                                             bool &Result) const {
   const Elf_Shdr *sec = reinterpret_cast<const Elf_Shdr *>(Sec.p);
   // For ELF, all zero-init sections are virtual (that is, they occupy no space
@@ -1174,6 +1314,18 @@
 
 template<support::endianness target_endianness, bool is64Bits>
 error_code ELFObjectFile<target_endianness, is64Bits>
+                       ::isSectionReadOnlyData(DataRefImpl Sec,
+                                               bool &Result) const {
+  const Elf_Shdr *sec = reinterpret_cast<const Elf_Shdr *>(Sec.p);
+  if (sec->sh_flags & ELF::SHF_WRITE || sec->sh_flags & ELF::SHF_EXECINSTR)
+    Result = false;
+  else
+    Result = true;
+  return object_error::success;
+}
+
+template<support::endianness target_endianness, bool is64Bits>
+error_code ELFObjectFile<target_endianness, is64Bits>
                           ::sectionContainsSymbol(DataRefImpl Sec,
                                                   DataRefImpl Symb,
                                                   bool &Result) const {
@@ -1444,6 +1596,143 @@
       res = "Unknown";
     }
     break;
+  case ELF::EM_ARM:
+    switch (type) {
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_NONE);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PC24);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ABS32);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_REL32);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ABS16);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ABS12);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_ABS5);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ABS8);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_SBREL32);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_CALL);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_PC8);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_BREL_ADJ);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_DESC);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_SWI8);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_XPC25);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_XPC22);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_COPY);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_GLOB_DAT);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_RELATIVE);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_GOTOFF32);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_BASE_PREL);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_GOT_BREL);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PLT32);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_CALL);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_JUMP24);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_JUMP24);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_BASE_ABS);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_PCREL_7_0);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_PCREL_15_8);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_PCREL_23_15);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TARGET1);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_SBREL31);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_V4BX);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TARGET2);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PREL31);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_MOVT_ABS);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_MOVT_PREL);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_JUMP19);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_JUMP6);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_PC12);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ABS32_NOI);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_REL32_NOI);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_MOVT_BREL);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_MOVW_BREL);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_CALL);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PLT32_ABS);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_GOT_ABS);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_GOT_PREL);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_GOT_BREL12);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_GOTOFF12);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_GOTRELAX);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_JUMP11);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_JUMP8);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_GD32);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_LDM32);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_LDO32);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_IE32);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_LE32);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_LDO12);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_LE12);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_TLS_IE12GP);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_0);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_1);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_2);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_3);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_4);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_5);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_6);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_7);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_8);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_9);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_10);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_11);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_12);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_13);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_14);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_PRIVATE_15);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_ME_TOO);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ16);
+      LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ32);
+    default:
+      res = "Unknown";
+    }
+    break;
   case ELF::EM_HEXAGON:
     switch (type) {
       LLVM_ELF_SWITCH_RELOC_TYPE_NAME(R_HEX_NONE);
@@ -1574,15 +1863,15 @@
   int64_t addend = 0;
   uint16_t symbol_index = 0;
   switch (sec->sh_type) {
-    default :
+    default:
       return object_error::parse_failed;
-    case ELF::SHT_REL : {
+    case ELF::SHT_REL: {
       type = getRel(Rel)->getType();
       symbol_index = getRel(Rel)->getSymbol();
       // TODO: Read implicit addend from section data.
       break;
     }
-    case ELF::SHT_RELA : {
+    case ELF::SHT_RELA: {
       type = getRela(Rel)->getType();
       symbol_index = getRela(Rel)->getSymbol();
       addend = getRela(Rel)->r_addend;
@@ -1596,9 +1885,8 @@
   switch (Header->e_machine) {
   case ELF::EM_X86_64:
     switch (type) {
-    case ELF::R_X86_64_32S:
-      res = symname;
-      break;
+    case ELF::R_X86_64_PC8:
+    case ELF::R_X86_64_PC16:
     case ELF::R_X86_64_PC32: {
         std::string fmtbuf;
         raw_string_ostream fmt(fmtbuf);
@@ -1607,10 +1895,23 @@
         Result.append(fmtbuf.begin(), fmtbuf.end());
       }
       break;
+    case ELF::R_X86_64_8:
+    case ELF::R_X86_64_16:
+    case ELF::R_X86_64_32:
+    case ELF::R_X86_64_32S:
+    case ELF::R_X86_64_64: {
+        std::string fmtbuf;
+        raw_string_ostream fmt(fmtbuf);
+        fmt << symname << (addend < 0 ? "" : "+") << addend;
+        fmt.flush();
+        Result.append(fmtbuf.begin(), fmtbuf.end());
+      }
+      break;
     default:
       res = "Unknown";
     }
     break;
+  case ELF::EM_ARM:
   case ELF::EM_HEXAGON:
     res = symname;
     break;
@@ -2024,6 +2325,8 @@
       return "ELF64-i386";
     case ELF::EM_X86_64:
       return "ELF64-x86-64";
+    case ELF::EM_PPC64:
+      return "ELF64-ppc64";
     default:
       return "ELF64-unknown";
     }
@@ -2044,6 +2347,11 @@
     return Triple::arm;
   case ELF::EM_HEXAGON:
     return Triple::hexagon;
+  case ELF::EM_MIPS:
+    return (target_endianness == support::little) ?
+           Triple::mipsel : Triple::mips;
+  case ELF::EM_PPC64:
+    return Triple::ppc64;
   default:
     return Triple::UnknownArch;
   }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/MachO.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/MachO.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/MachO.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/MachO.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@
   static inline bool classof(const Binary *v) {
     return v->isMachO();
   }
-  static inline bool classof(const MachOObjectFile *v) { return true; }
 
 protected:
   virtual error_code getSymbolNext(DataRefImpl Symb, SymbolRef &Res) const;
@@ -62,6 +61,7 @@
   virtual error_code getSymbolType(DataRefImpl Symb, SymbolRef::Type &Res) const;
   virtual error_code getSymbolSection(DataRefImpl Symb,
                                       section_iterator &Res) const;
+  virtual error_code getSymbolValue(DataRefImpl Symb, uint64_t &Val) const;
 
   virtual error_code getSectionNext(DataRefImpl Sec, SectionRef &Res) const;
   virtual error_code getSectionName(DataRefImpl Sec, StringRef &Res) const;
@@ -76,6 +76,7 @@
                                                    bool &Res) const;
   virtual error_code isSectionVirtual(DataRefImpl Sec, bool &Res) const;
   virtual error_code isSectionZeroInit(DataRefImpl Sec, bool &Res) const;
+  virtual error_code isSectionReadOnlyData(DataRefImpl Sec, bool &Res) const;
   virtual error_code sectionContainsSymbol(DataRefImpl DRI, DataRefImpl S,
                                            bool &Result) const;
   virtual relocation_iterator getSectionRelBegin(DataRefImpl Sec) const;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/MachOFormat.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/MachOFormat.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/MachOFormat.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/MachOFormat.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -61,7 +61,10 @@
     CSARM_V6     = 6,
     CSARM_V5TEJ  = 7,
     CSARM_XSCALE = 8,
-    CSARM_V7     = 9
+    CSARM_V7     = 9,
+    CSARM_V7F    = 10,
+    CSARM_V7S    = 11,
+    CSARM_V7K    = 12
   };
 
   /// \brief PowerPC Machine Subtypes.
@@ -273,6 +276,10 @@
     uint16_t Flags;
     uint32_t Value;
   };
+  // Despite containing a uint64_t, this structure is only 4-byte aligned within
+  // a MachO file.
+#pragma pack(push)
+#pragma pack(4)
   struct Symbol64TableEntry {
     uint32_t StringIndex;
     uint8_t Type;
@@ -280,6 +287,7 @@
     uint16_t Flags;
     uint64_t Value;
   };
+#pragma pack(pop)
 
   /// @}
   /// @name Data-in-code Table Entry

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/ObjectFile.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/ObjectFile.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/ObjectFile.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Object/ObjectFile.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -76,13 +76,13 @@
   }
 };
 
-inline bool operator ==(const DataRefImpl &a, const DataRefImpl &b) {
+inline bool operator==(const DataRefImpl &a, const DataRefImpl &b) {
   // Check bitwise identical. This is the only legal way to compare a union w/o
   // knowing which member is in use.
   return std::memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(DataRefImpl)) == 0;
 }
 
-inline bool operator <(const DataRefImpl &a, const DataRefImpl &b) {
+inline bool operator<(const DataRefImpl &a, const DataRefImpl &b) {
   // Check bitwise identical. This is the only legal way to compare a union w/o
   // knowing which member is in use.
   return std::memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(DataRefImpl)) < 0;
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
   SectionRef(DataRefImpl SectionP, const ObjectFile *Owner);
 
   bool operator==(const SectionRef &Other) const;
-  bool operator <(const SectionRef &Other) const;
+  bool operator<(const SectionRef &Other) const;
 
   error_code getNext(SectionRef &Result) const;
 
@@ -163,6 +163,7 @@
   error_code isRequiredForExecution(bool &Result) const;
   error_code isVirtual(bool &Result) const;
   error_code isZeroInit(bool &Result) const;
+  error_code isReadOnlyData(bool &Result) const;
 
   error_code containsSymbol(SymbolRef S, bool &Result) const;
 
@@ -207,11 +208,13 @@
   SymbolRef(DataRefImpl SymbolP, const ObjectFile *Owner);
 
   bool operator==(const SymbolRef &Other) const;
-  bool operator <(const SymbolRef &Other) const;
+  bool operator<(const SymbolRef &Other) const;
 
   error_code getNext(SymbolRef &Result) const;
 
   error_code getName(StringRef &Result) const;
+  /// Returns the symbol virtual address (i.e. address at which it will be
+  /// mapped).
   error_code getAddress(uint64_t &Result) const;
   error_code getFileOffset(uint64_t &Result) const;
   error_code getSize(uint64_t &Result) const;
@@ -231,6 +234,9 @@
   /// end_sections() if it is undefined or is an absolute symbol.
   error_code getSection(section_iterator &Result) const;
 
+  /// @brief Get value of the symbol in the symbol table.
+  error_code getValue(uint64_t &Val) const;
+
   DataRefImpl getRawDataRefImpl() const;
 };
 typedef content_iterator<SymbolRef> symbol_iterator;
@@ -248,7 +254,7 @@
   LibraryRef(DataRefImpl LibraryP, const ObjectFile *Owner);
 
   bool operator==(const LibraryRef &Other) const;
-  bool operator <(const LibraryRef &Other) const;
+  bool operator<(const LibraryRef &Other) const;
 
   error_code getNext(LibraryRef &Result) const;
 
@@ -263,11 +269,11 @@
 
 /// ObjectFile - This class is the base class for all object file types.
 /// Concrete instances of this object are created by createObjectFile, which
-/// figure out which type to create.
+/// figures out which type to create.
 class ObjectFile : public Binary {
   virtual void anchor();
-  ObjectFile(); // = delete
-  ObjectFile(const ObjectFile &other); // = delete
+  ObjectFile() LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  ObjectFile(const ObjectFile &other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 protected:
   ObjectFile(unsigned int Type, MemoryBuffer *source, error_code &ec);
@@ -287,8 +293,8 @@
   friend class SymbolRef;
   virtual error_code getSymbolNext(DataRefImpl Symb, SymbolRef &Res) const = 0;
   virtual error_code getSymbolName(DataRefImpl Symb, StringRef &Res) const = 0;
-  virtual error_code getSymbolAddress(DataRefImpl Symb, uint64_t &Res) const =0;
-  virtual error_code getSymbolFileOffset(DataRefImpl Symb, uint64_t &Res) const =0;
+  virtual error_code getSymbolAddress(DataRefImpl Symb, uint64_t &Res) const = 0;
+  virtual error_code getSymbolFileOffset(DataRefImpl Symb, uint64_t &Res)const=0;
   virtual error_code getSymbolSize(DataRefImpl Symb, uint64_t &Res) const = 0;
   virtual error_code getSymbolType(DataRefImpl Symb,
                                    SymbolRef::Type &Res) const = 0;
@@ -297,6 +303,7 @@
                                     uint32_t &Res) const = 0;
   virtual error_code getSymbolSection(DataRefImpl Symb,
                                       section_iterator &Res) const = 0;
+  virtual error_code getSymbolValue(DataRefImpl Symb, uint64_t &Val) const = 0;
 
   // Same as above for SectionRef.
   friend class SectionRef;
@@ -314,6 +321,7 @@
   // A section is 'virtual' if its contents aren't present in the object image.
   virtual error_code isSectionVirtual(DataRefImpl Sec, bool &Res) const = 0;
   virtual error_code isSectionZeroInit(DataRefImpl Sec, bool &Res) const = 0;
+  virtual error_code isSectionReadOnlyData(DataRefImpl Sec, bool &Res) const =0;
   virtual error_code sectionContainsSymbol(DataRefImpl Sec, DataRefImpl Symb,
                                            bool &Result) const = 0;
   virtual relocation_iterator getSectionRelBegin(DataRefImpl Sec) const = 0;
@@ -384,7 +392,6 @@
   static inline bool classof(const Binary *v) {
     return v->isObject();
   }
-  static inline bool classof(const ObjectFile *v) { return true; }
 
 public:
   static ObjectFile *createCOFFObjectFile(MemoryBuffer *Object);
@@ -401,7 +408,7 @@
   return SymbolPimpl == Other.SymbolPimpl;
 }
 
-inline bool SymbolRef::operator <(const SymbolRef &Other) const {
+inline bool SymbolRef::operator<(const SymbolRef &Other) const {
   return SymbolPimpl < Other.SymbolPimpl;
 }
 
@@ -441,6 +448,10 @@
   return OwningObject->getSymbolType(SymbolPimpl, Result);
 }
 
+inline error_code SymbolRef::getValue(uint64_t &Val) const {
+  return OwningObject->getSymbolValue(SymbolPimpl, Val);
+}
+
 inline DataRefImpl SymbolRef::getRawDataRefImpl() const {
   return SymbolPimpl;
 }
@@ -456,7 +467,7 @@
   return SectionPimpl == Other.SectionPimpl;
 }
 
-inline bool SectionRef::operator <(const SectionRef &Other) const {
+inline bool SectionRef::operator<(const SectionRef &Other) const {
   return SectionPimpl < Other.SectionPimpl;
 }
 
@@ -508,6 +519,10 @@
   return OwningObject->isSectionZeroInit(SectionPimpl, Result);
 }
 
+inline error_code SectionRef::isReadOnlyData(bool &Result) const {
+  return OwningObject->isSectionReadOnlyData(SectionPimpl, Result);
+}
+
 inline error_code SectionRef::containsSymbol(SymbolRef S, bool &Result) const {
   return OwningObject->sectionContainsSymbol(SectionPimpl, S.SymbolPimpl,
                                              Result);
@@ -586,7 +601,7 @@
   return LibraryPimpl == Other.LibraryPimpl;
 }
 
-inline bool LibraryRef::operator <(const LibraryRef &Other) const {
+inline bool LibraryRef::operator<(const LibraryRef &Other) const {
   return LibraryPimpl < Other.LibraryPimpl;
 }
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Operator.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Operator.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Operator.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Operator.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
 #define LLVM_OPERATOR_H
 
 #include "llvm/Constants.h"
+#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
 #include "llvm/Instruction.h"
 #include "llvm/Type.h"
 
@@ -32,9 +33,14 @@
 private:
   // Do not implement any of these. The Operator class is intended to be used
   // as a utility, and is never itself instantiated.
-  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned);
-  void *operator new(size_t s);
-  Operator();
+  void *operator new(size_t, unsigned) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void *operator new(size_t s) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  Operator() LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+protected:
+  // NOTE: Cannot use LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION because it's not legal to delete
+  // an overridden method that's not deleted in the base class. Cannot leave
+  // this unimplemented because that leads to an ODR-violation.
   ~Operator();
 
 public:
@@ -57,7 +63,6 @@
     return Instruction::UserOp1;
   }
 
-  static inline bool classof(const Operator *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const ConstantExpr *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Value *V) {
@@ -77,8 +82,6 @@
   };
 
 private:
-  ~OverflowingBinaryOperator(); // do not implement
-
   friend class BinaryOperator;
   friend class ConstantExpr;
   void setHasNoUnsignedWrap(bool B) {
@@ -103,7 +106,6 @@
     return (SubclassOptionalData & NoSignedWrap) != 0;
   }
 
-  static inline bool classof(const OverflowingBinaryOperator *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add ||
            I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub ||
@@ -131,8 +133,6 @@
   };
   
 private:
-  ~PossiblyExactOperator(); // do not implement
-
   friend class BinaryOperator;
   friend class ConstantExpr;
   void setIsExact(bool B) {
@@ -167,9 +167,6 @@
 /// FPMathOperator - Utility class for floating point operations which can have
 /// information about relaxed accuracy requirements attached to them.
 class FPMathOperator : public Operator {
-private:
-  ~FPMathOperator(); // do not implement
-
 public:
 
   /// \brief Get the maximum error permitted by this operation in ULPs.  An
@@ -177,7 +174,6 @@
   /// default precision.
   float getFPAccuracy() const;
 
-  static inline bool classof(const FPMathOperator *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy();
   }
@@ -191,11 +187,7 @@
 /// opcodes.
 template<typename SuperClass, unsigned Opc>
 class ConcreteOperator : public SuperClass {
-  ~ConcreteOperator(); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
 public:
-  static inline bool classof(const ConcreteOperator<SuperClass, Opc> *) {
-    return true;
-  }
   static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) {
     return I->getOpcode() == Opc;
   }
@@ -210,45 +202,35 @@
 
 class AddOperator
   : public ConcreteOperator<OverflowingBinaryOperator, Instruction::Add> {
-  ~AddOperator(); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
 };
 class SubOperator
   : public ConcreteOperator<OverflowingBinaryOperator, Instruction::Sub> {
-  ~SubOperator(); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
 };
 class MulOperator
   : public ConcreteOperator<OverflowingBinaryOperator, Instruction::Mul> {
-  ~MulOperator(); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
 };
 class ShlOperator
   : public ConcreteOperator<OverflowingBinaryOperator, Instruction::Shl> {
-  ~ShlOperator(); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
 };
 
-  
+
 class SDivOperator
   : public ConcreteOperator<PossiblyExactOperator, Instruction::SDiv> {
-  ~SDivOperator(); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
 };
 class UDivOperator
   : public ConcreteOperator<PossiblyExactOperator, Instruction::UDiv> {
-  ~UDivOperator(); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
 };
 class AShrOperator
   : public ConcreteOperator<PossiblyExactOperator, Instruction::AShr> {
-  ~AShrOperator(); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
 };
 class LShrOperator
   : public ConcreteOperator<PossiblyExactOperator, Instruction::LShr> {
-  ~LShrOperator(); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
 };
-  
-  
-  
+
+
+
 class GEPOperator
   : public ConcreteOperator<Operator, Instruction::GetElementPtr> {
-  ~GEPOperator(); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-
   enum {
     IsInBounds = (1 << 0)
   };
@@ -288,6 +270,12 @@
     return getPointerOperand()->getType();
   }
 
+  /// getPointerAddressSpace - Method to return the address space of the
+  /// pointer operand.
+  unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const {
+    return cast<PointerType>(getPointerOperandType())->getAddressSpace();
+  }
+
   unsigned getNumIndices() const {  // Note: always non-negative
     return getNumOperands() - 1;
   }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Pass.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Pass.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Pass.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Pass.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_PASS_H
 #define LLVM_PASS_H
 
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include <string>
 
 namespace llvm {
@@ -82,8 +83,8 @@
   AnalysisResolver *Resolver;  // Used to resolve analysis
   const void *PassID;
   PassKind Kind;
-  void operator=(const Pass&);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  Pass(const Pass &);           // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  void operator=(const Pass&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  Pass(const Pass &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
   explicit Pass(PassKind K, char &pid) : Resolver(0), PassID(&pid), Kind(K) { }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/PassAnalysisSupport.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/PassAnalysisSupport.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/PassAnalysisSupport.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/PassAnalysisSupport.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 class PMDataManager;
 class AnalysisResolver {
 private:
-  AnalysisResolver();  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  AnalysisResolver() LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
   explicit AnalysisResolver(PMDataManager &P) : PM(P) { }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/PassSupport.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/PassSupport.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/PassSupport.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/PassSupport.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -126,8 +126,8 @@
   }
 
 private:
-  void operator=(const PassInfo &); // do not implement
-  PassInfo(const PassInfo &);       // do not implement
+  void operator=(const PassInfo &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  PassInfo(const PassInfo &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 };
 
 #define CALL_ONCE_INITIALIZATION(function) \

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/AlignOf.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/AlignOf.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/AlignOf.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/AlignOf.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -68,24 +68,20 @@
 /// integer literal can be used to specify an alignment constraint. Once built
 /// up here, we can then begin to indirect between these using normal C++
 /// template parameters.
-template <size_t Alignment> struct AlignedCharArrayImpl {};
-template <> struct AlignedCharArrayImpl<0> {
-  typedef char type;
-};
+template <size_t Alignment> struct AlignedCharArrayImpl;
+
+// MSVC requires special handling here.
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+
 #if __has_feature(cxx_alignas)
 #define LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(x) \
   template <> struct AlignedCharArrayImpl<x> { \
-    typedef char alignas(x) type; \
+    char alignas(x) aligned; \
   }
-#elif defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__IBM_ATTRIBUTES)
 #define LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(x) \
   template <> struct AlignedCharArrayImpl<x> { \
-    typedef char type __attribute__((aligned(x))); \
-  }
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-#define LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(x) \
-  template <> struct AlignedCharArrayImpl<x> { \
-    typedef __declspec(align(x)) char type; \
+    char aligned __attribute__((aligned(x))); \
   }
 #else
 # error No supported align as directive.
@@ -104,11 +100,40 @@
 LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(2048);
 LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(4096);
 LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(8192);
+
+#undef LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT
+
+#else // _MSC_VER
+
+// We provide special variations of this template for the most common
+// alignments because __declspec(align(...)) doesn't actually work when it is
+// a member of a by-value function argument in MSVC, even if the alignment
+// request is something reasonably like 8-byte or 16-byte.
+template <> struct AlignedCharArrayImpl<1> { char aligned; };
+template <> struct AlignedCharArrayImpl<2> { short aligned; };
+template <> struct AlignedCharArrayImpl<4> { int aligned; };
+template <> struct AlignedCharArrayImpl<8> { double aligned; };
+
+#define LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(x) \
+  template <> struct AlignedCharArrayImpl<x> { \
+    __declspec(align(x)) char aligned; \
+  }
+LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(16);
+LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(32);
+LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(64);
+LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(128);
+LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(512);
+LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(1024);
+LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(2048);
+LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(4096);
+LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT(8192);
 // Any larger and MSVC complains.
 #undef LLVM_ALIGNEDCHARARRAY_TEMPLATE_ALIGNMENT
 
-/// \brief This class template exposes a typedef for type containing a suitable
-/// aligned character array to hold elements of any of up to four types.
+#endif // _MSC_VER
+
+/// \brief This union template exposes a suitably aligned and sized character
+/// array member which can hold elements of any of up to four types.
 ///
 /// These types may be arrays, structs, or any other types. The goal is to
 /// produce a union type containing a character array which, when used, forms
@@ -116,7 +141,8 @@
 /// than four types can be added at the cost of more boiler plate.
 template <typename T1,
           typename T2 = char, typename T3 = char, typename T4 = char>
-class AlignedCharArray {
+union AlignedCharArrayUnion {
+private:
   class AlignerImpl {
     T1 t1; T2 t2; T3 t3; T4 t4;
 
@@ -127,23 +153,17 @@
   };
 
 public:
-  // Sadly, Clang and GCC both fail to align a character array properly even
-  // with an explicit alignment attribute. To work around this, we union
-  // the character array that will actually be used with a struct that contains
-  // a single aligned character member. Tests seem to indicate that both Clang
-  // and GCC will properly register the alignment of a struct containing an
-  // aligned member, and this alignment should carry over to the character
-  // array in the union.
-  union union_type {
-    // This is the only member of the union which should be used by clients:
-    char buffer[sizeof(SizerImpl)];
-
-    // This member of the union only exists to force the alignment.
-    struct {
-      typename llvm::AlignedCharArrayImpl<AlignOf<AlignerImpl>::Alignment>::type
-        nonce_inner_member;
-    } nonce_member;
-  };
+  /// \brief The character array buffer for use by clients.
+  ///
+  /// No other member of this union should be referenced. The exist purely to
+  /// constrain the layout of this character array.
+  char buffer[sizeof(SizerImpl)];
+
+private:
+  // Tests seem to indicate that both Clang and GCC will properly register the
+  // alignment of a struct containing an aligned member, and this alignment
+  // should carry over to the character array in the union.
+  llvm::AlignedCharArrayImpl<AlignOf<AlignerImpl>::Alignment> nonce_member;
 };
 
 } // end namespace llvm

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Allocator.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Allocator.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Allocator.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Allocator.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -79,8 +79,8 @@
 public:
   MallocSlabAllocator() : Allocator() { }
   virtual ~MallocSlabAllocator();
-  virtual MemSlab *Allocate(size_t Size);
-  virtual void Deallocate(MemSlab *Slab);
+  virtual MemSlab *Allocate(size_t Size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  virtual void Deallocate(MemSlab *Slab) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 };
 
 /// BumpPtrAllocator - This allocator is useful for containers that need
@@ -88,8 +88,8 @@
 /// allocating memory, and never deletes it until the entire block is dead. This
 /// makes allocation speedy, but must only be used when the trade-off is ok.
 class BumpPtrAllocator {
-  BumpPtrAllocator(const BumpPtrAllocator &); // do not implement
-  void operator=(const BumpPtrAllocator &);   // do not implement
+  BumpPtrAllocator(const BumpPtrAllocator &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const BumpPtrAllocator &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   /// SlabSize - Allocate data into slabs of this size unless we get an
   /// allocation above SizeThreshold.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/COFF.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/COFF.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/COFF.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/COFF.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
   };
 
   enum MachineTypes {
-    MT_Invalid = -1,
+    MT_Invalid = 0xffff,
 
     IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_UNKNOWN   = 0x0,
     IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_AM33      = 0x13,
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 
   /// Storage class tells where and what the symbol represents
   enum SymbolStorageClass {
-    SSC_Invalid = -1,
+    SSC_Invalid = 0xff,
 
     IMAGE_SYM_CLASS_END_OF_FUNCTION  = -1,  ///< Physical end of function
     IMAGE_SYM_CLASS_NULL             = 0,   ///< No symbol
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
   };
 
   enum SectionCharacteristics {
-    SC_Invalid = -1,
+    SC_Invalid = 0xffffffff,
 
     IMAGE_SCN_TYPE_NO_PAD            = 0x00000008,
     IMAGE_SCN_CNT_CODE               = 0x00000020,

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/CallSite.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/CallSite.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/CallSite.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/CallSite.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
   InstrTy *operator->() const { return I.getPointer(); }
   operator bool() const { return I.getPointer(); }
 
-  /// getCalledValue - Return the pointer to function that is being called...
+  /// getCalledValue - Return the pointer to function that is being called.
   ///
   ValTy *getCalledValue() const {
     assert(getInstruction() && "Not a call or invoke instruction!");
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
     return dyn_cast<FunTy>(getCalledValue());
   }
 
-  /// setCalledFunction - Set the callee to the specified value...
+  /// setCalledFunction - Set the callee to the specified value.
   ///
   void setCalledFunction(Value *V) {
     assert(getInstruction() && "Not a call or invoke instruction!");
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
   }
 
   /// arg_iterator - The type of iterator to use when looping over actual
-  /// arguments at this call site...
+  /// arguments at this call site.
   typedef IterTy arg_iterator;
 
   /// arg_begin/arg_end - Return iterators corresponding to the actual argument
@@ -185,13 +185,13 @@
   }
 
   /// \brief Return true if this function has the given attribute.
-  bool hasFnAttr(Attributes N) const {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(hasFnAttr(N));
+  bool hasFnAttr(Attributes::AttrVal A) const {
+    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(hasFnAttr(A));
   }
 
-  /// paramHasAttr - whether the call or the callee has the given attribute.
-  bool paramHasAttr(uint16_t i, Attributes attr) const {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(paramHasAttr(i, attr));
+  /// \brief Return true if the call or the callee has the given attribute.
+  bool paramHasAttr(unsigned i, Attributes::AttrVal A) const {
+    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(paramHasAttr(i, A));
   }
 
   /// @brief Extract the alignment for a call or parameter (0=unknown).
@@ -211,32 +211,32 @@
   bool doesNotAccessMemory() const {
     CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(doesNotAccessMemory());
   }
-  void setDoesNotAccessMemory(bool doesNotAccessMemory = true) {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setDoesNotAccessMemory(doesNotAccessMemory));
+  void setDoesNotAccessMemory() {
+    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setDoesNotAccessMemory());
   }
 
   /// @brief Determine if the call does not access or only reads memory.
   bool onlyReadsMemory() const {
     CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(onlyReadsMemory());
   }
-  void setOnlyReadsMemory(bool onlyReadsMemory = true) {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setOnlyReadsMemory(onlyReadsMemory));
+  void setOnlyReadsMemory() {
+    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setOnlyReadsMemory());
   }
 
   /// @brief Determine if the call cannot return.
   bool doesNotReturn() const {
     CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(doesNotReturn());
   }
-  void setDoesNotReturn(bool doesNotReturn = true) {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setDoesNotReturn(doesNotReturn));
+  void setDoesNotReturn() {
+    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setDoesNotReturn());
   }
 
   /// @brief Determine if the call cannot unwind.
   bool doesNotThrow() const {
     CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER(doesNotThrow());
   }
-  void setDoesNotThrow(bool doesNotThrow = true) {
-    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setDoesNotThrow(doesNotThrow));
+  void setDoesNotThrow() {
+    CALLSITE_DELEGATE_SETTER(setDoesNotThrow());
   }
 
 #undef CALLSITE_DELEGATE_GETTER
@@ -244,12 +244,12 @@
 
   /// @brief Determine whether this argument is not captured.
   bool doesNotCapture(unsigned ArgNo) const {
-    return paramHasAttr(ArgNo + 1, Attribute::NoCapture);
+    return paramHasAttr(ArgNo + 1, Attributes::NoCapture);
   }
 
   /// @brief Determine whether this argument is passed by value.
   bool isByValArgument(unsigned ArgNo) const {
-    return paramHasAttr(ArgNo + 1, Attribute::ByVal);
+    return paramHasAttr(ArgNo + 1, Attributes::ByVal);
   }
 
   /// hasArgument - Returns true if this CallSite passes the given Value* as an

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_CASTING_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_CASTING_H
 
+#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
 #include <cassert>
 
 namespace llvm {
@@ -44,13 +45,23 @@
 // The core of the implementation of isa<X> is here; To and From should be
 // the names of classes.  This template can be specialized to customize the
 // implementation of isa<> without rewriting it from scratch.
-template <typename To, typename From>
+template <typename To, typename From, typename Enabler = void>
 struct isa_impl {
   static inline bool doit(const From &Val) {
     return To::classof(&Val);
   }
 };
 
+/// \brief Always allow upcasts, and perform no dynamic check for them.
+template <typename To, typename From>
+struct isa_impl<To, From,
+                typename llvm::enable_if_c<
+                  llvm::is_base_of<To, From>::value
+                >::type
+               > {
+  static inline bool doit(const From &) { return true; }
+};
+
 template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl {
   static inline bool doit(const From &Val) {
     return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(Val);
@@ -65,18 +76,21 @@
 
 template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, From*> {
   static inline bool doit(const From *Val) {
+    assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer");
     return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val);
   }
 };
 
 template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, const From*> {
   static inline bool doit(const From *Val) {
+    assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer");
     return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val);
   }
 };
 
 template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, const From*const> {
   static inline bool doit(const From *Val) {
+    assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer");
     return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val);
   }
 };

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/CommandLine.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/CommandLine.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/CommandLine.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/CommandLine.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -41,16 +41,14 @@
 // ParseCommandLineOptions - Command line option processing entry point.
 //
 void ParseCommandLineOptions(int argc, const char * const *argv,
-                             const char *Overview = 0,
-                             bool ReadResponseFiles = false);
+                             const char *Overview = 0);
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // ParseEnvironmentOptions - Environment variable option processing alternate
 //                           entry point.
 //
 void ParseEnvironmentOptions(const char *progName, const char *envvar,
-                             const char *Overview = 0,
-                             bool ReadResponseFiles = false);
+                             const char *Overview = 0);
 
 ///===---------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 /// SetVersionPrinter - Override the default (LLVM specific) version printer
@@ -1509,7 +1507,7 @@
       typename ParserClass::parser_data_type();
     if (Parser.parse(*this, ArgName, Arg, Val))
       return true;  // Parse Error!
-    addValue(Val);
+    this->addValue(Val);
     setPosition(pos);
     Positions.push_back(pos);
     return false;
@@ -1608,15 +1606,16 @@
 class alias : public Option {
   Option *AliasFor;
   virtual bool handleOccurrence(unsigned pos, StringRef /*ArgName*/,
-                                StringRef Arg) {
+                                StringRef Arg) LLVM_OVERRIDE {
     return AliasFor->handleOccurrence(pos, AliasFor->ArgStr, Arg);
   }
   // Handle printing stuff...
-  virtual size_t getOptionWidth() const;
-  virtual void printOptionInfo(size_t GlobalWidth) const;
+  virtual size_t getOptionWidth() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  virtual void printOptionInfo(size_t GlobalWidth) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 
   // Aliases do not need to print their values.
-  virtual void printOptionValue(size_t /*GlobalWidth*/, bool /*Force*/) const {}
+  virtual void printOptionValue(size_t /*GlobalWidth*/,
+                                bool /*Force*/) const LLVM_OVERRIDE {}
 
   void done() {
     if (!hasArgStr())

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Compiler.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Compiler.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Compiler.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Compiler.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 /// does not imply the existence of any other C++ library features.
 #if (__has_feature(cxx_rvalue_references)   \
      || defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__) \
-     || _MSC_VER >= 1600)
+     || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1600))
 #define LLVM_USE_RVALUE_REFERENCES 1
 #else
 #define LLVM_USE_RVALUE_REFERENCES 0
@@ -38,6 +38,41 @@
 #define llvm_move(value) (value)
 #endif
 
+/// LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION - Expands to = delete if the compiler supports it.
+/// Use to mark functions as uncallable. Member functions with this should
+/// be declared private so that some behavior is kept in C++03 mode.
+///
+/// class DontCopy {
+/// private:
+///   DontCopy(const DontCopy&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+///   DontCopy &operator =(const DontCopy&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+/// public:
+///   ...
+/// };
+#if (__has_feature(cxx_deleted_functions) \
+     || defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__))
+     // No version of MSVC currently supports this.
+#define LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION = delete
+#else
+#define LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION
+#endif
+
+/// LLVM_FINAL - Expands to 'final' if the compiler supports it.
+/// Use to mark classes or virtual methods as final.
+#if (__has_feature(cxx_override_control))
+#define LLVM_FINAL final
+#else
+#define LLVM_FINAL
+#endif
+
+/// LLVM_OVERRIDE - Expands to 'override' if the compiler supports it.
+/// Use to mark virtual methods as overriding a base class method.
+#if (__has_feature(cxx_override_control))
+#define LLVM_OVERRIDE override
+#else
+#define LLVM_OVERRIDE
+#endif
+
 /// LLVM_LIBRARY_VISIBILITY - If a class marked with this attribute is linked
 /// into a shared library, then the class should be private to the library and
 /// not accessible from outside it.  Can also be used to mark variables and
@@ -87,9 +122,11 @@
 #endif
 
 #if (__GNUC__ >= 4)
-#define BUILTIN_EXPECT(EXPR, VALUE) __builtin_expect((EXPR), (VALUE))
+#define LLVM_LIKELY(EXPR) __builtin_expect((bool)(EXPR), true)
+#define LLVM_UNLIKELY(EXPR) __builtin_expect((bool)(EXPR), false)
 #else
-#define BUILTIN_EXPECT(EXPR, VALUE) (EXPR)
+#define LLVM_LIKELY(EXPR) (EXPR)
+#define LLVM_UNLIKELY(EXPR) (EXPR)
 #endif
 
 
@@ -168,4 +205,13 @@
 # define LLVM_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE __builtin_unreachable()
 #endif
 
+// LLVM_BUILTIN_TRAP - On compilers which support it, expands to an expression
+// which causes the program to exit abnormally.
+#if defined(__clang__) || (__GNUC__ > 4) \
+ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)
+# define LLVM_BUILTIN_TRAP __builtin_trap()
+#else
+# define LLVM_BUILTIN_TRAP *(volatile int*)0x11 = 0
+#endif
+
 #endif

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/DataExtractor.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/DataExtractor.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/DataExtractor.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/DataExtractor.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_DATAEXTRACTOR_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_DATAEXTRACTOR_H
 
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
 
@@ -99,8 +100,8 @@
   ///     enough bytes to extract this value, the offset will be left
   ///     unmodified.
   ///
-  /// @param[in] byte_size
-  ///     The size in byte of the integer to extract.
+  /// @param[in] size
+  ///     The size in bytes of the integer to extract.
   ///
   /// @return
   ///     The sign extended signed integer value that was extracted,

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/ELF.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/ELF.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/ELF.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/ELF.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -441,6 +441,7 @@
   R_MICROBLAZE_COPY           = 21
 };
 
+// ELF Relocation types for PPC32
 enum {
   R_PPC_NONE                  = 0,      /* No relocation. */
   R_PPC_ADDR32                = 1,
@@ -456,7 +457,23 @@
   R_PPC_REL14                 = 11,
   R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN         = 12,
   R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN        = 13,
-  R_PPC_REL32                 = 26
+  R_PPC_REL32                 = 26,
+  R_PPC_TPREL16_LO            = 70,
+  R_PPC_TPREL16_HA            = 72
+};
+
+// ELF Relocation types for PPC64
+enum {
+  R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO           = 4,
+  R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI           = 5,
+  R_PPC64_ADDR14              = 7,
+  R_PPC64_REL24               = 10,
+  R_PPC64_ADDR64              = 38,
+  R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER       = 39,
+  R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST      = 41,
+  R_PPC64_TOC16               = 47,
+  R_PPC64_TOC                 = 51,
+  R_PPC64_TOC16_DS            = 63
 };
 
 // ARM Specific e_flags
@@ -674,8 +691,36 @@
   R_MIPS_NUM               = 218
 };
 
+// Hexagon Specific e_flags
+// Release 5 ABI
+enum {
+  // Object processor version flags, bits[3:0]
+  EF_HEXAGON_MACH_V2      = 0x00000001,   // Hexagon V2
+  EF_HEXAGON_MACH_V3      = 0x00000002,   // Hexagon V3
+  EF_HEXAGON_MACH_V4      = 0x00000003,   // Hexagon V4
+  EF_HEXAGON_MACH_V5      = 0x00000004,   // Hexagon V5
+
+  // Highest ISA version flags
+  EF_HEXAGON_ISA_MACH     = 0x00000000,   // Same as specified in bits[3:0]
+                                          // of e_flags
+  EF_HEXAGON_ISA_V2       = 0x00000010,   // Hexagon V2 ISA
+  EF_HEXAGON_ISA_V3       = 0x00000020,   // Hexagon V3 ISA
+  EF_HEXAGON_ISA_V4       = 0x00000030,   // Hexagon V4 ISA
+  EF_HEXAGON_ISA_V5       = 0x00000040    // Hexagon V5 ISA
+};
+
+// Hexagon specific Section indexes for common small data
+// Release 5 ABI 
+enum {
+  SHN_HEXAGON_SCOMMON     = 0xff00,       // Other access sizes
+  SHN_HEXAGON_SCOMMON_1   = 0xff01,       // Byte-sized access
+  SHN_HEXAGON_SCOMMON_2   = 0xff02,       // Half-word-sized access
+  SHN_HEXAGON_SCOMMON_4   = 0xff03,       // Word-sized access
+  SHN_HEXAGON_SCOMMON_8   = 0xff04        // Double-word-size access
+};   
+
 // ELF Relocation types for Hexagon
-// Release 5 ABI - Document: 80-V9418-3 Rev. J
+// Release 5 ABI
 enum {
   R_HEX_NONE              =  0,
   R_HEX_B22_PCREL         =  1,
@@ -1103,6 +1148,9 @@
   PT_PHDR    = 6, // The program header table itself.
   PT_TLS     = 7, // The thread-local storage template.
   PT_LOOS    = 0x60000000, // Lowest operating system-specific pt entry type.
+  PT_HIOS    = 0x6fffffff, // Highest operating system-specific pt entry type.
+  PT_LOPROC  = 0x70000000, // Lowest processor-specific program hdr entry type.
+  PT_HIPROC  = 0x7fffffff, // Highest processor-specific program hdr entry type.
 
   // x86-64 program header types.
   // These all contain stack unwind tables.
@@ -1113,9 +1161,11 @@
   PT_GNU_STACK  = 0x6474e551, // Indicates stack executability.
   PT_GNU_RELRO  = 0x6474e552, // Read-only after relocation.
 
-  PT_HIOS    = 0x6fffffff, // Highest operating system-specific pt entry type.
-  PT_LOPROC  = 0x70000000, // Lowest processor-specific program hdr entry type.
-  PT_HIPROC  = 0x7fffffff  // Highest processor-specific program hdr entry type.
+  // ARM program header types.
+  PT_ARM_ARCHEXT = 0x70000000, // Platform architecture compatibility information
+  // These all contain stack unwind tables.
+  PT_ARM_EXIDX   = 0x70000001,
+  PT_ARM_UNWIND  = 0x70000001
 };
 
 // Segment flag bits.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/FileOutputBuffer.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/FileOutputBuffer.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/FileOutputBuffer.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/FileOutputBuffer.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -78,10 +78,11 @@
   ~FileOutputBuffer();
 
   
+private:
+  FileOutputBuffer(const FileOutputBuffer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  FileOutputBuffer &operator=(const FileOutputBuffer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 protected:
-  FileOutputBuffer(const FileOutputBuffer &); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  FileOutputBuffer &operator=(const FileOutputBuffer &); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  FileOutputBuffer(uint8_t *Start, uint8_t *End, 
+  FileOutputBuffer(uint8_t *Start, uint8_t *End,
                     StringRef Path, StringRef TempPath);
     
   uint8_t            *BufferStart;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/FileSystem.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/FileSystem.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/FileSystem.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/FileSystem.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_FILE_SYSTEM_H
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/IntrusiveRefCntPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
@@ -39,7 +40,7 @@
 #include <string>
 #include <vector>
 
-#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -279,7 +280,7 @@
 /// @brief Get the current path.
 ///
 /// @param result Holds the current path on return.
-/// @results errc::success if the current path has been stored in result,
+/// @returns errc::success if the current path has been stored in result,
 ///          otherwise a platform specific error_code.
 error_code current_path(SmallVectorImpl<char> &result);
 
@@ -288,7 +289,7 @@
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param existed Set to true if \a path existed, false if it did not.
 ///                undefined otherwise.
-/// @results errc::success if path has been removed and existed has been
+/// @returns errc::success if path has been removed and existed has been
 ///          successfully set, otherwise a platform specific error_code.
 error_code remove(const Twine &path, bool &existed);
 
@@ -297,7 +298,7 @@
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param num_removed Number of files removed.
-/// @results errc::success if path has been removed and num_removed has been
+/// @returns errc::success if path has been removed and num_removed has been
 ///          successfully set, otherwise a platform specific error_code.
 error_code remove_all(const Twine &path, uint32_t &num_removed);
 
@@ -322,7 +323,7 @@
 /// @brief Does file exist?
 ///
 /// @param status A file_status previously returned from stat.
-/// @results True if the file represented by status exists, false if it does
+/// @returns True if the file represented by status exists, false if it does
 ///          not.
 bool exists(file_status status);
 
@@ -331,7 +332,7 @@
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param result Set to true if the file represented by status exists, false if
 ///               it does not. Undefined otherwise.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code exists(const Twine &path, bool &result);
 
@@ -349,7 +350,7 @@
 ///
 /// assert(status_known(A) || status_known(B));
 ///
-/// @results True if A and B both represent the same file system entity, false
+/// @returns True if A and B both represent the same file system entity, false
 ///          otherwise.
 bool equivalent(file_status A, file_status B);
 
@@ -361,7 +362,7 @@
 /// @param B Input path B.
 /// @param result Set to true if stat(A) and stat(B) have the same device and
 ///               inode (or equivalent).
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code equivalent(const Twine &A, const Twine &B, bool &result);
 
@@ -383,7 +384,7 @@
 /// @brief Does status represent a directory?
 ///
 /// @param status A file_status previously returned from status.
-/// @results status.type() == file_type::directory_file.
+/// @returns status.type() == file_type::directory_file.
 bool is_directory(file_status status);
 
 /// @brief Is path a directory?
@@ -391,14 +392,14 @@
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param result Set to true if \a path is a directory, false if it is not.
 ///               Undefined otherwise.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code is_directory(const Twine &path, bool &result);
 
 /// @brief Does status represent a regular file?
 ///
 /// @param status A file_status previously returned from status.
-/// @results status_known(status) && status.type() == file_type::regular_file.
+/// @returns status_known(status) && status.type() == file_type::regular_file.
 bool is_regular_file(file_status status);
 
 /// @brief Is path a regular file?
@@ -406,7 +407,7 @@
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param result Set to true if \a path is a regular file, false if it is not.
 ///               Undefined otherwise.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code is_regular_file(const Twine &path, bool &result);
 
@@ -414,7 +415,7 @@
 ///        directory, regular file, or symlink?
 ///
 /// @param status A file_status previously returned from status.
-/// @results exists(s) && !is_regular_file(s) && !is_directory(s) &&
+/// @returns exists(s) && !is_regular_file(s) && !is_directory(s) &&
 ///          !is_symlink(s)
 bool is_other(file_status status);
 
@@ -424,14 +425,14 @@
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param result Set to true if \a path exists, but is not a directory, regular
 ///               file, or a symlink, false if it does not. Undefined otherwise.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code is_other(const Twine &path, bool &result);
 
 /// @brief Does status represent a symlink?
 ///
 /// @param status A file_status previously returned from stat.
-/// @param result status.type() == symlink_file.
+/// @returns status.type() == symlink_file.
 bool is_symlink(file_status status);
 
 /// @brief Is path a symlink?
@@ -439,7 +440,7 @@
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param result Set to true if \a path is a symlink, false if it is not.
 ///               Undefined otherwise.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code is_symlink(const Twine &path, bool &result);
 
@@ -447,28 +448,28 @@
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param result Set to the file status.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code status(const Twine &path, file_status &result);
 
 /// @brief Modifies permission bits on a file
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
-/// @results errc::success if permissions have been changed, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if permissions have been changed, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code permissions(const Twine &path, perms prms);
 
 /// @brief Is status available?
 ///
-/// @param path Input path.
-/// @results True if status() != status_error.
+/// @param s Input file status.
+/// @returns True if status() != status_error.
 bool status_known(file_status s);
 
 /// @brief Is status available?
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param result Set to true if status() != status_error.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code status_known(const Twine &path, bool &result);
 
@@ -485,11 +486,11 @@
 /// clang-%%-%%-%%-%%-%%.s => /tmp/clang-a0-b1-c2-d3-e4.s
 ///
 /// @param model Name to base unique path off of.
-/// @param result_fs Set to the opened file's file descriptor.
+/// @param result_fd Set to the opened file's file descriptor.
 /// @param result_path Set to the opened file's absolute path.
-/// @param makeAbsolute If true and @model is not an absolute path, a temp
+/// @param makeAbsolute If true and \a model is not an absolute path, a temp
 ///        directory will be prepended.
-/// @results errc::success if result_{fd,path} have been successfully set,
+/// @returns errc::success if result_{fd,path} have been successfully set,
 ///          otherwise a platform specific error_code.
 error_code unique_file(const Twine &model, int &result_fd,
                        SmallVectorImpl<char> &result_path,
@@ -502,7 +503,7 @@
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param result Set to the canonicalized version of \a path.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code canonicalize(const Twine &path, SmallVectorImpl<char> &result);
 
@@ -510,7 +511,7 @@
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param magic Byte sequence to compare \a path's first len(magic) bytes to.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code has_magic(const Twine &path, const Twine &magic, bool &result);
 
@@ -521,7 +522,7 @@
 /// @param result Set to the first \a len bytes in the file pointed to by
 ///               \a path. Or the entire file if file_size(path) < len, in which
 ///               case result.size() returns the size of the file.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set,
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set,
 ///          errc::value_too_large if len is larger then the file pointed to by
 ///          \a path, otherwise a platform specific error_code.
 error_code get_magic(const Twine &path, uint32_t len,
@@ -534,14 +535,14 @@
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @param result Set to the type of file, or LLVMFileType::Unknown_FileType.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code identify_magic(const Twine &path, file_magic &result);
 
 /// @brief Get library paths the system linker uses.
 ///
 /// @param result Set to the list of system library paths.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code GetSystemLibraryPaths(SmallVectorImpl<std::string> &result);
 
@@ -549,7 +550,7 @@
 ///        + LLVM_LIB_SEARCH_PATH + LLVM_LIBDIR.
 ///
 /// @param result Set to the list of bitcode library paths.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code GetBitcodeLibraryPaths(SmallVectorImpl<std::string> &result);
 
@@ -562,7 +563,7 @@
 ///
 /// @param short_name Library name one would give to the system linker.
 /// @param result Set to the absolute path \a short_name represents.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code FindLibrary(const Twine &short_name, SmallVectorImpl<char> &result);
 
@@ -571,23 +572,99 @@
 /// @param argv0 The program name as it was spelled on the command line.
 /// @param MainAddr Address of some symbol in the executable (not in a library).
 /// @param result Set to the absolute path of the current executable.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code GetMainExecutable(const char *argv0, void *MainAddr,
                              SmallVectorImpl<char> &result);
 
+/// This class represents a memory mapped file. It is based on
+/// boost::iostreams::mapped_file.
+class mapped_file_region {
+  mapped_file_region() LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  mapped_file_region(mapped_file_region&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  mapped_file_region &operator =(mapped_file_region&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
+public:
+  enum mapmode {
+    readonly, ///< May only access map via const_data as read only.
+    readwrite, ///< May access map via data and modify it. Written to path.
+    priv ///< May modify via data, but changes are lost on destruction.
+  };
+
+private:
+  /// Platform specific mapping state.
+  mapmode Mode;
+  uint64_t Size;
+  void *Mapping;
+#ifdef LLVM_ON_WIN32
+  int FileDescriptor;
+  void *FileHandle;
+  void *FileMappingHandle;
+#endif
+
+  error_code init(int FD, uint64_t Offset);
+
+public:
+  typedef char char_type;
+
+#if LLVM_USE_RVALUE_REFERENCES
+  mapped_file_region(mapped_file_region&&);
+  mapped_file_region &operator =(mapped_file_region&&);
+#endif
+
+  /// Construct a mapped_file_region at \a path starting at \a offset of length
+  /// \a length and with access \a mode.
+  ///
+  /// \param path Path to the file to map. If it does not exist it will be
+  ///             created.
+  /// \param mode How to map the memory.
+  /// \param length Number of bytes to map in starting at \a offset. If the file
+  ///               is shorter than this, it will be extended. If \a length is
+  ///               0, the entire file will be mapped.
+  /// \param offset Byte offset from the beginning of the file where the map
+  ///               should begin. Must be a multiple of
+  ///               mapped_file_region::alignment().
+  /// \param ec This is set to errc::success if the map was constructed
+  ///           sucessfully. Otherwise it is set to a platform dependent error.
+  mapped_file_region(const Twine &path,
+                     mapmode mode,
+                     uint64_t length,
+                     uint64_t offset,
+                     error_code &ec);
+
+  /// \param fd An open file descriptor to map. mapped_file_region takes
+  ///           ownership. It must have been opended in the correct mode.
+  mapped_file_region(int fd,
+                     mapmode mode,
+                     uint64_t length,
+                     uint64_t offset,
+                     error_code &ec);
+
+  ~mapped_file_region();
+
+  mapmode flags() const;
+  uint64_t size() const;
+  char *data() const;
+
+  /// Get a const view of the data. Modifying this memory has undefined
+  /// behaivor.
+  const char *const_data() const;
+
+  /// \returns The minimum alignment offset must be.
+  static int alignment();
+};
 
 /// @brief Memory maps the contents of a file
 ///
 /// @param path Path to file to map.
 /// @param file_offset Byte offset in file where mapping should begin.
-/// @param size_t Byte length of range of the file to map.
+/// @param size Byte length of range of the file to map.
 /// @param map_writable If true, the file will be mapped in r/w such
 ///        that changes to the mapped buffer will be flushed back
 ///        to the file.  If false, the file will be mapped read-only
 ///        and the buffer will be read-only.
 /// @param result Set to the start address of the mapped buffer.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code map_file_pages(const Twine &path, off_t file_offset, size_t size,  
                           bool map_writable, void *&result);
@@ -597,7 +674,7 @@
 ///
 /// @param base Pointer to the start of the buffer.
 /// @param size Byte length of the range to unmmap.
-/// @results errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
+/// @returns errc::success if result has been successfully set, otherwise a
 ///          platform specific error_code.
 error_code unmap_file_pages(void *base, size_t size);
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Format.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Format.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Format.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Format.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -170,31 +170,47 @@
   }
 };
 
-/// format - This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
-/// This is typically used like:  OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
+/// This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
+///
+/// This is typically used like:
+/// \code
+///   OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
+/// \endcode
 template <typename T>
 inline format_object1<T> format(const char *Fmt, const T &Val) {
   return format_object1<T>(Fmt, Val);
 }
 
-/// format - This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
-/// This is typically used like:  OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
+/// This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
+///
+/// This is typically used like:
+/// \code
+///   OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
+/// \endcode
 template <typename T1, typename T2>
 inline format_object2<T1, T2> format(const char *Fmt, const T1 &Val1,
                                      const T2 &Val2) {
   return format_object2<T1, T2>(Fmt, Val1, Val2);
 }
 
-/// format - This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
-/// This is typically used like:  OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
+/// This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
+///
+/// This is typically used like:
+/// \code
+///   OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
+/// \endcode
 template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
   inline format_object3<T1, T2, T3> format(const char *Fmt, const T1 &Val1,
                                            const T2 &Val2, const T3 &Val3) {
   return format_object3<T1, T2, T3>(Fmt, Val1, Val2, Val3);
 }
 
-/// format - This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
-/// This is typically used like:  OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
+/// This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
+///
+/// This is typically used like:
+/// \code
+///   OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
+/// \endcode
 template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>
 inline format_object4<T1, T2, T3, T4> format(const char *Fmt, const T1 &Val1,
                                              const T2 &Val2, const T3 &Val3,
@@ -202,8 +218,12 @@
   return format_object4<T1, T2, T3, T4>(Fmt, Val1, Val2, Val3, Val4);
 }
 
-/// format - This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
-/// This is typically used like:  OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
+/// This is a helper function that is used to produce formatted output.
+///
+/// This is typically used like:
+/// \code
+///   OS << format("%0.4f", myfloat) << '\n';
+/// \endcode
 template <typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>
 inline format_object5<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5> format(const char *Fmt,const T1 &Val1,
                                              const T2 &Val2, const T3 &Val3,

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/FormattedStream.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/FormattedStream.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/FormattedStream.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/FormattedStream.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -55,14 +55,15 @@
     ///
     const char *Scanned;
 
-    virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size);
+    virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 
     /// current_pos - Return the current position within the stream,
     /// not counting the bytes currently in the buffer.
-    virtual uint64_t current_pos() const { 
-      // This has the same effect as calling TheStream.current_pos(),
-      // but that interface is private.
-      return TheStream->tell() - TheStream->GetNumBytesInBuffer();
+    virtual uint64_t current_pos() const LLVM_OVERRIDE {
+      // Our current position in the stream is all the contents which have been
+      // written to the underlying stream (*not* the current position of the
+      // underlying stream).
+      return TheStream->tell();
     }
 
     /// ComputeColumn - Examine the given output buffer and figure out which

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/GCOV.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/GCOV.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/GCOV.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/GCOV.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -27,13 +27,15 @@
 class GCOVLines;
 class FileInfo;
 
-enum GCOVFormat {
-  InvalidGCOV,
-  GCNO_402,
-  GCNO_404,
-  GCDA_402,
-  GCDA_404
-};
+namespace GCOV {
+  enum GCOVFormat {
+    InvalidGCOV,
+    GCNO_402,
+    GCNO_404,
+    GCDA_402,
+    GCDA_404
+  };
+} // end GCOV namespace
 
 /// GCOVBuffer - A wrapper around MemoryBuffer to provide GCOV specific
 /// read operations.
@@ -42,20 +44,20 @@
   GCOVBuffer(MemoryBuffer *B) : Buffer(B), Cursor(0) {}
   
   /// readGCOVFormat - Read GCOV signature at the beginning of buffer.
-  enum GCOVFormat readGCOVFormat() {
+  GCOV::GCOVFormat readGCOVFormat() {
     StringRef Magic = Buffer->getBuffer().slice(0, 12);
     Cursor = 12;
     if (Magic == "oncg*404MVLL")
-      return GCNO_404;
+      return GCOV::GCNO_404;
     else if (Magic == "oncg*204MVLL")
-      return GCNO_402;
+      return GCOV::GCNO_402;
     else if (Magic == "adcg*404MVLL")
-      return GCDA_404;
+      return GCOV::GCDA_404;
     else if (Magic == "adcg*204MVLL")
-      return GCDA_402;
+      return GCOV::GCDA_402;
     
     Cursor = 0;
-    return InvalidGCOV;
+    return GCOV::InvalidGCOV;
   }
 
   /// readFunctionTag - If cursor points to a function tag then increment the
@@ -128,7 +130,7 @@
     StringRef Str = Buffer->getBuffer().slice(Cursor, Cursor+4);
     assert (Str.empty() == false && "Unexpected memory buffer end!");
     Cursor += 4;
-    Result = *(uint32_t *)(Str.data());
+    Result = *(const uint32_t *)(Str.data());
     return Result;
   }
 
@@ -170,7 +172,7 @@
 public:
   GCOVFunction() : Ident(0), LineNumber(0) {}
   ~GCOVFunction();
-  bool read(GCOVBuffer &Buffer, GCOVFormat Format);
+  bool read(GCOVBuffer &Buffer, GCOV::GCOVFormat Format);
   void dump();
   void collectLineCounts(FileInfo &FI);
 private:

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -209,6 +209,9 @@
   RetTy visitMemMoveInst(MemMoveInst &I)          { DELEGATE(MemTransferInst); }
   RetTy visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &I)  { DELEGATE(MemIntrinsic); }
   RetTy visitMemIntrinsic(MemIntrinsic &I)        { DELEGATE(IntrinsicInst); }
+  RetTy visitVAStartInst(VAStartInst &I)          { DELEGATE(IntrinsicInst); }
+  RetTy visitVAEndInst(VAEndInst &I)              { DELEGATE(IntrinsicInst); }
+  RetTy visitVACopyInst(VACopyInst &I)            { DELEGATE(IntrinsicInst); }
   RetTy visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &I)      { DELEGATE(CallInst); }
 
   // Call and Invoke are slightly different as they delegate first through
@@ -262,6 +265,9 @@
       case Intrinsic::memcpy:      DELEGATE(MemCpyInst);
       case Intrinsic::memmove:     DELEGATE(MemMoveInst);
       case Intrinsic::memset:      DELEGATE(MemSetInst);
+      case Intrinsic::vastart:     DELEGATE(VAStartInst);
+      case Intrinsic::vaend:       DELEGATE(VAEndInst);
+      case Intrinsic::vacopy:      DELEGATE(VACopyInst);
       case Intrinsic::not_intrinsic: break;
       }
     }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/IntegersSubset.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/IntegersSubset.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/IntegersSubset.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/IntegersSubset.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -411,8 +411,8 @@
   unsigned getSize() const {
     APInt sz(((const APInt&)getItem(0).getLow()).getBitWidth(), 0);
     for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumItems(); i != e; ++i) {
-      const APInt &Low = getItem(i).getLow();
-      const APInt &High = getItem(i).getHigh();
+      const APInt Low = getItem(i).getLow();
+      const APInt High = getItem(i).getHigh();
       APInt S = High - Low + 1;
       sz += S;
     }
@@ -426,8 +426,8 @@
   APInt getSingleValue(unsigned idx) const {
     APInt sz(((const APInt&)getItem(0).getLow()).getBitWidth(), 0);
     for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumItems(); i != e; ++i) {
-      const APInt &Low = getItem(i).getLow();
-      const APInt &High = getItem(i).getHigh();
+      const APInt Low = getItem(i).getLow();
+      const APInt High = getItem(i).getHigh();
       APInt S = High - Low + 1;
       APInt oldSz = sz;
       sz += S;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/IntegersSubsetMapping.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/IntegersSubsetMapping.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/IntegersSubsetMapping.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/IntegersSubsetMapping.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@
   struct RangeEx : public RangeTy {
     RangeEx() : Weight(1) {}
     RangeEx(const RangeTy &R) : RangeTy(R), Weight(1) {}
+    RangeEx(const RangeTy &R, unsigned W) : RangeTy(R), Weight(W) {}
     RangeEx(const IntTy &C) : RangeTy(C), Weight(1) {}
     RangeEx(const IntTy &L, const IntTy &H) : RangeTy(L, H), Weight(1) {}
     RangeEx(const IntTy &L, const IntTy &H, unsigned W) :
@@ -316,13 +317,13 @@
     Items.clear();
     const IntTy *Low = &OldItems.begin()->first.getLow();
     const IntTy *High = &OldItems.begin()->first.getHigh();
-    unsigned Weight = 1;
+    unsigned Weight = OldItems.begin()->first.Weight;
     SuccessorClass *Successor = OldItems.begin()->second;
     for (CaseItemIt j = OldItems.begin(), i = j++, e = OldItems.end();
          j != e; i = j++) {
       if (isJoinable(i, j)) {
         const IntTy *CurHigh = &j->first.getHigh();
-        ++Weight;
+        Weight += j->first.Weight;
         if (*CurHigh > *High)
           High = CurHigh;
       } else {
@@ -330,7 +331,7 @@
         add(R, Successor);
         Low = &j->first.getLow();
         High = &j->first.getHigh(); 
-        Weight = 1;
+        Weight = j->first.Weight;
         Successor = j->second;
       }
     }
@@ -362,10 +363,17 @@
   
   /// Adds all ranges and values from given ranges set to the current
   /// mapping.
-  void add(const IntegersSubsetTy &CRS, SuccessorClass *S = 0) {
+  void add(const IntegersSubsetTy &CRS, SuccessorClass *S = 0,
+           unsigned Weight = 0) {
+    unsigned ItemWeight = 1;
+    if (Weight)
+      // Weight is associated with CRS, for now we perform a division to
+      // get the weight for each item.
+      ItemWeight = Weight / CRS.getNumItems();
     for (unsigned i = 0, e = CRS.getNumItems(); i < e; ++i) {
       RangeTy R = CRS.getItem(i);
-      add(R, S);
+      RangeEx REx(R, ItemWeight);
+      add(REx, S);
     }
   }
   

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/LEB128.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/LEB128.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/LEB128.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/LEB128.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -15,11 +15,11 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SYSTEM_LEB128_H
 #define LLVM_SYSTEM_LEB128_H
 
-#include <llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h>
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
 
-/// Utility function to encode a SLEB128 value.
+/// Utility function to encode a SLEB128 value to an output stream.
 static inline void encodeSLEB128(int64_t Value, raw_ostream &OS) {
   bool More;
   do {
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
   } while (More);
 }
 
-/// Utility function to encode a ULEB128 value.
+/// Utility function to encode a ULEB128 value to an output stream.
 static inline void encodeULEB128(uint64_t Value, raw_ostream &OS,
                                  unsigned Padding = 0) {
   do {
@@ -53,6 +53,43 @@
   }
 }
 
+/// Utility function to encode a ULEB128 value to a buffer. Returns
+/// the length in bytes of the encoded value.
+static inline unsigned encodeULEB128(uint64_t Value, uint8_t *p,
+                                     unsigned Padding = 0) {
+  uint8_t *orig_p = p;
+  do {
+    uint8_t Byte = Value & 0x7f;
+    Value >>= 7;
+    if (Value != 0 || Padding != 0)
+      Byte |= 0x80; // Mark this byte that that more bytes will follow.
+    *p++ = Byte;
+  } while (Value != 0);
+
+  // Pad with 0x80 and emit a null byte at the end.
+  if (Padding != 0) {
+    for (; Padding != 1; --Padding)
+      *p++ = '\x80';
+    *p++ = '\x00';
+  }
+  return (unsigned)(p - orig_p);
+}
+
+
+/// Utility function to decode a ULEB128 value.
+static inline uint64_t decodeULEB128(const uint8_t *p, unsigned *n = 0) {
+  const uint8_t *orig_p = p;
+  uint64_t Value = 0;
+  unsigned Shift = 0;
+  do {
+    Value += (*p & 0x7f) << Shift;
+    Shift += 7;
+  } while (*p++ >= 128);
+  if (n)
+    *n = (unsigned)(p - orig_p);
+  return Value;
+}
+
 }  // namespace llvm
 
 #endif  // LLVM_SYSTEM_LEB128_H

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/LockFileManager.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/LockFileManager.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/LockFileManager.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/LockFileManager.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
   Optional<std::pair<std::string, int> > Owner;
   Optional<error_code> Error;
 
-  LockFileManager(const LockFileManager &);
-  LockFileManager &operator=(const LockFileManager &);
+  LockFileManager(const LockFileManager &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  LockFileManager &operator=(const LockFileManager &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   static Optional<std::pair<std::string, int> >
   readLockFile(StringRef LockFileName);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/MathExtras.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/MathExtras.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/MathExtras.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/MathExtras.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -431,21 +431,22 @@
   return A + 1;
 }
 
-/// RoundUpToAlignment - Returns the next integer (mod 2**64) that is
-/// greater than or equal to \arg Value and is a multiple of \arg
-/// Align. Align must be non-zero.
+/// Returns the next integer (mod 2**64) that is greater than or equal to
+/// \p Value and is a multiple of \p Align. \p Align must be non-zero.
 ///
 /// Examples:
-/// RoundUpToAlignment(5, 8) = 8
-/// RoundUpToAlignment(17, 8) = 24
-/// RoundUpToAlignment(~0LL, 8) = 0
+/// \code
+///   RoundUpToAlignment(5, 8) = 8
+///   RoundUpToAlignment(17, 8) = 24
+///   RoundUpToAlignment(~0LL, 8) = 0
+/// \endcode
 inline uint64_t RoundUpToAlignment(uint64_t Value, uint64_t Align) {
   return ((Value + Align - 1) / Align) * Align;
 }
 
-/// OffsetToAlignment - Return the offset to the next integer (mod 2**64) that
-/// is greater than or equal to \arg Value and is a multiple of \arg
-/// Align. Align must be non-zero.
+/// Returns the offset to the next integer (mod 2**64) that is greater than
+/// or equal to \p Value and is a multiple of \p Align. \p Align must be
+/// non-zero.
 inline uint64_t OffsetToAlignment(uint64_t Value, uint64_t Align) {
   return RoundUpToAlignment(Value, Align) - Value;
 }
@@ -463,12 +464,24 @@
   return int32_t(x << (32 - B)) >> (32 - B);
 }
 
+/// \brief Sign extend number in the bottom B bits of X to a 32-bit int.
+/// Requires 0 < B <= 32.
+inline int32_t SignExtend32(uint32_t X, unsigned B) {
+  return int32_t(X << (32 - B)) >> (32 - B);
+}
+
 /// SignExtend64 - Sign extend B-bit number x to 64-bit int.
 /// Usage int64_t r = SignExtend64<5>(x);
 template <unsigned B> inline int64_t SignExtend64(uint64_t x) {
   return int64_t(x << (64 - B)) >> (64 - B);
 }
 
+/// \brief Sign extend number in the bottom B bits of X to a 64-bit int.
+/// Requires 0 < B <= 64.
+inline int64_t SignExtend64(uint64_t X, unsigned B) {
+  return int64_t(X << (64 - B)) >> (64 - B);
+}
+
 } // End llvm namespace
 
 #endif

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Memory.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Memory.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Memory.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Memory.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 #define LLVM_SYSTEM_MEMORY_H
 
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/system_error.h"
 #include <string>
 
 namespace llvm {
@@ -43,6 +44,70 @@
   /// @brief An abstraction for memory operations.
   class Memory {
   public:
+    enum ProtectionFlags {
+      MF_READ  = 0x1000000,
+      MF_WRITE = 0x2000000,
+      MF_EXEC  = 0x4000000
+    };
+
+    /// This method allocates a block of memory that is suitable for loading
+    /// dynamically generated code (e.g. JIT). An attempt to allocate
+    /// \p NumBytes bytes of virtual memory is made.
+    /// \p NearBlock may point to an existing allocation in which case
+    /// an attempt is made to allocate more memory near the existing block.
+    /// The actual allocated address is not guaranteed to be near the requested
+    /// address.
+    /// \p Flags is used to set the initial protection flags for the block
+    /// of the memory.
+    /// \p EC [out] returns an object describing any error that occurs.
+    ///
+    /// This method may allocate more than the number of bytes requested.  The
+    /// actual number of bytes allocated is indicated in the returned
+    /// MemoryBlock.
+    ///
+    /// The start of the allocated block must be aligned with the
+    /// system allocation granularity (64K on Windows, page size on Linux).
+    /// If the address following \p NearBlock is not so aligned, it will be
+    /// rounded up to the next allocation granularity boundary.
+    ///
+    /// \r a non-null MemoryBlock if the function was successful, 
+    /// otherwise a null MemoryBlock is with \p EC describing the error.
+    ///
+    /// @brief Allocate mapped memory.
+    static MemoryBlock allocateMappedMemory(size_t NumBytes,
+                                            const MemoryBlock *const NearBlock,
+                                            unsigned Flags,
+                                            error_code &EC);
+
+    /// This method releases a block of memory that was allocated with the
+    /// allocateMappedMemory method. It should not be used to release any
+    /// memory block allocated any other way.
+    /// \p Block describes the memory to be released.
+    ///
+    /// \r error_success if the function was successful, or an error_code
+    /// describing the failure if an error occurred.
+    /// 
+    /// @brief Release mapped memory.
+    static error_code releaseMappedMemory(MemoryBlock &Block);
+
+    /// This method sets the protection flags for a block of memory to the
+    /// state specified by /p Flags.  The behavior is not specified if the
+    /// memory was not allocated using the allocateMappedMemory method.
+    /// \p Block describes the memory block to be protected.
+    /// \p Flags specifies the new protection state to be assigned to the block.
+    /// \p ErrMsg [out] returns a string describing any error that occured.
+    ///
+    /// If \p Flags is MF_WRITE, the actual behavior varies
+    /// with the operating system (i.e. MF_READ | MF_WRITE on Windows) and the
+    /// target architecture (i.e. MF_WRITE -> MF_READ | MF_WRITE on i386).
+    ///
+    /// \r error_success if the function was successful, or an error_code
+    /// describing the failure if an error occurred.
+    ///
+    /// @brief Set memory protection state.
+    static error_code protectMappedMemory(const MemoryBlock &Block,
+                                          unsigned Flags);
+
     /// This method allocates a block of Read/Write/Execute memory that is
     /// suitable for executing dynamically generated code (e.g. JIT). An
     /// attempt to allocate \p NumBytes bytes of virtual memory is made.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_MEMORYBUFFER_H
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
@@ -36,8 +37,8 @@
   const char *BufferStart; // Start of the buffer.
   const char *BufferEnd;   // End of the buffer.
 
-  MemoryBuffer(const MemoryBuffer &); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  MemoryBuffer &operator=(const MemoryBuffer &); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  MemoryBuffer(const MemoryBuffer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  MemoryBuffer &operator=(const MemoryBuffer &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 protected:
   MemoryBuffer() {}
   void init(const char *BufStart, const char *BufEnd,

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Mutex.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Mutex.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Mutex.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Mutex.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SYSTEM_MUTEX_H
 #define LLVM_SYSTEM_MUTEX_H
 
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Threading.h"
 #include <cassert>
 
@@ -75,8 +76,8 @@
     /// @name Do Not Implement
     /// @{
     private:
-      MutexImpl(const MutexImpl & original);
-      void operator=(const MutexImpl &);
+      MutexImpl(const MutexImpl &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+      void operator=(const MutexImpl &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
     /// @}
     };
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/MutexGuard.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/MutexGuard.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/MutexGuard.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/MutexGuard.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
   /// @brief Guard a section of code with a Mutex.
   class MutexGuard {
     sys::Mutex &M;
-    MutexGuard(const MutexGuard &);    // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-    void operator=(const MutexGuard &); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+    MutexGuard(const MutexGuard &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const MutexGuard &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   public:
     MutexGuard(sys::Mutex &m) : M(m) { M.acquire(); }
     ~MutexGuard() { M.release(); }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/NoFolder.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/NoFolder.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/NoFolder.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/NoFolder.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -181,6 +181,12 @@
                                 ArrayRef<Constant *> IdxList) const {
     return ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C, IdxList);
   }
+  Constant *CreateGetElementPtr(Constant *C, Constant *Idx) const {
+    // This form of the function only exists to avoid ambiguous overload
+    // warnings about whether to convert Idx to ArrayRef<Constant *> or
+    // ArrayRef<Value *>.
+    return ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(C, Idx);
+  }
   Instruction *CreateGetElementPtr(Constant *C,
                                    ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList) const {
     return GetElementPtrInst::Create(C, IdxList);
@@ -190,6 +196,12 @@
                                         ArrayRef<Constant *> IdxList) const {
     return ConstantExpr::getInBoundsGetElementPtr(C, IdxList);
   }
+  Constant *CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(Constant *C, Constant *Idx) const {
+    // This form of the function only exists to avoid ambiguous overload
+    // warnings about whether to convert Idx to ArrayRef<Constant *> or
+    // ArrayRef<Value *>.
+    return ConstantExpr::getInBoundsGetElementPtr(C, Idx);
+  }
   Instruction *CreateInBoundsGetElementPtr(Constant *C,
                                            ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList) const {
     return GetElementPtrInst::CreateInBounds(C, IdxList);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/PathV1.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/PathV1.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/PathV1.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/PathV1.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -683,8 +683,8 @@
       /// This function returns status information about the file. The type of
       /// path (file or directory) is updated to reflect the actual contents
       /// of the file system.
-      /// @returns 0 on failure, with Error explaining why (if non-zero)
-      /// @returns a pointer to a FileStatus structure on success.
+      /// @returns 0 on failure, with Error explaining why (if non-zero),
+      /// otherwise returns a pointer to a FileStatus structure on success.
       /// @brief Get file status.
       const FileStatus *getFileStatus(
         bool forceUpdate = false, ///< Force an update from the file system

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/PathV2.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/PathV2.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/PathV2.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/PathV2.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -39,13 +39,14 @@
 /// The backwards traversal order is the reverse of forward traversal.
 ///
 /// Iteration examples. Each component is separated by ',':
-/// /          => /
-/// /foo       => /,foo
-/// foo/       => foo,.
-/// /foo/bar   => /,foo,bar
-/// ../        => ..,.
-/// C:\foo\bar => C:,/,foo,bar
-///
+/// @code
+///   /          => /
+///   /foo       => /,foo
+///   foo/       => foo,.
+///   /foo/bar   => /,foo,bar
+///   ../        => ..,.
+///   C:\foo\bar => C:,/,foo,bar
+/// @endcode
 class const_iterator {
   StringRef Path;      ///< The entire path.
   StringRef Component; ///< The current component. Not necessarily in Path.
@@ -107,18 +108,22 @@
 
 /// @brief Remove the last component from \a path unless it is the root dir.
 ///
-/// directory/filename.cpp => directory/
-/// directory/             => directory
-/// /                      => /
+/// @code
+///   directory/filename.cpp => directory/
+///   directory/             => directory
+///   /                      => /
+/// @endcode
 ///
 /// @param path A path that is modified to not have a file component.
 void remove_filename(SmallVectorImpl<char> &path);
 
 /// @brief Replace the file extension of \a path with \a extension.
 ///
-/// ./filename.cpp => ./filename.extension
-/// ./filename     => ./filename.extension
-/// ./             => ./.extension
+/// @code
+///   ./filename.cpp => ./filename.extension
+///   ./filename     => ./filename.extension
+///   ./             => ./.extension
+/// @endcode
 ///
 /// @param path A path that has its extension replaced with \a extension.
 /// @param extension The extension to be added. It may be empty. It may also
@@ -128,12 +133,14 @@
 
 /// @brief Append to path.
 ///
-/// /foo  + bar/f => /foo/bar/f
-/// /foo/ + bar/f => /foo/bar/f
-/// foo   + bar/f => foo/bar/f
+/// @code
+///   /foo  + bar/f => /foo/bar/f
+///   /foo/ + bar/f => /foo/bar/f
+///   foo   + bar/f => foo/bar/f
+/// @endcode
 ///
 /// @param path Set to \a path + \a component.
-/// @param component The component to be appended to \a path.
+/// @param a The component to be appended to \a path.
 void append(SmallVectorImpl<char> &path, const Twine &a,
                                          const Twine &b = "",
                                          const Twine &c = "",
@@ -141,9 +148,11 @@
 
 /// @brief Append to path.
 ///
-/// /foo  + [bar,f] => /foo/bar/f
-/// /foo/ + [bar,f] => /foo/bar/f
-/// foo   + [bar,f] => foo/bar/f
+/// @code
+///   /foo  + [bar,f] => /foo/bar/f
+///   /foo/ + [bar,f] => /foo/bar/f
+///   foo   + [bar,f] => foo/bar/f
+/// @endcode
 ///
 /// @param path Set to \a path + [\a begin, \a end).
 /// @param begin Start of components to append.
@@ -169,9 +178,11 @@
 
 /// @brief Get root name.
 ///
-/// //net/hello => //net
-/// c:/hello    => c: (on Windows, on other platforms nothing)
-/// /hello      => <empty>
+/// @code
+///   //net/hello => //net
+///   c:/hello    => c: (on Windows, on other platforms nothing)
+///   /hello      => <empty>
+/// @endcode
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @result The root name of \a path if it has one, otherwise "".
@@ -179,9 +190,11 @@
 
 /// @brief Get root directory.
 ///
-/// /goo/hello => /
-/// c:/hello   => /
-/// d/file.txt => <empty>
+/// @code
+///   /goo/hello => /
+///   c:/hello   => /
+///   d/file.txt => <empty>
+/// @endcode
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @result The root directory of \a path if it has one, otherwise
@@ -198,9 +211,11 @@
 
 /// @brief Get relative path.
 ///
-/// C:\hello\world => hello\world
-/// foo/bar        => foo/bar
-/// /foo/bar       => foo/bar
+/// @code
+///   C:\hello\world => hello\world
+///   foo/bar        => foo/bar
+///   /foo/bar       => foo/bar
+/// @endcode
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @result The path starting after root_path if one exists, otherwise "".
@@ -208,9 +223,11 @@
 
 /// @brief Get parent path.
 ///
-/// /          => <empty>
-/// /foo       => /
-/// foo/../bar => foo/..
+/// @code
+///   /          => <empty>
+///   /foo       => /
+///   foo/../bar => foo/..
+/// @endcode
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @result The parent path of \a path if one exists, otherwise "".
@@ -218,10 +235,12 @@
 
 /// @brief Get filename.
 ///
-/// /foo.txt    => foo.txt
-/// .          => .
-/// ..         => ..
-/// /          => /
+/// @code
+///   /foo.txt    => foo.txt
+///   .          => .
+///   ..         => ..
+///   /          => /
+/// @endcode
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @result The filename part of \a path. This is defined as the last component
@@ -234,11 +253,13 @@
 /// substring of filename ending at (but not including) the last dot. Otherwise
 /// it is filename.
 ///
-/// /foo/bar.txt => bar
-/// /foo/bar     => bar
-/// /foo/.txt    => <empty>
-/// /foo/.       => .
-/// /foo/..      => ..
+/// @code
+///   /foo/bar.txt => bar
+///   /foo/bar     => bar
+///   /foo/.txt    => <empty>
+///   /foo/.       => .
+///   /foo/..      => ..
+/// @endcode
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @result The stem of \a path.
@@ -250,9 +271,11 @@
 /// substring of filename starting at (and including) the last dot, and ending
 /// at the end of \a path. Otherwise "".
 ///
-/// /foo/bar.txt => .txt
-/// /foo/bar     => <empty>
-/// /foo/.txt    => .txt
+/// @code
+///   /foo/bar.txt => .txt
+///   /foo/bar     => <empty>
+///   /foo/.txt    => .txt
+/// @endcode
 ///
 /// @param path Input path.
 /// @result The extension of \a path.
@@ -272,7 +295,7 @@
 /// ignored if the user or system has set the typical environment variable
 /// (e.g., TEMP on Windows, TMPDIR on *nix) to specify a temporary directory.
 ///
-/// @param Result Holds the resulting path name.
+/// @param result Holds the resulting path name.
 void system_temp_directory(bool erasedOnReboot, SmallVectorImpl<char> &result);
 
 /// @brief Has root name?

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -16,6 +16,8 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_PRETTYSTACKTRACE_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_PRETTYSTACKTRACE_H
 
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
 namespace llvm {
   class raw_ostream;
 
@@ -32,8 +34,8 @@
   /// virtual stack trace.  This gets dumped out if the program crashes.
   class PrettyStackTraceEntry {
     const PrettyStackTraceEntry *NextEntry;
-    PrettyStackTraceEntry(const PrettyStackTraceEntry &); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-    void operator=(const PrettyStackTraceEntry&);         // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+    PrettyStackTraceEntry(const PrettyStackTraceEntry &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    void operator=(const PrettyStackTraceEntry&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   public:
     PrettyStackTraceEntry();
     virtual ~PrettyStackTraceEntry();
@@ -52,7 +54,7 @@
     const char *Str;
   public:
     PrettyStackTraceString(const char *str) : Str(str) {}
-    virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+    virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
   };
 
   /// PrettyStackTraceProgram - This object prints a specified program arguments
@@ -63,7 +65,7 @@
   public:
     PrettyStackTraceProgram(int argc, const char * const*argv)
       : ArgC(argc), ArgV(argv) {}
-    virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
+    virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
   };
 
 } // end namespace llvm

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Program.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Program.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Program.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Program.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
     void *Data_;
 
     // Noncopyable.
-    Program(const Program& other);
-    Program& operator=(const Program& other);
+    Program(const Program& other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+    Program& operator=(const Program& other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
     /// @name Methods
     /// @{

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/RWMutex.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/RWMutex.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/RWMutex.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/RWMutex.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SYSTEM_RWMUTEX_H
 #define LLVM_SYSTEM_RWMUTEX_H
 
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Threading.h"
 #include <cassert>
 
@@ -75,8 +76,8 @@
     /// @name Do Not Implement
     /// @{
     private:
-      RWMutexImpl(const RWMutexImpl & original);
-      void operator=(const RWMutexImpl &);
+      RWMutexImpl(const RWMutexImpl & original) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+      void operator=(const RWMutexImpl &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
     /// @}
     };
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Regex.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Regex.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Regex.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Regex.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
       Newline=2
     };
 
-    /// Compiles the given POSIX Extended Regular Expression \arg Regex.
+    /// Compiles the given POSIX Extended Regular Expression \p Regex.
     /// This implementation supports regexes and matching strings with embedded
     /// NUL characters.
     Regex(StringRef Regex, unsigned Flags = NoFlags);
@@ -51,17 +51,17 @@
     /// many entries plus one for the whole regex (as element 0).
     unsigned getNumMatches() const;
 
-    /// matches - Match the regex against a given \arg String.
+    /// matches - Match the regex against a given \p String.
     ///
     /// \param Matches - If given, on a successful match this will be filled in
-    /// with references to the matched group expressions (inside \arg String),
+    /// with references to the matched group expressions (inside \p String),
     /// the first group is always the entire pattern.
     ///
     /// This returns true on a successful match.
     bool match(StringRef String, SmallVectorImpl<StringRef> *Matches = 0);
 
     /// sub - Return the result of replacing the first match of the regex in
-    /// \arg String with the \arg Repl string. Backreferences like "\0" in the
+    /// \p String with the \p Repl string. Backreferences like "\0" in the
     /// replacement string are replaced with the appropriate match substring.
     ///
     /// Note that the replacement string has backslash escaping performed on

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Registry.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Registry.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Registry.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Registry.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
   /// is necessary to define an alternate traits class.
   template <typename T>
   class RegistryTraits {
-    RegistryTraits(); // Do not implement.
+    RegistryTraits() LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   public:
     typedef SimpleRegistryEntry<T> entry;
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
     class iterator;
 
   private:
-    Registry(); // Do not implement.
+    Registry() LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
     static void Announce(const entry &E) {
       for (listener *Cur = ListenerHead; Cur; Cur = Cur->Next)
@@ -120,6 +120,7 @@
     /// Abstract base class for registry listeners, which are informed when new
     /// entries are added to the registry. Simply subclass and instantiate:
     ///
+    /// \code
     ///   class CollectorPrinter : public Registry<Collector>::listener {
     ///   protected:
     ///     void registered(const Registry<Collector>::entry &e) {
@@ -131,7 +132,7 @@
     ///   };
     ///
     ///   CollectorPrinter Printer;
-    ///
+    /// \endcode
     class listener {
       listener *Prev, *Next;
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/SourceMgr.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/SourceMgr.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/SourceMgr.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/SourceMgr.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@
 
   DiagHandlerTy DiagHandler;
   void *DiagContext;
-  
-  SourceMgr(const SourceMgr&);    // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const SourceMgr&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+
+  SourceMgr(const SourceMgr&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const SourceMgr&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 public:
   SourceMgr() : LineNoCache(0), DiagHandler(0), DiagContext(0) {}
   ~SourceMgr();
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
   /// GetMessage - Return an SMDiagnostic at the specified location with the
   /// specified string.
   ///
-  /// @param Type - If non-null, the kind of message (e.g., "error") which is
+  /// @param Msg If non-null, the kind of message (e.g., "error") which is
   /// prefixed to the message.
   SMDiagnostic GetMessage(SMLoc Loc, DiagKind Kind, const Twine &Msg, 
                           ArrayRef<SMRange> Ranges = ArrayRef<SMRange>()) const;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/StreamableMemoryObject.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/StreamableMemoryObject.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/StreamableMemoryObject.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/StreamableMemoryObject.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
 #define STREAMABLEMEMORYOBJECT_H_
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/MemoryObject.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataStream.h"
 #include <vector>
@@ -107,14 +108,15 @@
 class StreamingMemoryObject : public StreamableMemoryObject {
 public:
   StreamingMemoryObject(DataStreamer *streamer);
-  virtual uint64_t getBase() const { return 0; }
-  virtual uint64_t getExtent() const;
-  virtual int readByte(uint64_t address, uint8_t* ptr) const;
+  virtual uint64_t getBase() const LLVM_OVERRIDE { return 0; }
+  virtual uint64_t getExtent() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  virtual int readByte(uint64_t address, uint8_t* ptr) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
   virtual int readBytes(uint64_t address,
                         uint64_t size,
                         uint8_t* buf,
-                        uint64_t* copied) const ;
-  virtual const uint8_t *getPointer(uint64_t address, uint64_t size) const {
+                        uint64_t* copied) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  virtual const uint8_t *getPointer(uint64_t address,
+                                    uint64_t size) const LLVM_OVERRIDE {
     // This could be fixed by ensuring the bytes are fetched and making a copy,
     // requiring that the bitcode size be known, or otherwise ensuring that
     // the memory doesn't go away/get reallocated, but it's
@@ -122,8 +124,8 @@
     assert(0 && "getPointer in streaming memory objects not allowed");
     return NULL;
   }
-  virtual bool isValidAddress(uint64_t address) const;
-  virtual bool isObjectEnd(uint64_t address) const;
+  virtual bool isValidAddress(uint64_t address) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  virtual bool isObjectEnd(uint64_t address) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 
   /// Drop s bytes from the front of the stream, pushing the positions of the
   /// remaining bytes down by s. This is used to skip past the bitcode header,
@@ -170,8 +172,8 @@
     return true;
   }
 
-  StreamingMemoryObject(const StreamingMemoryObject&);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const StreamingMemoryObject&);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  StreamingMemoryObject(const StreamingMemoryObject&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const StreamingMemoryObject&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 };
 
 StreamableMemoryObject *getNonStreamedMemoryObject(

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/TargetFolder.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/TargetFolder.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/TargetFolder.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/TargetFolder.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -26,11 +26,11 @@
 
 namespace llvm {
 
-class TargetData;
+class DataLayout;
 
 /// TargetFolder - Create constants with target dependent folding.
 class TargetFolder {
-  const TargetData *TD;
+  const DataLayout *TD;
 
   /// Fold - Fold the constant using target specific information.
   Constant *Fold(Constant *C) const {
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
   }
 
 public:
-  explicit TargetFolder(const TargetData *TheTD) : TD(TheTD) {}
+  explicit TargetFolder(const DataLayout *TheTD) : TD(TheTD) {}
 
   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   // Binary Operators
@@ -177,7 +177,14 @@
     return Fold(ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(C, DestTy, isSigned));
   }
   Constant *CreatePointerCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
-    return ConstantExpr::getPointerCast(C, DestTy);
+    if (C->getType() == DestTy)
+      return C; // avoid calling Fold
+    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getPointerCast(C, DestTy));
+  }
+  Constant *CreateFPCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
+    if (C->getType() == DestTy)
+      return C; // avoid calling Fold
+    return Fold(ConstantExpr::getFPCast(C, DestTy));
   }
   Constant *CreateBitCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy) const {
     return CreateCast(Instruction::BitCast, C, DestTy);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/TargetRegistry.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/TargetRegistry.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/TargetRegistry.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/TargetRegistry.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -93,7 +93,9 @@
                                                   CodeGenOpt::Level OL);
     typedef AsmPrinter *(*AsmPrinterCtorTy)(TargetMachine &TM,
                                             MCStreamer &Streamer);
-    typedef MCAsmBackend *(*MCAsmBackendCtorTy)(const Target &T, StringRef TT);
+    typedef MCAsmBackend *(*MCAsmBackendCtorTy)(const Target &T,
+                                                StringRef TT,
+                                                StringRef CPU);
     typedef MCTargetAsmLexer *(*MCAsmLexerCtorTy)(const Target &T,
                                                   const MCRegisterInfo &MRI,
                                                   const MCAsmInfo &MAI);
@@ -271,7 +273,7 @@
     /// createMCAsmInfo - Create a MCAsmInfo implementation for the specified
     /// target triple.
     ///
-    /// \arg Triple - This argument is used to determine the target machine
+    /// \param Triple This argument is used to determine the target machine
     /// feature set; it should always be provided. Generally this should be
     /// either the target triple from the module, or the target triple of the
     /// host if that does not exist.
@@ -317,12 +319,12 @@
 
     /// createMCSubtargetInfo - Create a MCSubtargetInfo implementation.
     ///
-    /// \arg Triple - This argument is used to determine the target machine
+    /// \param Triple This argument is used to determine the target machine
     /// feature set; it should always be provided. Generally this should be
     /// either the target triple from the module, or the target triple of the
     /// host if that does not exist.
-    /// \arg CPU - This specifies the name of the target CPU.
-    /// \arg Features - This specifies the string representation of the
+    /// \param CPU This specifies the name of the target CPU.
+    /// \param Features This specifies the string representation of the
     /// additional target features.
     MCSubtargetInfo *createMCSubtargetInfo(StringRef Triple, StringRef CPU,
                                            StringRef Features) const {
@@ -332,9 +334,9 @@
     }
 
     /// createTargetMachine - Create a target specific machine implementation
-    /// for the specified \arg Triple.
+    /// for the specified \p Triple.
     ///
-    /// \arg Triple - This argument is used to determine the target machine
+    /// \param Triple This argument is used to determine the target machine
     /// feature set; it should always be provided. Generally this should be
     /// either the target triple from the module, or the target triple of the
     /// host if that does not exist.
@@ -351,12 +353,11 @@
 
     /// createMCAsmBackend - Create a target specific assembly parser.
     ///
-    /// \arg Triple - The target triple string.
-    /// \arg Backend - The target independent assembler object.
-    MCAsmBackend *createMCAsmBackend(StringRef Triple) const {
+    /// \param Triple The target triple string.
+    MCAsmBackend *createMCAsmBackend(StringRef Triple, StringRef CPU) const {
       if (!MCAsmBackendCtorFn)
         return 0;
-      return MCAsmBackendCtorFn(*this, Triple);
+      return MCAsmBackendCtorFn(*this, Triple, CPU);
     }
 
     /// createMCAsmLexer - Create a target specific assembly lexer.
@@ -370,7 +371,7 @@
 
     /// createMCAsmParser - Create a target specific assembly parser.
     ///
-    /// \arg Parser - The target independent parser implementation to use for
+    /// \param Parser The target independent parser implementation to use for
     /// parsing and lexing.
     MCTargetAsmParser *createMCAsmParser(MCSubtargetInfo &STI,
                                          MCAsmParser &Parser) const {
@@ -416,13 +417,13 @@
 
     /// createMCObjectStreamer - Create a target specific MCStreamer.
     ///
-    /// \arg TT - The target triple.
-    /// \arg Ctx - The target context.
-    /// \arg TAB - The target assembler backend object. Takes ownership.
-    /// \arg _OS - The stream object.
-    /// \arg _Emitter - The target independent assembler object.Takes ownership.
-    /// \arg RelaxAll - Relax all fixups?
-    /// \arg NoExecStack - Mark file as not needing a executable stack.
+    /// \param TT The target triple.
+    /// \param Ctx The target context.
+    /// \param TAB The target assembler backend object. Takes ownership.
+    /// \param _OS The stream object.
+    /// \param _Emitter The target independent assembler object.Takes ownership.
+    /// \param RelaxAll Relax all fixups?
+    /// \param NoExecStack Mark file as not needing a executable stack.
     MCStreamer *createMCObjectStreamer(StringRef TT, MCContext &Ctx,
                                        MCAsmBackend &TAB,
                                        raw_ostream &_OS,
@@ -1063,8 +1064,9 @@
     }
 
   private:
-    static MCAsmBackend *Allocator(const Target &T, StringRef Triple) {
-      return new MCAsmBackendImpl(T, Triple);
+    static MCAsmBackend *Allocator(const Target &T, StringRef Triple,
+                                   StringRef CPU) {
+      return new MCAsmBackendImpl(T, Triple, CPU);
     }
   };
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Threading.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Threading.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Threading.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Threading.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -41,8 +41,8 @@
   /// before llvm_start_multithreaded().
   void llvm_release_global_lock();
 
-  /// llvm_execute_on_thread - Execute the given \arg UserFn on a separate
-  /// thread, passing it the provided \arg UserData.
+  /// llvm_execute_on_thread - Execute the given \p UserFn on a separate
+  /// thread, passing it the provided \p UserData.
   ///
   /// This function does not guarantee that the code will actually be executed
   /// on a separate thread or honoring the requested stack size, but tries to do

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/TimeValue.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/TimeValue.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/TimeValue.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/TimeValue.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -153,7 +153,6 @@
 
     /// Determine if \p this is greater than or equal to \p that.
     /// @returns True iff *this >= that.
-    /// @brief True if this >= that.
     int operator >= (const TimeValue &that) const {
       if ( this->seconds_ > that.seconds_ ) {
           return 1;
@@ -164,8 +163,7 @@
     }
 
     /// Determines if two TimeValue objects represent the same moment in time.
-    /// @brief True iff *this == that.
-    /// @brief True if this == that.
+    /// @returns True iff *this == that.
     int operator == (const TimeValue &that) const {
       return (this->seconds_ == that.seconds_) &&
              (this->nanos_ == that.nanos_);
@@ -173,8 +171,7 @@
 
     /// Determines if two TimeValue objects represent times that are not the
     /// same.
-    /// @return True iff *this != that.
-    /// @brief True if this != that.
+    /// @returns True iff *this != that.
     int operator != (const TimeValue &that) const { return !(*this == that); }
 
     /// Adds two TimeValue objects together.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Timer.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Timer.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Timer.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/Timer.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_TIMER_H
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_TIMER_H
 
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
 #include <cassert>
@@ -130,7 +131,7 @@
 ///
 class TimeRegion {
   Timer *T;
-  TimeRegion(const TimeRegion &); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  TimeRegion(const TimeRegion &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 public:
   explicit TimeRegion(Timer &t) : T(&t) {
     T->startTimer();
@@ -168,8 +169,8 @@
   std::vector<std::pair<TimeRecord, std::string> > TimersToPrint;
   
   TimerGroup **Prev, *Next; // Doubly linked list of TimerGroup's.
-  TimerGroup(const TimerGroup &TG);      // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const TimerGroup &TG);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  TimerGroup(const TimerGroup &TG) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const TimerGroup &TG) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 public:
   explicit TimerGroup(StringRef name);
   ~TimerGroup();

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/ValueHandle.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/ValueHandle.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/ValueHandle.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/ValueHandle.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -59,8 +59,8 @@
   // pair. The 'setValPtrInt' and 'getValPtrInt' methods below give them this
   // access.
   PointerIntPair<Value*, 2> VP;
-  
-  explicit ValueHandleBase(const ValueHandleBase&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT.
+
+  ValueHandleBase(const ValueHandleBase&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 public:
   explicit ValueHandleBase(HandleBaseKind Kind)
     : PrevPair(0, Kind), Next(0), VP(0, 0) {}
@@ -110,11 +110,12 @@
            V != DenseMapInfo<Value *>::getTombstoneKey();
   }
 
-private:
+public:
   // Callbacks made from Value.
   static void ValueIsDeleted(Value *V);
   static void ValueIsRAUWd(Value *Old, Value *New);
 
+private:
   // Internal implementation details.
   ValueHandleBase **getPrevPtr() const { return PrevPair.getPointer(); }
   HandleBaseKind getKind() const { return PrevPair.getInt(); }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/YAMLParser.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/YAMLParser.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/YAMLParser.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/YAMLParser.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -133,7 +133,6 @@
   virtual void skip() {}
 
   unsigned int getType() const { return TypeID; }
-  static inline bool classof(const Node *) { return true; }
 
   void *operator new ( size_t Size
                      , BumpPtrAllocator &Alloc
@@ -166,7 +165,6 @@
 public:
   NullNode(OwningPtr<Document> &D) : Node(NK_Null, D, StringRef()) {}
 
-  static inline bool classof(const NullNode *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Node *N) {
     return N->getType() == NK_Null;
   }
@@ -199,7 +197,6 @@
   ///        This happens with escaped characters and multi-line literals.
   StringRef getValue(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Storage) const;
 
-  static inline bool classof(const ScalarNode *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Node *N) {
     return N->getType() == NK_Scalar;
   }
@@ -241,12 +238,11 @@
   /// @returns The value, or nullptr if failed() == true.
   Node *getValue();
 
-  virtual void skip() {
+  virtual void skip() LLVM_OVERRIDE {
     getKey()->skip();
     getValue()->skip();
   }
 
-  static inline bool classof(const KeyValueNode *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Node *N) {
     return N->getType() == NK_KeyValue;
   }
@@ -358,11 +354,10 @@
 
   iterator end() { return iterator(); }
 
-  virtual void skip() {
+  virtual void skip() LLVM_OVERRIDE {
     yaml::skip(*this);
   }
 
-  static inline bool classof(const MappingNode *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Node *N) {
     return N->getType() == NK_Mapping;
   }
@@ -421,11 +416,10 @@
 
   iterator end() { return iterator(); }
 
-  virtual void skip() {
+  virtual void skip() LLVM_OVERRIDE {
     yaml::skip(*this);
   }
 
-  static inline bool classof(const SequenceNode *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Node *N) {
     return N->getType() == NK_Sequence;
   }
@@ -450,7 +444,6 @@
   StringRef getName() const { return Name; }
   Node *getTarget();
 
-  static inline bool classof(const ScalarNode *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Node *N) {
     return N->getType() == NK_Alias;
   }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/circular_raw_ostream.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/circular_raw_ostream.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/circular_raw_ostream.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/circular_raw_ostream.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -81,12 +81,12 @@
       Filled = false;
     }
 
-    virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size);
+    virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 
     /// current_pos - Return the current position within the stream,
     /// not counting the bytes currently in the buffer.
     ///
-    virtual uint64_t current_pos() const { 
+    virtual uint64_t current_pos() const LLVM_OVERRIDE {
       // This has the same effect as calling TheStream.current_pos(),
       // but that interface is private.
       return TheStream->tell() - TheStream->GetNumBytesInBuffer();

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/raw_os_ostream.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/raw_os_ostream.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/raw_os_ostream.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/raw_os_ostream.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -24,14 +24,14 @@
 /// use the underlying stream to detect errors.
 class raw_os_ostream : public raw_ostream {
   std::ostream &OS;
-  
+
   /// write_impl - See raw_ostream::write_impl.
-  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size);
-  
+  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+
   /// current_pos - Return the current position within the stream, not
   /// counting the bytes currently in the buffer.
-  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const;
-  
+  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+
 public:
   raw_os_ostream(std::ostream &O) : OS(O) {}
   ~raw_os_ostream();

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 #define LLVM_SUPPORT_RAW_OSTREAM_H
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
@@ -29,8 +30,8 @@
 class raw_ostream {
 private:
   // Do not implement. raw_ostream is noncopyable.
-  void operator=(const raw_ostream &);
-  raw_ostream(const raw_ostream &);
+  void operator=(const raw_ostream &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  raw_ostream(const raw_ostream &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   /// The buffer is handled in such a way that the buffer is
   /// uninitialized, unbuffered, or out of space when OutBufCur >=
@@ -191,10 +192,10 @@
 
   raw_ostream &operator<<(double N);
 
-  /// write_hex - Output \arg N in hexadecimal, without any prefix or padding.
+  /// write_hex - Output \p N in hexadecimal, without any prefix or padding.
   raw_ostream &write_hex(unsigned long long N);
 
-  /// write_escaped - Output \arg Str, turning '\\', '\t', '\n', '"', and
+  /// write_escaped - Output \p Str, turning '\\', '\t', '\n', '"', and
   /// anything that doesn't satisfy std::isprint into an escape sequence.
   raw_ostream &write_escaped(StringRef Str, bool UseHexEscapes = false);
 
@@ -210,13 +211,19 @@
 
   /// Changes the foreground color of text that will be output from this point
   /// forward.
-  /// @param colors ANSI color to use, the special SAVEDCOLOR can be used to
+  /// @param Color ANSI color to use, the special SAVEDCOLOR can be used to
   /// change only the bold attribute, and keep colors untouched
-  /// @param bold bold/brighter text, default false
-  /// @param bg if true change the background, default: change foreground
+  /// @param Bold bold/brighter text, default false
+  /// @param BG if true change the background, default: change foreground
   /// @returns itself so it can be used within << invocations
-  virtual raw_ostream &changeColor(enum Colors, bool = false, bool = false) {
-    return *this; }
+  virtual raw_ostream &changeColor(enum Colors Color,
+                                   bool Bold = false,
+                                   bool BG = false) {
+    (void)Color;
+    (void)Bold;
+    (void)BG;
+    return *this;
+  }
 
   /// Resets the colors to terminal defaults. Call this when you are done
   /// outputting colored text, or before program exit.
@@ -239,15 +246,16 @@
 
 private:
   /// write_impl - The is the piece of the class that is implemented
-  /// by subclasses.  This writes the \args Size bytes starting at
-  /// \arg Ptr to the underlying stream.
+  /// by subclasses.  This writes the \p Size bytes starting at
+  /// \p Ptr to the underlying stream.
   ///
   /// This function is guaranteed to only be called at a point at which it is
   /// safe for the subclass to install a new buffer via SetBuffer.
   ///
-  /// \arg Ptr - The start of the data to be written. For buffered streams this
+  /// \param Ptr The start of the data to be written. For buffered streams this
   /// is guaranteed to be the start of the buffer.
-  /// \arg Size - The number of bytes to be written.
+  ///
+  /// \param Size The number of bytes to be written.
   ///
   /// \invariant { Size > 0 }
   virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) = 0;
@@ -314,14 +322,14 @@
   uint64_t pos;
 
   /// write_impl - See raw_ostream::write_impl.
-  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size);
+  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 
   /// current_pos - Return the current position within the stream, not
   /// counting the bytes currently in the buffer.
-  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const { return pos; }
+  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const LLVM_OVERRIDE { return pos; }
 
   /// preferred_buffer_size - Determine an efficient buffer size.
-  virtual size_t preferred_buffer_size() const;
+  virtual size_t preferred_buffer_size() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 
   /// error_detected - Set the flag indicating that an output error has
   /// been encountered.
@@ -382,14 +390,14 @@
   }
 
   virtual raw_ostream &changeColor(enum Colors colors, bool bold=false,
-                                   bool bg=false);
-  virtual raw_ostream &resetColor();
+                                   bool bg=false) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
+  virtual raw_ostream &resetColor() LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 
-  virtual raw_ostream &reverseColor();
+  virtual raw_ostream &reverseColor() LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 
-  virtual bool is_displayed() const;
+  virtual bool is_displayed() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 
-  virtual bool has_colors() const;
+  virtual bool has_colors() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 
   /// has_error - Return the value of the flag in this raw_fd_ostream indicating
   /// whether an output error has been encountered.
@@ -435,11 +443,11 @@
   std::string &OS;
 
   /// write_impl - See raw_ostream::write_impl.
-  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size);
+  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 
   /// current_pos - Return the current position within the stream, not
   /// counting the bytes currently in the buffer.
-  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const { return OS.size(); }
+  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const LLVM_OVERRIDE { return OS.size(); }
 public:
   explicit raw_string_ostream(std::string &O) : OS(O) {}
   ~raw_string_ostream();
@@ -459,15 +467,15 @@
   SmallVectorImpl<char> &OS;
 
   /// write_impl - See raw_ostream::write_impl.
-  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size);
+  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t Size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 
   /// current_pos - Return the current position within the stream, not
   /// counting the bytes currently in the buffer.
-  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const;
+  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 public:
   /// Construct a new raw_svector_ostream.
   ///
-  /// \arg O - The vector to write to; this should generally have at least 128
+  /// \param O The vector to write to; this should generally have at least 128
   /// bytes free to avoid any extraneous memory overhead.
   explicit raw_svector_ostream(SmallVectorImpl<char> &O);
   ~raw_svector_ostream();
@@ -485,11 +493,11 @@
 /// raw_null_ostream - A raw_ostream that discards all output.
 class raw_null_ostream : public raw_ostream {
   /// write_impl - See raw_ostream::write_impl.
-  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t size);
+  virtual void write_impl(const char *Ptr, size_t size) LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 
   /// current_pos - Return the current position within the stream, not
   /// counting the bytes currently in the buffer.
-  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const;
+  virtual uint64_t current_pos() const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 
 public:
   explicit raw_null_ostream() {}

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/system_error.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/system_error.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/system_error.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/system_error.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -17,6 +17,8 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_SYSTEM_SYSTEM_ERROR_H
 #define LLVM_SYSTEM_SYSTEM_ERROR_H
 
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
 /*
     system_error synopsis
 
@@ -629,8 +631,8 @@
 
 private:
   error_category();
-  error_category(const error_category&);// = delete;
-  error_category& operator=(const error_category&);// = delete;
+  error_category(const error_category&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  error_category& operator=(const error_category&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
   virtual const char* name() const = 0;
@@ -651,7 +653,7 @@
 class _do_message : public error_category
 {
 public:
-  virtual std::string message(int ev) const;
+  virtual std::string message(int ev) const LLVM_OVERRIDE;
 };
 
 const error_category& generic_category();

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/type_traits.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/type_traits.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/type_traits.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Support/type_traits.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -54,8 +54,9 @@
   // is_class<> metafunction due to Paul Mensonides (leavings at attbi.com). For
   // more details:
   // http://groups.google.com/groups?hl=en&selm=000001c1cc83%24e154d5e0%247772e50c%40c161550a&rnum=1
- public:
-    enum { value = sizeof(char) == sizeof(dont_use::is_class_helper<T>(0)) };
+public:
+  static const bool value =
+      sizeof(char) == sizeof(dont_use::is_class_helper<T>(0));
 };
   
   
@@ -162,12 +163,11 @@
   static UnderlyingT &nonce_instance;
 
 public:
-  enum {
+  static const bool
     value = (!is_class<UnderlyingT>::value && !is_pointer<UnderlyingT>::value &&
              !is_same<UnderlyingT, float>::value &&
              !is_same<UnderlyingT, double>::value &&
-             sizeof(char) != sizeof(check_int_convertible(nonce_instance)))
-  };
+             sizeof(char) != sizeof(check_int_convertible(nonce_instance)));
 };
 
 // enable_if_c - Enable/disable a template based on a metafunction

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/SymbolTableListTraits.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/SymbolTableListTraits.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/SymbolTableListTraits.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/SymbolTableListTraits.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -46,7 +46,6 @@
   /// getListOwner - Return the object that owns this list.  If this is a list
   /// of instructions, it returns the BasicBlock that owns them.
   ItemParentClass *getListOwner() {
-    typedef iplist<ValueSubClass> ItemParentClass::*Sublist;
     size_t Offset(size_t(&((ItemParentClass*)0->*ItemParentClass::
                            getSublistAccess(static_cast<ValueSubClass*>(0)))));
     iplist<ValueSubClass>* Anchor(static_cast<iplist<ValueSubClass>*>(this));

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/Error.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/Error.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/Error.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/Error.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -19,26 +19,17 @@
 
 namespace llvm {
 
-class TGError {
-  SMLoc Loc;
-  std::string Message;
-public:
-  TGError(SMLoc loc, const std::string &message) : Loc(loc), Message(message) {}
-
-  SMLoc getLoc() const { return Loc; }
-  const std::string &getMessage() const { return Message; }
-};
-
-void PrintWarning(SMLoc WarningLoc, const Twine &Msg);
+void PrintWarning(ArrayRef<SMLoc> WarningLoc, const Twine &Msg);
 void PrintWarning(const char *Loc, const Twine &Msg);
 void PrintWarning(const Twine &Msg);
-void PrintWarning(const TGError &Warning);
 
-void PrintError(SMLoc ErrorLoc, const Twine &Msg);
+void PrintError(ArrayRef<SMLoc> ErrorLoc, const Twine &Msg);
 void PrintError(const char *Loc, const Twine &Msg);
 void PrintError(const Twine &Msg);
-void PrintError(const TGError &Error);
 
+LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN void PrintFatalError(const std::string &Msg);
+LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN void PrintFatalError(ArrayRef<SMLoc> ErrorLoc,
+                                             const std::string &Msg);
 
 extern SourceMgr SrcMgr;
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/Main.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/Main.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/Main.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/Main.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -16,10 +16,13 @@
 
 namespace llvm {
 
-class TableGenAction;
+class RecordKeeper;
+class raw_ostream;
+/// \brief Perform the action using Records, and write output to OS.
+/// \returns true on error, false otherwise
+typedef bool TableGenMainFn(raw_ostream &OS, RecordKeeper &Records);
 
-/// Run the table generator, performing the specified Action on parsed records.
-int TableGenMain(char *argv0, TableGenAction &Action);
+int TableGenMain(char *argv0, TableGenMainFn *MainFn);
 
 }
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/Record.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/Record.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/Record.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/Record.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@
 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/SourceMgr.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
@@ -66,10 +67,27 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 class RecTy {
+public:
+  /// \brief Subclass discriminator (for dyn_cast<> et al.)
+  enum RecTyKind {
+    BitRecTyKind,
+    BitsRecTyKind,
+    IntRecTyKind,
+    StringRecTyKind,
+    ListRecTyKind,
+    DagRecTyKind,
+    RecordRecTyKind
+  };
+
+private:
+  RecTyKind Kind;
   ListRecTy *ListTy;
   virtual void anchor();
+
 public:
-  RecTy() : ListTy(0) {}
+  RecTyKind getRecTyKind() const { return Kind; }
+
+  RecTy(RecTyKind K) : Kind(K), ListTy(0) {}
   virtual ~RecTy() {}
 
   virtual std::string getAsString() const = 0;
@@ -132,8 +150,12 @@
 ///
 class BitRecTy : public RecTy {
   static BitRecTy Shared;
-  BitRecTy() {}
+  BitRecTy() : RecTy(BitRecTyKind) {}
 public:
+  static bool classof(const RecTy *RT) {
+    return RT->getRecTyKind() == BitRecTyKind;
+  }
+
   static BitRecTy *get() { return &Shared; }
 
   virtual Init *convertValue( UnsetInit *UI) { return (Init*)UI; }
@@ -152,9 +174,9 @@
   virtual Init *convertValue(   VarInit *VI) { return RecTy::convertValue(VI);}
   virtual Init *convertValue( FieldInit *FI) { return RecTy::convertValue(FI);}
 
-  std::string getAsString() const { return "bit"; }
+  virtual std::string getAsString() const { return "bit"; }
 
-  bool typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+  virtual bool typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
     return RHS->baseClassOf(this);
   }
   virtual bool baseClassOf(const BitRecTy    *RHS) const { return true; }
@@ -173,8 +195,12 @@
 ///
 class BitsRecTy : public RecTy {
   unsigned Size;
-  explicit BitsRecTy(unsigned Sz) : Size(Sz) {}
+  explicit BitsRecTy(unsigned Sz) : RecTy(BitsRecTyKind), Size(Sz) {}
 public:
+  static bool classof(const RecTy *RT) {
+    return RT->getRecTyKind() == BitsRecTyKind;
+  }
+
   static BitsRecTy *get(unsigned Sz);
 
   unsigned getNumBits() const { return Size; }
@@ -195,9 +221,9 @@
   virtual Init *convertValue(   VarInit *VI) { return RecTy::convertValue(VI);}
   virtual Init *convertValue( FieldInit *FI) { return RecTy::convertValue(FI);}
 
-  std::string getAsString() const;
+  virtual std::string getAsString() const;
 
-  bool typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+  virtual bool typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
     return RHS->baseClassOf(this);
   }
   virtual bool baseClassOf(const BitRecTy    *RHS) const { return Size == 1; }
@@ -217,8 +243,12 @@
 ///
 class IntRecTy : public RecTy {
   static IntRecTy Shared;
-  IntRecTy() {}
+  IntRecTy() : RecTy(IntRecTyKind) {}
 public:
+  static bool classof(const RecTy *RT) {
+    return RT->getRecTyKind() == IntRecTyKind;
+  }
+
   static IntRecTy *get() { return &Shared; }
 
   virtual Init *convertValue( UnsetInit *UI) { return (Init*)UI; }
@@ -237,9 +267,9 @@
   virtual Init *convertValue(   VarInit *VI) { return RecTy::convertValue(VI);}
   virtual Init *convertValue( FieldInit *FI) { return RecTy::convertValue(FI);}
 
-  std::string getAsString() const { return "int"; }
+  virtual std::string getAsString() const { return "int"; }
 
-  bool typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+  virtual bool typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
     return RHS->baseClassOf(this);
   }
 
@@ -257,8 +287,12 @@
 ///
 class StringRecTy : public RecTy {
   static StringRecTy Shared;
-  StringRecTy() {}
+  StringRecTy() : RecTy(StringRecTyKind) {}
 public:
+  static bool classof(const RecTy *RT) {
+    return RT->getRecTyKind() == StringRecTyKind;
+  }
+
   static StringRecTy *get() { return &Shared; }
 
   virtual Init *convertValue( UnsetInit *UI) { return (Init*)UI; }
@@ -278,9 +312,9 @@
   virtual Init *convertValue(   VarInit *VI) { return RecTy::convertValue(VI);}
   virtual Init *convertValue( FieldInit *FI) { return RecTy::convertValue(FI);}
 
-  std::string getAsString() const { return "string"; }
+  virtual std::string getAsString() const { return "string"; }
 
-  bool typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+  virtual bool typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
     return RHS->baseClassOf(this);
   }
 
@@ -300,9 +334,13 @@
 ///
 class ListRecTy : public RecTy {
   RecTy *Ty;
-  explicit ListRecTy(RecTy *T) : Ty(T) {}
+  explicit ListRecTy(RecTy *T) : RecTy(ListRecTyKind), Ty(T) {}
   friend ListRecTy *RecTy::getListTy();
 public:
+  static bool classof(const RecTy *RT) {
+    return RT->getRecTyKind() == ListRecTyKind;
+  }
+
   static ListRecTy *get(RecTy *T) { return T->getListTy(); }
   RecTy *getElementType() const { return Ty; }
 
@@ -322,9 +360,9 @@
   virtual Init *convertValue(   VarInit *VI) { return RecTy::convertValue(VI);}
   virtual Init *convertValue( FieldInit *FI) { return RecTy::convertValue(FI);}
 
-  std::string getAsString() const;
+  virtual std::string getAsString() const;
 
-  bool typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+  virtual bool typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
     return RHS->baseClassOf(this);
   }
 
@@ -343,8 +381,12 @@
 ///
 class DagRecTy : public RecTy {
   static DagRecTy Shared;
-  DagRecTy() {}
+  DagRecTy() : RecTy(DagRecTyKind) {}
 public:
+  static bool classof(const RecTy *RT) {
+    return RT->getRecTyKind() == DagRecTyKind;
+  }
+
   static DagRecTy *get() { return &Shared; }
 
   virtual Init *convertValue( UnsetInit *UI) { return (Init*)UI; }
@@ -363,9 +405,9 @@
   virtual Init *convertValue(   VarInit *VI) { return RecTy::convertValue(VI);}
   virtual Init *convertValue( FieldInit *FI) { return RecTy::convertValue(FI);}
 
-  std::string getAsString() const { return "dag"; }
+  virtual std::string getAsString() const { return "dag"; }
 
-  bool typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+  virtual bool typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
     return RHS->baseClassOf(this);
   }
 
@@ -384,9 +426,13 @@
 ///
 class RecordRecTy : public RecTy {
   Record *Rec;
-  explicit RecordRecTy(Record *R) : Rec(R) {}
+  explicit RecordRecTy(Record *R) : RecTy(RecordRecTyKind), Rec(R) {}
   friend class Record;
 public:
+  static bool classof(const RecTy *RT) {
+    return RT->getRecTyKind() == RecordRecTyKind;
+  }
+
   static RecordRecTy *get(Record *R);
 
   Record *getRecord() const { return Rec; }
@@ -407,9 +453,9 @@
   virtual Init *convertValue(   VarInit *VI) { return RecTy::convertValue(VI);}
   virtual Init *convertValue( FieldInit *FI) { return RecTy::convertValue(FI);}
 
-  std::string getAsString() const;
+  virtual std::string getAsString() const;
 
-  bool typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+  virtual bool typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
     return RHS->baseClassOf(this);
   }
   virtual bool baseClassOf(const BitRecTy    *RHS) const { return false; }
@@ -431,12 +477,53 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 class Init {
-  Init(const Init &);  // Do not define.
-  Init &operator=(const Init &);  // Do not define.
+protected:
+  /// \brief Discriminator enum (for isa<>, dyn_cast<>, et al.)
+  ///
+  /// This enum is laid out by a preorder traversal of the inheritance
+  /// hierarchy, and does not contain an entry for abstract classes, as per
+  /// the recommendation in docs/HowToSetUpLLVMStyleRTTI.rst.
+  ///
+  /// We also explicitly include "first" and "last" values for each
+  /// interior node of the inheritance tree, to make it easier to read the
+  /// corresponding classof().
+  ///
+  /// We could pack these a bit tighter by not having the IK_FirstXXXInit
+  /// and IK_LastXXXInit be their own values, but that would degrade
+  /// readability for really no benefit.
+  enum InitKind {
+    IK_BitInit,
+    IK_BitsInit,
+    IK_FirstTypedInit,
+    IK_DagInit,
+    IK_DefInit,
+    IK_FieldInit,
+    IK_IntInit,
+    IK_ListInit,
+    IK_FirstOpInit,
+    IK_BinOpInit,
+    IK_TernOpInit,
+    IK_UnOpInit,
+    IK_LastOpInit,
+    IK_StringInit,
+    IK_VarInit,
+    IK_VarListElementInit,
+    IK_LastTypedInit,
+    IK_UnsetInit,
+    IK_VarBitInit
+  };
+
+private:
+  const InitKind Kind;
+  Init(const Init &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  Init &operator=(const Init &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   virtual void anchor();
 
+public:
+  InitKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+
 protected:
-  Init(void) {}
+  explicit Init(InitKind K) : Kind(K) {}
 
 public:
   virtual ~Init() {}
@@ -509,6 +596,18 @@
   virtual Init *resolveReferences(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV) const {
     return const_cast<Init *>(this);
   }
+
+  /// getBit - This method is used to return the initializer for the specified
+  /// bit.
+  virtual Init *getBit(unsigned Bit) const = 0;
+
+  /// getBitVar - This method is used to retrieve the initializer for bit
+  /// reference. For non-VarBitInit, it simply returns itself.
+  virtual Init *getBitVar() const { return const_cast<Init*>(this); }
+
+  /// getBitNum - This method is used to retrieve the bit number of a bit
+  /// reference. For non-VarBitInit, it simply returns 0.
+  virtual unsigned getBitNum() const { return 0; }
 };
 
 inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const Init &I) {
@@ -521,13 +620,17 @@
 class TypedInit : public Init {
   RecTy *Ty;
 
-  TypedInit(const TypedInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  TypedInit &operator=(const TypedInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  TypedInit(const TypedInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  TypedInit &operator=(const TypedInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 protected:
-  explicit TypedInit(RecTy *T) : Ty(T) {}
+  explicit TypedInit(InitKind K, RecTy *T) : Init(K), Ty(T) {}
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() >= IK_FirstTypedInit &&
+           I->getKind() <= IK_LastTypedInit;
+  }
   RecTy *getType() const { return Ty; }
 
   virtual Init *
@@ -541,13 +644,6 @@
   ///
   virtual RecTy *getFieldType(const std::string &FieldName) const;
 
-  /// resolveBitReference - This method is used to implement
-  /// VarBitInit::resolveReferences.  If the bit is able to be resolved, we
-  /// simply return the resolved value, otherwise we return null.
-  ///
-  virtual Init *resolveBitReference(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV,
-                                    unsigned Bit) const = 0;
-
   /// resolveListElementReference - This method is used to implement
   /// VarListElementInit::resolveReferences.  If the list element is resolvable
   /// now, we return the resolved value, otherwise we return null.
@@ -559,18 +655,25 @@
 /// UnsetInit - ? - Represents an uninitialized value
 ///
 class UnsetInit : public Init {
-  UnsetInit() : Init() {}
-  UnsetInit(const UnsetInit &);  // Do not define.
-  UnsetInit &operator=(const UnsetInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  UnsetInit() : Init(IK_UnsetInit) {}
+  UnsetInit(const UnsetInit &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  UnsetInit &operator=(const UnsetInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   virtual void anchor();
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_UnsetInit;
+  }
   static UnsetInit *get();
 
   virtual Init *convertInitializerTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
     return Ty->convertValue(const_cast<UnsetInit *>(this));
   }
 
+  virtual Init *getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
+    return const_cast<UnsetInit*>(this);
+  }
+
   virtual bool isComplete() const { return false; }
   virtual std::string getAsString() const { return "?"; }
 };
@@ -581,12 +684,15 @@
 class BitInit : public Init {
   bool Value;
 
-  explicit BitInit(bool V) : Value(V) {}
-  BitInit(const BitInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  BitInit &operator=(BitInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  explicit BitInit(bool V) : Init(IK_BitInit), Value(V) {}
+  BitInit(const BitInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  BitInit &operator=(BitInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   virtual void anchor();
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_BitInit;
+  }
   static BitInit *get(bool V);
 
   bool getValue() const { return Value; }
@@ -595,6 +701,11 @@
     return Ty->convertValue(const_cast<BitInit *>(this));
   }
 
+  virtual Init *getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
+    assert(Bit < 1 && "Bit index out of range!");
+    return const_cast<BitInit*>(this);
+  }
+
   virtual std::string getAsString() const { return Value ? "1" : "0"; }
 };
 
@@ -604,23 +715,22 @@
 class BitsInit : public Init, public FoldingSetNode {
   std::vector<Init*> Bits;
 
-  BitsInit(ArrayRef<Init *> Range) : Bits(Range.begin(), Range.end()) {}
+  BitsInit(ArrayRef<Init *> Range)
+    : Init(IK_BitsInit), Bits(Range.begin(), Range.end()) {}
 
-  BitsInit(const BitsInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  BitsInit &operator=(const BitsInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  BitsInit(const BitsInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  BitsInit &operator=(const BitsInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_BitsInit;
+  }
   static BitsInit *get(ArrayRef<Init *> Range);
 
   void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
 
   unsigned getNumBits() const { return Bits.size(); }
 
-  Init *getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
-    assert(Bit < Bits.size() && "Bit index out of range!");
-    return Bits[Bit];
-  }
-
   virtual Init *convertInitializerTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
     return Ty->convertValue(const_cast<BitsInit *>(this));
   }
@@ -640,6 +750,11 @@
   virtual std::string getAsString() const;
 
   virtual Init *resolveReferences(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV) const;
+
+  virtual Init *getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
+    assert(Bit < Bits.size() && "Bit index out of range!");
+    return Bits[Bit];
+  }
 };
 
 
@@ -648,12 +763,16 @@
 class IntInit : public TypedInit {
   int64_t Value;
 
-  explicit IntInit(int64_t V) : TypedInit(IntRecTy::get()), Value(V) {}
+  explicit IntInit(int64_t V)
+    : TypedInit(IK_IntInit, IntRecTy::get()), Value(V) {}
 
-  IntInit(const IntInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  IntInit &operator=(const IntInit &Other);  // Do note define.
+  IntInit(const IntInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  IntInit &operator=(const IntInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_IntInit;
+  }
   static IntInit *get(int64_t V);
 
   int64_t getValue() const { return Value; }
@@ -666,15 +785,6 @@
 
   virtual std::string getAsString() const;
 
-  /// resolveBitReference - This method is used to implement
-  /// VarBitInit::resolveReferences.  If the bit is able to be resolved, we
-  /// simply return the resolved value, otherwise we return null.
-  ///
-  virtual Init *resolveBitReference(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV,
-                                    unsigned Bit) const {
-    llvm_unreachable("Illegal bit reference off int");
-  }
-
   /// resolveListElementReference - This method is used to implement
   /// VarListElementInit::resolveReferences.  If the list element is resolvable
   /// now, we return the resolved value, otherwise we return null.
@@ -682,6 +792,10 @@
                                             unsigned Elt) const {
     llvm_unreachable("Illegal element reference off int");
   }
+
+  virtual Init *getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
+    return BitInit::get((Value & (1ULL << Bit)) != 0);
+  }
 };
 
 
@@ -691,13 +805,16 @@
   std::string Value;
 
   explicit StringInit(const std::string &V)
-    : TypedInit(StringRecTy::get()), Value(V) {}
+    : TypedInit(IK_StringInit, StringRecTy::get()), Value(V) {}
 
-  StringInit(const StringInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  StringInit &operator=(const StringInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  StringInit(const StringInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  StringInit &operator=(const StringInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   virtual void anchor();
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_StringInit;
+  }
   static StringInit *get(StringRef);
 
   const std::string &getValue() const { return Value; }
@@ -709,15 +826,6 @@
   virtual std::string getAsString() const { return "\"" + Value + "\""; }
   virtual std::string getAsUnquotedString() const { return Value; }
 
-  /// resolveBitReference - This method is used to implement
-  /// VarBitInit::resolveReferences.  If the bit is able to be resolved, we
-  /// simply return the resolved value, otherwise we return null.
-  ///
-  virtual Init *resolveBitReference(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV,
-                                    unsigned Bit) const {
-    llvm_unreachable("Illegal bit reference off string");
-  }
-
   /// resolveListElementReference - This method is used to implement
   /// VarListElementInit::resolveReferences.  If the list element is resolvable
   /// now, we return the resolved value, otherwise we return null.
@@ -725,6 +833,10 @@
                                             unsigned Elt) const {
     llvm_unreachable("Illegal element reference off string");
   }
+
+  virtual Init *getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
+    llvm_unreachable("Illegal bit reference off string");
+  }
 };
 
 /// ListInit - [AL, AH, CL] - Represent a list of defs
@@ -736,12 +848,16 @@
 
 private:
   explicit ListInit(ArrayRef<Init *> Range, RecTy *EltTy)
-      : TypedInit(ListRecTy::get(EltTy)), Values(Range.begin(), Range.end()) {}
+    : TypedInit(IK_ListInit, ListRecTy::get(EltTy)),
+      Values(Range.begin(), Range.end()) {}
 
-  ListInit(const ListInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  ListInit &operator=(const ListInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  ListInit(const ListInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  ListInit &operator=(const ListInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_ListInit;
+  }
   static ListInit *get(ArrayRef<Init *> Range, RecTy *EltTy);
 
   void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const;
@@ -754,7 +870,8 @@
 
   Record *getElementAsRecord(unsigned i) const;
 
-  Init *convertInitListSlice(const std::vector<unsigned> &Elements) const;
+  virtual Init *
+    convertInitListSlice(const std::vector<unsigned> &Elements) const;
 
   virtual Init *convertInitializerTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
     return Ty->convertValue(const_cast<ListInit *>(this));
@@ -777,33 +894,32 @@
   inline size_t         size () const { return Values.size();  }
   inline bool           empty() const { return Values.empty(); }
 
-  /// resolveBitReference - This method is used to implement
-  /// VarBitInit::resolveReferences.  If the bit is able to be resolved, we
-  /// simply return the resolved value, otherwise we return null.
-  ///
-  virtual Init *resolveBitReference(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV,
-                                    unsigned Bit) const {
-    llvm_unreachable("Illegal bit reference off list");
-  }
-
   /// resolveListElementReference - This method is used to implement
   /// VarListElementInit::resolveReferences.  If the list element is resolvable
   /// now, we return the resolved value, otherwise we return null.
   virtual Init *resolveListElementReference(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV,
                                             unsigned Elt) const;
+
+  virtual Init *getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
+    llvm_unreachable("Illegal bit reference off list");
+  }
 };
 
 
 /// OpInit - Base class for operators
 ///
 class OpInit : public TypedInit {
-  OpInit(const OpInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  OpInit &operator=(OpInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  OpInit(const OpInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  OpInit &operator=(OpInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 protected:
-  explicit OpInit(RecTy *Type) : TypedInit(Type) {}
+  explicit OpInit(InitKind K, RecTy *Type) : TypedInit(K, Type) {}
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() >= IK_FirstOpInit &&
+           I->getKind() <= IK_LastOpInit;
+  }
   // Clone - Clone this operator, replacing arguments with the new list
   virtual OpInit *clone(std::vector<Init *> &Operands) const = 0;
 
@@ -818,10 +934,10 @@
     return Ty->convertValue(const_cast<OpInit *>(this));
   }
 
-  virtual Init *resolveBitReference(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV,
-                                    unsigned Bit) const;
   virtual Init *resolveListElementReference(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV,
                                             unsigned Elt) const;
+
+  virtual Init *getBit(unsigned Bit) const;
 };
 
 
@@ -835,12 +951,15 @@
   Init *LHS;
 
   UnOpInit(UnaryOp opc, Init *lhs, RecTy *Type)
-      : OpInit(Type), Opc(opc), LHS(lhs) {}
+    : OpInit(IK_UnOpInit, Type), Opc(opc), LHS(lhs) {}
 
-  UnOpInit(const UnOpInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  UnOpInit &operator=(const UnOpInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  UnOpInit(const UnOpInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  UnOpInit &operator=(const UnOpInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_UnOpInit;
+  }
   static UnOpInit *get(UnaryOp opc, Init *lhs, RecTy *Type);
 
   // Clone - Clone this operator, replacing arguments with the new list
@@ -850,8 +969,8 @@
     return UnOpInit::get(getOpcode(), *Operands.begin(), getType());
   }
 
-  int getNumOperands() const { return 1; }
-  Init *getOperand(int i) const {
+  virtual int getNumOperands() const { return 1; }
+  virtual Init *getOperand(int i) const {
     assert(i == 0 && "Invalid operand id for unary operator");
     return getOperand();
   }
@@ -861,7 +980,7 @@
 
   // Fold - If possible, fold this to a simpler init.  Return this if not
   // possible to fold.
-  Init *Fold(Record *CurRec, MultiClass *CurMultiClass) const;
+  virtual Init *Fold(Record *CurRec, MultiClass *CurMultiClass) const;
 
   virtual Init *resolveReferences(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV) const;
 
@@ -878,12 +997,15 @@
   Init *LHS, *RHS;
 
   BinOpInit(BinaryOp opc, Init *lhs, Init *rhs, RecTy *Type) :
-      OpInit(Type), Opc(opc), LHS(lhs), RHS(rhs) {}
+      OpInit(IK_BinOpInit, Type), Opc(opc), LHS(lhs), RHS(rhs) {}
 
-  BinOpInit(const BinOpInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  BinOpInit &operator=(const BinOpInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  BinOpInit(const BinOpInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  BinOpInit &operator=(const BinOpInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_BinOpInit;
+  }
   static BinOpInit *get(BinaryOp opc, Init *lhs, Init *rhs,
                         RecTy *Type);
 
@@ -894,8 +1016,8 @@
     return BinOpInit::get(getOpcode(), Operands[0], Operands[1], getType());
   }
 
-  int getNumOperands() const { return 2; }
-  Init *getOperand(int i) const {
+  virtual int getNumOperands() const { return 2; }
+  virtual Init *getOperand(int i) const {
     assert((i == 0 || i == 1) && "Invalid operand id for binary operator");
     if (i == 0) {
       return getLHS();
@@ -910,7 +1032,7 @@
 
   // Fold - If possible, fold this to a simpler init.  Return this if not
   // possible to fold.
-  Init *Fold(Record *CurRec, MultiClass *CurMultiClass) const;
+  virtual Init *Fold(Record *CurRec, MultiClass *CurMultiClass) const;
 
   virtual Init *resolveReferences(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV) const;
 
@@ -928,12 +1050,15 @@
 
   TernOpInit(TernaryOp opc, Init *lhs, Init *mhs, Init *rhs,
              RecTy *Type) :
-      OpInit(Type), Opc(opc), LHS(lhs), MHS(mhs), RHS(rhs) {}
+      OpInit(IK_TernOpInit, Type), Opc(opc), LHS(lhs), MHS(mhs), RHS(rhs) {}
 
-  TernOpInit(const TernOpInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  TernOpInit &operator=(const TernOpInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  TernOpInit(const TernOpInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  TernOpInit &operator=(const TernOpInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_TernOpInit;
+  }
   static TernOpInit *get(TernaryOp opc, Init *lhs,
                          Init *mhs, Init *rhs,
                          RecTy *Type);
@@ -946,8 +1071,8 @@
                            getType());
   }
 
-  int getNumOperands() const { return 3; }
-  Init *getOperand(int i) const {
+  virtual int getNumOperands() const { return 3; }
+  virtual Init *getOperand(int i) const {
     assert((i == 0 || i == 1 || i == 2) &&
            "Invalid operand id for ternary operator");
     if (i == 0) {
@@ -966,7 +1091,7 @@
 
   // Fold - If possible, fold this to a simpler init.  Return this if not
   // possible to fold.
-  Init *Fold(Record *CurRec, MultiClass *CurMultiClass) const;
+  virtual Init *Fold(Record *CurRec, MultiClass *CurMultiClass) const;
 
   virtual bool isComplete() const { return false; }
 
@@ -982,14 +1107,17 @@
   Init *VarName;
 
   explicit VarInit(const std::string &VN, RecTy *T)
-      : TypedInit(T), VarName(StringInit::get(VN)) {}
+      : TypedInit(IK_VarInit, T), VarName(StringInit::get(VN)) {}
   explicit VarInit(Init *VN, RecTy *T)
-      : TypedInit(T), VarName(VN) {}
+      : TypedInit(IK_VarInit, T), VarName(VN) {}
 
-  VarInit(const VarInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  VarInit &operator=(const VarInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  VarInit(const VarInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  VarInit &operator=(const VarInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_VarInit;
+  }
   static VarInit *get(const std::string &VN, RecTy *T);
   static VarInit *get(Init *VN, RecTy *T);
 
@@ -1003,8 +1131,6 @@
     return getNameInit()->getAsUnquotedString();
   }
 
-  virtual Init *resolveBitReference(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV,
-                                    unsigned Bit) const;
   virtual Init *resolveListElementReference(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV,
                                             unsigned Elt) const;
 
@@ -1019,6 +1145,8 @@
   ///
   virtual Init *resolveReferences(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV) const;
 
+  virtual Init *getBit(unsigned Bit) const;
+
   virtual std::string getAsString() const { return getName(); }
 };
 
@@ -1029,27 +1157,37 @@
   TypedInit *TI;
   unsigned Bit;
 
-  VarBitInit(TypedInit *T, unsigned B) : TI(T), Bit(B) {
-    assert(T->getType() && dynamic_cast<BitsRecTy*>(T->getType()) &&
-           ((BitsRecTy*)T->getType())->getNumBits() > B &&
+  VarBitInit(TypedInit *T, unsigned B) : Init(IK_VarBitInit), TI(T), Bit(B) {
+    assert(T->getType() &&
+           (isa<IntRecTy>(T->getType()) ||
+            (isa<BitsRecTy>(T->getType()) &&
+             cast<BitsRecTy>(T->getType())->getNumBits() > B)) &&
            "Illegal VarBitInit expression!");
   }
 
-  VarBitInit(const VarBitInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  VarBitInit &operator=(const VarBitInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  VarBitInit(const VarBitInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  VarBitInit &operator=(const VarBitInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_VarBitInit;
+  }
   static VarBitInit *get(TypedInit *T, unsigned B);
 
   virtual Init *convertInitializerTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
     return Ty->convertValue(const_cast<VarBitInit *>(this));
   }
 
-  TypedInit *getVariable() const { return TI; }
-  unsigned getBitNum() const { return Bit; }
+  virtual Init *getBitVar() const { return TI; }
+  virtual unsigned getBitNum() const { return Bit; }
 
   virtual std::string getAsString() const;
   virtual Init *resolveReferences(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV) const;
+
+  virtual Init *getBit(unsigned B) const {
+    assert(B < 1 && "Bit index out of range!");
+    return const_cast<VarBitInit*>(this);
+  }
 };
 
 /// VarListElementInit - List[4] - Represent access to one element of a var or
@@ -1059,18 +1197,20 @@
   unsigned Element;
 
   VarListElementInit(TypedInit *T, unsigned E)
-      : TypedInit(dynamic_cast<ListRecTy*>(T->getType())->getElementType()),
-          TI(T), Element(E) {
-    assert(T->getType() && dynamic_cast<ListRecTy*>(T->getType()) &&
+      : TypedInit(IK_VarListElementInit,
+                  cast<ListRecTy>(T->getType())->getElementType()),
+        TI(T), Element(E) {
+    assert(T->getType() && isa<ListRecTy>(T->getType()) &&
            "Illegal VarBitInit expression!");
   }
 
-  VarListElementInit(const VarListElementInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  VarListElementInit &operator=(const VarListElementInit &Other);  // Do
-                                                                   // not
-                                                                   // define.
+  VarListElementInit(const VarListElementInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const VarListElementInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_VarListElementInit;
+  }
   static VarListElementInit *get(TypedInit *T, unsigned E);
 
   virtual Init *convertInitializerTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
@@ -1080,9 +1220,6 @@
   TypedInit *getVariable() const { return TI; }
   unsigned getElementNum() const { return Element; }
 
-  virtual Init *resolveBitReference(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV,
-                                    unsigned Bit) const;
-
   /// resolveListElementReference - This method is used to implement
   /// VarListElementInit::resolveReferences.  If the list element is resolvable
   /// now, we return the resolved value, otherwise we return null.
@@ -1092,6 +1229,8 @@
 
   virtual std::string getAsString() const;
   virtual Init *resolveReferences(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV) const;
+
+  virtual Init *getBit(unsigned Bit) const;
 };
 
 /// DefInit - AL - Represent a reference to a 'def' in the description
@@ -1099,13 +1238,16 @@
 class DefInit : public TypedInit {
   Record *Def;
 
-  DefInit(Record *D, RecordRecTy *T) : TypedInit(T), Def(D) {}
+  DefInit(Record *D, RecordRecTy *T) : TypedInit(IK_DefInit, T), Def(D) {}
   friend class Record;
 
-  DefInit(const DefInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  DefInit &operator=(const DefInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  DefInit(const DefInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  DefInit &operator=(const DefInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_DefInit;
+  }
   static DefInit *get(Record*);
 
   virtual Init *convertInitializerTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
@@ -1122,12 +1264,7 @@
 
   virtual std::string getAsString() const;
 
-  /// resolveBitReference - This method is used to implement
-  /// VarBitInit::resolveReferences.  If the bit is able to be resolved, we
-  /// simply return the resolved value, otherwise we return null.
-  ///
-  virtual Init *resolveBitReference(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV,
-                                    unsigned Bit) const {
+  virtual Init *getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
     llvm_unreachable("Illegal bit reference off def");
   }
 
@@ -1148,14 +1285,17 @@
   std::string FieldName;    // Field we are accessing
 
   FieldInit(Init *R, const std::string &FN)
-      : TypedInit(R->getFieldType(FN)), Rec(R), FieldName(FN) {
+      : TypedInit(IK_FieldInit, R->getFieldType(FN)), Rec(R), FieldName(FN) {
     assert(getType() && "FieldInit with non-record type!");
   }
 
-  FieldInit(const FieldInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  FieldInit &operator=(const FieldInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  FieldInit(const FieldInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  FieldInit &operator=(const FieldInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_FieldInit;
+  }
   static FieldInit *get(Init *R, const std::string &FN);
   static FieldInit *get(Init *R, const Init *FN);
 
@@ -1163,8 +1303,8 @@
     return Ty->convertValue(const_cast<FieldInit *>(this));
   }
 
-  virtual Init *resolveBitReference(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV,
-                                    unsigned Bit) const;
+  virtual Init *getBit(unsigned Bit) const;
+
   virtual Init *resolveListElementReference(Record &R,
                                             const RecordVal *RV,
                                             unsigned Elt) const;
@@ -1189,14 +1329,17 @@
   DagInit(Init *V, const std::string &VN,
           ArrayRef<Init *> ArgRange,
           ArrayRef<std::string> NameRange)
-      : TypedInit(DagRecTy::get()), Val(V), ValName(VN),
+      : TypedInit(IK_DagInit, DagRecTy::get()), Val(V), ValName(VN),
           Args(ArgRange.begin(), ArgRange.end()),
           ArgNames(NameRange.begin(), NameRange.end()) {}
 
-  DagInit(const DagInit &Other);  // Do not define.
-  DagInit &operator=(const DagInit &Other);  // Do not define.
+  DagInit(const DagInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  DagInit &operator=(const DagInit &Other) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 public:
+  static bool classof(const Init *I) {
+    return I->getKind() == IK_DagInit;
+  }
   static DagInit *get(Init *V, const std::string &VN,
                       ArrayRef<Init *> ArgRange,
                       ArrayRef<std::string> NameRange);
@@ -1243,8 +1386,7 @@
   inline size_t              name_size () const { return ArgNames.size();  }
   inline bool                name_empty() const { return ArgNames.empty(); }
 
-  virtual Init *resolveBitReference(Record &R, const RecordVal *RV,
-                                    unsigned Bit) const {
+  virtual Init *getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
     llvm_unreachable("Illegal bit reference off dag");
   }
 
@@ -1301,7 +1443,9 @@
   // Unique record ID.
   unsigned ID;
   Init *Name;
-  SMLoc Loc;
+  // Location where record was instantiated, followed by the location of
+  // multiclass prototypes used.
+  SmallVector<SMLoc, 4> Locs;
   std::vector<Init *> TemplateArgs;
   std::vector<RecordVal> Values;
   std::vector<Record*> SuperClasses;
@@ -1317,15 +1461,25 @@
 public:
 
   // Constructs a record.
-  explicit Record(const std::string &N, SMLoc loc, RecordKeeper &records) :
-    ID(LastID++), Name(StringInit::get(N)), Loc(loc), TrackedRecords(records),
-      TheInit(0) {
+  explicit Record(const std::string &N, ArrayRef<SMLoc> locs,
+                  RecordKeeper &records) :
+    ID(LastID++), Name(StringInit::get(N)), Locs(locs.begin(), locs.end()),
+    TrackedRecords(records), TheInit(0) {
     init();
   }
-  explicit Record(Init *N, SMLoc loc, RecordKeeper &records) :
-    ID(LastID++), Name(N), Loc(loc), TrackedRecords(records), TheInit(0) {
+  explicit Record(Init *N, ArrayRef<SMLoc> locs, RecordKeeper &records) :
+    ID(LastID++), Name(N), Locs(locs.begin(), locs.end()),
+    TrackedRecords(records), TheInit(0) {
     init();
   }
+
+  // When copy-constructing a Record, we must still guarantee a globally unique
+  // ID number.  All other fields can be copied normally.
+  Record(const Record &O) :
+    ID(LastID++), Name(O.Name), Locs(O.Locs), TemplateArgs(O.TemplateArgs),
+    Values(O.Values), SuperClasses(O.SuperClasses),
+    TrackedRecords(O.TrackedRecords), TheInit(O.TheInit) { }
+
   ~Record() {}
 
 
@@ -1345,7 +1499,7 @@
   void setName(Init *Name);               // Also updates RecordKeeper.
   void setName(const std::string &Name);  // Also updates RecordKeeper.
 
-  SMLoc getLoc() const { return Loc; }
+  ArrayRef<SMLoc> getLoc() const { return Locs; }
 
   /// get the corresponding DefInit.
   DefInit *getDefInit();
@@ -1507,6 +1661,12 @@
   ///
   bool getValueAsBit(StringRef FieldName) const;
 
+  /// getValueAsBitOrUnset - This method looks up the specified field and
+  /// returns its value as a bit. If the field is unset, sets Unset to true and
+  /// retunrs false.
+  ///
+  bool getValueAsBitOrUnset(StringRef FieldName, bool &Unset) const;
+
   /// getValueAsInt - This method looks up the specified field and returns its
   /// value as an int64_t, throwing an exception if the field does not exist or
   /// if the value is not the right type.
@@ -1601,6 +1761,16 @@
   }
 };
 
+/// LessRecordByID - Sorting predicate to sort record pointers by their
+/// unique ID. If you just need a deterministic order, use this, since it
+/// just compares two `unsigned`; the other sorting predicates require
+/// string manipulation.
+struct LessRecordByID {
+  bool operator()(const Record *LHS, const Record *RHS) const {
+    return LHS->getID() < RHS->getID();
+  }
+};
+
 /// LessRecordFieldName - Sorting predicate to sort record pointers by their
 /// name field.
 ///

Removed: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/TableGenAction.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/TableGenAction.h?rev=172540&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/TableGenAction.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/TableGen/TableGenAction.h (removed)
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-//===- llvm/TableGen/TableGenAction.h - defines TableGenAction --*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines the TableGenAction base class to be derived from by
-// tblgen tools.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_TABLEGEN_TABLEGENACTION_H
-#define LLVM_TABLEGEN_TABLEGENACTION_H
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-class raw_ostream;
-class RecordKeeper;
-
-class TableGenAction {
-  virtual void anchor();
-public:
-  virtual ~TableGenAction() {}
-
-  /// Perform the action using Records, and write output to OS.
-  /// @returns true on error, false otherwise
-  virtual bool operator()(raw_ostream &OS, RecordKeeper &Records) = 0;
-};
-
-}
-
-#endif

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/Mangler.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/Mangler.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/Mangler.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/Mangler.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 template <typename T> class SmallVectorImpl;
 class MCContext;
 class MCSymbol;
-class TargetData;
+class DataLayout;
 
 class Mangler {
 public:
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 
 private:
   MCContext &Context;
-  const TargetData &TD;
+  const DataLayout &TD;
 
   /// AnonGlobalIDs - We need to give global values the same name every time
   /// they are mangled.  This keeps track of the number we give to anonymous
@@ -47,20 +47,19 @@
   unsigned NextAnonGlobalID;
 
 public:
-  Mangler(MCContext &context, const TargetData &td)
+  Mangler(MCContext &context, const DataLayout &td)
     : Context(context), TD(td), NextAnonGlobalID(1) {}
 
   /// getSymbol - Return the MCSymbol for the specified global value.  This
   /// symbol is the main label that is the address of the global.
   MCSymbol *getSymbol(const GlobalValue *GV);
 
-  
   /// getNameWithPrefix - Fill OutName with the name of the appropriate prefix
   /// and the specified global variable's name.  If the global variable doesn't
   /// have a name, this fills in a unique name for the global.
   void getNameWithPrefix(SmallVectorImpl<char> &OutName, const GlobalValue *GV,
                          bool isImplicitlyPrivate);
-  
+
   /// getNameWithPrefix - Fill OutName with the name of the appropriate prefix
   /// and the specified name as the global variable name.  GVName must not be
   /// empty.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/Target.td
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/Target.td?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/Target.td (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/Target.td Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -28,6 +28,24 @@
   // ComposedOf - A list of two SubRegIndex instances, [A, B].
   // This indicates that this SubRegIndex is the result of composing A and B.
   list<SubRegIndex> ComposedOf = comps;
+
+  // CoveringSubRegIndices - A list of two or more sub-register indexes that
+  // cover this sub-register.
+  //
+  // This field should normally be left blank as TableGen can infer it.
+  //
+  // TableGen automatically detects sub-registers that straddle the registers
+  // in the SubRegs field of a Register definition. For example:
+  //
+  //   Q0    = dsub_0 -> D0, dsub_1 -> D1
+  //   Q1    = dsub_0 -> D2, dsub_1 -> D3
+  //   D1_D2 = dsub_0 -> D1, dsub_1 -> D2
+  //   QQ0   = qsub_0 -> Q0, qsub_1 -> Q1
+  //
+  // TableGen will infer that D1_D2 is a sub-register of QQ0. It will be given
+  // the synthetic index dsub_1_dsub_2 unless some SubRegIndex is defined with
+  // CoveringSubRegIndices = [dsub_1, dsub_2].
+  list<SubRegIndex> CoveringSubRegIndices = [];
 }
 
 // RegAltNameIndex - The alternate name set to use for register operands of
@@ -321,11 +339,12 @@
   bit isCompare    = 0;     // Is this instruction a comparison instruction?
   bit isMoveImm    = 0;     // Is this instruction a move immediate instruction?
   bit isBitcast    = 0;     // Is this instruction a bitcast instruction?
+  bit isSelect     = 0;     // Is this instruction a select instruction?
   bit isBarrier    = 0;     // Can control flow fall through this instruction?
   bit isCall       = 0;     // Is this instruction a call instruction?
   bit canFoldAsLoad = 0;    // Can this be folded as a simple memory operand?
-  bit mayLoad      = 0;     // Is it possible for this inst to read memory?
-  bit mayStore     = 0;     // Is it possible for this inst to write memory?
+  bit mayLoad      = ?;     // Is it possible for this inst to read memory?
+  bit mayStore     = ?;     // Is it possible for this inst to write memory?
   bit isConvertibleToThreeAddress = 0;  // Can this 2-addr instruction promote?
   bit isCommutable = 0;     // Is this 3 operand instruction commutable?
   bit isTerminator = 0;     // Is this part of the terminator for a basic block?
@@ -350,7 +369,7 @@
   //
   //  neverHasSideEffects - Set on an instruction with no pattern if it has no
   //    side effects.
-  bit hasSideEffects = 0;
+  bit hasSideEffects = ?;
   bit neverHasSideEffects = 0;
 
   // Is this instruction a "real" instruction (with a distinct machine
@@ -476,7 +495,8 @@
 
 /// unknown definition - Mark this operand as being of unknown type, causing
 /// it to be resolved by inference in the context it is used.
-def unknown;
+class unknown_class;
+def unknown : unknown_class;
 
 /// AsmOperandClass - Representation for the kinds of operands which the target
 /// specific parser can create and the assembly matcher may need to distinguish.
@@ -583,23 +603,31 @@
 ///
 def zero_reg;
 
+/// OperandWithDefaultOps - This Operand class can be used as the parent class
+/// for an Operand that needs to be initialized with a default value if
+/// no value is supplied in a pattern.  This class can be used to simplify the
+/// pattern definitions for instructions that have target specific flags
+/// encoded as immediate operands.
+class OperandWithDefaultOps<ValueType ty, dag defaultops>
+  : Operand<ty> {
+  dag DefaultOps = defaultops;
+}
+
 /// PredicateOperand - This can be used to define a predicate operand for an
 /// instruction.  OpTypes specifies the MIOperandInfo for the operand, and
 /// AlwaysVal specifies the value of this predicate when set to "always
 /// execute".
 class PredicateOperand<ValueType ty, dag OpTypes, dag AlwaysVal>
-  : Operand<ty> {
+  : OperandWithDefaultOps<ty, AlwaysVal> {
   let MIOperandInfo = OpTypes;
-  dag DefaultOps = AlwaysVal;
 }
 
 /// OptionalDefOperand - This is used to define a optional definition operand
 /// for an instruction. DefaultOps is the register the operand represents if
 /// none is supplied, e.g. zero_reg.
 class OptionalDefOperand<ValueType ty, dag OpTypes, dag defaultops>
-  : Operand<ty> {
+  : OperandWithDefaultOps<ty, defaultops> {
   let MIOperandInfo = OpTypes;
-  dag DefaultOps = defaultops;
 }
 
 
@@ -612,6 +640,17 @@
   // Sparc manual specifies its instructions in the format [31..0] (big), while
   // PowerPC specifies them using the format [0..31] (little).
   bit isLittleEndianEncoding = 0;
+
+  // The instruction properties mayLoad, mayStore, and hasSideEffects are unset
+  // by default, and TableGen will infer their value from the instruction
+  // pattern when possible.
+  //
+  // Normally, TableGen will issue an error it it can't infer the value of a
+  // property that hasn't been set explicitly. When guessInstructionProperties
+  // is set, it will guess a safe value instead.
+  //
+  // This option is a temporary migration help. It will go away.
+  bit guessInstructionProperties = 1;
 }
 
 // Standard Pseudo Instructions.
@@ -715,6 +754,18 @@
   let InOperandList = (ins variable_ops);
   let AsmString = "BUNDLE";
 }
+def LIFETIME_START : Instruction {
+  let OutOperandList = (outs);
+  let InOperandList = (ins i32imm:$id);
+  let AsmString = "LIFETIME_START";
+  let neverHasSideEffects = 1;
+}
+def LIFETIME_END : Instruction {
+  let OutOperandList = (outs);
+  let InOperandList = (ins i32imm:$id);
+  let AsmString = "LIFETIME_END";
+  let neverHasSideEffects = 1;
+}
 }
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -734,6 +785,10 @@
   // function of the AsmParser class to call on every matched instruction.
   // This can be used to perform target specific instruction post-processing.
   string AsmParserInstCleanup  = "";
+
+  //ShouldEmitMatchRegisterName - Set to false if the target needs a hand
+  //written register name matcher
+  bit ShouldEmitMatchRegisterName = 1;
 }
 def DefaultAsmParser : AsmParser;
 
@@ -934,12 +989,64 @@
 // ProcessorModel allows subtargets to specify the more general
 // SchedMachineModel instead if a ProcessorItinerary. Subtargets will
 // gradually move to this newer form.
+//
+// Although this class always passes NoItineraries to the Processor
+// class, the SchedMachineModel may still define valid Itineraries.
 class ProcessorModel<string n, SchedMachineModel m, list<SubtargetFeature> f>
   : Processor<n, NoItineraries, f> {
   let SchedModel = m;
 }
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// InstrMapping - This class is used to create mapping tables to relate
+// instructions with each other based on the values specified in RowFields,
+// ColFields, KeyCol and ValueCols.
+//
+class InstrMapping {
+  // FilterClass - Used to limit search space only to the instructions that
+  // define the relationship modeled by this InstrMapping record.
+  string FilterClass;
+
+  // RowFields - List of fields/attributes that should be same for all the
+  // instructions in a row of the relation table. Think of this as a set of
+  // properties shared by all the instructions related by this relationship
+  // model and is used to categorize instructions into subgroups. For instance,
+  // if we want to define a relation that maps 'Add' instruction to its
+  // predicated forms, we can define RowFields like this:
+  //
+  // let RowFields = BaseOp
+  // All add instruction predicated/non-predicated will have to set their BaseOp
+  // to the same value.
+  //
+  // def Add: { let BaseOp = 'ADD'; let predSense = 'nopred' }
+  // def Add_predtrue: { let BaseOp = 'ADD'; let predSense = 'true' }
+  // def Add_predfalse: { let BaseOp = 'ADD'; let predSense = 'false'  }
+  list<string> RowFields = [];
+
+  // List of fields/attributes that are same for all the instructions
+  // in a column of the relation table.
+  // Ex: let ColFields = 'predSense' -- It means that the columns are arranged
+  // based on the 'predSense' values. All the instruction in a specific
+  // column have the same value and it is fixed for the column according
+  // to the values set in 'ValueCols'.
+  list<string> ColFields = [];
+
+  // Values for the fields/attributes listed in 'ColFields'.
+  // Ex: let KeyCol = 'nopred' -- It means that the key instruction (instruction
+  // that models this relation) should be non-predicated.
+  // In the example above, 'Add' is the key instruction.
+  list<string> KeyCol = [];
+
+  // List of values for the fields/attributes listed in 'ColFields', one for
+  // each column in the relation table.
+  //
+  // Ex: let ValueCols = [['true'],['false']] -- It adds two columns in the
+  // table. First column requires all the instructions to have predSense
+  // set to 'true' and second column requires it to be 'false'.
+  list<list<string> > ValueCols = [];
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Pull in the common support for calling conventions.
 //
 include "llvm/Target/TargetCallingConv.td"

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetCallingConv.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetCallingConv.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetCallingConv.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetCallingConv.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -113,9 +113,18 @@
     MVT VT;
     bool Used;
 
+    /// Index original Function's argument.
+    unsigned OrigArgIndex;
+
+    /// Offset in bytes of current input value relative to the beginning of
+    /// original argument. E.g. if argument was splitted into four 32 bit
+    /// registers, we got 4 InputArgs with PartOffsets 0, 4, 8 and 12.
+    unsigned PartOffset;
+
     InputArg() : VT(MVT::Other), Used(false) {}
-    InputArg(ArgFlagsTy flags, EVT vt, bool used)
-      : Flags(flags), Used(used) {
+    InputArg(ArgFlagsTy flags, EVT vt, bool used,
+             unsigned origIdx, unsigned partOffs)
+      : Flags(flags), Used(used), OrigArgIndex(origIdx), PartOffset(partOffs) {
       VT = vt.getSimpleVT();
     }
   };
@@ -131,9 +140,19 @@
     /// IsFixed - Is this a "fixed" value, ie not passed through a vararg "...".
     bool IsFixed;
 
+    /// Index original Function's argument.
+    unsigned OrigArgIndex;
+
+    /// Offset in bytes of current output value relative to the beginning of
+    /// original argument. E.g. if argument was splitted into four 32 bit
+    /// registers, we got 4 OutputArgs with PartOffsets 0, 4, 8 and 12.
+    unsigned PartOffset;
+
     OutputArg() : IsFixed(false) {}
-    OutputArg(ArgFlagsTy flags, EVT vt, bool isfixed)
-      : Flags(flags), IsFixed(isfixed) {
+    OutputArg(ArgFlagsTy flags, EVT vt, bool isfixed,
+              unsigned origIdx, unsigned partOffs)
+      : Flags(flags), IsFixed(isfixed), OrigArgIndex(origIdx),
+        PartOffset(partOffs) {
       VT = vt.getSimpleVT();
     }
   };

Removed: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetData.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetData.h?rev=172540&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetData.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetData.h (removed)
@@ -1,363 +0,0 @@
-//===-- llvm/Target/TargetData.h - Data size & alignment info ---*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines target properties related to datatype size/offset/alignment
-// information.  It uses lazy annotations to cache information about how
-// structure types are laid out and used.
-//
-// This structure should be created once, filled in if the defaults are not
-// correct and then passed around by const&.  None of the members functions
-// require modification to the object.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_TARGET_TARGETDATA_H
-#define LLVM_TARGET_TARGETDATA_H
-
-#include "llvm/Pass.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-class Value;
-class Type;
-class IntegerType;
-class StructType;
-class StructLayout;
-class GlobalVariable;
-class LLVMContext;
-template<typename T>
-class ArrayRef;
-
-/// Enum used to categorize the alignment types stored by TargetAlignElem
-enum AlignTypeEnum {
-  INTEGER_ALIGN = 'i',               ///< Integer type alignment
-  VECTOR_ALIGN = 'v',                ///< Vector type alignment
-  FLOAT_ALIGN = 'f',                 ///< Floating point type alignment
-  AGGREGATE_ALIGN = 'a',             ///< Aggregate alignment
-  STACK_ALIGN = 's'                  ///< Stack objects alignment
-};
-
-/// Target alignment element.
-///
-/// Stores the alignment data associated with a given alignment type (pointer,
-/// integer, vector, float) and type bit width.
-///
-/// @note The unusual order of elements in the structure attempts to reduce
-/// padding and make the structure slightly more cache friendly.
-struct TargetAlignElem {
-  AlignTypeEnum       AlignType : 8;  ///< Alignment type (AlignTypeEnum)
-  unsigned            ABIAlign;       ///< ABI alignment for this type/bitw
-  unsigned            PrefAlign;      ///< Pref. alignment for this type/bitw
-  uint32_t            TypeBitWidth;   ///< Type bit width
-
-  /// Initializer
-  static TargetAlignElem get(AlignTypeEnum align_type, unsigned abi_align,
-                             unsigned pref_align, uint32_t bit_width);
-  /// Equality predicate
-  bool operator==(const TargetAlignElem &rhs) const;
-};
-
-/// TargetData - This class holds a parsed version of the target data layout
-/// string in a module and provides methods for querying it.  The target data
-/// layout string is specified *by the target* - a frontend generating LLVM IR
-/// is required to generate the right target data for the target being codegen'd
-/// to.  If some measure of portability is desired, an empty string may be
-/// specified in the module.
-class TargetData : public ImmutablePass {
-private:
-  bool          LittleEndian;          ///< Defaults to false
-  unsigned      PointerMemSize;        ///< Pointer size in bytes
-  unsigned      PointerABIAlign;       ///< Pointer ABI alignment
-  unsigned      PointerPrefAlign;      ///< Pointer preferred alignment
-  unsigned      StackNaturalAlign;     ///< Stack natural alignment
-
-  SmallVector<unsigned char, 8> LegalIntWidths; ///< Legal Integers.
-
-  /// Alignments- Where the primitive type alignment data is stored.
-  ///
-  /// @sa init().
-  /// @note Could support multiple size pointer alignments, e.g., 32-bit
-  /// pointers vs. 64-bit pointers by extending TargetAlignment, but for now,
-  /// we don't.
-  SmallVector<TargetAlignElem, 16> Alignments;
-
-  /// InvalidAlignmentElem - This member is a signal that a requested alignment
-  /// type and bit width were not found in the SmallVector.
-  static const TargetAlignElem InvalidAlignmentElem;
-
-  // The StructType -> StructLayout map.
-  mutable void *LayoutMap;
-
-  //! Set/initialize target alignments
-  void setAlignment(AlignTypeEnum align_type, unsigned abi_align,
-                    unsigned pref_align, uint32_t bit_width);
-  unsigned getAlignmentInfo(AlignTypeEnum align_type, uint32_t bit_width,
-                            bool ABIAlign, Type *Ty) const;
-  //! Internal helper method that returns requested alignment for type.
-  unsigned getAlignment(Type *Ty, bool abi_or_pref) const;
-
-  /// Valid alignment predicate.
-  ///
-  /// Predicate that tests a TargetAlignElem reference returned by get() against
-  /// InvalidAlignmentElem.
-  bool validAlignment(const TargetAlignElem &align) const {
-    return &align != &InvalidAlignmentElem;
-  }
-
-  /// Initialise a TargetData object with default values, ensure that the
-  /// target data pass is registered.
-  void init();
-
-public:
-  /// Default ctor.
-  ///
-  /// @note This has to exist, because this is a pass, but it should never be
-  /// used.
-  TargetData();
-
-  /// Constructs a TargetData from a specification string. See init().
-  explicit TargetData(StringRef TargetDescription)
-    : ImmutablePass(ID) {
-    std::string errMsg = parseSpecifier(TargetDescription, this);
-    assert(errMsg == "" && "Invalid target data layout string.");
-    (void)errMsg;
-  }
-
-  /// Parses a target data specification string. Returns an error message
-  /// if the string is malformed, or the empty string on success. Optionally
-  /// initialises a TargetData object if passed a non-null pointer.
-  static std::string parseSpecifier(StringRef TargetDescription, TargetData* td = 0);
-
-  /// Initialize target data from properties stored in the module.
-  explicit TargetData(const Module *M);
-
-  TargetData(const TargetData &TD) :
-    ImmutablePass(ID),
-    LittleEndian(TD.isLittleEndian()),
-    PointerMemSize(TD.PointerMemSize),
-    PointerABIAlign(TD.PointerABIAlign),
-    PointerPrefAlign(TD.PointerPrefAlign),
-    LegalIntWidths(TD.LegalIntWidths),
-    Alignments(TD.Alignments),
-    LayoutMap(0)
-  { }
-
-  ~TargetData();  // Not virtual, do not subclass this class
-
-  /// Target endianness...
-  bool isLittleEndian() const { return LittleEndian; }
-  bool isBigEndian() const { return !LittleEndian; }
-
-  /// getStringRepresentation - Return the string representation of the
-  /// TargetData.  This representation is in the same format accepted by the
-  /// string constructor above.
-  std::string getStringRepresentation() const;
-
-  /// isLegalInteger - This function returns true if the specified type is
-  /// known to be a native integer type supported by the CPU.  For example,
-  /// i64 is not native on most 32-bit CPUs and i37 is not native on any known
-  /// one.  This returns false if the integer width is not legal.
-  ///
-  /// The width is specified in bits.
-  ///
-  bool isLegalInteger(unsigned Width) const {
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = (unsigned)LegalIntWidths.size(); i != e; ++i)
-      if (LegalIntWidths[i] == Width)
-        return true;
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  bool isIllegalInteger(unsigned Width) const {
-    return !isLegalInteger(Width);
-  }
-
-  /// Returns true if the given alignment exceeds the natural stack alignment.
-  bool exceedsNaturalStackAlignment(unsigned Align) const {
-    return (StackNaturalAlign != 0) && (Align > StackNaturalAlign);
-  }
-
-  /// fitsInLegalInteger - This function returns true if the specified type fits
-  /// in a native integer type supported by the CPU.  For example, if the CPU
-  /// only supports i32 as a native integer type, then i27 fits in a legal
-  // integer type but i45 does not.
-  bool fitsInLegalInteger(unsigned Width) const {
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = (unsigned)LegalIntWidths.size(); i != e; ++i)
-      if (Width <= LegalIntWidths[i])
-        return true;
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  /// Target pointer alignment
-  unsigned getPointerABIAlignment() const { return PointerABIAlign; }
-  /// Return target's alignment for stack-based pointers
-  unsigned getPointerPrefAlignment() const { return PointerPrefAlign; }
-  /// Target pointer size
-  unsigned getPointerSize()         const { return PointerMemSize; }
-  /// Target pointer size, in bits
-  unsigned getPointerSizeInBits()   const { return 8*PointerMemSize; }
-
-  /// Size examples:
-  ///
-  /// Type        SizeInBits  StoreSizeInBits  AllocSizeInBits[*]
-  /// ----        ----------  ---------------  ---------------
-  ///  i1            1           8                8
-  ///  i8            8           8                8
-  ///  i19          19          24               32
-  ///  i32          32          32               32
-  ///  i100        100         104              128
-  ///  i128        128         128              128
-  ///  Float        32          32               32
-  ///  Double       64          64               64
-  ///  X86_FP80     80          80               96
-  ///
-  /// [*] The alloc size depends on the alignment, and thus on the target.
-  ///     These values are for x86-32 linux.
-
-  /// getTypeSizeInBits - Return the number of bits necessary to hold the
-  /// specified type.  For example, returns 36 for i36 and 80 for x86_fp80.
-  uint64_t getTypeSizeInBits(Type* Ty) const;
-
-  /// getTypeStoreSize - Return the maximum number of bytes that may be
-  /// overwritten by storing the specified type.  For example, returns 5
-  /// for i36 and 10 for x86_fp80.
-  uint64_t getTypeStoreSize(Type *Ty) const {
-    return (getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)+7)/8;
-  }
-
-  /// getTypeStoreSizeInBits - Return the maximum number of bits that may be
-  /// overwritten by storing the specified type; always a multiple of 8.  For
-  /// example, returns 40 for i36 and 80 for x86_fp80.
-  uint64_t getTypeStoreSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const {
-    return 8*getTypeStoreSize(Ty);
-  }
-
-  /// getTypeAllocSize - Return the offset in bytes between successive objects
-  /// of the specified type, including alignment padding.  This is the amount
-  /// that alloca reserves for this type.  For example, returns 12 or 16 for
-  /// x86_fp80, depending on alignment.
-  uint64_t getTypeAllocSize(Type* Ty) const {
-    // Round up to the next alignment boundary.
-    return RoundUpAlignment(getTypeStoreSize(Ty), getABITypeAlignment(Ty));
-  }
-
-  /// getTypeAllocSizeInBits - Return the offset in bits between successive
-  /// objects of the specified type, including alignment padding; always a
-  /// multiple of 8.  This is the amount that alloca reserves for this type.
-  /// For example, returns 96 or 128 for x86_fp80, depending on alignment.
-  uint64_t getTypeAllocSizeInBits(Type* Ty) const {
-    return 8*getTypeAllocSize(Ty);
-  }
-
-  /// getABITypeAlignment - Return the minimum ABI-required alignment for the
-  /// specified type.
-  unsigned getABITypeAlignment(Type *Ty) const;
-
-  /// getABIIntegerTypeAlignment - Return the minimum ABI-required alignment for
-  /// an integer type of the specified bitwidth.
-  unsigned getABIIntegerTypeAlignment(unsigned BitWidth) const;
-
-
-  /// getCallFrameTypeAlignment - Return the minimum ABI-required alignment
-  /// for the specified type when it is part of a call frame.
-  unsigned getCallFrameTypeAlignment(Type *Ty) const;
-
-
-  /// getPrefTypeAlignment - Return the preferred stack/global alignment for
-  /// the specified type.  This is always at least as good as the ABI alignment.
-  unsigned getPrefTypeAlignment(Type *Ty) const;
-
-  /// getPreferredTypeAlignmentShift - Return the preferred alignment for the
-  /// specified type, returned as log2 of the value (a shift amount).
-  ///
-  unsigned getPreferredTypeAlignmentShift(Type *Ty) const;
-
-  /// getIntPtrType - Return an unsigned integer type that is the same size or
-  /// greater to the host pointer size.
-  ///
-  IntegerType *getIntPtrType(LLVMContext &C) const;
-
-  /// getIndexedOffset - return the offset from the beginning of the type for
-  /// the specified indices.  This is used to implement getelementptr.
-  ///
-  uint64_t getIndexedOffset(Type *Ty, ArrayRef<Value *> Indices) const;
-
-  /// getStructLayout - Return a StructLayout object, indicating the alignment
-  /// of the struct, its size, and the offsets of its fields.  Note that this
-  /// information is lazily cached.
-  const StructLayout *getStructLayout(StructType *Ty) const;
-
-  /// getPreferredAlignment - Return the preferred alignment of the specified
-  /// global.  This includes an explicitly requested alignment (if the global
-  /// has one).
-  unsigned getPreferredAlignment(const GlobalVariable *GV) const;
-
-  /// getPreferredAlignmentLog - Return the preferred alignment of the
-  /// specified global, returned in log form.  This includes an explicitly
-  /// requested alignment (if the global has one).
-  unsigned getPreferredAlignmentLog(const GlobalVariable *GV) const;
-
-  /// RoundUpAlignment - Round the specified value up to the next alignment
-  /// boundary specified by Alignment.  For example, 7 rounded up to an
-  /// alignment boundary of 4 is 8.  8 rounded up to the alignment boundary of 4
-  /// is 8 because it is already aligned.
-  template <typename UIntTy>
-  static UIntTy RoundUpAlignment(UIntTy Val, unsigned Alignment) {
-    assert((Alignment & (Alignment-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2!");
-    return (Val + (Alignment-1)) & ~UIntTy(Alignment-1);
-  }
-
-  static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
-};
-
-/// StructLayout - used to lazily calculate structure layout information for a
-/// target machine, based on the TargetData structure.
-///
-class StructLayout {
-  uint64_t StructSize;
-  unsigned StructAlignment;
-  unsigned NumElements;
-  uint64_t MemberOffsets[1];  // variable sized array!
-public:
-
-  uint64_t getSizeInBytes() const {
-    return StructSize;
-  }
-
-  uint64_t getSizeInBits() const {
-    return 8*StructSize;
-  }
-
-  unsigned getAlignment() const {
-    return StructAlignment;
-  }
-
-  /// getElementContainingOffset - Given a valid byte offset into the structure,
-  /// return the structure index that contains it.
-  ///
-  unsigned getElementContainingOffset(uint64_t Offset) const;
-
-  uint64_t getElementOffset(unsigned Idx) const {
-    assert(Idx < NumElements && "Invalid element idx!");
-    return MemberOffsets[Idx];
-  }
-
-  uint64_t getElementOffsetInBits(unsigned Idx) const {
-    return getElementOffset(Idx)*8;
-  }
-
-private:
-  friend class TargetData;   // Only TargetData can create this class
-  StructLayout(StructType *ST, const TargetData &TD);
-};
-
-} // End llvm namespace
-
-#endif

Removed: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetELFWriterInfo.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetELFWriterInfo.h?rev=172540&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetELFWriterInfo.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetELFWriterInfo.h (removed)
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-//===-- llvm/Target/TargetELFWriterInfo.h - ELF Writer Info -----*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines the TargetELFWriterInfo class.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_TARGET_TARGETELFWRITERINFO_H
-#define LLVM_TARGET_TARGETELFWRITERINFO_H
-
-namespace llvm {
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  //                          TargetELFWriterInfo
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  class TargetELFWriterInfo {
-  protected:
-    // EMachine - This field is the target specific value to emit as the
-    // e_machine member of the ELF header.
-    unsigned short EMachine;
-    bool is64Bit, isLittleEndian;
-  public:
-
-    // Machine architectures
-    enum MachineType {
-      EM_NONE = 0,     // No machine
-      EM_M32 = 1,      // AT&T WE 32100
-      EM_SPARC = 2,    // SPARC
-      EM_386 = 3,      // Intel 386
-      EM_68K = 4,      // Motorola 68000
-      EM_88K = 5,      // Motorola 88000
-      EM_486 = 6,      // Intel 486 (deprecated)
-      EM_860 = 7,      // Intel 80860
-      EM_MIPS = 8,     // MIPS R3000
-      EM_PPC = 20,     // PowerPC
-      EM_ARM = 40,     // ARM
-      EM_ALPHA = 41,   // DEC Alpha
-      EM_SPARCV9 = 43, // SPARC V9
-      EM_X86_64 = 62,  // AMD64
-      EM_HEXAGON = 164 // Qualcomm Hexagon
-    };
-
-    // ELF File classes
-    enum {
-      ELFCLASS32 = 1, // 32-bit object file
-      ELFCLASS64 = 2  // 64-bit object file
-    };
-
-    // ELF Endianess
-    enum {
-      ELFDATA2LSB = 1, // Little-endian object file
-      ELFDATA2MSB = 2  // Big-endian object file
-    };
-
-    explicit TargetELFWriterInfo(bool is64Bit_, bool isLittleEndian_);
-    virtual ~TargetELFWriterInfo();
-
-    unsigned short getEMachine() const { return EMachine; }
-    unsigned getEFlags() const { return 0; }
-    unsigned getEIClass() const { return is64Bit ? ELFCLASS64 : ELFCLASS32; }
-    unsigned getEIData() const {
-      return isLittleEndian ? ELFDATA2LSB : ELFDATA2MSB;
-    }
-
-    /// ELF Header and ELF Section Header Info
-    unsigned getHdrSize() const { return is64Bit ? 64 : 52; }
-    unsigned getSHdrSize() const { return is64Bit ? 64 : 40; }
-
-    /// Symbol Table Info
-    unsigned getSymTabEntrySize() const { return is64Bit ? 24 : 16; }
-
-    /// getPrefELFAlignment - Returns the preferred alignment for ELF. This
-    /// is used to align some sections.
-    unsigned getPrefELFAlignment() const { return is64Bit ? 8 : 4; }
-
-    /// getRelocationEntrySize - Entry size used in the relocation section
-    unsigned getRelocationEntrySize() const {
-      return is64Bit ? (hasRelocationAddend() ? 24 : 16)
-                     : (hasRelocationAddend() ? 12 : 8);
-    }
-
-    /// getRelocationType - Returns the target specific ELF Relocation type.
-    /// 'MachineRelTy' contains the object code independent relocation type
-    virtual unsigned getRelocationType(unsigned MachineRelTy) const = 0;
-
-    /// hasRelocationAddend - True if the target uses an addend in the
-    /// ELF relocation entry.
-    virtual bool hasRelocationAddend() const = 0;
-
-    /// getDefaultAddendForRelTy - Gets the default addend value for a
-    /// relocation entry based on the target ELF relocation type.
-    virtual long int getDefaultAddendForRelTy(unsigned RelTy,
-                                              long int Modifier = 0) const = 0;
-
-    /// getRelTySize - Returns the size of relocatable field in bits
-    virtual unsigned getRelocationTySize(unsigned RelTy) const = 0;
-
-    /// isPCRelativeRel - True if the relocation type is pc relative
-    virtual bool isPCRelativeRel(unsigned RelTy) const = 0;
-
-    /// getJumpTableRelocationTy - Returns the machine relocation type used
-    /// to reference a jumptable.
-    virtual unsigned getAbsoluteLabelMachineRelTy() const = 0;
-
-    /// computeRelocation - Some relocatable fields could be relocated
-    /// directly, avoiding the relocation symbol emission, compute the
-    /// final relocation value for this symbol.
-    virtual long int computeRelocation(unsigned SymOffset, unsigned RelOffset,
-                                       unsigned RelTy) const = 0;
-  };
-
-} // end llvm namespace
-
-#endif // LLVM_TARGET_TARGETELFWRITERINFO_H

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetInstrInfo.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetInstrInfo.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetInstrInfo.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetInstrInfo.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
 /// TargetInstrInfo - Interface to description of machine instruction set
 ///
 class TargetInstrInfo : public MCInstrInfo {
-  TargetInstrInfo(const TargetInstrInfo &);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const TargetInstrInfo &);   // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  TargetInstrInfo(const TargetInstrInfo &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const TargetInstrInfo &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 public:
   TargetInstrInfo(int CFSetupOpcode = -1, int CFDestroyOpcode = -1)
     : CallFrameSetupOpcode(CFSetupOpcode),
@@ -188,14 +188,6 @@
                              const MachineInstr *Orig,
                              const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI) const = 0;
 
-  /// scheduleTwoAddrSource - Schedule the copy / re-mat of the source of the
-  /// two-addrss instruction inserted by two-address pass.
-  virtual void scheduleTwoAddrSource(MachineInstr *SrcMI,
-                                     MachineInstr *UseMI,
-                                     const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI) const {
-    // Do nothing.
-  }
-
   /// duplicate - Create a duplicate of the Orig instruction in MF. This is like
   /// MachineFunction::CloneMachineInstr(), but the target may update operands
   /// that are required to be unique.
@@ -421,7 +413,59 @@
     llvm_unreachable("Target didn't implement TargetInstrInfo::insertSelect!");
   }
 
+  /// analyzeSelect - Analyze the given select instruction, returning true if
+  /// it cannot be understood. It is assumed that MI->isSelect() is true.
+  ///
+  /// When successful, return the controlling condition and the operands that
+  /// determine the true and false result values.
+  ///
+  ///   Result = SELECT Cond, TrueOp, FalseOp
+  ///
+  /// Some targets can optimize select instructions, for example by predicating
+  /// the instruction defining one of the operands. Such targets should set
+  /// Optimizable.
+  ///
+  /// @param         MI Select instruction to analyze.
+  /// @param Cond    Condition controlling the select.
+  /// @param TrueOp  Operand number of the value selected when Cond is true.
+  /// @param FalseOp Operand number of the value selected when Cond is false.
+  /// @param Optimizable Returned as true if MI is optimizable.
+  /// @returns False on success.
+  virtual bool analyzeSelect(const MachineInstr *MI,
+                             SmallVectorImpl<MachineOperand> &Cond,
+                             unsigned &TrueOp, unsigned &FalseOp,
+                             bool &Optimizable) const {
+    assert(MI && MI->isSelect() && "MI must be a select instruction");
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  /// optimizeSelect - Given a select instruction that was understood by
+  /// analyzeSelect and returned Optimizable = true, attempt to optimize MI by
+  /// merging it with one of its operands. Returns NULL on failure.
+  ///
+  /// When successful, returns the new select instruction. The client is
+  /// responsible for deleting MI.
+  ///
+  /// If both sides of the select can be optimized, PreferFalse is used to pick
+  /// a side.
+  ///
+  /// @param MI          Optimizable select instruction.
+  /// @param PreferFalse Try to optimize FalseOp instead of TrueOp.
+  /// @returns Optimized instruction or NULL.
+  virtual MachineInstr *optimizeSelect(MachineInstr *MI,
+                                       bool PreferFalse = false) const {
+    // This function must be implemented if Optimizable is ever set.
+    llvm_unreachable("Target must implement TargetInstrInfo::optimizeSelect!");
+  }
+
   /// copyPhysReg - Emit instructions to copy a pair of physical registers.
+  ///
+  /// This function should support copies within any legal register class as
+  /// well as any cross-class copies created during instruction selection.
+  ///
+  /// The source and destination registers may overlap, which may require a
+  /// careful implementation when multiple copy instructions are required for
+  /// large registers. See for example the ARM target.
   virtual void copyPhysReg(MachineBasicBlock &MBB,
                            MachineBasicBlock::iterator MI, DebugLoc DL,
                            unsigned DestReg, unsigned SrcReg,
@@ -757,29 +801,6 @@
                                  const MachineInstr *UseMI, unsigned UseIdx,
                                  bool FindMin = false) const;
 
-  /// computeOperandLatency - Compute and return the latency of the given data
-  /// dependent def and use. DefMI must be a valid def. UseMI may be NULL for
-  /// an unknown use. If the subtarget allows, this may or may not need to call
-  /// getOperandLatency().
-  ///
-  /// FindMin may be set to get the minimum vs. expected latency. Minimum
-  /// latency is used for scheduling groups, while expected latency is for
-  /// instruction cost and critical path.
-  unsigned computeOperandLatency(const InstrItineraryData *ItinData,
-                                 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI,
-                                 const MachineInstr *DefMI,
-                                 const MachineInstr *UseMI,
-                                 unsigned Reg, bool FindMin) const;
-
-  /// getOutputLatency - Compute and return the output dependency latency of a
-  /// a given pair of defs which both target the same register. This is usually
-  /// one.
-  virtual unsigned getOutputLatency(const InstrItineraryData *ItinData,
-                                    const MachineInstr *DefMI, unsigned DefIdx,
-                                    const MachineInstr *DepMI) const {
-    return 1;
-  }
-
   /// getInstrLatency - Compute the instruction latency of a given instruction.
   /// If the instruction has higher cost when predicated, it's returned via
   /// PredCost.
@@ -794,6 +815,9 @@
   unsigned defaultDefLatency(const MCSchedModel *SchedModel,
                              const MachineInstr *DefMI) const;
 
+  int computeDefOperandLatency(const InstrItineraryData *ItinData,
+                               const MachineInstr *DefMI, bool FindMin) const;
+
   /// isHighLatencyDef - Return true if this opcode has high latency to its
   /// result.
   virtual bool isHighLatencyDef(int opc) const { return false; }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetIntrinsicInfo.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetIntrinsicInfo.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetIntrinsicInfo.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetIntrinsicInfo.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_TARGET_TARGETINTRINSICINFO_H
 #define LLVM_TARGET_TARGETINTRINSICINFO_H
 
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include <string>
 
 namespace llvm {
@@ -27,8 +28,8 @@
 /// TargetIntrinsicInfo - Interface to description of machine instruction set
 ///
 class TargetIntrinsicInfo {
-  TargetIntrinsicInfo(const TargetIntrinsicInfo &); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const TargetIntrinsicInfo &);      // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  TargetIntrinsicInfo(const TargetIntrinsicInfo &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const TargetIntrinsicInfo &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 public:
   TargetIntrinsicInfo();
   virtual ~TargetIntrinsicInfo();

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -18,6 +18,26 @@
 
   namespace LibFunc {
     enum Func {
+      /// void operator delete[](void*);
+      ZdaPv,
+      /// void operator delete(void*);
+      ZdlPv,
+      /// void *new[](unsigned int);
+      Znaj,
+      /// void *new[](unsigned int, nothrow);
+      ZnajRKSt9nothrow_t,
+      /// void *new[](unsigned long);
+      Znam,
+      /// void *new[](unsigned long, nothrow);
+      ZnamRKSt9nothrow_t,
+      /// void *new(unsigned int);
+      Znwj,
+      /// void *new(unsigned int, nothrow);
+      ZnwjRKSt9nothrow_t,
+      /// void *new(unsigned long);
+      Znwm,
+      /// void *new(unsigned long, nothrow);
+      ZnwmRKSt9nothrow_t,
       /// int __cxa_atexit(void (*f)(void *), void *p, void *d);
       cxa_atexit,
       /// void __cxa_guard_abort(guard_t *guard);
@@ -33,12 +53,24 @@
       acos,
       /// float acosf(float x);
       acosf,
+      /// double acosh(double x);
+      acosh,
+      /// float acoshf(float x);
+      acoshf,
+      /// long double acoshl(long double x);
+      acoshl,
       /// long double acosl(long double x);
       acosl,
       /// double asin(double x);
       asin,
       /// float asinf(float x);
       asinf,
+      /// double asinh(double x);
+      asinh,
+      /// float asinhf(float x);
+      asinhf,
+      /// long double asinhl(long double x);
+      asinhl,
       /// long double asinl(long double x);
       asinl,
       /// double atan(double x);
@@ -51,8 +83,22 @@
       atan2l,
       /// float atanf(float x);
       atanf,
+      /// double atanh(double x);
+      atanh,
+      /// float atanhf(float x);
+      atanhf,
+      /// long double atanhl(long double x);
+      atanhl,
       /// long double atanl(long double x);
       atanl,
+      /// void *calloc(size_t count, size_t size);
+      calloc,
+      /// double cbrt(double x);
+      cbrt,
+      /// float cbrtf(float x);
+      cbrtf,
+      /// long double cbrtl(long double x);
+      cbrtl,
       /// double ceil(double x);
       ceil,
       /// float ceilf(float x);
@@ -79,6 +125,12 @@
       cosl,
       /// double exp(double x);
       exp,
+      /// double exp10(double x);
+      exp10,
+      /// float exp10f(float x);
+      exp10f,
+      /// long double exp10l(long double x);
+      exp10l,
       /// double exp2(double x);
       exp2,
       /// float exp2f(float x);
@@ -119,6 +171,8 @@
       fputc,
       /// int fputs(const char *s, FILE *stream);
       fputs,
+      /// void free(void *ptr);
+      free,
       /// size_t fwrite(const void *ptr, size_t size, size_t nitems,
       /// FILE *stream);
       fwrite,
@@ -144,10 +198,18 @@
       log2f,
       /// double long double log2l(long double x);
       log2l,
+      /// double logb(double x);
+      logb,
+      /// float logbf(float x);
+      logbf,
+      /// long double logbl(long double x);
+      logbl,
       /// float logf(float x);
       logf,
       /// long double logl(long double x);
       logl,
+      /// void *malloc(size_t size);
+      malloc,
       /// void *memchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
       memchr,
       /// int memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
@@ -166,6 +228,8 @@
       nearbyintf,
       /// long double nearbyintl(long double x);
       nearbyintl,
+      /// int posix_memalign(void **memptr, size_t alignment, size_t size);
+      posix_memalign,
       /// double pow(double x, double y);
       pow,
       /// float powf(float x, float y);
@@ -176,6 +240,10 @@
       putchar,
       /// int puts(const char *s);
       puts,
+      /// void *realloc(void *ptr, size_t size);
+      realloc,
+      /// void *reallocf(void *ptr, size_t size);
+      reallocf,
       /// double rint(double x);
       rint,
       /// float rintf(float x);
@@ -208,12 +276,20 @@
       sqrtf,
       /// long double sqrtl(long double x);
       sqrtl,
+      /// char *stpcpy(char *s1, const char *s2);
+      stpcpy,
       /// char *strcat(char *s1, const char *s2);
       strcat,
       /// char *strchr(const char *s, int c);
       strchr,
+      /// int strcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
+      strcmp,
       /// char *strcpy(char *s1, const char *s2);
       strcpy,
+      /// size_t strcspn(const char *s1, const char *s2);
+      strcspn,
+      /// char *strdup(const char *s1);
+      strdup,
       /// size_t strlen(const char *s);
       strlen,
       /// char *strncat(char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
@@ -222,8 +298,33 @@
       strncmp,
       /// char *strncpy(char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
       strncpy,
+      /// char *strndup(const char *s1, size_t n);
+      strndup,
       /// size_t strnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen);
       strnlen,
+      /// char *strpbrk(const char *s1, const char *s2);
+      strpbrk,
+      /// char *strrchr(const char *s, int c);
+      strrchr,
+      /// size_t strspn(const char *s1, const char *s2);
+      strspn,
+      /// char *strstr(const char *s1, const char *s2);
+      strstr,
+      /// double strtod(const char *nptr, char **endptr);
+      strtod,
+      /// float strtof(const char *nptr, char **endptr);
+      strtof,
+      /// long int strtol(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base);
+      strtol,
+      /// long double strtold(const char *nptr, char **endptr);
+      strtold,
+      /// long long int strtoll(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base);
+      strtoll,
+      /// unsigned long int strtoul(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base);
+      strtoul,
+      /// unsigned long long int strtoull(const char *nptr, char **endptr,
+      ///                                 int base);
+      strtoull,
       /// double tan(double x);
       tan,
       /// float tanf(float x);
@@ -242,6 +343,8 @@
       truncf,
       /// long double truncl(long double x);
       truncl,
+      /// void *valloc(size_t size);
+      valloc,
 
       NumLibFuncs
     };

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetLowering.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetLowering.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetLowering.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetLowering.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -22,9 +22,11 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_TARGET_TARGETLOWERING_H
 #define LLVM_TARGET_TARGETLOWERING_H
 
+#include "llvm/AddressingMode.h"
 #include "llvm/CallingConv.h"
 #include "llvm/InlineAsm.h"
 #include "llvm/Attributes.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/SelectionDAGNodes.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/RuntimeLibcalls.h"
@@ -49,7 +51,7 @@
   class MCContext;
   class MCExpr;
   template<typename T> class SmallVectorImpl;
-  class TargetData;
+  class DataLayout;
   class TargetRegisterClass;
   class TargetLibraryInfo;
   class TargetLoweringObjectFile;
@@ -76,8 +78,8 @@
 /// target-specific constructs to SelectionDAG operators.
 ///
 class TargetLowering {
-  TargetLowering(const TargetLowering&);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const TargetLowering&);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  TargetLowering(const TargetLowering&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const TargetLowering&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 public:
   /// LegalizeAction - This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a
   /// target, and if not, what action should be used to make them valid.
@@ -101,12 +103,24 @@
     TypeWidenVector      // This vector should be widened into a larger vector.
   };
 
+  /// LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT
+  /// in order to type-legalize it.
+  typedef std::pair<LegalizeTypeAction, EVT> LegalizeKind;
+
   enum BooleanContent { // How the target represents true/false values.
     UndefinedBooleanContent,    // Only bit 0 counts, the rest can hold garbage.
     ZeroOrOneBooleanContent,        // All bits zero except for bit 0.
     ZeroOrNegativeOneBooleanContent // All bits equal to bit 0.
   };
 
+  enum SelectSupportKind {
+    ScalarValSelect,      // The target supports scalar selects (ex: cmov).
+    ScalarCondVectorVal,  // The target supports selects with a scalar condition
+                          // and vector values (ex: cmov).
+    VectorMaskSelect      // The target supports vector selects with a vector
+                          // mask (ex: x86 blends).
+  };
+
   static ISD::NodeType getExtendForContent(BooleanContent Content) {
     switch (Content) {
     case UndefinedBooleanContent:
@@ -128,22 +142,37 @@
   virtual ~TargetLowering();
 
   const TargetMachine &getTargetMachine() const { return TM; }
-  const TargetData *getTargetData() const { return TD; }
+  const DataLayout *getDataLayout() const { return TD; }
   const TargetLoweringObjectFile &getObjFileLowering() const { return TLOF; }
 
   bool isBigEndian() const { return !IsLittleEndian; }
   bool isLittleEndian() const { return IsLittleEndian; }
-  MVT getPointerTy() const { return PointerTy; }
+  // Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
+  // the pointer type from the data layout.
+  // FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
+  virtual MVT getPointerTy(uint32_t AS = 0) const { return PointerTy; }
   virtual MVT getShiftAmountTy(EVT LHSTy) const;
 
   /// isSelectExpensive - Return true if the select operation is expensive for
   /// this target.
   bool isSelectExpensive() const { return SelectIsExpensive; }
 
+  virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind kind) const { return true; }
+
   /// isIntDivCheap() - Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than
   /// a sequence of several shifts, adds, and multiplies for this target.
   bool isIntDivCheap() const { return IntDivIsCheap; }
 
+  /// isSlowDivBypassed - Returns true if target has indicated at least one
+  /// type should be bypassed.
+  bool isSlowDivBypassed() const { return !BypassSlowDivWidths.empty(); }
+
+  /// getBypassSlowDivTypes - Returns map of slow types for division or
+  /// remainder with corresponding fast types
+  const DenseMap<unsigned int, unsigned int> &getBypassSlowDivWidths() const {
+    return BypassSlowDivWidths;
+  }
+
   /// isPow2DivCheap() - Return true if pow2 div is cheaper than a chain of
   /// srl/add/sra.
   bool isPow2DivCheap() const { return Pow2DivIsCheap; }
@@ -382,6 +411,13 @@
        getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom);
   }
 
+  /// isOperationExpand - Return true if the specified operation is illegal on
+  /// this target or unlikely to be made legal with custom lowering. This is
+  /// used to help guide high-level lowering decisions.
+  bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
+    return (!isTypeLegal(VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Expand);
+  }
+
   /// isOperationLegal - Return true if the specified operation is legal on this
   /// target.
   bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
@@ -475,8 +511,12 @@
     assert((unsigned)CC < array_lengthof(CondCodeActions) &&
            (unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy < sizeof(CondCodeActions[0])*4 &&
            "Table isn't big enough!");
+    /// The lower 5 bits of the SimpleTy index into Nth 2bit set from the 64bit
+    /// value and the upper 27 bits index into the second dimension of the
+    /// array to select what 64bit value to use.
     LegalizeAction Action = (LegalizeAction)
-      ((CondCodeActions[CC] >> (2*VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy)) & 3);
+      ((CondCodeActions[CC][VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy >> 5]
+        >> (2*(VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy & 0x1F))) & 3);
     assert(Action != Promote && "Can't promote condition code!");
     return Action;
   }
@@ -533,6 +573,7 @@
     }
     return EVT::getEVT(Ty, AllowUnknown);
   }
+  
 
   /// getByValTypeAlignment - Return the desired alignment for ByVal aggregate
   /// function arguments in the caller parameter area.  This is the actual
@@ -686,6 +727,12 @@
     return SupportJumpTables;
   }
 
+  /// getMinimumJumpTableEntries - return integer threshold on number of
+  /// blocks to use jump tables rather than if sequence.
+  int getMinimumJumpTableEntries() const {
+    return MinimumJumpTableEntries;
+  }
+
   /// getStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore - If a physical register, this
   /// specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save
   /// and restore.
@@ -1006,6 +1053,12 @@
     SupportJumpTables = Val;
   }
 
+  /// setMinimumJumpTableEntries - Indicate the number of blocks to generate
+  /// jump tables rather than if sequence.
+  void setMinimumJumpTableEntries(int Val) {
+    MinimumJumpTableEntries = Val;
+  }
+
   /// setStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore - If set to a physical register, this
   /// specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save
   /// and restore.
@@ -1045,6 +1098,11 @@
   /// of instructions not containing an integer divide.
   void setIntDivIsCheap(bool isCheap = true) { IntDivIsCheap = isCheap; }
 
+  /// addBypassSlowDiv - Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
+  void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth) {
+    BypassSlowDivWidths[SlowBitWidth] = FastBitWidth;
+  }
+
   /// setPow2DivIsCheap - Tells the code generator that it shouldn't generate
   /// srl/add/sra for a signed divide by power of two, and let the target handle
   /// it.
@@ -1127,8 +1185,13 @@
     assert(VT < MVT::LAST_VALUETYPE &&
            (unsigned)CC < array_lengthof(CondCodeActions) &&
            "Table isn't big enough!");
-    CondCodeActions[(unsigned)CC] &= ~(uint64_t(3UL)  << VT.SimpleTy*2);
-    CondCodeActions[(unsigned)CC] |= (uint64_t)Action << VT.SimpleTy*2;
+    /// The lower 5 bits of the SimpleTy index into Nth 2bit set from the 64bit
+    /// value and the upper 27 bits index into the second dimension of the
+    /// array to select what 64bit value to use.
+    CondCodeActions[(unsigned)CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 5]
+      &= ~(uint64_t(3UL)  << (VT.SimpleTy & 0x1F)*2);
+    CondCodeActions[(unsigned)CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 5]
+      |= (uint64_t)Action << (VT.SimpleTy & 0x1F)*2;
   }
 
   /// AddPromotedToType - If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the
@@ -1201,7 +1264,7 @@
 public:
   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   // Lowering methods - These methods must be implemented by targets so that
-  // the SelectionDAGLowering code knows how to lower these.
+  // the SelectionDAGBuilder code knows how to lower these.
   //
 
   /// LowerFormalArguments - This hook must be implemented to lower the
@@ -1271,9 +1334,9 @@
                      FunctionType *FTy, bool isTailCall, SDValue callee,
                      ArgListTy &args, SelectionDAG &dag, DebugLoc dl,
                      ImmutableCallSite &cs)
-    : Chain(chain), RetTy(retTy), RetSExt(cs.paramHasAttr(0, Attribute::SExt)),
-      RetZExt(cs.paramHasAttr(0, Attribute::ZExt)), IsVarArg(FTy->isVarArg()),
-      IsInReg(cs.paramHasAttr(0, Attribute::InReg)),
+    : Chain(chain), RetTy(retTy), RetSExt(cs.paramHasAttr(0, Attributes::SExt)),
+      RetZExt(cs.paramHasAttr(0, Attributes::ZExt)), IsVarArg(FTy->isVarArg()),
+      IsInReg(cs.paramHasAttr(0, Attributes::InReg)),
       DoesNotReturn(cs.doesNotReturn()),
       IsReturnValueUsed(!cs.getInstruction()->use_empty()),
       IsTailCall(isTailCall), NumFixedArgs(FTy->getNumParams()),
@@ -1314,7 +1377,7 @@
   }
 
   /// HandleByVal - Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
-  virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &) const {}
+  virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, unsigned) const {}
 
   /// CanLowerReturn - This hook should be implemented to check whether the
   /// return values described by the Outs array can fit into the return
@@ -1584,22 +1647,6 @@
   // Addressing mode description hooks (used by LSR etc).
   //
 
-  /// AddrMode - This represents an addressing mode of:
-  ///    BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg
-  /// If BaseGV is null,  there is no BaseGV.
-  /// If BaseOffs is zero, there is no base offset.
-  /// If HasBaseReg is false, there is no base register.
-  /// If Scale is zero, there is no ScaleReg.  Scale of 1 indicates a reg with
-  /// no scale.
-  ///
-  struct AddrMode {
-    GlobalValue *BaseGV;
-    int64_t      BaseOffs;
-    bool         HasBaseReg;
-    int64_t      Scale;
-    AddrMode() : BaseGV(0), BaseOffs(0), HasBaseReg(false), Scale(0) {}
-  };
-
   /// GetAddrModeArguments - CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the
   /// same BB as Load/Store instructions reading the address.  This allows as
   /// much computation as possible to be done in the address mode for that
@@ -1741,10 +1788,11 @@
 
 private:
   const TargetMachine &TM;
-  const TargetData *TD;
+  const DataLayout *TD;
   const TargetLoweringObjectFile &TLOF;
 
-  /// PointerTy - The type to use for pointers, usually i32 or i64.
+  /// PointerTy - The type to use for pointers for the default address space,
+  /// usually i32 or i64.
   ///
   MVT PointerTy;
 
@@ -1762,6 +1810,12 @@
   /// set to true unconditionally.
   bool IntDivIsCheap;
 
+  /// BypassSlowDivMap - Tells the code generator to bypass slow divide or
+  /// remainder instructions. For example, BypassSlowDivWidths[32,8] tells the
+  /// code generator to bypass 32-bit integer div/rem with an 8-bit unsigned
+  /// integer div/rem when the operands are positive and less than 256.
+  DenseMap <unsigned int, unsigned int> BypassSlowDivWidths;
+
   /// Pow2DivIsCheap - Tells the code generator that it shouldn't generate
   /// srl/add/sra for a signed divide by power of two, and let the target handle
   /// it.
@@ -1784,6 +1838,9 @@
   /// If it's not true, then each jumptable must be lowered into if-then-else's.
   bool SupportJumpTables;
 
+  /// MinimumJumpTableEntries - Number of blocks threshold to use jump tables.
+  int MinimumJumpTableEntries;
+
   /// BooleanContents - Information about the contents of the high-bits in
   /// boolean values held in a type wider than i1.  See getBooleanContents.
   BooleanContent BooleanContents;
@@ -1901,12 +1958,14 @@
   /// CondCodeActions - For each condition code (ISD::CondCode) keep a
   /// LegalizeAction that indicates how instruction selection should
   /// deal with the condition code.
-  uint64_t CondCodeActions[ISD::SETCC_INVALID];
+  /// Because each CC action takes up 2 bits, we need to have the array size
+  /// be large enough to fit all of the value types. This can be done by
+  /// dividing the MVT::LAST_VALUETYPE by 32 and adding one.
+  uint64_t CondCodeActions[ISD::SETCC_INVALID][(MVT::LAST_VALUETYPE / 32) + 1];
 
   ValueTypeActionImpl ValueTypeActions;
 
-  typedef std::pair<LegalizeTypeAction, EVT> LegalizeKind;
-
+public:
   LegalizeKind
   getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
     // If this is a simple type, use the ComputeRegisterProp mechanism.
@@ -1921,6 +1980,9 @@
          ValueTypeActions.getTypeAction(NVT.getSimpleVT()) != TypePromoteInteger)
          && "Promote may not follow Expand or Promote");
 
+      if (LA == TypeSplitVector)
+        NVT = EVT::getVectorVT(Context, VT.getVectorElementType(),
+                               VT.getVectorNumElements() / 2);
       return LegalizeKind(LA, NVT);
     }
 
@@ -2023,6 +2085,7 @@
     return LegalizeKind(TypeSplitVector, NVT);
   }
 
+private:
   std::vector<std::pair<EVT, const TargetRegisterClass*> > AvailableRegClasses;
 
   /// TargetDAGCombineArray - Targets can specify ISD nodes that they would

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetLoweringObjectFile.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetLoweringObjectFile.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetLoweringObjectFile.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetLoweringObjectFile.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -33,10 +33,11 @@
   
 class TargetLoweringObjectFile : public MCObjectFileInfo {
   MCContext *Ctx;
-  
-  TargetLoweringObjectFile(const TargetLoweringObjectFile&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const TargetLoweringObjectFile&);           // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  
+
+  TargetLoweringObjectFile(
+    const TargetLoweringObjectFile&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const TargetLoweringObjectFile&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+
 public:
   MCContext &getContext() const { return *Ctx; }
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -17,6 +17,8 @@
 #include "llvm/Pass.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/CodeGen.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h"
+#include "llvm/TargetTransformInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Target/TargetTransformImpl.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
 #include <cassert>
 #include <string>
@@ -31,8 +33,7 @@
 class MCContext;
 class PassManagerBase;
 class Target;
-class TargetData;
-class TargetELFWriterInfo;
+class DataLayout;
 class TargetFrameLowering;
 class TargetInstrInfo;
 class TargetIntrinsicInfo;
@@ -52,8 +53,8 @@
 /// through this interface.
 ///
 class TargetMachine {
-  TargetMachine(const TargetMachine &);   // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const TargetMachine &);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  TargetMachine(const TargetMachine &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const TargetMachine &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 protected: // Can only create subclasses.
   TargetMachine(const Target &T, StringRef TargetTriple,
                 StringRef CPU, StringRef FS, const TargetOptions &Options);
@@ -106,7 +107,11 @@
   virtual const TargetFrameLowering *getFrameLowering() const { return 0; }
   virtual const TargetLowering    *getTargetLowering() const { return 0; }
   virtual const TargetSelectionDAGInfo *getSelectionDAGInfo() const{ return 0; }
-  virtual const TargetData             *getTargetData() const { return 0; }
+  virtual const DataLayout             *getDataLayout() const { return 0; }
+  virtual const ScalarTargetTransformInfo*
+  getScalarTargetTransformInfo() const { return 0; }
+  virtual const VectorTargetTransformInfo*
+  getVectorTargetTransformInfo() const { return 0; }
 
   /// getMCAsmInfo - Return target specific asm information.
   ///
@@ -142,11 +147,6 @@
     return 0;
   }
 
-  /// getELFWriterInfo - If this target supports an ELF writer, return
-  /// information for it, otherwise return null.
-  ///
-  virtual const TargetELFWriterInfo *getELFWriterInfo() const { return 0; }
-
   /// hasMCRelaxAll - Check whether all machine code instructions should be
   /// relaxed.
   bool hasMCRelaxAll() const { return MCRelaxAll; }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetOpcodes.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetOpcodes.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetOpcodes.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetOpcodes.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -87,7 +87,11 @@
     /// BUNDLE - This instruction represents an instruction bundle. Instructions
     /// which immediately follow a BUNDLE instruction which are marked with
     /// 'InsideBundle' flag are inside the bundle.
-    BUNDLE
+    BUNDLE = 14,
+
+    /// Lifetime markers.
+    LIFETIME_START = 15,
+    LIFETIME_END = 16
   };
 } // end namespace TargetOpcode
 } // end namespace llvm

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -155,6 +155,10 @@
     /// automatically realigned, if needed.
     unsigned RealignStack : 1;
 
+    /// SSPBufferSize - The minimum size of buffers that will receive stack
+    /// smashing protection when -fstack-protection is used.
+    unsigned SSPBufferSize;
+
     /// EnableFastISel - This flag enables fast-path instruction selection
     /// which trades away generated code quality in favor of reducing
     /// compile time.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetRegisterInfo.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetRegisterInfo.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetRegisterInfo.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetRegisterInfo.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -221,13 +221,17 @@
 private:
   const TargetRegisterInfoDesc *InfoDesc;     // Extra desc array for codegen
   const char *const *SubRegIndexNames;        // Names of subreg indexes.
+  // Pointer to array of lane masks, one per sub-reg index.
+  const unsigned *SubRegIndexLaneMasks;
+
   regclass_iterator RegClassBegin, RegClassEnd;   // List of regclasses
 
 protected:
   TargetRegisterInfo(const TargetRegisterInfoDesc *ID,
                      regclass_iterator RegClassBegin,
                      regclass_iterator RegClassEnd,
-                     const char *const *subregindexnames);
+                     const char *const *SRINames,
+                     const unsigned *SRILaneMasks);
   virtual ~TargetRegisterInfo();
 public:
 
@@ -327,10 +331,36 @@
   /// getSubRegIndexName - Return the human-readable symbolic target-specific
   /// name for the specified SubRegIndex.
   const char *getSubRegIndexName(unsigned SubIdx) const {
-    assert(SubIdx && "This is not a subregister index");
+    assert(SubIdx && SubIdx < getNumSubRegIndices() &&
+           "This is not a subregister index");
     return SubRegIndexNames[SubIdx-1];
   }
 
+  /// getSubRegIndexLaneMask - Return a bitmask representing the parts of a
+  /// register that are covered by SubIdx.
+  ///
+  /// Lane masks for sub-register indices are similar to register units for
+  /// physical registers. The individual bits in a lane mask can't be assigned
+  /// any specific meaning. They can be used to check if two sub-register
+  /// indices overlap.
+  ///
+  /// If the target has a register such that:
+  ///
+  ///   getSubReg(Reg, A) overlaps getSubReg(Reg, B)
+  ///
+  /// then:
+  ///
+  ///   getSubRegIndexLaneMask(A) & getSubRegIndexLaneMask(B) != 0
+  ///
+  /// The converse is not necessarily true. If two lane masks have a common
+  /// bit, the corresponding sub-registers may not overlap, but it can be
+  /// assumed that they usually will.
+  unsigned getSubRegIndexLaneMask(unsigned SubIdx) const {
+    // SubIdx == 0 is allowed, it has the lane mask ~0u.
+    assert(SubIdx < getNumSubRegIndices() && "This is not a subregister index");
+    return SubRegIndexLaneMasks[SubIdx];
+  }
+
   /// regsOverlap - Returns true if the two registers are equal or alias each
   /// other. The registers may be virtual register.
   bool regsOverlap(unsigned regA, unsigned regB) const {
@@ -416,18 +446,6 @@
     return MCRegisterInfo::getMatchingSuperReg(Reg, SubIdx, RC->MC);
   }
 
-  /// canCombineSubRegIndices - Given a register class and a list of
-  /// subregister indices, return true if it's possible to combine the
-  /// subregister indices into one that corresponds to a larger
-  /// subregister. Return the new subregister index by reference. Note the
-  /// new index may be zero if the given subregisters can be combined to
-  /// form the whole register.
-  virtual bool canCombineSubRegIndices(const TargetRegisterClass *RC,
-                                       SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &SubIndices,
-                                       unsigned &NewSubIdx) const {
-    return 0;
-  }
-
   /// getMatchingSuperRegClass - Return a subclass of the specified register
   /// class A so that each register in it has a sub-register of the
   /// specified sub-register index which is in the specified register class B.
@@ -458,6 +476,8 @@
   /// composeSubRegIndices - Return the subregister index you get from composing
   /// two subregister indices.
   ///
+  /// The special null sub-register index composes as the identity.
+  ///
   /// If R:a:b is the same register as R:c, then composeSubRegIndices(a, b)
   /// returns c. Note that composeSubRegIndices does not tell you about illegal
   /// compositions. If R does not have a subreg a, or R:a does not have a subreg
@@ -467,11 +487,19 @@
   /// ssub_0:S0 - ssub_3:S3 subregs.
   /// If you compose subreg indices dsub_1, ssub_0 you get ssub_2.
   ///
-  virtual unsigned composeSubRegIndices(unsigned a, unsigned b) const {
-    // This default implementation is correct for most targets.
-    return b;
+  unsigned composeSubRegIndices(unsigned a, unsigned b) const {
+    if (!a) return b;
+    if (!b) return a;
+    return composeSubRegIndicesImpl(a, b);
   }
 
+protected:
+  /// Overridden by TableGen in targets that have sub-registers.
+  virtual unsigned composeSubRegIndicesImpl(unsigned, unsigned) const {
+    llvm_unreachable("Target has no sub-registers");
+  }
+
+public:
   /// getCommonSuperRegClass - Find a common super-register class if it exists.
   ///
   /// Find a register class, SuperRC and two sub-register indices, PreA and

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSchedule.td
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSchedule.td?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSchedule.td (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSchedule.td Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -10,25 +10,77 @@
 // This file defines the target-independent scheduling interfaces which should
 // be implemented by each target which is using TableGen based scheduling.
 //
+// The SchedMachineModel is defined by subtargets for three categories of data:
+// 1. Basic properties for coarse grained instruction cost model.
+// 2. Scheduler Read/Write resources for simple per-opcode cost model.
+// 3. Instruction itineraties for detailed reservation tables.
+//
+// (1) Basic properties are defined by the SchedMachineModel
+// class. Target hooks allow subtargets to associate opcodes with
+// those properties.
+//
+// (2) A per-operand machine model can be implemented in any
+// combination of the following ways:
+//
+// A. Associate per-operand SchedReadWrite types with Instructions by
+// modifying the Instruction definition to inherit from Sched. For
+// each subtarget, define WriteRes and ReadAdvance to associate
+// processor resources and latency with each SchedReadWrite type.
+//
+// B. In each instruction definition, name an ItineraryClass. For each
+// subtarget, define ItinRW entries to map ItineraryClass to
+// per-operand SchedReadWrite types. Unlike method A, these types may
+// be subtarget specific and can be directly associated with resources
+// by defining SchedWriteRes and SchedReadAdvance.
+//
+// C. In the subtarget, map SchedReadWrite types to specific
+// opcodes. This overrides any SchedReadWrite types or
+// ItineraryClasses defined by the Instruction. As in method B, the
+// subtarget can directly associate resources with SchedReadWrite
+// types by defining SchedWriteRes and SchedReadAdvance.
+//
+// D. In either the target or subtarget, define SchedWriteVariant or
+// SchedReadVariant to map one SchedReadWrite type onto another
+// sequence of SchedReadWrite types. This allows dynamic selection of
+// an instruction's machine model via custom C++ code. It also allows
+// a machine-independent SchedReadWrite type to map to a sequence of
+// machine-dependent types.
+//
+// (3) A per-pipeline-stage machine model can be implemented by providing
+// Itineraries in addition to mapping instructions to ItineraryClasses.
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
+// Include legacy support for instruction itineraries.
 include "llvm/Target/TargetItinerary.td"
 
-// The SchedMachineModel is defined by subtargets for three categories of data:
-// 1) Basic properties for coarse grained instruction cost model.
-// 2) Scheduler Read/Write resources for simple per-opcode cost model.
-// 3) Instruction itineraties for detailed reservation tables.
+class Instruction; // Forward def
+
+// DAG operator that interprets the DAG args as Instruction defs.
+def instrs;
+
+// DAG operator that interprets each DAG arg as a regex pattern for
+// matching Instruction opcode names.
+// The regex must match the beginning of the opcode (as in Python re.match).
+// To avoid matching prefixes, append '$' to the pattern.
+def instregex;
+
+// Define the SchedMachineModel and provide basic properties for
+// coarse grained instruction cost model. Default values for the
+// properties are defined in MCSchedModel. A value of "-1" in the
+// target description's SchedMachineModel indicates that the property
+// is not overriden by the target.
 //
-// Default values for basic properties are defined in MCSchedModel. "-1"
-// indicates that the property is not overriden by the target description.
+// Target hooks allow subtargets to associate LoadLatency and
+// HighLatency with groups of opcodes.
 class SchedMachineModel {
-  int IssueWidth = -1; // Max instructions that may be scheduled per cycle.
+  int IssueWidth = -1; // Max micro-ops that may be scheduled per cycle.
   int MinLatency = -1; // Determines which instrucions are allowed in a group.
                        // (-1) inorder (0) ooo, (1): inorder +var latencies.
   int LoadLatency = -1; // Cycles for loads to access the cache.
   int HighLatency = -1; // Approximation of cycles for "high latency" ops.
   int MispredictPenalty = -1; // Extra cycles for a mispredicted branch.
 
+  // Per-cycle resources tables.
   ProcessorItineraries Itineraries = NoItineraries;
 
   bit NoModel = 0; // Special tag to indicate missing machine model.
@@ -38,4 +90,276 @@
   let NoModel = 1;
 }
 
-// TODO: Define classes for processor and scheduler resources.
+// Define a kind of processor resource that may be common across
+// similar subtargets.
+class ProcResourceKind;
+
+// Define a number of interchangeable processor resources. NumUnits
+// determines the throughput of instructions that require the resource.
+//
+// An optional Super resource may be given to model these resources as
+// a subset of the more general super resources. Using one of these
+// resources implies using one of the super resoruces.
+//
+// ProcResourceUnits normally model a few buffered resources within an
+// out-of-order engine that the compiler attempts to conserve.
+// Buffered resources may be held for multiple clock cycles, but the
+// scheduler does not pin them to a particular clock cycle relative to
+// instruction dispatch. Setting Buffered=0 changes this to an
+// in-order resource. In this case, the scheduler counts down from the
+// cycle that the instruction issues in-order, forcing an interlock
+// with subsequent instructions that require the same resource until
+// the number of ResourceCyles specified in WriteRes expire.
+//
+// SchedModel ties these units to a processor for any stand-alone defs
+// of this class. Instances of subclass ProcResource will be automatically
+// attached to a processor, so SchedModel is not needed.
+class ProcResourceUnits<ProcResourceKind kind, int num> {
+  ProcResourceKind Kind = kind;
+  int NumUnits = num;
+  ProcResourceKind Super = ?;
+  bit Buffered = 1;
+  SchedMachineModel SchedModel = ?;
+}
+
+// EponymousProcResourceKind helps implement ProcResourceUnits by
+// allowing a ProcResourceUnits definition to reference itself. It
+// should not be referenced anywhere else.
+def EponymousProcResourceKind : ProcResourceKind;
+
+// Subtargets typically define processor resource kind and number of
+// units in one place.
+class ProcResource<int num> : ProcResourceKind,
+  ProcResourceUnits<EponymousProcResourceKind, num>;
+
+// A target architecture may define SchedReadWrite types and associate
+// them with instruction operands.
+class SchedReadWrite;
+
+// List the per-operand types that map to the machine model of an
+// instruction. One SchedWrite type must be listed for each explicit
+// def operand in order. Additional SchedWrite types may optionally be
+// listed for implicit def operands.  SchedRead types may optionally
+// be listed for use operands in order. The order of defs relative to
+// uses is insignificant. This way, the same SchedReadWrite list may
+// be used for multiple forms of an operation. For example, a
+// two-address instruction could have two tied operands or single
+// operand that both reads and writes a reg. In both cases we have a
+// single SchedWrite and single SchedRead in any order.
+class Sched<list<SchedReadWrite> schedrw> {
+  list<SchedReadWrite> SchedRW = schedrw;
+}
+
+// Define a scheduler resource associated with a def operand.
+class SchedWrite : SchedReadWrite;
+def NoWrite : SchedWrite;
+
+// Define a scheduler resource associated with a use operand.
+class SchedRead  : SchedReadWrite;
+
+// Define a SchedWrite that is modeled as a sequence of other
+// SchedWrites with additive latency. This allows a single operand to
+// be mapped the resources composed from a set of previously defined
+// SchedWrites.
+//
+// If the final write in this sequence is a SchedWriteVariant marked
+// Variadic, then the list of prior writes are distributed across all
+// operands after resolving the predicate for the final write.
+//
+// SchedModel silences warnings but is ignored.
+class WriteSequence<list<SchedWrite> writes, int rep = 1> : SchedWrite {
+  list<SchedWrite> Writes = writes;
+  int Repeat = rep;
+  SchedMachineModel SchedModel = ?;
+}
+
+// Define values common to WriteRes and SchedWriteRes.
+//
+// SchedModel ties these resources to a processor.
+class ProcWriteResources<list<ProcResourceKind> resources> {
+  list<ProcResourceKind> ProcResources = resources;
+  list<int> ResourceCycles = [];
+  int Latency = 1;
+  int NumMicroOps = 1;
+  bit BeginGroup = 0;
+  bit EndGroup = 0;
+  // Allow a processor to mark some scheduling classes as unsupported
+  // for stronger verification.
+  bit Unsupported = 0;
+  SchedMachineModel SchedModel = ?;
+}
+
+// Define the resources and latency of a SchedWrite. This will be used
+// directly by targets that have no itinerary classes. In this case,
+// SchedWrite is defined by the target, while WriteResources is
+// defined by the subtarget, and maps the SchedWrite to processor
+// resources.
+//
+// If a target already has itinerary classes, SchedWriteResources can
+// be used instead to define subtarget specific SchedWrites and map
+// them to processor resources in one place. Then ItinRW can map
+// itinerary classes to the subtarget's SchedWrites.
+//
+// ProcResources indicates the set of resources consumed by the write.
+// Optionally, ResourceCycles indicates the number of cycles the
+// resource is consumed. Each ResourceCycles item is paired with the
+// ProcResource item at the same position in its list. Since
+// ResourceCycles are rarely specialized, the list may be
+// incomplete. By default, resources are consumed for a single cycle,
+// regardless of latency, which models a fully pipelined processing
+// unit. A value of 0 for ResourceCycles means that the resource must
+// be available but is not consumed, which is only relevant for
+// unbuffered resources.
+//
+// By default, each SchedWrite takes one micro-op, which is counted
+// against the processor's IssueWidth limit. If an instruction can
+// write multiple registers with a single micro-op, the subtarget
+// should define one of the writes to be zero micro-ops. If a
+// subtarget requires multiple micro-ops to write a single result, it
+// should either override the write's NumMicroOps to be greater than 1
+// or require additional writes. Extra writes can be required either
+// by defining a WriteSequence, or simply listing extra writes in the
+// instruction's list of writers beyond the number of "def"
+// operands. The scheduler assumes that all micro-ops must be
+// dispatched in the same cycle. These micro-ops may be required to
+// begin or end the current dispatch group.
+class WriteRes<SchedWrite write, list<ProcResourceKind> resources>
+  : ProcWriteResources<resources> {
+  SchedWrite WriteType = write;
+}
+
+// Directly name a set of WriteResources defining a new SchedWrite
+// type at the same time. This class is unaware of its SchedModel so
+// must be referenced by InstRW or ItinRW.
+class SchedWriteRes<list<ProcResourceKind> resources> : SchedWrite,
+  ProcWriteResources<resources>;
+
+// Define values common to ReadAdvance and SchedReadAdvance.
+//
+// SchedModel ties these resources to a processor.
+class ProcReadAdvance<int cycles, list<SchedWrite> writes = []> {
+  int Cycles = cycles;
+  list<SchedWrite> ValidWrites = writes;
+  // Allow a processor to mark some scheduling classes as unsupported
+  // for stronger verification.
+  bit Unsupported = 0;
+  SchedMachineModel SchedModel = ?;
+}
+
+// A processor may define a ReadAdvance associated with a SchedRead
+// to reduce latency of a prior write by N cycles. A negative advance
+// effectively increases latency, which may be used for cross-domain
+// stalls.
+//
+// A ReadAdvance may be associated with a list of SchedWrites
+// to implement pipeline bypass. The Writes list may be empty to
+// indicate operands that are always read this number of Cycles later
+// than a normal register read, allowing the read's parent instruction
+// to issue earlier relative to the writer.
+class ReadAdvance<SchedRead read, int cycles, list<SchedWrite> writes = []>
+  : ProcReadAdvance<cycles, writes> {
+  SchedRead ReadType = read;
+}
+
+// Directly associate a new SchedRead type with a delay and optional
+// pipeline bypess. For use with InstRW or ItinRW.
+class SchedReadAdvance<int cycles, list<SchedWrite> writes = []> : SchedRead,
+  ProcReadAdvance<cycles, writes>;
+
+// Define SchedRead defaults. Reads seldom need special treatment.
+def ReadDefault : SchedRead;
+def NoReadAdvance : SchedReadAdvance<0>;
+
+// Define shared code that will be in the same scope as all
+// SchedPredicates. Available variables are:
+// (const MachineInstr *MI, const TargetSchedModel *SchedModel)
+class PredicateProlog<code c> {
+  code Code = c;
+}
+
+// Define a predicate to determine which SchedVariant applies to a
+// particular MachineInstr. The code snippet is used as an
+// if-statement's expression. Available variables are MI, SchedModel,
+// and anything defined in a PredicateProlog.
+//
+// SchedModel silences warnings but is ignored.
+class SchedPredicate<code pred> {
+  SchedMachineModel SchedModel = ?;
+  code Predicate = pred;
+}
+def NoSchedPred : SchedPredicate<[{true}]>;
+
+// Associate a predicate with a list of SchedReadWrites. By default,
+// the selected SchedReadWrites are still associated with a single
+// operand and assumed to execute sequentially with additive
+// latency. However, if the parent SchedWriteVariant or
+// SchedReadVariant is marked "Variadic", then each Selected
+// SchedReadWrite is mapped in place to the instruction's variadic
+// operands. In this case, latency is not additive. If the current Variant
+// is already part of a Sequence, then that entire chain leading up to
+// the Variant is distributed over the variadic operands.
+class SchedVar<SchedPredicate pred, list<SchedReadWrite> selected> {
+  SchedPredicate Predicate = pred;
+  list<SchedReadWrite> Selected = selected;
+}
+
+// SchedModel silences warnings but is ignored.
+class SchedVariant<list<SchedVar> variants> {
+  list<SchedVar> Variants = variants;
+  bit Variadic = 0;
+  SchedMachineModel SchedModel = ?;
+}
+
+// A SchedWriteVariant is a single SchedWrite type that maps to a list
+// of SchedWrite types under the conditions defined by its predicates.
+//
+// A Variadic write is expanded to cover multiple "def" operands. The
+// SchedVariant's Expansion list is then interpreted as one write
+// per-operand instead of the usual sequential writes feeding a single
+// operand.
+class SchedWriteVariant<list<SchedVar> variants> : SchedWrite,
+  SchedVariant<variants> {
+}
+
+// A SchedReadVariant is a single SchedRead type that maps to a list
+// of SchedRead types under the conditions defined by its predicates.
+//
+// A Variadic write is expanded to cover multiple "readsReg" operands as
+// explained above.
+class SchedReadVariant<list<SchedVar> variants> : SchedRead,
+  SchedVariant<variants> {
+}
+
+// Map a set of opcodes to a list of SchedReadWrite types. This allows
+// the subtarget to easily override specific operations.
+//
+// SchedModel ties this opcode mapping to a processor.
+class InstRW<list<SchedReadWrite> rw, dag instrlist> {
+  list<SchedReadWrite> OperandReadWrites = rw;
+  dag Instrs = instrlist;
+  SchedMachineModel SchedModel = ?;
+}
+
+// Map a set of itinerary classes to SchedReadWrite resources. This is
+// used to bootstrap a target (e.g. ARM) when itineraries already
+// exist and changing InstrInfo is undesirable.
+//
+// SchedModel ties this ItineraryClass mapping to a processor.
+class ItinRW<list<SchedReadWrite> rw, list<InstrItinClass> iic> {
+  list<InstrItinClass> MatchedItinClasses = iic;
+  list<SchedReadWrite> OperandReadWrites = rw;
+  SchedMachineModel SchedModel = ?;
+}
+
+// Alias a target-defined SchedReadWrite to a processor specific
+// SchedReadWrite. This allows a subtarget to easily map a
+// SchedReadWrite type onto a WriteSequence, SchedWriteVariant, or
+// SchedReadVariant.
+//
+// SchedModel will usually be provided by surrounding let statement
+// and ties this SchedAlias mapping to a processor.
+class SchedAlias<SchedReadWrite match, SchedReadWrite alias> {
+  SchedReadWrite MatchRW = match;
+  SchedReadWrite AliasRW = alias;
+  SchedMachineModel SchedModel = ?;
+}

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSelectionDAG.td
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSelectionDAG.td?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSelectionDAG.td (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSelectionDAG.td Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -445,9 +445,9 @@
 def atomic_load_umax : SDNode<"ISD::ATOMIC_LOAD_UMAX", SDTAtomic2,
                     [SDNPHasChain, SDNPMayStore, SDNPMayLoad, SDNPMemOperand]>;
 def atomic_load      : SDNode<"ISD::ATOMIC_LOAD", SDTAtomicLoad,
-                    [SDNPHasChain, SDNPMayStore, SDNPMayLoad, SDNPMemOperand]>;
+                    [SDNPHasChain, SDNPMayLoad, SDNPMemOperand]>;
 def atomic_store     : SDNode<"ISD::ATOMIC_STORE", SDTAtomicStore,
-                    [SDNPHasChain, SDNPMayStore, SDNPMayLoad, SDNPMemOperand]>;
+                    [SDNPHasChain, SDNPMayStore, SDNPMemOperand]>;
 
 // Do not use ld, st directly. Use load, extload, sextload, zextload, store,
 // and truncst (see below).

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSelectionDAGInfo.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSelectionDAGInfo.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSelectionDAGInfo.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSelectionDAGInfo.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 
 namespace llvm {
 
-class TargetData;
+class DataLayout;
 class TargetMachine;
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
 /// SelectionDAG lowering and instruction selection process.
 ///
 class TargetSelectionDAGInfo {
-  TargetSelectionDAGInfo(const TargetSelectionDAGInfo &); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const TargetSelectionDAGInfo &);         // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  TargetSelectionDAGInfo(const TargetSelectionDAGInfo &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const TargetSelectionDAGInfo &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
-  const TargetData *TD;
+  const DataLayout *TD;
 
 protected:
-  const TargetData *getTargetData() const { return TD; }
+  const DataLayout *getDataLayout() const { return TD; }
 
 public:
   explicit TargetSelectionDAGInfo(const TargetMachine &TM);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSubtargetInfo.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSubtargetInfo.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSubtargetInfo.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Target/TargetSubtargetInfo.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -19,9 +19,11 @@
 
 namespace llvm {
 
+class MachineInstr;
 class SDep;
 class SUnit;
 class TargetRegisterClass;
+class TargetSchedModel;
 template <typename T> class SmallVectorImpl;
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -31,8 +33,8 @@
 /// be exposed through a TargetSubtargetInfo-derived class.
 ///
 class TargetSubtargetInfo : public MCSubtargetInfo {
-  TargetSubtargetInfo(const TargetSubtargetInfo&);   // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const TargetSubtargetInfo&);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  TargetSubtargetInfo(const TargetSubtargetInfo&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const TargetSubtargetInfo&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 protected: // Can only create subclasses...
   TargetSubtargetInfo();
 public:
@@ -43,23 +45,26 @@
 
   virtual ~TargetSubtargetInfo();
 
-  /// getSpecialAddressLatency - For targets where it is beneficial to
-  /// backschedule instructions that compute addresses, return a value
-  /// indicating the number of scheduling cycles of backscheduling that
-  /// should be attempted.
-  virtual unsigned getSpecialAddressLatency() const { return 0; }
+  /// Resolve a SchedClass at runtime, where SchedClass identifies an
+  /// MCSchedClassDesc with the isVariant property. This may return the ID of
+  /// another variant SchedClass, but repeated invocation must quickly terminate
+  /// in a nonvariant SchedClass.
+  virtual unsigned resolveSchedClass(unsigned SchedClass, const MachineInstr *MI,
+                                     const TargetSchedModel* SchedModel) const {
+    return 0;
+  }
 
   // enablePostRAScheduler - If the target can benefit from post-regalloc
   // scheduling and the specified optimization level meets the requirement
   // return true to enable post-register-allocation scheduling. In
   // CriticalPathRCs return any register classes that should only be broken
-  // if on the critical path. 
+  // if on the critical path.
   virtual bool enablePostRAScheduler(CodeGenOpt::Level OptLevel,
                                      AntiDepBreakMode& Mode,
                                      RegClassVector& CriticalPathRCs) const;
   // adjustSchedDependency - Perform target specific adjustments to
   // the latency of a schedule dependency.
-  virtual void adjustSchedDependency(SUnit *def, SUnit *use, 
+  virtual void adjustSchedDependency(SUnit *def, SUnit *use,
                                      SDep& dep) const { }
 };
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/IPO.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/IPO.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/IPO.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/IPO.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -104,23 +104,14 @@
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 /// createInternalizePass - This pass loops over all of the functions in the
-/// input module, internalizing all globals (functions and variables) not part
-/// of the api.  If a list of symbols is specified with the
-/// -internalize-public-api-* command line options, those symbols are not
-/// internalized and all others are.  Otherwise if AllButMain is set and the
-/// main function is found, all other globals are marked as internal. If no api
-/// is supplied and AllButMain is not set, or no main function is found, nothing
-/// is internalized.
-///
-ModulePass *createInternalizePass(bool AllButMain);
-
-/// createInternalizePass - This pass loops over all of the functions in the
 /// input module, internalizing all globals (functions and variables) not in the
 /// given exportList.
 ///
 /// Note that commandline options that are used with the above function are not
-/// used now! Also, when exportList is empty, nothing is internalized.
+/// used now!
 ModulePass *createInternalizePass(const std::vector<const char *> &exportList);
+/// createInternalizePass - Same as above, but with an empty exportList.
+ModulePass *createInternalizePass();
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 /// createDeadArgEliminationPass - This pass removes arguments from functions
@@ -192,6 +183,16 @@
 /// createPartialInliningPass - This pass inlines parts of functions.
 ///
 ModulePass *createPartialInliningPass();
+  
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// createMetaRenamerPass - Rename everything with metasyntatic names.
+//
+ModulePass *createMetaRenamerPass();
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+/// createBarrierNoopPass - This pass is purely a module pass barrier in a pass
+/// manager.
+ModulePass *createBarrierNoopPass();
 
 } // End llvm namespace
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/IPO/InlinerPass.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/IPO/InlinerPass.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/IPO/InlinerPass.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/IPO/InlinerPass.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 
 namespace llvm {
   class CallSite;
-  class TargetData;
+  class DataLayout;
   class InlineCost;
   template<class PtrType, unsigned SmallSize>
   class SmallPtrSet;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/IPO/PassManagerBuilder.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/IPO/PassManagerBuilder.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/IPO/PassManagerBuilder.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/IPO/PassManagerBuilder.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -104,6 +104,7 @@
   bool DisableUnitAtATime;
   bool DisableUnrollLoops;
   bool Vectorize;
+  bool LoopVectorize;
 
 private:
   /// ExtensionList - This is list of all of the extensions that are registered.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Instrumentation.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Instrumentation.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Instrumentation.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Instrumentation.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
                                    bool UseExtraChecksum = false);
 
 // Insert AddressSanitizer (address sanity checking) instrumentation
-ModulePass *createAddressSanitizerPass();
+FunctionPass *createAddressSanitizerPass();
 // Insert ThreadSanitizer (race detection) instrumentation
 FunctionPass *createThreadSanitizerPass();
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -70,6 +70,12 @@
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
+// SROA - Replace aggregates or pieces of aggregates with scalar SSA values.
+//
+FunctionPass *createSROAPass(bool RequiresDomTree = true);
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
 // ScalarReplAggregates - Break up alloca's of aggregates into multiple allocas
 // if possible.
 //

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/AddrModeMatcher.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/AddrModeMatcher.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/AddrModeMatcher.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/AddrModeMatcher.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_TRANSFORMS_UTILS_ADDRMODEMATCHER_H
 #define LLVM_TRANSFORMS_UTILS_ADDRMODEMATCHER_H
 
+#include "llvm/AddressingMode.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLowering.h"
 
@@ -33,7 +34,7 @@
 
 /// ExtAddrMode - This is an extended version of TargetLowering::AddrMode
 /// which holds actual Value*'s for register values.
-struct ExtAddrMode : public TargetLowering::AddrMode {
+struct ExtAddrMode : public AddrMode {
   Value *BaseReg;
   Value *ScaledReg;
   ExtAddrMode() : BaseReg(0), ScaledReg(0) {}

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -25,8 +25,11 @@
 
 class AliasAnalysis;
 class Instruction;
+class MDNode;
 class Pass;
 class ReturnInst;
+class TargetLibraryInfo;
+class TerminatorInst;
 
 /// DeleteDeadBlock - Delete the specified block, which must have no
 /// predecessors.
@@ -44,7 +47,7 @@
 /// a result. This includes tracing the def-use list from the PHI to see if
 /// it is ultimately unused or if it reaches an unused cycle. Return true
 /// if any PHIs were deleted.
-bool DeleteDeadPHIs(BasicBlock *BB);
+bool DeleteDeadPHIs(BasicBlock *BB, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI = 0);
 
 /// MergeBlockIntoPredecessor - Attempts to merge a block into its predecessor,
 /// if possible.  The return value indicates success or failure.
@@ -202,6 +205,29 @@
 ReturnInst *FoldReturnIntoUncondBranch(ReturnInst *RI, BasicBlock *BB,
                                        BasicBlock *Pred);
 
+/// SplitBlockAndInsertIfThen - Split the containing block at the
+/// specified instruction - everything before and including Cmp stays
+/// in the old basic block, and everything after Cmp is moved to a
+/// new block. The two blocks are connected by a conditional branch
+/// (with value of Cmp being the condition).
+/// Before:
+///   Head
+///   Cmp
+///   Tail
+/// After:
+///   Head
+///   Cmp
+///   if (Cmp)
+///     ThenBlock
+///   Tail
+///
+/// If Unreachable is true, then ThenBlock ends with
+/// UnreachableInst, otherwise it branches to Tail.
+/// Returns the NewBasicBlock's terminator.
+
+TerminatorInst *SplitBlockAndInsertIfThen(Instruction *Cmp,
+    bool Unreachable, MDNode *BranchWeights = 0);
+
 } // End llvm namespace
 
 #endif

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/BuildLibCalls.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/BuildLibCalls.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/BuildLibCalls.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/BuildLibCalls.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 
 namespace llvm {
   class Value;
-  class TargetData;
+  class DataLayout;
   class TargetLibraryInfo;
   
   /// CastToCStr - Return V if it is an i8*, otherwise cast it to i8*.
@@ -28,52 +28,52 @@
   /// EmitStrLen - Emit a call to the strlen function to the builder, for the
   /// specified pointer.  Ptr is required to be some pointer type, and the
   /// return value has 'intptr_t' type.
-  Value *EmitStrLen(Value *Ptr, IRBuilder<> &B, const TargetData *TD,
+  Value *EmitStrLen(Value *Ptr, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD,
                     const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
 
   /// EmitStrNLen - Emit a call to the strnlen function to the builder, for the
   /// specified pointer.  Ptr is required to be some pointer type, MaxLen must
   /// be of size_t type, and the return value has 'intptr_t' type.
   Value *EmitStrNLen(Value *Ptr, Value *MaxLen, IRBuilder<> &B,
-                     const TargetData *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
+                     const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
 
   /// EmitStrChr - Emit a call to the strchr function to the builder, for the
   /// specified pointer and character.  Ptr is required to be some pointer type,
   /// and the return value has 'i8*' type.
-  Value *EmitStrChr(Value *Ptr, char C, IRBuilder<> &B, const TargetData *TD,
+  Value *EmitStrChr(Value *Ptr, char C, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD,
                     const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
 
   /// EmitStrNCmp - Emit a call to the strncmp function to the builder.
   Value *EmitStrNCmp(Value *Ptr1, Value *Ptr2, Value *Len, IRBuilder<> &B,
-                     const TargetData *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
+                     const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
 
   /// EmitStrCpy - Emit a call to the strcpy function to the builder, for the
   /// specified pointer arguments.
   Value *EmitStrCpy(Value *Dst, Value *Src, IRBuilder<> &B,
-                    const TargetData *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
+                    const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                     StringRef Name = "strcpy");
 
   /// EmitStrNCpy - Emit a call to the strncpy function to the builder, for the
   /// specified pointer arguments and length.
   Value *EmitStrNCpy(Value *Dst, Value *Src, Value *Len, IRBuilder<> &B,
-                     const TargetData *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
+                     const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                      StringRef Name = "strncpy");
 
   /// EmitMemCpyChk - Emit a call to the __memcpy_chk function to the builder.
   /// This expects that the Len and ObjSize have type 'intptr_t' and Dst/Src
   /// are pointers.
   Value *EmitMemCpyChk(Value *Dst, Value *Src, Value *Len, Value *ObjSize,
-                       IRBuilder<> &B, const TargetData *TD,
+                       IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD,
                        const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
 
   /// EmitMemChr - Emit a call to the memchr function.  This assumes that Ptr is
   /// a pointer, Val is an i32 value, and Len is an 'intptr_t' value.
   Value *EmitMemChr(Value *Ptr, Value *Val, Value *Len, IRBuilder<> &B,
-                    const TargetData *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
+                    const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
 
   /// EmitMemCmp - Emit a call to the memcmp function.
   Value *EmitMemCmp(Value *Ptr1, Value *Ptr2, Value *Len, IRBuilder<> &B,
-                    const TargetData *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
+                    const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
 
   /// EmitUnaryFloatFnCall - Emit a call to the unary function named 'Name'
   /// (e.g.  'floor').  This function is known to take a single of type matching
@@ -85,28 +85,28 @@
 
   /// EmitPutChar - Emit a call to the putchar function.  This assumes that Char
   /// is an integer.
-  Value *EmitPutChar(Value *Char, IRBuilder<> &B, const TargetData *TD,
+  Value *EmitPutChar(Value *Char, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD,
                      const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
 
   /// EmitPutS - Emit a call to the puts function.  This assumes that Str is
   /// some pointer.
-  Value *EmitPutS(Value *Str, IRBuilder<> &B, const TargetData *TD,
+  Value *EmitPutS(Value *Str, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD,
                   const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
 
   /// EmitFPutC - Emit a call to the fputc function.  This assumes that Char is
   /// an i32, and File is a pointer to FILE.
   Value *EmitFPutC(Value *Char, Value *File, IRBuilder<> &B,
-                   const TargetData *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
+                   const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
 
   /// EmitFPutS - Emit a call to the puts function.  Str is required to be a
   /// pointer and File is a pointer to FILE.
-  Value *EmitFPutS(Value *Str, Value *File, IRBuilder<> &B, const TargetData *TD,
+  Value *EmitFPutS(Value *Str, Value *File, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD,
                    const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
 
   /// EmitFWrite - Emit a call to the fwrite function.  This assumes that Ptr is
   /// a pointer, Size is an 'intptr_t', and File is a pointer to FILE.
   Value *EmitFWrite(Value *Ptr, Value *Size, Value *File, IRBuilder<> &B,
-                    const TargetData *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
+                    const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
 
   /// SimplifyFortifiedLibCalls - Helper class for folding checked library
   /// calls (e.g. __strcpy_chk) into their unchecked counterparts.
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
                             bool isString) const = 0;
   public:
     virtual ~SimplifyFortifiedLibCalls();
-    bool fold(CallInst *CI, const TargetData *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
+    bool fold(CallInst *CI, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI);
   };
 }
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/Cloning.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/Cloning.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/Cloning.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/Cloning.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 class CallSite;
 class Trace;
 class CallGraph;
-class TargetData;
+class DataLayout;
 class Loop;
 class LoopInfo;
 class AllocaInst;
@@ -116,13 +116,6 @@
                         bool ModuleLevelChanges,
                         ClonedCodeInfo *CodeInfo = 0);
 
-/// CloneFunction - Version of the function that doesn't need the VMap.
-///
-inline Function *CloneFunction(const Function *F, ClonedCodeInfo *CodeInfo = 0){
-  ValueToValueMapTy VMap;
-  return CloneFunction(F, VMap, CodeInfo);
-}
-
 /// Clone OldFunc into NewFunc, transforming the old arguments into references
 /// to VMap values.  Note that if NewFunc already has basic blocks, the ones
 /// cloned into it will be added to the end of the function.  This function
@@ -157,7 +150,7 @@
                                SmallVectorImpl<ReturnInst*> &Returns,
                                const char *NameSuffix = "", 
                                ClonedCodeInfo *CodeInfo = 0,
-                               const TargetData *TD = 0,
+                               const DataLayout *TD = 0,
                                Instruction *TheCall = 0);
 
   
@@ -165,13 +158,13 @@
 /// InlineFunction call, and records the auxiliary results produced by it. 
 class InlineFunctionInfo {
 public:
-  explicit InlineFunctionInfo(CallGraph *cg = 0, const TargetData *td = 0)
+  explicit InlineFunctionInfo(CallGraph *cg = 0, const DataLayout *td = 0)
     : CG(cg), TD(td) {}
   
   /// CG - If non-null, InlineFunction will update the callgraph to reflect the
   /// changes it makes.
   CallGraph *CG;
-  const TargetData *TD;
+  const DataLayout *TD;
 
   /// StaticAllocas - InlineFunction fills this in with all static allocas that
   /// get copied into the caller.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 #include "llvm/IRBuilder.h"
 #include "llvm/Operator.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
 
@@ -35,7 +35,9 @@
 class PHINode;
 class AllocaInst;
 class ConstantExpr;
-class TargetData;
+class DataLayout;
+class TargetLibraryInfo;
+class TargetTransformInfo;
 class DIBuilder;
 
 template<typename T> class SmallVectorImpl;
@@ -51,7 +53,8 @@
 /// Also calls RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions() on any branch/switch
 /// conditions and indirectbr addresses this might make dead if
 /// DeleteDeadConditions is true.
-bool ConstantFoldTerminator(BasicBlock *BB, bool DeleteDeadConditions = false);
+bool ConstantFoldTerminator(BasicBlock *BB, bool DeleteDeadConditions = false,
+                            const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI = 0);
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //  Local dead code elimination.
@@ -60,20 +63,21 @@
 /// isInstructionTriviallyDead - Return true if the result produced by the
 /// instruction is not used, and the instruction has no side effects.
 ///
-bool isInstructionTriviallyDead(Instruction *I);
+bool isInstructionTriviallyDead(Instruction *I, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=0);
 
 /// RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions - If the specified value is a
 /// trivially dead instruction, delete it.  If that makes any of its operands
 /// trivially dead, delete them too, recursively.  Return true if any
 /// instructions were deleted.
-bool RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(Value *V);
+bool RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(Value *V,
+                                                const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=0);
 
 /// RecursivelyDeleteDeadPHINode - If the specified value is an effectively
 /// dead PHI node, due to being a def-use chain of single-use nodes that
 /// either forms a cycle or is terminated by a trivially dead instruction,
 /// delete it.  If that makes any of its operands trivially dead, delete them
 /// too, recursively.  Return true if a change was made.
-bool RecursivelyDeleteDeadPHINode(PHINode *PN);
+bool RecursivelyDeleteDeadPHINode(PHINode *PN, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=0);
 
   
 /// SimplifyInstructionsInBlock - Scan the specified basic block and try to
@@ -81,7 +85,8 @@
 ///
 /// This returns true if it changed the code, note that it can delete
 /// instructions in other blocks as well in this block.
-bool SimplifyInstructionsInBlock(BasicBlock *BB, const TargetData *TD = 0);
+bool SimplifyInstructionsInBlock(BasicBlock *BB, const DataLayout *TD = 0,
+                                 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI = 0);
     
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //  Control Flow Graph Restructuring.
@@ -99,7 +104,7 @@
 /// .. and delete the predecessor corresponding to the '1', this will attempt to
 /// recursively fold the 'and' to 0.
 void RemovePredecessorAndSimplify(BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *Pred,
-                                  TargetData *TD = 0);
+                                  DataLayout *TD = 0);
     
   
 /// MergeBasicBlockIntoOnlyPred - BB is a block with one predecessor and its
@@ -130,7 +135,8 @@
 /// of the CFG.  It returns true if a modification was made, possibly deleting
 /// the basic block that was pointed to.
 ///
-bool SimplifyCFG(BasicBlock *BB, const TargetData *TD = 0);
+bool SimplifyCFG(BasicBlock *BB, const DataLayout *TD = 0,
+                 const TargetTransformInfo *TTI = 0);
 
 /// FoldBranchToCommonDest - If this basic block is ONLY a setcc and a branch,
 /// and if a predecessor branches to us and one of our successors, fold the
@@ -158,10 +164,10 @@
 /// and it is more than the alignment of the ultimate object, see if we can
 /// increase the alignment of the ultimate object, making this check succeed.
 unsigned getOrEnforceKnownAlignment(Value *V, unsigned PrefAlign,
-                                    const TargetData *TD = 0);
+                                    const DataLayout *TD = 0);
 
 /// getKnownAlignment - Try to infer an alignment for the specified pointer.
-static inline unsigned getKnownAlignment(Value *V, const TargetData *TD = 0) {
+static inline unsigned getKnownAlignment(Value *V, const DataLayout *TD = 0) {
   return getOrEnforceKnownAlignment(V, 0, TD);
 }
 
@@ -171,7 +177,7 @@
 /// When NoAssumptions is true, no assumptions about index computation not
 /// overflowing is made.
 template<typename IRBuilderTy>
-Value *EmitGEPOffset(IRBuilderTy *Builder, const TargetData &TD, User *GEP,
+Value *EmitGEPOffset(IRBuilderTy *Builder, const DataLayout &TD, User *GEP,
                      bool NoAssumptions = false) {
   gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
   Type *IntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType(GEP->getContext());

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -109,8 +109,8 @@
 private:
   Value *GetValueAtEndOfBlockInternal(BasicBlock *BB);
 
-  void operator=(const SSAUpdater&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  SSAUpdater(const SSAUpdater&);     // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  void operator=(const SSAUpdater&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  SSAUpdater(const SSAUpdater&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 };
   
 /// LoadAndStorePromoter - This little helper class provides a convenient way to

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyIndVar.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyIndVar.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyIndVar.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyIndVar.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -21,8 +21,6 @@
 
 namespace llvm {
 
-extern cl::opt<bool> DisableIVRewrite;
-
 class CastInst;
 class IVUsers;
 class Loop;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/ValueMapper.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/ValueMapper.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/ValueMapper.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/ValueMapper.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
   /// ValueMapTypeRemapper - This is a class that can be implemented by clients
   /// to remap types when cloning constants and instructions.
   class ValueMapTypeRemapper {
-    virtual void Anchor();  // Out of line method.
+    virtual void anchor();  // Out of line method.
   public:
     virtual ~ValueMapTypeRemapper() {}
     

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Vectorize.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Vectorize.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Vectorize.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Transforms/Vectorize.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -107,6 +107,12 @@
 createBBVectorizePass(const VectorizeConfig &C = VectorizeConfig());
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// LoopVectorize - Create a loop vectorization pass.
+//
+Pass * createLoopVectorizePass();
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 /// @brief Vectorize the BasicBlock.
 ///
 /// @param BB The BasicBlock to be vectorized

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Type.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Type.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Type.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Type.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
   /// isPPC_FP128Ty - Return true if this is powerpc long double.
   bool isPPC_FP128Ty() const { return getTypeID() == PPC_FP128TyID; }
 
-  /// isFloatingPointTy - Return true if this is one of the five floating point
+  /// isFloatingPointTy - Return true if this is one of the six floating point
   /// types
   bool isFloatingPointTy() const {
     return getTypeID() == HalfTyID || getTypeID() == FloatTyID ||
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
 
   /// isFPOrFPVectorTy - Return true if this is a FP type or a vector of FP.
   ///
-  bool isFPOrFPVectorTy() const;
+  bool isFPOrFPVectorTy() const { return getScalarType()->isFloatingPointTy(); }
  
   /// isLabelTy - Return true if this is 'label'.
   bool isLabelTy() const { return getTypeID() == LabelTyID; }
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
   /// isIntOrIntVectorTy - Return true if this is an integer type or a vector of
   /// integer types.
   ///
-  bool isIntOrIntVectorTy() const;
+  bool isIntOrIntVectorTy() const { return getScalarType()->isIntegerTy(); }
   
   /// isFunctionTy - True if this is an instance of FunctionType.
   ///
@@ -203,6 +203,11 @@
   ///
   bool isPointerTy() const { return getTypeID() == PointerTyID; }
 
+  /// isPtrOrPtrVectorTy - Return true if this is a pointer type or a vector of
+  /// pointer types.
+  ///
+  bool isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() const { return getScalarType()->isPointerTy(); }
+ 
   /// isVectorTy - True if this is an instance of VectorType.
   ///
   bool isVectorTy() const { return getTypeID() == VectorTyID; }
@@ -252,7 +257,7 @@
 
   /// isSized - Return true if it makes sense to take the size of this type.  To
   /// get the actual size for a particular target, it is reasonable to use the
-  /// TargetData subsystem to do this.
+  /// DataLayout subsystem to do this.
   ///
   bool isSized() const {
     // If it's a primitive, it is always sized.
@@ -276,7 +281,7 @@
   ///
   /// Note that this may not reflect the size of memory allocated for an
   /// instance of the type or the number of bytes that are written when an
-  /// instance of the type is stored to memory. The TargetData class provides
+  /// instance of the type is stored to memory. The DataLayout class provides
   /// additional query functions to provide this information.
   ///
   unsigned getPrimitiveSizeInBits() const;
@@ -293,6 +298,7 @@
 
   /// getScalarType - If this is a vector type, return the element type,
   /// otherwise return 'this'.
+  const Type *getScalarType() const;
   Type *getScalarType();
 
   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -340,8 +346,10 @@
   unsigned getVectorNumElements() const;
   Type *getVectorElementType() const { return getSequentialElementType(); }
 
-  unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const;
   Type *getPointerElementType() const { return getSequentialElementType(); }
+
+  /// \brief Get the address space of this pointer or pointer vector type.
+  unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const;
   
   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   // Static members exported by the Type class itself.  Useful for getting
@@ -389,9 +397,6 @@
   static PointerType *getInt32PtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
   static PointerType *getInt64PtrTy(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AS = 0);
 
-  /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const Type *) { return true; }
-
   /// getPointerTo - Return a pointer to the current type.  This is equivalent
   /// to PointerType::get(Foo, AddrSpace).
   PointerType *getPointerTo(unsigned AddrSpace = 0);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Use.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Use.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Use.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Use.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
 #define LLVM_USE_H
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include <cstddef>
 #include <iterator>
 
@@ -66,7 +67,7 @@
 
 private:
   /// Copy ctor - do not implement
-  Use(const Use &U);
+  Use(const Use &U) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   /// Destructor - Only for zap()
   ~Use() {

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/User.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/User.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/User.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/User.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
 struct OperandTraits;
 
 class User : public Value {
-  User(const User &);             // Do not implement
-  void *operator new(size_t);     // Do not implement
+  User(const User &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void *operator new(size_t) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   template <unsigned>
   friend struct HungoffOperandTraits;
   virtual void anchor();
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
     assert(i < NumOperands && "getOperandUse() out of range!");
     return OperandList[i];
   }
-  
+
   unsigned getNumOperands() const { return NumOperands; }
 
   // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -118,6 +118,45 @@
   inline op_iterator       op_end()         { return OperandList+NumOperands; }
   inline const_op_iterator op_end()   const { return OperandList+NumOperands; }
 
+  /// Convenience iterator for directly iterating over the Values in the
+  /// OperandList
+  class value_op_iterator : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag,
+                                                 Value*> {
+    op_iterator OI;
+  public:
+    explicit value_op_iterator(Use *U) : OI(U) {}
+
+    bool operator==(const value_op_iterator &x) const {
+      return OI == x.OI;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(const value_op_iterator &x) const {
+      return !operator==(x);
+    }
+
+    /// Iterator traversal: forward iteration only
+    value_op_iterator &operator++() {          // Preincrement
+      ++OI;
+      return *this;
+    }
+    value_op_iterator operator++(int) {        // Postincrement
+      value_op_iterator tmp = *this; ++*this; return tmp;
+    }
+
+    /// Retrieve a pointer to the current Value.
+    Value *operator*() const {
+      return *OI;
+    }
+
+    Value *operator->() const { return operator*(); }
+  };
+
+  inline value_op_iterator value_op_begin() {
+    return value_op_iterator(op_begin());
+  }
+  inline value_op_iterator value_op_end() {
+    return value_op_iterator(op_end());
+  }
+
   // dropAllReferences() - This function is in charge of "letting go" of all
   // objects that this User refers to.  This allows one to
   // 'delete' a whole class at a time, even though there may be circular
@@ -137,7 +176,6 @@
   void replaceUsesOfWith(Value *From, Value *To);
 
   // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const User *) { return true; }
   static inline bool classof(const Value *V) {
     return isa<Instruction>(V) || isa<Constant>(V);
   }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Value.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Value.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Value.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/include/llvm/Value.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
 
 #include "llvm/Use.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
 
@@ -80,8 +81,8 @@
   friend class ValueHandleBase;
   ValueName *Name;
 
-  void operator=(const Value &);     // Do not implement
-  Value(const Value &);              // Do not implement
+  void operator=(const Value &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  Value(const Value &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
 protected:
   /// printCustom - Value subclasses can override this to implement custom
@@ -120,7 +121,7 @@
   /// setName() - Change the name of the value, choosing a new unique name if
   /// the provided name is taken.
   ///
-  /// \arg Name - The new name; or "" if the value's name should be removed.
+  /// \param Name The new name; or "" if the value's name should be removed.
   void setName(const Twine &Name);
 
   
@@ -256,11 +257,6 @@
   /// hasValueHandle - Return true if there is a value handle associated with
   /// this value.
   bool hasValueHandle() const { return HasValueHandle; }
-  
-  // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-  static inline bool classof(const Value *) {
-    return true; // Values are always values.
-  }
 
   /// stripPointerCasts - This method strips off any unneeded pointer casts and
   /// all-zero GEPs from the specified value, returning the original uncasted

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -35,7 +35,8 @@
 #include "llvm/Instructions.h"
 #include "llvm/LLVMContext.h"
 #include "llvm/Type.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
+#include "llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
 using namespace llvm;
 
 // Register the AliasAnalysis interface, providing a nice name to refer to.
@@ -451,7 +452,8 @@
 /// AliasAnalysis interface before any other methods are called.
 ///
 void AliasAnalysis::InitializeAliasAnalysis(Pass *P) {
-  TD = P->getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
+  TD = P->getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayout>();
+  TLI = P->getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetLibraryInfo>();
   AA = &P->getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>();
 }
 
@@ -461,7 +463,7 @@
   AU.addRequired<AliasAnalysis>();         // All AA's chain
 }
 
-/// getTypeStoreSize - Return the TargetData store size for the given type,
+/// getTypeStoreSize - Return the DataLayout store size for the given type,
 /// if known, or a conservative value otherwise.
 ///
 uint64_t AliasAnalysis::getTypeStoreSize(Type *Ty) {
@@ -501,7 +503,7 @@
 bool llvm::isNoAliasCall(const Value *V) {
   if (isa<CallInst>(V) || isa<InvokeInst>(V))
     return ImmutableCallSite(cast<Instruction>(V))
-      .paramHasAttr(0, Attribute::NoAlias);
+      .paramHasAttr(0, Attributes::NoAlias);
   return false;
 }
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/AliasSetTracker.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/AliasSetTracker.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/AliasSetTracker.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/AliasSetTracker.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 #include "llvm/LLVMContext.h"
 #include "llvm/Pass.h"
 #include "llvm/Type.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Assembly/Writer.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 void AliasSet::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
-  OS << "  AliasSet[" << (void*)this << ", " << RefCount << "] ";
+  OS << "  AliasSet[" << (const void*)this << ", " << RefCount << "] ";
   OS << (AliasTy == MustAlias ? "must" : "may") << " alias, ";
   switch (AccessTy) {
   case NoModRef: OS << "No access "; break;
@@ -590,8 +590,10 @@
   OS << "\n";
 }
 
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 void AliasSet::dump() const { print(dbgs()); }
 void AliasSetTracker::dump() const { print(dbgs()); }
+#endif
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //                     ASTCallbackVH Class Implementation

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Analysis.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Analysis.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Analysis.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Analysis.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -26,11 +26,13 @@
   initializeBasicAliasAnalysisPass(Registry);
   initializeBlockFrequencyInfoPass(Registry);
   initializeBranchProbabilityInfoPass(Registry);
+  initializeCostModelAnalysisPass(Registry);
   initializeCFGViewerPass(Registry);
   initializeCFGPrinterPass(Registry);
   initializeCFGOnlyViewerPass(Registry);
   initializeCFGOnlyPrinterPass(Registry);
   initializePrintDbgInfoPass(Registry);
+  initializeDependenceAnalysisPass(Registry);
   initializeDominanceFrontierPass(Registry);
   initializeDomViewerPass(Registry);
   initializeDomPrinterPass(Registry);
@@ -46,7 +48,6 @@
   initializeLazyValueInfoPass(Registry);
   initializeLibCallAliasAnalysisPass(Registry);
   initializeLintPass(Registry);
-  initializeLoopDependenceAnalysisPass(Registry);
   initializeLoopInfoPass(Registry);
   initializeMemDepPrinterPass(Registry);
   initializeMemoryDependenceAnalysisPass(Registry);
@@ -61,6 +62,7 @@
   initializePathProfileLoaderPassPass(Registry);
   initializeProfileVerifierPassPass(Registry);
   initializePathProfileVerifierPass(Registry);
+  initializeProfileMetadataLoaderPassPass(Registry);
   initializeRegionInfoPass(Registry);
   initializeRegionViewerPass(Registry);
   initializeRegionPrinterPass(Registry);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/BasicAliasAnalysis.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/BasicAliasAnalysis.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/BasicAliasAnalysis.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/BasicAliasAnalysis.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
@@ -58,12 +58,12 @@
   // then it has not escaped before entering the function.  Check if it escapes
   // inside the function.
   if (const Argument *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(V))
-    if (A->hasByValAttr() || A->hasNoAliasAttr()) {
-      // Don't bother analyzing arguments already known not to escape.
-      if (A->hasNoCaptureAttr())
-        return true;
+    if (A->hasByValAttr() || A->hasNoAliasAttr())
+      // Note even if the argument is marked nocapture we still need to check
+      // for copies made inside the function. The nocapture attribute only
+      // specifies that there are no copies made that outlive the function.
       return !PointerMayBeCaptured(V, false, /*StoreCaptures=*/true);
-    }
+
   return false;
 }
 
@@ -84,10 +84,11 @@
 
 /// getObjectSize - Return the size of the object specified by V, or
 /// UnknownSize if unknown.
-static uint64_t getObjectSize(const Value *V, const TargetData &TD,
+static uint64_t getObjectSize(const Value *V, const DataLayout &TD,
+                              const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI,
                               bool RoundToAlign = false) {
   uint64_t Size;
-  if (getObjectSize(V, Size, &TD, RoundToAlign))
+  if (getObjectSize(V, Size, &TD, &TLI, RoundToAlign))
     return Size;
   return AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize;
 }
@@ -95,10 +96,11 @@
 /// isObjectSmallerThan - Return true if we can prove that the object specified
 /// by V is smaller than Size.
 static bool isObjectSmallerThan(const Value *V, uint64_t Size,
-                                const TargetData &TD) {
+                                const DataLayout &TD,
+                                const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI) {
   // This function needs to use the aligned object size because we allow
   // reads a bit past the end given sufficient alignment.
-  uint64_t ObjectSize = getObjectSize(V, TD, /*RoundToAlign*/true);
+  uint64_t ObjectSize = getObjectSize(V, TD, TLI, /*RoundToAlign*/true);
   
   return ObjectSize != AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize && ObjectSize < Size;
 }
@@ -106,8 +108,8 @@
 /// isObjectSize - Return true if we can prove that the object specified
 /// by V has size Size.
 static bool isObjectSize(const Value *V, uint64_t Size,
-                         const TargetData &TD) {
-  uint64_t ObjectSize = getObjectSize(V, TD);
+                         const DataLayout &TD, const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI) {
+  uint64_t ObjectSize = getObjectSize(V, TD, TLI);
   return ObjectSize != AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize && ObjectSize == Size;
 }
 
@@ -126,6 +128,15 @@
     const Value *V;
     ExtensionKind Extension;
     int64_t Scale;
+
+    bool operator==(const VariableGEPIndex &Other) const {
+      return V == Other.V && Extension == Other.Extension &&
+        Scale == Other.Scale;
+    }
+
+    bool operator!=(const VariableGEPIndex &Other) const {
+      return !operator==(Other);
+    }
   };
 }
 
@@ -140,7 +151,7 @@
 /// represented in the result.
 static Value *GetLinearExpression(Value *V, APInt &Scale, APInt &Offset,
                                   ExtensionKind &Extension,
-                                  const TargetData &TD, unsigned Depth) {
+                                  const DataLayout &TD, unsigned Depth) {
   assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy() && "Not an integer value");
 
   // Limit our recursion depth.
@@ -215,14 +226,14 @@
 /// specified amount, but which may have other unrepresented high bits. As such,
 /// the gep cannot necessarily be reconstructed from its decomposed form.
 ///
-/// When TargetData is around, this function is capable of analyzing everything
+/// When DataLayout is around, this function is capable of analyzing everything
 /// that GetUnderlyingObject can look through.  When not, it just looks
 /// through pointer casts.
 ///
 static const Value *
 DecomposeGEPExpression(const Value *V, int64_t &BaseOffs,
                        SmallVectorImpl<VariableGEPIndex> &VarIndices,
-                       const TargetData *TD) {
+                       const DataLayout *TD) {
   // Limit recursion depth to limit compile time in crazy cases.
   unsigned MaxLookup = 6;
   
@@ -266,7 +277,7 @@
         ->getElementType()->isSized())
       return V;
     
-    // If we are lacking TargetData information, we can't compute the offets of
+    // If we are lacking DataLayout information, we can't compute the offets of
     // elements computed by GEPs.  However, we can handle bitcast equivalent
     // GEPs.
     if (TD == 0) {
@@ -417,13 +428,7 @@
   /// BasicAliasAnalysis - This is the primary alias analysis implementation.
   struct BasicAliasAnalysis : public ImmutablePass, public AliasAnalysis {
     static char ID; // Class identification, replacement for typeinfo
-    BasicAliasAnalysis() : ImmutablePass(ID),
-                           // AliasCache rarely has more than 1 or 2 elements,
-                           // so start it off fairly small so that clear()
-                           // doesn't have to tromp through 64 (the default)
-                           // elements on each alias query. This really wants
-                           // something like a SmallDenseMap.
-                           AliasCache(8) {
+    BasicAliasAnalysis() : ImmutablePass(ID) {
       initializeBasicAliasAnalysisPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
     }
 
@@ -443,7 +448,11 @@
              "BasicAliasAnalysis doesn't support interprocedural queries.");
       AliasResult Alias = aliasCheck(LocA.Ptr, LocA.Size, LocA.TBAATag,
                                      LocB.Ptr, LocB.Size, LocB.TBAATag);
-      AliasCache.clear();
+      // AliasCache rarely has more than 1 or 2 elements, always use
+      // shrink_and_clear so it quickly returns to the inline capacity of the
+      // SmallDenseMap if it ever grows larger.
+      // FIXME: This should really be shrink_to_inline_capacity_and_clear().
+      AliasCache.shrink_and_clear();
       return Alias;
     }
 
@@ -481,7 +490,7 @@
   private:
     // AliasCache - Track alias queries to guard against recursion.
     typedef std::pair<Location, Location> LocPair;
-    typedef DenseMap<LocPair, AliasResult> AliasCacheTy;
+    typedef SmallDenseMap<LocPair, AliasResult, 8> AliasCacheTy;
     AliasCacheTy AliasCache;
 
     // Visited - Track instructions visited by pointsToConstantMemory.
@@ -490,6 +499,7 @@
     // aliasGEP - Provide a bunch of ad-hoc rules to disambiguate a GEP
     // instruction against another.
     AliasResult aliasGEP(const GEPOperator *V1, uint64_t V1Size,
+                         const MDNode *V1TBAAInfo,
                          const Value *V2, uint64_t V2Size,
                          const MDNode *V2TBAAInfo,
                          const Value *UnderlyingV1, const Value *UnderlyingV2);
@@ -807,6 +817,21 @@
   return ModRefResult(AliasAnalysis::getModRefInfo(CS, Loc) & Min);
 }
 
+static bool areVarIndicesEqual(SmallVector<VariableGEPIndex, 4> &Indices1,
+                               SmallVector<VariableGEPIndex, 4> &Indices2) {
+  unsigned Size1 = Indices1.size();
+  unsigned Size2 = Indices2.size();
+
+  if (Size1 != Size2)
+    return false;
+
+  for (unsigned I = 0; I != Size1; ++I)
+    if (Indices1[I] != Indices2[I])
+      return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
 /// aliasGEP - Provide a bunch of ad-hoc rules to disambiguate a GEP instruction
 /// against another pointer.  We know that V1 is a GEP, but we don't know
 /// anything about V2.  UnderlyingV1 is GetUnderlyingObject(GEP1, TD),
@@ -814,6 +839,7 @@
 ///
 AliasAnalysis::AliasResult
 BasicAliasAnalysis::aliasGEP(const GEPOperator *GEP1, uint64_t V1Size,
+                             const MDNode *V1TBAAInfo,
                              const Value *V2, uint64_t V2Size,
                              const MDNode *V2TBAAInfo,
                              const Value *UnderlyingV1,
@@ -821,9 +847,41 @@
   int64_t GEP1BaseOffset;
   SmallVector<VariableGEPIndex, 4> GEP1VariableIndices;
 
-  // If we have two gep instructions with must-alias'ing base pointers, figure
-  // out if the indexes to the GEP tell us anything about the derived pointer.
+  // If we have two gep instructions with must-alias or not-alias'ing base
+  // pointers, figure out if the indexes to the GEP tell us anything about the
+  // derived pointer.
   if (const GEPOperator *GEP2 = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V2)) {
+    // Check for geps of non-aliasing underlying pointers where the offsets are
+    // identical.
+    if (V1Size == V2Size) {
+      // Do the base pointers alias assuming type and size.
+      AliasResult PreciseBaseAlias = aliasCheck(UnderlyingV1, V1Size,
+                                                V1TBAAInfo, UnderlyingV2,
+                                                V2Size, V2TBAAInfo);
+      if (PreciseBaseAlias == NoAlias) {
+        // See if the computed offset from the common pointer tells us about the
+        // relation of the resulting pointer.
+        int64_t GEP2BaseOffset;
+        SmallVector<VariableGEPIndex, 4> GEP2VariableIndices;
+        const Value *GEP2BasePtr =
+          DecomposeGEPExpression(GEP2, GEP2BaseOffset, GEP2VariableIndices, TD);
+        const Value *GEP1BasePtr =
+          DecomposeGEPExpression(GEP1, GEP1BaseOffset, GEP1VariableIndices, TD);
+        // DecomposeGEPExpression and GetUnderlyingObject should return the
+        // same result except when DecomposeGEPExpression has no DataLayout.
+        if (GEP1BasePtr != UnderlyingV1 || GEP2BasePtr != UnderlyingV2) {
+          assert(TD == 0 &&
+             "DecomposeGEPExpression and GetUnderlyingObject disagree!");
+          return MayAlias;
+        }
+        // Same offsets.
+        if (GEP1BaseOffset == GEP2BaseOffset &&
+            areVarIndicesEqual(GEP1VariableIndices, GEP2VariableIndices))
+          return NoAlias;
+        GEP1VariableIndices.clear();
+      }
+    }
+
     // Do the base pointers alias?
     AliasResult BaseAlias = aliasCheck(UnderlyingV1, UnknownSize, 0,
                                        UnderlyingV2, UnknownSize, 0);
@@ -843,9 +901,8 @@
     const Value *GEP2BasePtr =
       DecomposeGEPExpression(GEP2, GEP2BaseOffset, GEP2VariableIndices, TD);
     
-    // If DecomposeGEPExpression isn't able to look all the way through the
-    // addressing operation, we must not have TD and this is too complex for us
-    // to handle without it.
+    // DecomposeGEPExpression and GetUnderlyingObject should return the
+    // same result except when DecomposeGEPExpression has no DataLayout.
     if (GEP1BasePtr != UnderlyingV1 || GEP2BasePtr != UnderlyingV2) {
       assert(TD == 0 &&
              "DecomposeGEPExpression and GetUnderlyingObject disagree!");
@@ -879,9 +936,8 @@
     const Value *GEP1BasePtr =
       DecomposeGEPExpression(GEP1, GEP1BaseOffset, GEP1VariableIndices, TD);
     
-    // If DecomposeGEPExpression isn't able to look all the way through the
-    // addressing operation, we must not have TD and this is too complex for us
-    // to handle without it.
+    // DecomposeGEPExpression and GetUnderlyingObject should return the
+    // same result except when DecomposeGEPExpression has no DataLayout.
     if (GEP1BasePtr != UnderlyingV1) {
       assert(TD == 0 &&
              "DecomposeGEPExpression and GetUnderlyingObject disagree!");
@@ -1004,12 +1060,42 @@
   // on corresponding edges.
   if (const PHINode *PN2 = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V2))
     if (PN2->getParent() == PN->getParent()) {
+      LocPair Locs(Location(PN, PNSize, PNTBAAInfo),
+                   Location(V2, V2Size, V2TBAAInfo));
+      if (PN > V2)
+        std::swap(Locs.first, Locs.second);
+
       AliasResult Alias =
         aliasCheck(PN->getIncomingValue(0), PNSize, PNTBAAInfo,
                    PN2->getIncomingValueForBlock(PN->getIncomingBlock(0)),
                    V2Size, V2TBAAInfo);
       if (Alias == MayAlias)
         return MayAlias;
+
+      // If the first source of the PHI nodes NoAlias and the other inputs are
+      // the PHI node itself through some amount of recursion this does not add
+      // any new information so just return NoAlias.
+      // bb:
+      //    ptr = ptr2 + 1
+      // loop:
+      //    ptr_phi = phi [bb, ptr], [loop, ptr_plus_one]
+      //    ptr2_phi = phi [bb, ptr2], [loop, ptr2_plus_one]
+      //    ...
+      //    ptr_plus_one = gep ptr_phi, 1
+      //    ptr2_plus_one = gep ptr2_phi, 1
+      // We assume for the recursion that the the phis (ptr_phi, ptr2_phi) do
+      // not alias each other.
+      bool ArePhisAssumedNoAlias = false;
+      AliasResult OrigAliasResult = NoAlias;
+      if (Alias == NoAlias) {
+        // Pretend the phis do not alias.
+        assert(AliasCache.count(Locs) &&
+               "There must exist an entry for the phi node");
+        OrigAliasResult = AliasCache[Locs];
+        AliasCache[Locs] = NoAlias;
+        ArePhisAssumedNoAlias = true;
+      }
+
       for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
         AliasResult ThisAlias =
           aliasCheck(PN->getIncomingValue(i), PNSize, PNTBAAInfo,
@@ -1019,6 +1105,11 @@
         if (Alias == MayAlias)
           break;
       }
+
+      // Reset if speculation failed.
+      if (ArePhisAssumedNoAlias && Alias != NoAlias)
+        AliasCache[Locs] = OrigAliasResult;
+
       return Alias;
     }
 
@@ -1133,8 +1224,8 @@
   // If the size of one access is larger than the entire object on the other
   // side, then we know such behavior is undefined and can assume no alias.
   if (TD)
-    if ((V1Size != UnknownSize && isObjectSmallerThan(O2, V1Size, *TD)) ||
-        (V2Size != UnknownSize && isObjectSmallerThan(O1, V2Size, *TD)))
+    if ((V1Size != UnknownSize && isObjectSmallerThan(O2, V1Size, *TD, *TLI)) ||
+        (V2Size != UnknownSize && isObjectSmallerThan(O1, V2Size, *TD, *TLI)))
       return NoAlias;
   
   // Check the cache before climbing up use-def chains. This also terminates
@@ -1154,15 +1245,17 @@
     std::swap(V1, V2);
     std::swap(V1Size, V2Size);
     std::swap(O1, O2);
+    std::swap(V1TBAAInfo, V2TBAAInfo);
   }
   if (const GEPOperator *GV1 = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V1)) {
-    AliasResult Result = aliasGEP(GV1, V1Size, V2, V2Size, V2TBAAInfo, O1, O2);
+    AliasResult Result = aliasGEP(GV1, V1Size, V1TBAAInfo, V2, V2Size, V2TBAAInfo, O1, O2);
     if (Result != MayAlias) return AliasCache[Locs] = Result;
   }
 
   if (isa<PHINode>(V2) && !isa<PHINode>(V1)) {
     std::swap(V1, V2);
     std::swap(V1Size, V2Size);
+    std::swap(V1TBAAInfo, V2TBAAInfo);
   }
   if (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V1)) {
     AliasResult Result = aliasPHI(PN, V1Size, V1TBAAInfo,
@@ -1173,6 +1266,7 @@
   if (isa<SelectInst>(V2) && !isa<SelectInst>(V1)) {
     std::swap(V1, V2);
     std::swap(V1Size, V2Size);
+    std::swap(V1TBAAInfo, V2TBAAInfo);
   }
   if (const SelectInst *S1 = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V1)) {
     AliasResult Result = aliasSelect(S1, V1Size, V1TBAAInfo,
@@ -1184,8 +1278,8 @@
   // accesses is accessing the entire object, then the accesses must
   // overlap in some way.
   if (TD && O1 == O2)
-    if ((V1Size != UnknownSize && isObjectSize(O1, V1Size, *TD)) ||
-        (V2Size != UnknownSize && isObjectSize(O2, V2Size, *TD)))
+    if ((V1Size != UnknownSize && isObjectSize(O1, V1Size, *TD, *TLI)) ||
+        (V2Size != UnknownSize && isObjectSize(O2, V2Size, *TD, *TLI)))
       return AliasCache[Locs] = PartialAlias;
 
   AliasResult Result =

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/BranchProbabilityInfo.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/BranchProbabilityInfo.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/BranchProbabilityInfo.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/BranchProbabilityInfo.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-//===-- BranchProbabilityInfo.cpp - Branch Probability Analysis -*- C++ -*-===//
+//===-- BranchProbabilityInfo.cpp - Branch Probability Analysis -----------===//
 //
 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
 //
@@ -78,6 +78,19 @@
 static const uint32_t FPH_TAKEN_WEIGHT = 20;
 static const uint32_t FPH_NONTAKEN_WEIGHT = 12;
 
+/// \brief Invoke-terminating normal branch taken weight
+///
+/// This is the weight for branching to the normal destination of an invoke
+/// instruction. We expect this to happen most of the time. Set the weight to an
+/// absurdly high value so that nested loops subsume it.
+static const uint32_t IH_TAKEN_WEIGHT = 1024 * 1024 - 1;
+
+/// \brief Invoke-terminating normal branch not-taken weight.
+///
+/// This is the weight for branching to the unwind destination of an invoke
+/// instruction. This is essentially never taken.
+static const uint32_t IH_NONTAKEN_WEIGHT = 1;
+
 // Standard weight value. Used when none of the heuristics set weight for
 // the edge.
 static const uint32_t NORMAL_WEIGHT = 16;
@@ -102,14 +115,14 @@
     return false;
   }
 
-  SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 4> UnreachableEdges;
-  SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 4> ReachableEdges;
+  SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UnreachableEdges;
+  SmallVector<unsigned, 4> ReachableEdges;
 
   for (succ_iterator I = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); I != E; ++I) {
     if (PostDominatedByUnreachable.count(*I))
-      UnreachableEdges.insert(*I);
+      UnreachableEdges.push_back(I.getSuccessorIndex());
     else
-      ReachableEdges.insert(*I);
+      ReachableEdges.push_back(I.getSuccessorIndex());
   }
 
   // If all successors are in the set of blocks post-dominated by unreachable,
@@ -123,18 +136,19 @@
     return false;
 
   uint32_t UnreachableWeight =
-    std::max(UR_TAKEN_WEIGHT / UnreachableEdges.size(), MIN_WEIGHT);
-  for (SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 4>::iterator I = UnreachableEdges.begin(),
-                                              E = UnreachableEdges.end();
+    std::max(UR_TAKEN_WEIGHT / (unsigned)UnreachableEdges.size(), MIN_WEIGHT);
+  for (SmallVector<unsigned, 4>::iterator I = UnreachableEdges.begin(),
+                                          E = UnreachableEdges.end();
        I != E; ++I)
     setEdgeWeight(BB, *I, UnreachableWeight);
 
   if (ReachableEdges.empty())
     return true;
   uint32_t ReachableWeight =
-    std::max(UR_NONTAKEN_WEIGHT / ReachableEdges.size(), NORMAL_WEIGHT);
-  for (SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 4>::iterator I = ReachableEdges.begin(),
-                                              E = ReachableEdges.end();
+    std::max(UR_NONTAKEN_WEIGHT / (unsigned)ReachableEdges.size(),
+             NORMAL_WEIGHT);
+  for (SmallVector<unsigned, 4>::iterator I = ReachableEdges.begin(),
+                                          E = ReachableEdges.end();
        I != E; ++I)
     setEdgeWeight(BB, *I, ReachableWeight);
 
@@ -174,7 +188,7 @@
   }
   assert(Weights.size() == TI->getNumSuccessors() && "Checked above");
   for (unsigned i = 0, e = TI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i)
-    setEdgeWeight(BB, TI->getSuccessor(i), Weights[i]);
+    setEdgeWeight(BB, i, Weights[i]);
 
   return true;
 }
@@ -198,19 +212,17 @@
 
   assert(CI->getOperand(1)->getType()->isPointerTy());
 
-  BasicBlock *Taken = BI->getSuccessor(0);
-  BasicBlock *NonTaken = BI->getSuccessor(1);
-
   // p != 0   ->   isProb = true
   // p == 0   ->   isProb = false
   // p != q   ->   isProb = true
   // p == q   ->   isProb = false;
+  unsigned TakenIdx = 0, NonTakenIdx = 1;
   bool isProb = CI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
   if (!isProb)
-    std::swap(Taken, NonTaken);
+    std::swap(TakenIdx, NonTakenIdx);
 
-  setEdgeWeight(BB, Taken, PH_TAKEN_WEIGHT);
-  setEdgeWeight(BB, NonTaken, PH_NONTAKEN_WEIGHT);
+  setEdgeWeight(BB, TakenIdx, PH_TAKEN_WEIGHT);
+  setEdgeWeight(BB, NonTakenIdx, PH_NONTAKEN_WEIGHT);
   return true;
 }
 
@@ -221,17 +233,17 @@
   if (!L)
     return false;
 
-  SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 8> BackEdges;
-  SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingEdges;
-  SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 8> InEdges; // Edges from header to the loop.
+  SmallVector<unsigned, 8> BackEdges;
+  SmallVector<unsigned, 8> ExitingEdges;
+  SmallVector<unsigned, 8> InEdges; // Edges from header to the loop.
 
   for (succ_iterator I = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); I != E; ++I) {
     if (!L->contains(*I))
-      ExitingEdges.insert(*I);
+      ExitingEdges.push_back(I.getSuccessorIndex());
     else if (L->getHeader() == *I)
-      BackEdges.insert(*I);
+      BackEdges.push_back(I.getSuccessorIndex());
     else
-      InEdges.insert(*I);
+      InEdges.push_back(I.getSuccessorIndex());
   }
 
   if (uint32_t numBackEdges = BackEdges.size()) {
@@ -239,10 +251,9 @@
     if (backWeight < NORMAL_WEIGHT)
       backWeight = NORMAL_WEIGHT;
 
-    for (SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 8>::iterator EI = BackEdges.begin(),
+    for (SmallVector<unsigned, 8>::iterator EI = BackEdges.begin(),
          EE = BackEdges.end(); EI != EE; ++EI) {
-      BasicBlock *Back = *EI;
-      setEdgeWeight(BB, Back, backWeight);
+      setEdgeWeight(BB, *EI, backWeight);
     }
   }
 
@@ -251,10 +262,9 @@
     if (inWeight < NORMAL_WEIGHT)
       inWeight = NORMAL_WEIGHT;
 
-    for (SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 8>::iterator EI = InEdges.begin(),
+    for (SmallVector<unsigned, 8>::iterator EI = InEdges.begin(),
          EE = InEdges.end(); EI != EE; ++EI) {
-      BasicBlock *Back = *EI;
-      setEdgeWeight(BB, Back, inWeight);
+      setEdgeWeight(BB, *EI, inWeight);
     }
   }
 
@@ -263,10 +273,9 @@
     if (exitWeight < MIN_WEIGHT)
       exitWeight = MIN_WEIGHT;
 
-    for (SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 8>::iterator EI = ExitingEdges.begin(),
+    for (SmallVector<unsigned, 8>::iterator EI = ExitingEdges.begin(),
          EE = ExitingEdges.end(); EI != EE; ++EI) {
-      BasicBlock *Exiting = *EI;
-      setEdgeWeight(BB, Exiting, exitWeight);
+      setEdgeWeight(BB, *EI, exitWeight);
     }
   }
 
@@ -322,14 +331,13 @@
     return false;
   }
 
-  BasicBlock *Taken = BI->getSuccessor(0);
-  BasicBlock *NonTaken = BI->getSuccessor(1);
+  unsigned TakenIdx = 0, NonTakenIdx = 1;
 
   if (!isProb)
-    std::swap(Taken, NonTaken);
+    std::swap(TakenIdx, NonTakenIdx);
 
-  setEdgeWeight(BB, Taken, ZH_TAKEN_WEIGHT);
-  setEdgeWeight(BB, NonTaken, ZH_NONTAKEN_WEIGHT);
+  setEdgeWeight(BB, TakenIdx, ZH_TAKEN_WEIGHT);
+  setEdgeWeight(BB, NonTakenIdx, ZH_NONTAKEN_WEIGHT);
 
   return true;
 }
@@ -359,15 +367,24 @@
     return false;
   }
 
-  BasicBlock *Taken = BI->getSuccessor(0);
-  BasicBlock *NonTaken = BI->getSuccessor(1);
+  unsigned TakenIdx = 0, NonTakenIdx = 1;
 
   if (!isProb)
-    std::swap(Taken, NonTaken);
+    std::swap(TakenIdx, NonTakenIdx);
+
+  setEdgeWeight(BB, TakenIdx, FPH_TAKEN_WEIGHT);
+  setEdgeWeight(BB, NonTakenIdx, FPH_NONTAKEN_WEIGHT);
 
-  setEdgeWeight(BB, Taken, FPH_TAKEN_WEIGHT);
-  setEdgeWeight(BB, NonTaken, FPH_NONTAKEN_WEIGHT);
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool BranchProbabilityInfo::calcInvokeHeuristics(BasicBlock *BB) {
+  InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(BB->getTerminator());
+  if (!II)
+    return false;
 
+  setEdgeWeight(BB, 0/*Index for Normal*/, IH_TAKEN_WEIGHT);
+  setEdgeWeight(BB, 1/*Index for Unwind*/, IH_NONTAKEN_WEIGHT);
   return true;
 }
 
@@ -397,7 +414,9 @@
       continue;
     if (calcZeroHeuristics(*I))
       continue;
-    calcFloatingPointHeuristics(*I);
+    if (calcFloatingPointHeuristics(*I))
+      continue;
+    calcInvokeHeuristics(*I);
   }
 
   PostDominatedByUnreachable.clear();
@@ -422,8 +441,7 @@
   uint32_t Sum = 0;
 
   for (succ_const_iterator I = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); I != E; ++I) {
-    const BasicBlock *Succ = *I;
-    uint32_t Weight = getEdgeWeight(BB, Succ);
+    uint32_t Weight = getEdgeWeight(BB, I.getSuccessorIndex());
     uint32_t PrevSum = Sum;
 
     Sum += Weight;
@@ -466,11 +484,13 @@
   return 0;
 }
 
-// Return edge's weight. If can't find it, return DEFAULT_WEIGHT value.
+/// Get the raw edge weight for the edge. If can't find it, return
+/// DEFAULT_WEIGHT value. Here an edge is specified using PredBlock and an index
+/// to the successors.
 uint32_t BranchProbabilityInfo::
-getEdgeWeight(const BasicBlock *Src, const BasicBlock *Dst) const {
-  Edge E(Src, Dst);
-  DenseMap<Edge, uint32_t>::const_iterator I = Weights.find(E);
+getEdgeWeight(const BasicBlock *Src, unsigned IndexInSuccessors) const {
+  DenseMap<Edge, uint32_t>::const_iterator I =
+      Weights.find(std::make_pair(Src, IndexInSuccessors));
 
   if (I != Weights.end())
     return I->second;
@@ -478,15 +498,43 @@
   return DEFAULT_WEIGHT;
 }
 
+/// Get the raw edge weight calculated for the block pair. This returns the sum
+/// of all raw edge weights from Src to Dst.
+uint32_t BranchProbabilityInfo::
+getEdgeWeight(const BasicBlock *Src, const BasicBlock *Dst) const {
+  uint32_t Weight = 0;
+  DenseMap<Edge, uint32_t>::const_iterator MapI;
+  for (succ_const_iterator I = succ_begin(Src), E = succ_end(Src); I != E; ++I)
+    if (*I == Dst) {
+      MapI = Weights.find(std::make_pair(Src, I.getSuccessorIndex()));
+      if (MapI != Weights.end())
+        Weight += MapI->second;
+    }
+  return (Weight == 0) ? DEFAULT_WEIGHT : Weight;
+}
+
+/// Set the edge weight for a given edge specified by PredBlock and an index
+/// to the successors.
 void BranchProbabilityInfo::
-setEdgeWeight(const BasicBlock *Src, const BasicBlock *Dst, uint32_t Weight) {
-  Weights[std::make_pair(Src, Dst)] = Weight;
+setEdgeWeight(const BasicBlock *Src, unsigned IndexInSuccessors,
+              uint32_t Weight) {
+  Weights[std::make_pair(Src, IndexInSuccessors)] = Weight;
   DEBUG(dbgs() << "set edge " << Src->getName() << " -> "
-               << Dst->getName() << " weight to " << Weight
-               << (isEdgeHot(Src, Dst) ? " [is HOT now]\n" : "\n"));
+               << IndexInSuccessors << " successor weight to "
+               << Weight << "\n");
 }
 
+/// Get an edge's probability, relative to other out-edges from Src.
+BranchProbability BranchProbabilityInfo::
+getEdgeProbability(const BasicBlock *Src, unsigned IndexInSuccessors) const {
+  uint32_t N = getEdgeWeight(Src, IndexInSuccessors);
+  uint32_t D = getSumForBlock(Src);
+
+  return BranchProbability(N, D);
+}
 
+/// Get the probability of going from Src to Dst. It returns the sum of all
+/// probabilities for edges from Src to Dst.
 BranchProbability BranchProbabilityInfo::
 getEdgeProbability(const BasicBlock *Src, const BasicBlock *Dst) const {
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/CMakeLists.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/CMakeLists.txt?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/CMakeLists.txt (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/CMakeLists.txt Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -10,9 +10,11 @@
   BranchProbabilityInfo.cpp
   CFGPrinter.cpp
   CaptureTracking.cpp
+  CostModel.cpp
   CodeMetrics.cpp
   ConstantFolding.cpp
   DbgInfoPrinter.cpp
+  DependenceAnalysis.cpp
   DomPrinter.cpp
   DominanceFrontier.cpp
   IVUsers.cpp
@@ -26,7 +28,6 @@
   LibCallSemantics.cpp
   Lint.cpp
   Loads.cpp
-  LoopDependenceAnalysis.cpp
   LoopInfo.cpp
   LoopPass.cpp
   MemDepPrinter.cpp
@@ -44,6 +45,8 @@
   ProfileInfoLoader.cpp
   ProfileInfoLoaderPass.cpp
   ProfileVerifierPass.cpp
+  ProfileDataLoader.cpp
+  ProfileDataLoaderPass.cpp
   RegionInfo.cpp
   RegionPass.cpp
   RegionPrinter.cpp

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/CaptureTracking.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/CaptureTracking.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/CaptureTracking.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/CaptureTracking.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -23,6 +23,8 @@
 
 CaptureTracker::~CaptureTracker() {}
 
+bool CaptureTracker::shouldExplore(Use *U) { return true; }
+
 namespace {
   struct SimpleCaptureTracker : public CaptureTracker {
     explicit SimpleCaptureTracker(bool ReturnCaptures)
@@ -30,8 +32,6 @@
 
     void tooManyUses() { Captured = true; }
 
-    bool shouldExplore(Use *U) { return true; }
-
     bool captured(Use *U) {
       if (isa<ReturnInst>(U->getUser()) && !ReturnCaptures)
         return false;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/CodeMetrics.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/CodeMetrics.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/CodeMetrics.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/CodeMetrics.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 #include "llvm/Function.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
 #include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 
 using namespace llvm;
 
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
   return false;
 }
 
-bool llvm::isInstructionFree(const Instruction *I, const TargetData *TD) {
+bool llvm::isInstructionFree(const Instruction *I, const DataLayout *TD) {
   if (isa<PHINode>(I))
     return true;
 
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 /// analyzeBasicBlock - Fill in the current structure with information gleaned
 /// from the specified block.
 void CodeMetrics::analyzeBasicBlock(const BasicBlock *BB,
-                                    const TargetData *TD) {
+                                    const DataLayout *TD) {
   ++NumBlocks;
   unsigned NumInstsBeforeThisBB = NumInsts;
   for (BasicBlock::const_iterator II = BB->begin(), E = BB->end();
@@ -189,14 +189,14 @@
   NumBBInsts[BB] = NumInsts - NumInstsBeforeThisBB;
 }
 
-void CodeMetrics::analyzeFunction(Function *F, const TargetData *TD) {
+void CodeMetrics::analyzeFunction(Function *F, const DataLayout *TD) {
   // If this function contains a call that "returns twice" (e.g., setjmp or
   // _setjmp) and it isn't marked with "returns twice" itself, never inline it.
   // This is a hack because we depend on the user marking their local variables
   // as volatile if they are live across a setjmp call, and they probably
   // won't do this in callers.
   exposesReturnsTwice = F->callsFunctionThatReturnsTwice() &&
-    !F->hasFnAttr(Attribute::ReturnsTwice);
+    !F->getFnAttributes().hasAttribute(Attributes::ReturnsTwice);
 
   // Look at the size of the callee.
   for (Function::const_iterator BB = F->begin(), E = F->end(); BB != E; ++BB)

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ConstantFolding.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ConstantFolding.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ConstantFolding.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ConstantFolding.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 //
 // Also, to supplement the basic VMCore ConstantExpr simplifications,
 // this file defines some additional folding routines that can make use of
-// TargetData information. These functions cannot go in VMCore due to library
+// DataLayout information. These functions cannot go in VMCore due to library
 // dependency issues.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 #include "llvm/Intrinsics.h"
 #include "llvm/Operator.h"
 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@
 // Constant Folding internal helper functions
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-/// FoldBitCast - Constant fold bitcast, symbolically evaluating it with 
-/// TargetData.  This always returns a non-null constant, but it may be a
+/// FoldBitCast - Constant fold bitcast, symbolically evaluating it with
+/// DataLayout.  This always returns a non-null constant, but it may be a
 /// ConstantExpr if unfoldable.
 static Constant *FoldBitCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy,
-                             const TargetData &TD) {
+                             const DataLayout &TD) {
   // Catch the obvious splat cases.
   if (C->isNullValue() && !DestTy->isX86_MMXTy())
     return Constant::getNullValue(DestTy);
@@ -59,9 +59,9 @@
       return ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestTy);
 
     unsigned NumSrcElts = CDV->getType()->getNumElements();
-    
+
     Type *SrcEltTy = CDV->getType()->getElementType();
-    
+
     // If the vector is a vector of floating point, convert it to vector of int
     // to simplify things.
     if (SrcEltTy->isFloatingPointTy()) {
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
       C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, SrcIVTy);
       CDV = cast<ConstantDataVector>(C);
     }
-    
+
     // Now that we know that the input value is a vector of integers, just shift
     // and insert them into our result.
     unsigned BitShift = TD.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(SrcEltTy);
@@ -84,43 +84,43 @@
       else
         Result |= CDV->getElementAsInteger(i);
     }
-   
+
     return ConstantInt::get(IT, Result);
   }
-  
+
   // The code below only handles casts to vectors currently.
   VectorType *DestVTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(DestTy);
   if (DestVTy == 0)
     return ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestTy);
-  
+
   // If this is a scalar -> vector cast, convert the input into a <1 x scalar>
   // vector so the code below can handle it uniformly.
   if (isa<ConstantFP>(C) || isa<ConstantInt>(C)) {
     Constant *Ops = C; // don't take the address of C!
     return FoldBitCast(ConstantVector::get(Ops), DestTy, TD);
   }
-  
+
   // If this is a bitcast from constant vector -> vector, fold it.
   if (!isa<ConstantDataVector>(C) && !isa<ConstantVector>(C))
     return ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestTy);
-  
+
   // If the element types match, VMCore can fold it.
   unsigned NumDstElt = DestVTy->getNumElements();
   unsigned NumSrcElt = C->getType()->getVectorNumElements();
   if (NumDstElt == NumSrcElt)
     return ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestTy);
-  
+
   Type *SrcEltTy = C->getType()->getVectorElementType();
   Type *DstEltTy = DestVTy->getElementType();
-  
-  // Otherwise, we're changing the number of elements in a vector, which 
+
+  // Otherwise, we're changing the number of elements in a vector, which
   // requires endianness information to do the right thing.  For example,
   //    bitcast (<2 x i64> <i64 0, i64 1> to <4 x i32>)
   // folds to (little endian):
   //    <4 x i32> <i32 0, i32 0, i32 1, i32 0>
   // and to (big endian):
   //    <4 x i32> <i32 0, i32 0, i32 0, i32 1>
-  
+
   // First thing is first.  We only want to think about integer here, so if
   // we have something in FP form, recast it as integer.
   if (DstEltTy->isFloatingPointTy()) {
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@
       VectorType::get(IntegerType::get(C->getContext(), FPWidth), NumDstElt);
     // Recursively handle this integer conversion, if possible.
     C = FoldBitCast(C, DestIVTy, TD);
-    
+
     // Finally, VMCore can handle this now that #elts line up.
     return ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestTy);
   }
-  
+
   // Okay, we know the destination is integer, if the input is FP, convert
   // it to integer first.
   if (SrcEltTy->isFloatingPointTy()) {
@@ -148,13 +148,13 @@
         !isa<ConstantDataVector>(C))
       return C;
   }
-  
+
   // Now we know that the input and output vectors are both integer vectors
   // of the same size, and that their #elements is not the same.  Do the
   // conversion here, which depends on whether the input or output has
   // more elements.
   bool isLittleEndian = TD.isLittleEndian();
-  
+
   SmallVector<Constant*, 32> Result;
   if (NumDstElt < NumSrcElt) {
     // Handle: bitcast (<4 x i32> <i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3> to <2 x i64>)
@@ -170,15 +170,15 @@
         Constant *Src =dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C->getAggregateElement(SrcElt++));
         if (!Src)  // Reject constantexpr elements.
           return ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestTy);
-        
+
         // Zero extend the element to the right size.
         Src = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Src, Elt->getType());
-        
+
         // Shift it to the right place, depending on endianness.
-        Src = ConstantExpr::getShl(Src, 
+        Src = ConstantExpr::getShl(Src,
                                    ConstantInt::get(Src->getType(), ShiftAmt));
         ShiftAmt += isLittleEndian ? SrcBitSize : -SrcBitSize;
-        
+
         // Mix it in.
         Elt = ConstantExpr::getOr(Elt, Src);
       }
@@ -186,30 +186,30 @@
     }
     return ConstantVector::get(Result);
   }
-  
+
   // Handle: bitcast (<2 x i64> <i64 0, i64 1> to <4 x i32>)
   unsigned Ratio = NumDstElt/NumSrcElt;
   unsigned DstBitSize = DstEltTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
-  
+
   // Loop over each source value, expanding into multiple results.
   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumSrcElt; ++i) {
     Constant *Src = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C->getAggregateElement(i));
     if (!Src)  // Reject constantexpr elements.
       return ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestTy);
-    
+
     unsigned ShiftAmt = isLittleEndian ? 0 : DstBitSize*(Ratio-1);
     for (unsigned j = 0; j != Ratio; ++j) {
       // Shift the piece of the value into the right place, depending on
       // endianness.
-      Constant *Elt = ConstantExpr::getLShr(Src, 
+      Constant *Elt = ConstantExpr::getLShr(Src,
                                   ConstantInt::get(Src->getType(), ShiftAmt));
       ShiftAmt += isLittleEndian ? DstBitSize : -DstBitSize;
-      
+
       // Truncate and remember this piece.
       Result.push_back(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(Elt, DstEltTy));
     }
   }
-  
+
   return ConstantVector::get(Result);
 }
 
@@ -218,34 +218,34 @@
 /// from a global, return the global and the constant.  Because of
 /// constantexprs, this function is recursive.
 static bool IsConstantOffsetFromGlobal(Constant *C, GlobalValue *&GV,
-                                       int64_t &Offset, const TargetData &TD) {
+                                       int64_t &Offset, const DataLayout &TD) {
   // Trivial case, constant is the global.
   if ((GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(C))) {
     Offset = 0;
     return true;
   }
-  
+
   // Otherwise, if this isn't a constant expr, bail out.
   ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C);
   if (!CE) return false;
-  
+
   // Look through ptr->int and ptr->ptr casts.
   if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt ||
       CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast)
     return IsConstantOffsetFromGlobal(CE->getOperand(0), GV, Offset, TD);
-  
-  // i32* getelementptr ([5 x i32]* @a, i32 0, i32 5)    
+
+  // i32* getelementptr ([5 x i32]* @a, i32 0, i32 5)
   if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) {
     // Cannot compute this if the element type of the pointer is missing size
     // info.
     if (!cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())
                  ->getElementType()->isSized())
       return false;
-    
+
     // If the base isn't a global+constant, we aren't either.
     if (!IsConstantOffsetFromGlobal(CE->getOperand(0), GV, Offset, TD))
       return false;
-    
+
     // Otherwise, add any offset that our operands provide.
     gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(CE);
     for (User::const_op_iterator i = CE->op_begin() + 1, e = CE->op_end();
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
       ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(*i);
       if (!CI) return false;  // Index isn't a simple constant?
       if (CI->isZero()) continue;  // Not adding anything.
-      
+
       if (StructType *ST = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
         // N = N + Offset
         Offset += TD.getStructLayout(ST)->getElementOffset(CI->getZExtValue());
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
     }
     return true;
   }
-  
+
   return false;
 }
 
@@ -274,30 +274,33 @@
 /// the CurPtr buffer.  TD is the target data.
 static bool ReadDataFromGlobal(Constant *C, uint64_t ByteOffset,
                                unsigned char *CurPtr, unsigned BytesLeft,
-                               const TargetData &TD) {
+                               const DataLayout &TD) {
   assert(ByteOffset <= TD.getTypeAllocSize(C->getType()) &&
          "Out of range access");
-  
+
   // If this element is zero or undefined, we can just return since *CurPtr is
   // zero initialized.
   if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C) || isa<UndefValue>(C))
     return true;
-  
+
   if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C)) {
     if (CI->getBitWidth() > 64 ||
         (CI->getBitWidth() & 7) != 0)
       return false;
-    
+
     uint64_t Val = CI->getZExtValue();
     unsigned IntBytes = unsigned(CI->getBitWidth()/8);
-    
+
     for (unsigned i = 0; i != BytesLeft && ByteOffset != IntBytes; ++i) {
-      CurPtr[i] = (unsigned char)(Val >> (ByteOffset * 8));
+      int n = ByteOffset;
+      if (!TD.isLittleEndian())
+        n = IntBytes - n - 1;
+      CurPtr[i] = (unsigned char)(Val >> (n * 8));
       ++ByteOffset;
     }
     return true;
   }
-  
+
   if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(C)) {
     if (CFP->getType()->isDoubleTy()) {
       C = FoldBitCast(C, Type::getInt64Ty(C->getContext()), TD);
@@ -309,13 +312,13 @@
     }
     return false;
   }
-  
+
   if (ConstantStruct *CS = dyn_cast<ConstantStruct>(C)) {
     const StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(CS->getType());
     unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(ByteOffset);
     uint64_t CurEltOffset = SL->getElementOffset(Index);
     ByteOffset -= CurEltOffset;
-    
+
     while (1) {
       // If the element access is to the element itself and not to tail padding,
       // read the bytes from the element.
@@ -325,9 +328,9 @@
           !ReadDataFromGlobal(CS->getOperand(Index), ByteOffset, CurPtr,
                               BytesLeft, TD))
         return false;
-      
+
       ++Index;
-      
+
       // Check to see if we read from the last struct element, if so we're done.
       if (Index == CS->getType()->getNumElements())
         return true;
@@ -375,11 +378,11 @@
     }
     return true;
   }
-      
+
   if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C)) {
     if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::IntToPtr &&
-        CE->getOperand(0)->getType() == TD.getIntPtrType(CE->getContext())) 
-      return ReadDataFromGlobal(CE->getOperand(0), ByteOffset, CurPtr, 
+        CE->getOperand(0)->getType() == TD.getIntPtrType(CE->getContext()))
+      return ReadDataFromGlobal(CE->getOperand(0), ByteOffset, CurPtr,
                                 BytesLeft, TD);
   }
 
@@ -388,10 +391,10 @@
 }
 
 static Constant *FoldReinterpretLoadFromConstPtr(Constant *C,
-                                                 const TargetData &TD) {
+                                                 const DataLayout &TD) {
   Type *LoadTy = cast<PointerType>(C->getType())->getElementType();
   IntegerType *IntType = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(LoadTy);
-  
+
   // If this isn't an integer load we can't fold it directly.
   if (!IntType) {
     // If this is a float/double load, we can try folding it as an int32/64 load
@@ -415,15 +418,15 @@
       return FoldBitCast(Res, LoadTy, TD);
     return 0;
   }
-  
+
   unsigned BytesLoaded = (IntType->getBitWidth() + 7) / 8;
   if (BytesLoaded > 32 || BytesLoaded == 0) return 0;
-  
+
   GlobalValue *GVal;
   int64_t Offset;
   if (!IsConstantOffsetFromGlobal(C, GVal, Offset, TD))
     return 0;
-  
+
   GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GVal);
   if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() ||
       !GV->getInitializer()->getType()->isSized())
@@ -432,20 +435,29 @@
   // If we're loading off the beginning of the global, some bytes may be valid,
   // but we don't try to handle this.
   if (Offset < 0) return 0;
-  
+
   // If we're not accessing anything in this constant, the result is undefined.
   if (uint64_t(Offset) >= TD.getTypeAllocSize(GV->getInitializer()->getType()))
     return UndefValue::get(IntType);
-  
+
   unsigned char RawBytes[32] = {0};
   if (!ReadDataFromGlobal(GV->getInitializer(), Offset, RawBytes,
                           BytesLoaded, TD))
     return 0;
 
-  APInt ResultVal = APInt(IntType->getBitWidth(), RawBytes[BytesLoaded-1]);
-  for (unsigned i = 1; i != BytesLoaded; ++i) {
-    ResultVal <<= 8;
-    ResultVal |= RawBytes[BytesLoaded-1-i];
+  APInt ResultVal = APInt(IntType->getBitWidth(), 0);
+  if (TD.isLittleEndian()) {
+    ResultVal = RawBytes[BytesLoaded - 1];
+    for (unsigned i = 1; i != BytesLoaded; ++i) {
+      ResultVal <<= 8;
+      ResultVal |= RawBytes[BytesLoaded-1-i];
+    }
+  } else {
+    ResultVal = RawBytes[0];
+    for (unsigned i = 1; i != BytesLoaded; ++i) {
+      ResultVal <<= 8;
+      ResultVal |= RawBytes[i];
+    }
   }
 
   return ConstantInt::get(IntType->getContext(), ResultVal);
@@ -455,7 +467,7 @@
 /// produce if it is constant and determinable.  If this is not determinable,
 /// return null.
 Constant *llvm::ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Constant *C,
-                                             const TargetData *TD) {
+                                             const DataLayout *TD) {
   // First, try the easy cases:
   if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(C))
     if (GV->isConstant() && GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer())
@@ -464,15 +476,15 @@
   // If the loaded value isn't a constant expr, we can't handle it.
   ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C);
   if (!CE) return 0;
-  
+
   if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) {
     if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(CE->getOperand(0)))
       if (GV->isConstant() && GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer())
-        if (Constant *V = 
+        if (Constant *V =
              ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPConstantExpr(GV->getInitializer(), CE))
           return V;
   }
-  
+
   // Instead of loading constant c string, use corresponding integer value
   // directly if string length is small enough.
   StringRef Str;
@@ -500,14 +512,14 @@
         SingleChar = 0;
         StrVal = (StrVal << 8) | SingleChar;
       }
-      
+
       Constant *Res = ConstantInt::get(CE->getContext(), StrVal);
       if (Ty->isFloatingPointTy())
         Res = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Res, Ty);
       return Res;
     }
   }
-  
+
   // If this load comes from anywhere in a constant global, and if the global
   // is all undef or zero, we know what it loads.
   if (GlobalVariable *GV =
@@ -520,18 +532,16 @@
         return UndefValue::get(ResTy);
     }
   }
-  
-  // Try hard to fold loads from bitcasted strange and non-type-safe things.  We
-  // currently don't do any of this for big endian systems.  It can be
-  // generalized in the future if someone is interested.
-  if (TD && TD->isLittleEndian())
+
+  // Try hard to fold loads from bitcasted strange and non-type-safe things.
+  if (TD)
     return FoldReinterpretLoadFromConstPtr(CE, *TD);
   return 0;
 }
 
-static Constant *ConstantFoldLoadInst(const LoadInst *LI, const TargetData *TD){
+static Constant *ConstantFoldLoadInst(const LoadInst *LI, const DataLayout *TD){
   if (LI->isVolatile()) return 0;
-  
+
   if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LI->getOperand(0)))
     return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(C, TD);
 
@@ -540,23 +550,23 @@
 
 /// SymbolicallyEvaluateBinop - One of Op0/Op1 is a constant expression.
 /// Attempt to symbolically evaluate the result of a binary operator merging
-/// these together.  If target data info is available, it is provided as TD, 
+/// these together.  If target data info is available, it is provided as TD,
 /// otherwise TD is null.
 static Constant *SymbolicallyEvaluateBinop(unsigned Opc, Constant *Op0,
-                                           Constant *Op1, const TargetData *TD){
+                                           Constant *Op1, const DataLayout *TD){
   // SROA
-  
+
   // Fold (and 0xffffffff00000000, (shl x, 32)) -> shl.
   // Fold (lshr (or X, Y), 32) -> (lshr [X/Y], 32) if one doesn't contribute
   // bits.
-  
-  
+
+
   // If the constant expr is something like &A[123] - &A[4].f, fold this into a
   // constant.  This happens frequently when iterating over a global array.
   if (Opc == Instruction::Sub && TD) {
     GlobalValue *GV1, *GV2;
     int64_t Offs1, Offs2;
-    
+
     if (IsConstantOffsetFromGlobal(Op0, GV1, Offs1, *TD))
       if (IsConstantOffsetFromGlobal(Op1, GV2, Offs2, *TD) &&
           GV1 == GV2) {
@@ -564,7 +574,7 @@
         return ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), Offs1-Offs2);
       }
   }
-    
+
   return 0;
 }
 
@@ -572,7 +582,7 @@
 /// explicitly cast them so that they aren't implicitly casted by the
 /// getelementptr.
 static Constant *CastGEPIndices(ArrayRef<Constant *> Ops,
-                                Type *ResultTy, const TargetData *TD,
+                                Type *ResultTy, const DataLayout *TD,
                                 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
   if (!TD) return 0;
   Type *IntPtrTy = TD->getIntPtrType(ResultTy->getContext());
@@ -622,20 +632,20 @@
 /// SymbolicallyEvaluateGEP - If we can symbolically evaluate the specified GEP
 /// constant expression, do so.
 static Constant *SymbolicallyEvaluateGEP(ArrayRef<Constant *> Ops,
-                                         Type *ResultTy, const TargetData *TD,
+                                         Type *ResultTy, const DataLayout *TD,
                                          const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
   Constant *Ptr = Ops[0];
   if (!TD || !cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType()->isSized() ||
       !Ptr->getType()->isPointerTy())
     return 0;
-  
+
   Type *IntPtrTy = TD->getIntPtrType(Ptr->getContext());
 
   // If this is a constant expr gep that is effectively computing an
   // "offsetof", fold it into 'cast int Size to T*' instead of 'gep 0, 0, 12'
   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
     if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Ops[i])) {
-      
+
       // If this is "gep i8* Ptr, (sub 0, V)", fold this as:
       // "inttoptr (sub (ptrtoint Ptr), V)"
       if (Ops.size() == 2 &&
@@ -659,7 +669,8 @@
   unsigned BitWidth = TD->getTypeSizeInBits(IntPtrTy);
   APInt Offset =
     APInt(BitWidth, TD->getIndexedOffset(Ptr->getType(),
-                                         makeArrayRef((Value **)Ops.data() + 1,
+                                         makeArrayRef((Value *const*)
+                                                        Ops.data() + 1,
                                                       Ops.size() - 1)));
   Ptr = StripPtrCastKeepAS(Ptr);
 
@@ -708,12 +719,12 @@
         // The only pointer indexing we'll do is on the first index of the GEP.
         if (!NewIdxs.empty())
           break;
-       
+
         // Only handle pointers to sized types, not pointers to functions.
         if (!ATy->getElementType()->isSized())
           return 0;
       }
-        
+
       // Determine which element of the array the offset points into.
       APInt ElemSize(BitWidth, TD->getTypeAllocSize(ATy->getElementType()));
       IntegerType *IntPtrTy = TD->getIntPtrType(Ty->getContext());
@@ -785,7 +796,7 @@
 /// this function can only fail when attempting to fold instructions like loads
 /// and stores, which have no constant expression form.
 Constant *llvm::ConstantFoldInstruction(Instruction *I,
-                                        const TargetData *TD,
+                                        const DataLayout *TD,
                                         const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
   // Handle PHI nodes quickly here...
   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
@@ -836,7 +847,7 @@
   if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
     return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Ops[0], Ops[1],
                                            TD, TLI);
-  
+
   if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
     return ConstantFoldLoadInst(LI, TD);
 
@@ -855,10 +866,10 @@
 }
 
 /// ConstantFoldConstantExpression - Attempt to fold the constant expression
-/// using the specified TargetData.  If successful, the constant result is
+/// using the specified DataLayout.  If successful, the constant result is
 /// result is returned, if not, null is returned.
 Constant *llvm::ConstantFoldConstantExpression(const ConstantExpr *CE,
-                                               const TargetData *TD,
+                                               const DataLayout *TD,
                                                const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
   SmallVector<Constant*, 8> Ops;
   for (User::const_op_iterator i = CE->op_begin(), e = CE->op_end();
@@ -886,19 +897,19 @@
 /// information, due to only being passed an opcode and operands. Constant
 /// folding using this function strips this information.
 ///
-Constant *llvm::ConstantFoldInstOperands(unsigned Opcode, Type *DestTy, 
+Constant *llvm::ConstantFoldInstOperands(unsigned Opcode, Type *DestTy,
                                          ArrayRef<Constant *> Ops,
-                                         const TargetData *TD,
-                                         const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {                                         
+                                         const DataLayout *TD,
+                                         const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
   // Handle easy binops first.
   if (Instruction::isBinaryOp(Opcode)) {
     if (isa<ConstantExpr>(Ops[0]) || isa<ConstantExpr>(Ops[1]))
       if (Constant *C = SymbolicallyEvaluateBinop(Opcode, Ops[0], Ops[1], TD))
         return C;
-    
+
     return ConstantExpr::get(Opcode, Ops[0], Ops[1]);
   }
-  
+
   switch (Opcode) {
   default: return 0;
   case Instruction::ICmp:
@@ -916,7 +927,7 @@
         Constant *Input = CE->getOperand(0);
         unsigned InWidth = Input->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
         if (TD->getPointerSizeInBits() < InWidth) {
-          Constant *Mask = 
+          Constant *Mask =
             ConstantInt::get(CE->getContext(), APInt::getLowBitsSet(InWidth,
                                                   TD->getPointerSizeInBits()));
           Input = ConstantExpr::getAnd(Input, Mask);
@@ -964,7 +975,7 @@
       return C;
     if (Constant *C = SymbolicallyEvaluateGEP(Ops, DestTy, TD, TLI))
       return C;
-    
+
     return ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(Ops[0], Ops.slice(1));
   }
 }
@@ -974,8 +985,8 @@
 /// returns a constant expression of the specified operands.
 ///
 Constant *llvm::ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(unsigned Predicate,
-                                                Constant *Ops0, Constant *Ops1, 
-                                                const TargetData *TD,
+                                                Constant *Ops0, Constant *Ops1,
+                                                const DataLayout *TD,
                                                 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
   // fold: icmp (inttoptr x), null         -> icmp x, 0
   // fold: icmp (ptrtoint x), 0            -> icmp x, null
@@ -995,17 +1006,17 @@
         Constant *Null = Constant::getNullValue(C->getType());
         return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Predicate, C, Null, TD, TLI);
       }
-      
+
       // Only do this transformation if the int is intptrty in size, otherwise
       // there is a truncation or extension that we aren't modeling.
-      if (CE0->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt && 
+      if (CE0->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt &&
           CE0->getType() == IntPtrTy) {
         Constant *C = CE0->getOperand(0);
         Constant *Null = Constant::getNullValue(C->getType());
         return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Predicate, C, Null, TD, TLI);
       }
     }
-    
+
     if (ConstantExpr *CE1 = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Ops1)) {
       if (TD && CE0->getOpcode() == CE1->getOpcode()) {
         Type *IntPtrTy = TD->getIntPtrType(CE0->getContext());
@@ -1029,24 +1040,24 @@
                                                  CE1->getOperand(0), TD, TLI);
       }
     }
-    
+
     // icmp eq (or x, y), 0 -> (icmp eq x, 0) & (icmp eq y, 0)
     // icmp ne (or x, y), 0 -> (icmp ne x, 0) | (icmp ne y, 0)
     if ((Predicate == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ || Predicate == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE) &&
         CE0->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or && Ops1->isNullValue()) {
-      Constant *LHS = 
+      Constant *LHS =
         ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Predicate, CE0->getOperand(0), Ops1,
                                         TD, TLI);
-      Constant *RHS = 
+      Constant *RHS =
         ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Predicate, CE0->getOperand(1), Ops1,
                                         TD, TLI);
-      unsigned OpC = 
+      unsigned OpC =
         Predicate == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ ? Instruction::And : Instruction::Or;
       Constant *Ops[] = { LHS, RHS };
       return ConstantFoldInstOperands(OpC, LHS->getType(), Ops, TD, TLI);
     }
   }
-  
+
   return ConstantExpr::getCompare(Predicate, Ops0, Ops1);
 }
 
@@ -1054,7 +1065,7 @@
 /// ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPConstantExpr - Given a constant and a
 /// getelementptr constantexpr, return the constant value being addressed by the
 /// constant expression, or null if something is funny and we can't decide.
-Constant *llvm::ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPConstantExpr(Constant *C, 
+Constant *llvm::ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPConstantExpr(Constant *C,
                                                        ConstantExpr *CE) {
   if (!CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue())
     return 0;  // Do not allow stepping over the value!
@@ -1124,14 +1135,14 @@
 
   if (!F->hasName()) return false;
   StringRef Name = F->getName();
-  
+
   // In these cases, the check of the length is required.  We don't want to
   // return true for a name like "cos\0blah" which strcmp would return equal to
   // "cos", but has length 8.
   switch (Name[0]) {
   default: return false;
   case 'a':
-    return Name == "acos" || Name == "asin" || 
+    return Name == "acos" || Name == "asin" ||
       Name == "atan" || Name == "atan2";
   case 'c':
     return Name == "cos" || Name == "ceil" || Name == "cosf" || Name == "cosh";
@@ -1151,7 +1162,7 @@
   }
 }
 
-static Constant *ConstantFoldFP(double (*NativeFP)(double), double V, 
+static Constant *ConstantFoldFP(double (*NativeFP)(double), double V,
                                 Type *Ty) {
   sys::llvm_fenv_clearexcept();
   V = NativeFP(V);
@@ -1159,7 +1170,7 @@
     sys::llvm_fenv_clearexcept();
     return 0;
   }
-  
+
   if (Ty->isFloatTy())
     return ConstantFP::get(Ty->getContext(), APFloat((float)V));
   if (Ty->isDoubleTy())
@@ -1175,7 +1186,7 @@
     sys::llvm_fenv_clearexcept();
     return 0;
   }
-  
+
   if (Ty->isFloatTy())
     return ConstantFP::get(Ty->getContext(), APFloat((float)V));
   if (Ty->isDoubleTy())
@@ -1269,7 +1280,7 @@
       case 'e':
         if (Name == "exp" && TLI->has(LibFunc::exp))
           return ConstantFoldFP(exp, V, Ty);
-  
+
         if (Name == "exp2" && TLI->has(LibFunc::exp2)) {
           // Constant fold exp2(x) as pow(2,x) in case the host doesn't have a
           // C99 library.
@@ -1345,7 +1356,7 @@
     }
 
     // Support ConstantVector in case we have an Undef in the top.
-    if (isa<ConstantVector>(Operands[0]) || 
+    if (isa<ConstantVector>(Operands[0]) ||
         isa<ConstantDataVector>(Operands[0])) {
       Constant *Op = cast<Constant>(Operands[0]);
       switch (F->getIntrinsicID()) {
@@ -1364,11 +1375,11 @@
       case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_cvttsd2si64:
         if (ConstantFP *FPOp =
               dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantFP>(Op->getAggregateElement(0U)))
-          return ConstantFoldConvertToInt(FPOp->getValueAPF(), 
+          return ConstantFoldConvertToInt(FPOp->getValueAPF(),
                                           /*roundTowardZero=*/true, Ty);
       }
     }
-  
+
     if (isa<UndefValue>(Operands[0])) {
       if (F->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::bswap)
         return Operands[0];
@@ -1382,14 +1393,14 @@
     if (ConstantFP *Op1 = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Operands[0])) {
       if (!Ty->isFloatTy() && !Ty->isDoubleTy())
         return 0;
-      double Op1V = Ty->isFloatTy() ? 
+      double Op1V = Ty->isFloatTy() ?
                       (double)Op1->getValueAPF().convertToFloat() :
                       Op1->getValueAPF().convertToDouble();
       if (ConstantFP *Op2 = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Operands[1])) {
         if (Op2->getType() != Op1->getType())
           return 0;
 
-        double Op2V = Ty->isFloatTy() ? 
+        double Op2V = Ty->isFloatTy() ?
                       (double)Op2->getValueAPF().convertToFloat():
                       Op2->getValueAPF().convertToDouble();
 
@@ -1416,7 +1427,7 @@
       }
       return 0;
     }
-    
+
     if (ConstantInt *Op1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Operands[0])) {
       if (ConstantInt *Op2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Operands[1])) {
         switch (F->getIntrinsicID()) {
@@ -1466,7 +1477,7 @@
           return ConstantInt::get(Ty, Op1->getValue().countLeadingZeros());
         }
       }
-      
+
       return 0;
     }
     return 0;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/DominanceFrontier.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/DominanceFrontier.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/DominanceFrontier.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/DominanceFrontier.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -133,7 +133,9 @@
   }
 }
 
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 void DominanceFrontierBase::dump() const {
   print(dbgs());
 }
+#endif
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/IPA/CallGraph.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/IPA/CallGraph.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/IPA/CallGraph.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/IPA/CallGraph.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -141,12 +141,13 @@
       for (BasicBlock::iterator II = BB->begin(), IE = BB->end();
            II != IE; ++II) {
         CallSite CS(cast<Value>(II));
-        if (CS && !isa<IntrinsicInst>(II)) {
+        if (CS) {
           const Function *Callee = CS.getCalledFunction();
-          if (Callee)
-            Node->addCalledFunction(CS, getOrInsertFunction(Callee));
-          else
+          if (!Callee)
+            // Indirect calls of intrinsics are not allowed so no need to check.
             Node->addCalledFunction(CS, CallsExternalNode);
+          else if (!Callee->isIntrinsic())
+            Node->addCalledFunction(CS, getOrInsertFunction(Callee));
         }
       }
   }
@@ -198,9 +199,11 @@
   for (CallGraph::const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I)
     I->second->print(OS);
 }
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 void CallGraph::dump() const {
   print(dbgs(), 0);
 }
+#endif
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Implementations of public modification methods
@@ -267,7 +270,9 @@
   OS << '\n';
 }
 
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 void CallGraphNode::dump() const { print(dbgs()); }
+#endif
 
 /// removeCallEdgeFor - This method removes the edge in the node for the
 /// specified call site.  Note that this method takes linear time, so it

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/IPA/GlobalsModRef.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/IPA/GlobalsModRef.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/IPA/GlobalsModRef.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/IPA/GlobalsModRef.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@
     } else if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(U)) {
       if (AnalyzeUsesOfPointer(BCI, Readers, Writers, OkayStoreDest))
         return true;
-    } else if (isFreeCall(U)) {
+    } else if (isFreeCall(U, TLI)) {
       Writers.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U)->getParent()->getParent());
     } else if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(U)) {
       // Make sure that this is just the function being called, not that it is
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
       // Check the value being stored.
       Value *Ptr = GetUnderlyingObject(SI->getOperand(0));
 
-      if (!isAllocLikeFn(Ptr))
+      if (!isAllocLikeFn(Ptr, TLI))
         return false;  // Too hard to analyze.
 
       // Analyze all uses of the allocation.  If any of them are used in a
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@
           if (SI->isVolatile())
             // Treat volatile stores as reading memory somewhere.
             FunctionEffect |= Ref;
-        } else if (isAllocationFn(&*II) || isFreeCall(&*II)) {
+        } else if (isAllocationFn(&*II, TLI) || isFreeCall(&*II, TLI)) {
           FunctionEffect |= ModRef;
         } else if (IntrinsicInst *Intrinsic = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(&*II)) {
           // The callgraph doesn't include intrinsic calls.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/IVUsers.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/IVUsers.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/IVUsers.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/IVUsers.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopPass.h"
 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Assembly/Writer.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
   LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfo>();
   DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTree>();
   SE = &getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>();
-  TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
+  TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayout>();
 
   // Find all uses of induction variables in this loop, and categorize
   // them by stride.  Start by finding all of the PHI nodes in the header for
@@ -273,9 +273,11 @@
   }
 }
 
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 void IVUsers::dump() const {
   print(dbgs());
 }
+#endif
 
 void IVUsers::releaseMemory() {
   Processed.clear();

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/InlineCost.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/InlineCost.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/InlineCost.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/InlineCost.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 #include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
 #include "llvm/Operator.h"
 #include "llvm/GlobalAlias.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
@@ -41,8 +41,8 @@
   typedef InstVisitor<CallAnalyzer, bool> Base;
   friend class InstVisitor<CallAnalyzer, bool>;
 
-  // TargetData if available, or null.
-  const TargetData *const TD;
+  // DataLayout if available, or null.
+  const DataLayout *const TD;
 
   // The called function.
   Function &F;
@@ -51,9 +51,12 @@
   int Cost;
   const bool AlwaysInline;
 
-  bool IsRecursive;
+  bool IsCallerRecursive;
+  bool IsRecursiveCall;
   bool ExposesReturnsTwice;
   bool HasDynamicAlloca;
+  /// Number of bytes allocated statically by the callee.
+  uint64_t AllocatedSize;
   unsigned NumInstructions, NumVectorInstructions;
   int FiftyPercentVectorBonus, TenPercentVectorBonus;
   int VectorBonus;
@@ -123,10 +126,11 @@
   bool visitCallSite(CallSite CS);
 
 public:
-  CallAnalyzer(const TargetData *TD, Function &Callee, int Threshold)
+  CallAnalyzer(const DataLayout *TD, Function &Callee, int Threshold)
     : TD(TD), F(Callee), Threshold(Threshold), Cost(0),
-      AlwaysInline(F.hasFnAttr(Attribute::AlwaysInline)),
-      IsRecursive(false), ExposesReturnsTwice(false), HasDynamicAlloca(false),
+      AlwaysInline(F.getFnAttributes().hasAttribute(Attributes::AlwaysInline)),
+      IsCallerRecursive(false), IsRecursiveCall(false),
+      ExposesReturnsTwice(false), HasDynamicAlloca(false), AllocatedSize(0),
       NumInstructions(0), NumVectorInstructions(0),
       FiftyPercentVectorBonus(0), TenPercentVectorBonus(0), VectorBonus(0),
       NumConstantArgs(0), NumConstantOffsetPtrArgs(0), NumAllocaArgs(0),
@@ -138,6 +142,7 @@
 
   int getThreshold() { return Threshold; }
   int getCost() { return Cost; }
+  bool isAlwaysInline() { return AlwaysInline; }
 
   // Keep a bunch of stats about the cost savings found so we can print them
   // out when debugging.
@@ -269,6 +274,13 @@
   // FIXME: Check whether inlining will turn a dynamic alloca into a static
   // alloca, and handle that case.
 
+  // Accumulate the allocated size.
+  if (I.isStaticAlloca()) {
+    Type *Ty = I.getAllocatedType();
+    AllocatedSize += (TD ? TD->getTypeAllocSize(Ty) :
+                      Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits());
+  }
+
   // We will happily inline static alloca instructions or dynamic alloca
   // instructions in always-inline situations.
   if (AlwaysInline || I.isStaticAlloca())
@@ -602,7 +614,7 @@
 
 bool CallAnalyzer::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
   if (CS.isCall() && cast<CallInst>(CS.getInstruction())->canReturnTwice() &&
-      !F.hasFnAttr(Attribute::ReturnsTwice)) {
+      !F.getFnAttributes().hasAttribute(Attributes::ReturnsTwice)) {
     // This aborts the entire analysis.
     ExposesReturnsTwice = true;
     return false;
@@ -625,7 +637,7 @@
     if (F == CS.getInstruction()->getParent()->getParent()) {
       // This flag will fully abort the analysis, so don't bother with anything
       // else.
-      IsRecursive = true;
+      IsRecursiveCall = true;
       return false;
     }
 
@@ -712,7 +724,14 @@
       Cost += InlineConstants::InstrCost;
 
     // If the visit this instruction detected an uninlinable pattern, abort.
-    if (IsRecursive || ExposesReturnsTwice || HasDynamicAlloca)
+    if (IsRecursiveCall || ExposesReturnsTwice || HasDynamicAlloca)
+      return false;
+
+    // If the caller is a recursive function then we don't want to inline
+    // functions which allocate a lot of stack space because it would increase
+    // the caller stack usage dramatically.
+    if (IsCallerRecursive &&
+        AllocatedSize > InlineConstants::TotalAllocaSizeRecursiveCaller)
       return false;
 
     if (NumVectorInstructions > NumInstructions/2)
@@ -814,7 +833,7 @@
         // one load and one store per word copied.
         // FIXME: The maxStoresPerMemcpy setting from the target should be used
         // here instead of a magic number of 8, but it's not available via
-        // TargetData.
+        // DataLayout.
         NumStores = std::min(NumStores, 8U);
 
         Cost -= 2 * NumStores * InlineConstants::InstrCost;
@@ -831,12 +850,14 @@
       Cost += InlineConstants::LastCallToStaticBonus;
 
     // If the instruction after the call, or if the normal destination of the
-    // invoke is an unreachable instruction, the function is noreturn.  As such,
-    // there is little point in inlining this unless there is literally zero cost.
-    if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) {
+    // invoke is an unreachable instruction, the function is noreturn. As such,
+    // there is little point in inlining this unless there is literally zero
+    // cost.
+    Instruction *Instr = CS.getInstruction();
+    if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Instr)) {
       if (isa<UnreachableInst>(II->getNormalDest()->begin()))
         Threshold = 1;
-    } else if (isa<UnreachableInst>(++BasicBlock::iterator(CS.getInstruction())))
+    } else if (isa<UnreachableInst>(++BasicBlock::iterator(Instr)))
       Threshold = 1;
 
     // If this function uses the coldcc calling convention, prefer not to inline
@@ -852,6 +873,20 @@
   if (F.empty())
     return true;
 
+  Function *Caller = CS.getInstruction()->getParent()->getParent();
+  // Check if the caller function is recursive itself.
+  for (Value::use_iterator U = Caller->use_begin(), E = Caller->use_end();
+       U != E; ++U) {
+    CallSite Site(cast<Value>(*U));
+    if (!Site)
+      continue;
+    Instruction *I = Site.getInstruction();
+    if (I->getParent()->getParent() == Caller) {
+      IsCallerRecursive = true;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
   // Track whether we've seen a return instruction. The first return
   // instruction is free, as at least one will usually disappear in inlining.
   bool HasReturn = false;
@@ -908,9 +943,9 @@
 
     // We never want to inline functions that contain an indirectbr.  This is
     // incorrect because all the blockaddress's (in static global initializers
-    // for example) would be referring to the original function, and this indirect
-    // jump would jump from the inlined copy of the function into the original
-    // function which is extremely undefined behavior.
+    // for example) would be referring to the original function, and this
+    // indirect jump would jump from the inlined copy of the function into the 
+    // original function which is extremely undefined behavior.
     // FIXME: This logic isn't really right; we can safely inline functions
     // with indirectbr's as long as no other function or global references the
     // blockaddress of a block within the current function.  And as a QOI issue,
@@ -928,8 +963,16 @@
     // Analyze the cost of this block. If we blow through the threshold, this
     // returns false, and we can bail on out.
     if (!analyzeBlock(BB)) {
-      if (IsRecursive || ExposesReturnsTwice || HasDynamicAlloca)
+      if (IsRecursiveCall || ExposesReturnsTwice || HasDynamicAlloca)
         return false;
+
+      // If the caller is a recursive function then we don't want to inline
+      // functions which allocate a lot of stack space because it would increase
+      // the caller stack usage dramatically.
+      if (IsCallerRecursive &&
+          AllocatedSize > InlineConstants::TotalAllocaSizeRecursiveCaller)
+        return false;
+
       break;
     }
 
@@ -955,7 +998,8 @@
 
     // If we're unable to select a particular successor, just count all of
     // them.
-    for (unsigned TIdx = 0, TSize = TI->getNumSuccessors(); TIdx != TSize; ++TIdx)
+    for (unsigned TIdx = 0, TSize = TI->getNumSuccessors(); TIdx != TSize;
+         ++TIdx)
       BBWorklist.insert(TI->getSuccessor(TIdx));
 
     // If we had any successors at this point, than post-inlining is likely to
@@ -974,6 +1018,7 @@
   return AlwaysInline || Cost < Threshold;
 }
 
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 /// \brief Dump stats about this call's analysis.
 void CallAnalyzer::dump() {
 #define DEBUG_PRINT_STAT(x) llvm::dbgs() << "      " #x ": " << x << "\n"
@@ -987,6 +1032,7 @@
   DEBUG_PRINT_STAT(SROACostSavingsLost);
 #undef DEBUG_PRINT_STAT
 }
+#endif
 
 InlineCost InlineCostAnalyzer::getInlineCost(CallSite CS, int Threshold) {
   return getInlineCost(CS, CS.getCalledFunction(), Threshold);
@@ -998,10 +1044,12 @@
   // something else.  Don't inline functions marked noinline or call sites
   // marked noinline.
   if (!Callee || Callee->mayBeOverridden() ||
-      Callee->hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoInline) || CS.isNoInline())
+      Callee->getFnAttributes().hasAttribute(Attributes::NoInline) ||
+      CS.isNoInline())
     return llvm::InlineCost::getNever();
 
-  DEBUG(llvm::dbgs() << "      Analyzing call of " << Callee->getName() << "...\n");
+  DEBUG(llvm::dbgs() << "      Analyzing call of " << Callee->getName()
+        << "...\n");
 
   CallAnalyzer CA(TD, *Callee, Threshold);
   bool ShouldInline = CA.analyzeCall(CS);
@@ -1011,7 +1059,8 @@
   // Check if there was a reason to force inlining or no inlining.
   if (!ShouldInline && CA.getCost() < CA.getThreshold())
     return InlineCost::getNever();
-  if (ShouldInline && CA.getCost() >= CA.getThreshold())
+  if (ShouldInline && (CA.isAlwaysInline() ||
+                       CA.getCost() >= CA.getThreshold()))
     return InlineCost::getAlways();
 
   return llvm::InlineCost::get(CA.getCost(), CA.getThreshold());

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
 #include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ValueHandle.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 using namespace llvm;
 using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
 
@@ -42,11 +42,11 @@
 STATISTIC(NumReassoc, "Number of reassociations");
 
 struct Query {
-  const TargetData *TD;
+  const DataLayout *TD;
   const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI;
   const DominatorTree *DT;
 
-  Query(const TargetData *td, const TargetLibraryInfo *tli,
+  Query(const DataLayout *td, const TargetLibraryInfo *tli,
         const DominatorTree *dt) : TD(td), TLI(tli), DT(dt) {}
 };
 
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@
 }
 
 Value *llvm::SimplifyAddInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool isNSW, bool isNUW,
-                             const TargetData *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
+                             const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                              const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyAddInst(Op0, Op1, isNSW, isNUW, Query (TD, TLI, DT),
                            RecursionLimit);
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@
 /// if the GEP has all-constant indices. Returns false if any non-constant
 /// index is encountered leaving the 'Offset' in an undefined state. The
 /// 'Offset' APInt must be the bitwidth of the target's pointer size.
-static bool accumulateGEPOffset(const TargetData &TD, GEPOperator *GEP,
+static bool accumulateGEPOffset(const DataLayout &TD, GEPOperator *GEP,
                                 APInt &Offset) {
   unsigned IntPtrWidth = TD.getPointerSizeInBits();
   assert(IntPtrWidth == Offset.getBitWidth());
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@
 /// accumulates the total constant offset applied in the returned constant. It
 /// returns 0 if V is not a pointer, and returns the constant '0' if there are
 /// no constant offsets applied.
-static Constant *stripAndComputeConstantOffsets(const TargetData &TD,
+static Constant *stripAndComputeConstantOffsets(const DataLayout &TD,
                                                 Value *&V) {
   if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy())
     return 0;
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@
 
 /// \brief Compute the constant difference between two pointer values.
 /// If the difference is not a constant, returns zero.
-static Constant *computePointerDifference(const TargetData &TD,
+static Constant *computePointerDifference(const DataLayout &TD,
                                           Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
   Constant *LHSOffset = stripAndComputeConstantOffsets(TD, LHS);
   if (!LHSOffset)
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@
 }
 
 Value *llvm::SimplifySubInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool isNSW, bool isNUW,
-                             const TargetData *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
+                             const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                              const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifySubInst(Op0, Op1, isNSW, isNUW, Query (TD, TLI, DT),
                            RecursionLimit);
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@
   return 0;
 }
 
-Value *llvm::SimplifyMulInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const TargetData *TD,
+Value *llvm::SimplifyMulInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const DataLayout *TD,
                              const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                              const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyMulInst(Op0, Op1, Query (TD, TLI, DT), RecursionLimit);
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@
   return 0;
 }
 
-Value *llvm::SimplifySDivInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const TargetData *TD,
+Value *llvm::SimplifySDivInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const DataLayout *TD,
                               const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                               const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifySDivInst(Op0, Op1, Query (TD, TLI, DT), RecursionLimit);
@@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@
   return 0;
 }
 
-Value *llvm::SimplifyUDivInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const TargetData *TD,
+Value *llvm::SimplifyUDivInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const DataLayout *TD,
                               const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                               const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyUDivInst(Op0, Op1, Query (TD, TLI, DT), RecursionLimit);
@@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@
   return 0;
 }
 
-Value *llvm::SimplifyFDivInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const TargetData *TD,
+Value *llvm::SimplifyFDivInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const DataLayout *TD,
                               const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                               const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyFDivInst(Op0, Op1, Query (TD, TLI, DT), RecursionLimit);
@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@
   return 0;
 }
 
-Value *llvm::SimplifySRemInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const TargetData *TD,
+Value *llvm::SimplifySRemInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const DataLayout *TD,
                               const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                               const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifySRemInst(Op0, Op1, Query (TD, TLI, DT), RecursionLimit);
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@
   return 0;
 }
 
-Value *llvm::SimplifyURemInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const TargetData *TD,
+Value *llvm::SimplifyURemInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const DataLayout *TD,
                               const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                               const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyURemInst(Op0, Op1, Query (TD, TLI, DT), RecursionLimit);
@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@
   return 0;
 }
 
-Value *llvm::SimplifyFRemInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const TargetData *TD,
+Value *llvm::SimplifyFRemInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const DataLayout *TD,
                               const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                               const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyFRemInst(Op0, Op1, Query (TD, TLI, DT), RecursionLimit);
@@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@
 }
 
 Value *llvm::SimplifyShlInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool isNSW, bool isNUW,
-                             const TargetData *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
+                             const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                              const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyShlInst(Op0, Op1, isNSW, isNUW, Query (TD, TLI, DT),
                            RecursionLimit);
@@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@
 }
 
 Value *llvm::SimplifyLShrInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool isExact,
-                              const TargetData *TD,
+                              const DataLayout *TD,
                               const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                               const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyLShrInst(Op0, Op1, isExact, Query (TD, TLI, DT),
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@
 }
 
 Value *llvm::SimplifyAShrInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool isExact,
-                              const TargetData *TD,
+                              const DataLayout *TD,
                               const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                               const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyAShrInst(Op0, Op1, isExact, Query (TD, TLI, DT),
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@
   return 0;
 }
 
-Value *llvm::SimplifyAndInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const TargetData *TD,
+Value *llvm::SimplifyAndInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const DataLayout *TD,
                              const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                              const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyAndInst(Op0, Op1, Query (TD, TLI, DT), RecursionLimit);
@@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@
   return 0;
 }
 
-Value *llvm::SimplifyOrInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const TargetData *TD,
+Value *llvm::SimplifyOrInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const DataLayout *TD,
                             const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                             const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyOrInst(Op0, Op1, Query (TD, TLI, DT), RecursionLimit);
@@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@
   return 0;
 }
 
-Value *llvm::SimplifyXorInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const TargetData *TD,
+Value *llvm::SimplifyXorInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const DataLayout *TD,
                              const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                              const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyXorInst(Op0, Op1, Query (TD, TLI, DT), RecursionLimit);
@@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@
   return 0;
 }
 
-static Constant *computePointerICmp(const TargetData &TD,
+static Constant *computePointerICmp(const DataLayout &TD,
                                     CmpInst::Predicate Pred,
                                     Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
   // We can only fold certain predicates on pointer comparisons.
@@ -2065,8 +2065,25 @@
     if (A && C && (A == C || A == D || B == C || B == D) &&
         NoLHSWrapProblem && NoRHSWrapProblem) {
       // Determine Y and Z in the form icmp (X+Y), (X+Z).
-      Value *Y = (A == C || A == D) ? B : A;
-      Value *Z = (C == A || C == B) ? D : C;
+      Value *Y, *Z;
+      if (A == C) {
+        // C + B == C + D  ->  B == D
+        Y = B;
+        Z = D;
+      } else if (A == D) {
+        // D + B == C + D  ->  B == C
+        Y = B;
+        Z = C;
+      } else if (B == C) {
+        // A + C == C + D  ->  A == D
+        Y = A;
+        Z = D;
+      } else {
+        assert(B == D);
+        // A + D == C + D  ->  A == C
+        Y = A;
+        Z = C;
+      }
       if (Value *V = SimplifyICmpInst(Pred, Y, Z, Q, MaxRecurse-1))
         return V;
     }
@@ -2399,7 +2416,7 @@
 }
 
 Value *llvm::SimplifyICmpInst(unsigned Predicate, Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
-                              const TargetData *TD,
+                              const DataLayout *TD,
                               const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                               const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyICmpInst(Predicate, LHS, RHS, Query (TD, TLI, DT),
@@ -2496,7 +2513,7 @@
 }
 
 Value *llvm::SimplifyFCmpInst(unsigned Predicate, Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
-                              const TargetData *TD,
+                              const DataLayout *TD,
                               const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                               const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyFCmpInst(Predicate, LHS, RHS, Query (TD, TLI, DT),
@@ -2531,7 +2548,7 @@
 }
 
 Value *llvm::SimplifySelectInst(Value *Cond, Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal,
-                                const TargetData *TD,
+                                const DataLayout *TD,
                                 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                                 const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifySelectInst(Cond, TrueVal, FalseVal, Query (TD, TLI, DT),
@@ -2579,7 +2596,7 @@
   return ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(cast<Constant>(Ops[0]), Ops.slice(1));
 }
 
-Value *llvm::SimplifyGEPInst(ArrayRef<Value *> Ops, const TargetData *TD,
+Value *llvm::SimplifyGEPInst(ArrayRef<Value *> Ops, const DataLayout *TD,
                              const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                              const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyGEPInst(Ops, Query (TD, TLI, DT), RecursionLimit);
@@ -2616,7 +2633,7 @@
 
 Value *llvm::SimplifyInsertValueInst(Value *Agg, Value *Val,
                                      ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
-                                     const TargetData *TD,
+                                     const DataLayout *TD,
                                      const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                                      const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyInsertValueInst(Agg, Val, Idxs, Query (TD, TLI, DT),
@@ -2664,7 +2681,7 @@
   return 0;
 }
 
-Value *llvm::SimplifyTruncInst(Value *Op, Type *Ty, const TargetData *TD,
+Value *llvm::SimplifyTruncInst(Value *Op, Type *Ty, const DataLayout *TD,
                                const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                                const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyTruncInst(Op, Ty, Query (TD, TLI, DT), RecursionLimit);
@@ -2730,7 +2747,7 @@
 }
 
 Value *llvm::SimplifyBinOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
-                           const TargetData *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
+                           const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                            const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyBinOp(Opcode, LHS, RHS, Query (TD, TLI, DT), RecursionLimit);
 }
@@ -2745,7 +2762,7 @@
 }
 
 Value *llvm::SimplifyCmpInst(unsigned Predicate, Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
-                             const TargetData *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
+                             const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                              const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return ::SimplifyCmpInst(Predicate, LHS, RHS, Query (TD, TLI, DT),
                            RecursionLimit);
@@ -2761,7 +2778,7 @@
 
 /// SimplifyInstruction - See if we can compute a simplified version of this
 /// instruction.  If not, this returns null.
-Value *llvm::SimplifyInstruction(Instruction *I, const TargetData *TD,
+Value *llvm::SimplifyInstruction(Instruction *I, const DataLayout *TD,
                                  const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                                  const DominatorTree *DT) {
   Value *Result;
@@ -2881,7 +2898,7 @@
 /// This routine returns 'true' only when *it* simplifies something. The passed
 /// in simplified value does not count toward this.
 static bool replaceAndRecursivelySimplifyImpl(Instruction *I, Value *SimpleV,
-                                              const TargetData *TD,
+                                              const DataLayout *TD,
                                               const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                                               const DominatorTree *DT) {
   bool Simplified = false;
@@ -2936,14 +2953,14 @@
 }
 
 bool llvm::recursivelySimplifyInstruction(Instruction *I,
-                                          const TargetData *TD,
+                                          const DataLayout *TD,
                                           const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                                           const DominatorTree *DT) {
   return replaceAndRecursivelySimplifyImpl(I, 0, TD, TLI, DT);
 }
 
 bool llvm::replaceAndRecursivelySimplify(Instruction *I, Value *SimpleV,
-                                         const TargetData *TD,
+                                         const DataLayout *TD,
                                          const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                                          const DominatorTree *DT) {
   assert(I != SimpleV && "replaceAndRecursivelySimplify(X,X) is not valid!");

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/LazyValueInfo.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/LazyValueInfo.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/LazyValueInfo.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/LazyValueInfo.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -13,13 +13,14 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #define DEBUG_TYPE "lazy-value-info"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h"
 #include "llvm/Analysis/LazyValueInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
 #include "llvm/Constants.h"
 #include "llvm/Instructions.h"
 #include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
 #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/CFG.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ConstantRange.h"
@@ -212,7 +213,7 @@
 
         // Unless we can prove that the two Constants are different, we must
         // move to overdefined.
-        // FIXME: use TargetData/TargetLibraryInfo for smarter constant folding.
+        // FIXME: use DataLayout/TargetLibraryInfo for smarter constant folding.
         if (ConstantInt *Res = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(
                 ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CmpInst::ICMP_NE,
                                                 getConstant(),
@@ -238,7 +239,7 @@
 
         // Unless we can prove that the two Constants are different, we must
         // move to overdefined.
-        // FIXME: use TargetData/TargetLibraryInfo for smarter constant folding.
+        // FIXME: use DataLayout/TargetLibraryInfo for smarter constant folding.
         if (ConstantInt *Res = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(
                 ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CmpInst::ICMP_NE,
                                                 getNotConstant(),
@@ -294,7 +295,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 namespace {
-  /// LVIValueHandle - A callback value handle update the cache when
+  /// LVIValueHandle - A callback value handle updates the cache when
   /// values are erased.
   class LazyValueInfoCache;
   struct LVIValueHandle : public CallbackVH {
@@ -470,8 +471,10 @@
     return true;
 
   LVIValueHandle ValHandle(Val, this);
-  if (!ValueCache.count(ValHandle)) return false;
-  return ValueCache[ValHandle].count(BB);
+  std::map<LVIValueHandle, ValueCacheEntryTy>::iterator I =
+    ValueCache.find(ValHandle);
+  if (I == ValueCache.end()) return false;
+  return I->second.count(BB);
 }
 
 LVILatticeVal LazyValueInfoCache::getBlockValue(Value *Val, BasicBlock *BB) {
@@ -555,13 +558,11 @@
 static bool InstructionDereferencesPointer(Instruction *I, Value *Ptr) {
   if (LoadInst *L = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
     return L->getPointerAddressSpace() == 0 &&
-        GetUnderlyingObject(L->getPointerOperand()) ==
-        GetUnderlyingObject(Ptr);
+        GetUnderlyingObject(L->getPointerOperand()) == Ptr;
   }
   if (StoreInst *S = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
     return S->getPointerAddressSpace() == 0 &&
-        GetUnderlyingObject(S->getPointerOperand()) ==
-        GetUnderlyingObject(Ptr);
+        GetUnderlyingObject(S->getPointerOperand()) == Ptr;
   }
   if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(I)) {
     if (MI->isVolatile()) return false;
@@ -571,11 +572,11 @@
     if (!Len || Len->isZero()) return false;
 
     if (MI->getDestAddressSpace() == 0)
-      if (MI->getRawDest() == Ptr || MI->getDest() == Ptr)
+      if (GetUnderlyingObject(MI->getRawDest()) == Ptr)
         return true;
     if (MemTransferInst *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(MI))
       if (MTI->getSourceAddressSpace() == 0)
-        if (MTI->getRawSource() == Ptr || MTI->getSource() == Ptr)
+        if (GetUnderlyingObject(MTI->getRawSource()) == Ptr)
           return true;
   }
   return false;
@@ -589,13 +590,19 @@
   // then we know that the pointer can't be NULL.
   bool NotNull = false;
   if (Val->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
-    if (isa<AllocaInst>(Val)) {
+    if (isKnownNonNull(Val)) {
       NotNull = true;
     } else {
-      for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin(), BE = BB->end();BI != BE;++BI){
-        if (InstructionDereferencesPointer(BI, Val)) {
-          NotNull = true;
-          break;
+      Value *UnderlyingVal = GetUnderlyingObject(Val);
+      // If 'GetUnderlyingObject' didn't converge, skip it. It won't converge
+      // inside InstructionDereferencesPointer either.
+      if (UnderlyingVal == GetUnderlyingObject(UnderlyingVal, NULL, 1)) {
+        for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin(), BE = BB->end();
+             BI != BE; ++BI) {
+          if (InstructionDereferencesPointer(BI, UnderlyingVal)) {
+            NotNull = true;
+            break;
+          }
         }
       }
     }
@@ -845,9 +852,12 @@
     for (SwitchInst::CaseIt i = SI->case_begin(), e = SI->case_end();
          i != e; ++i) {
       ConstantRange EdgeVal(i.getCaseValue()->getValue());
-      if (DefaultCase)
-        EdgesVals = EdgesVals.difference(EdgeVal);
-      else if (i.getCaseSuccessor() == BBTo)
+      if (DefaultCase) {
+        // It is possible that the default destination is the destination of
+        // some cases. There is no need to perform difference for those cases.
+        if (i.getCaseSuccessor() != BBTo)
+          EdgesVals = EdgesVals.difference(EdgeVal);
+      } else if (i.getCaseSuccessor() == BBTo)
         EdgesVals = EdgesVals.unionWith(EdgeVal);
     }
     Result = LVILatticeVal::getRange(EdgesVals);
@@ -1004,7 +1014,7 @@
   if (PImpl)
     getCache(PImpl).clear();
 
-  TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
+  TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayout>();
   TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>();
 
   // Fully lazy.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Lint.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Lint.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Lint.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Lint.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 #include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
 #include "llvm/Assembly/Writer.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/Pass.h"
 #include "llvm/PassManager.h"
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
     Module *Mod;
     AliasAnalysis *AA;
     DominatorTree *DT;
-    TargetData *TD;
+    DataLayout *TD;
     TargetLibraryInfo *TLI;
 
     std::string Messages;
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
   Mod = F.getParent();
   AA = &getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>();
   DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTree>();
-  TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
+  TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayout>();
   TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>();
   visit(F);
   dbgs() << MessagesStr.str();
@@ -411,14 +411,50 @@
             "Undefined behavior: Branch to non-blockaddress", &I);
   }
 
+  // Check for buffer overflows and misalignment.
   if (TD) {
-    if (Align == 0 && Ty) Align = TD->getABITypeAlignment(Ty);
+    // Only handles memory references that read/write something simple like an
+    // alloca instruction or a global variable.
+    int64_t Offset = 0;
+    if (Value *Base = GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(Ptr, Offset, *TD)) {
+      // OK, so the access is to a constant offset from Ptr.  Check that Ptr is
+      // something we can handle and if so extract the size of this base object
+      // along with its alignment.
+      uint64_t BaseSize = AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize;
+      unsigned BaseAlign = 0;
+
+      if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Base)) {
+        Type *ATy = AI->getAllocatedType();
+        if (!AI->isArrayAllocation() && ATy->isSized())
+          BaseSize = TD->getTypeAllocSize(ATy);
+        BaseAlign = AI->getAlignment();
+        if (BaseAlign == 0 && ATy->isSized())
+          BaseAlign = TD->getABITypeAlignment(ATy);
+      } else if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Base)) {
+        // If the global may be defined differently in another compilation unit
+        // then don't warn about funky memory accesses.
+        if (GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer()) {
+          Type *GTy = GV->getType()->getElementType();
+          if (GTy->isSized())
+            BaseSize = TD->getTypeAllocSize(GTy);
+          BaseAlign = GV->getAlignment();
+          if (BaseAlign == 0 && GTy->isSized())
+            BaseAlign = TD->getABITypeAlignment(GTy);
+        }
+      }
 
-    if (Align != 0) {
-      unsigned BitWidth = TD->getTypeSizeInBits(Ptr->getType());
-      APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
-      ComputeMaskedBits(Ptr, KnownZero, KnownOne, TD);
-      Assert1(!(KnownOne & APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, Log2_32(Align))),
+      // Accesses from before the start or after the end of the object are not
+      // defined.
+      Assert1(Size == AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize ||
+              BaseSize == AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize ||
+              (Offset >= 0 && Offset + Size <= BaseSize),
+              "Undefined behavior: Buffer overflow", &I);
+
+      // Accesses that say that the memory is more aligned than it is are not
+      // defined.
+      if (Align == 0 && Ty && Ty->isSized())
+        Align = TD->getABITypeAlignment(Ty);
+      Assert1(!BaseAlign || Align <= MinAlign(BaseAlign, Offset),
               "Undefined behavior: Memory reference address is misaligned", &I);
     }
   }
@@ -470,7 +506,7 @@
             "Undefined result: Shift count out of range", &I);
 }
 
-static bool isZero(Value *V, TargetData *TD) {
+static bool isZero(Value *V, DataLayout *TD) {
   // Assume undef could be zero.
   if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) return true;
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Loads.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Loads.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Loads.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Loads.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 
 #include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
 #include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/GlobalAlias.h"
 #include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
 #include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
 /// bitcasts to get back to the underlying object being addressed, keeping
 /// track of the offset in bytes from the GEPs relative to the result.
 /// This is closely related to GetUnderlyingObject but is located
-/// here to avoid making VMCore depend on TargetData.
-static Value *getUnderlyingObjectWithOffset(Value *V, const TargetData *TD,
+/// here to avoid making VMCore depend on DataLayout.
+static Value *getUnderlyingObjectWithOffset(Value *V, const DataLayout *TD,
                                             uint64_t &ByteOffset,
                                             unsigned MaxLookup = 6) {
   if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy())
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 /// specified pointer, we do a quick local scan of the basic block containing
 /// ScanFrom, to determine if the address is already accessed.
 bool llvm::isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(Value *V, Instruction *ScanFrom,
-                                       unsigned Align, const TargetData *TD) {
+                                       unsigned Align, const DataLayout *TD) {
   uint64_t ByteOffset = 0;
   Value *Base = V;
   if (TD)

Removed: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/LoopDependenceAnalysis.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/LoopDependenceAnalysis.cpp?rev=172540&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/LoopDependenceAnalysis.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/LoopDependenceAnalysis.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
-//===- LoopDependenceAnalysis.cpp - LDA Implementation ----------*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This is the (beginning) of an implementation of a loop dependence analysis
-// framework, which is used to detect dependences in memory accesses in loops.
-//
-// Please note that this is work in progress and the interface is subject to
-// change.
-//
-// TODO: adapt as implementation progresses.
-//
-// TODO: document lingo (pair, subscript, index)
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#define DEBUG_TYPE "lda"
-#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopDependenceAnalysis.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopPass.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
-#include "llvm/Assembly/Writer.h"
-#include "llvm/Instructions.h"
-#include "llvm/Operator.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
-using namespace llvm;
-
-STATISTIC(NumAnswered,    "Number of dependence queries answered");
-STATISTIC(NumAnalysed,    "Number of distinct dependence pairs analysed");
-STATISTIC(NumDependent,   "Number of pairs with dependent accesses");
-STATISTIC(NumIndependent, "Number of pairs with independent accesses");
-STATISTIC(NumUnknown,     "Number of pairs with unknown accesses");
-
-LoopPass *llvm::createLoopDependenceAnalysisPass() {
-  return new LoopDependenceAnalysis();
-}
-
-INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(LoopDependenceAnalysis, "lda",
-                "Loop Dependence Analysis", false, true)
-INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(ScalarEvolution)
-INITIALIZE_AG_DEPENDENCY(AliasAnalysis)
-INITIALIZE_PASS_END(LoopDependenceAnalysis, "lda",
-                "Loop Dependence Analysis", false, true)
-char LoopDependenceAnalysis::ID = 0;
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                             Utility Functions
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static inline bool IsMemRefInstr(const Value *V) {
-  const Instruction *I = dyn_cast<const Instruction>(V);
-  return I && (I->mayReadFromMemory() || I->mayWriteToMemory());
-}
-
-static void GetMemRefInstrs(const Loop *L,
-                            SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &Memrefs) {
-  for (Loop::block_iterator b = L->block_begin(), be = L->block_end();
-       b != be; ++b)
-    for (BasicBlock::iterator i = (*b)->begin(), ie = (*b)->end();
-         i != ie; ++i)
-      if (IsMemRefInstr(i))
-        Memrefs.push_back(i);
-}
-
-static bool IsLoadOrStoreInst(Value *I) {
-  // Returns true if the load or store can be analyzed. Atomic and volatile
-  // operations have properties which this analysis does not understand.
-  if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
-    return LI->isUnordered();
-  else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
-    return SI->isUnordered();
-  return false;
-}
-
-static Value *GetPointerOperand(Value *I) {
-  if (LoadInst *i = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
-    return i->getPointerOperand();
-  if (StoreInst *i = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
-    return i->getPointerOperand();
-  llvm_unreachable("Value is no load or store instruction!");
-}
-
-static AliasAnalysis::AliasResult UnderlyingObjectsAlias(AliasAnalysis *AA,
-                                                         const Value *A,
-                                                         const Value *B) {
-  const Value *aObj = GetUnderlyingObject(A);
-  const Value *bObj = GetUnderlyingObject(B);
-  return AA->alias(aObj, AA->getTypeStoreSize(aObj->getType()),
-                   bObj, AA->getTypeStoreSize(bObj->getType()));
-}
-
-static inline const SCEV *GetZeroSCEV(ScalarEvolution *SE) {
-  return SE->getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(SE->getContext()), 0L);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                             Dependence Testing
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-bool LoopDependenceAnalysis::isDependencePair(const Value *A,
-                                              const Value *B) const {
-  return IsMemRefInstr(A) &&
-         IsMemRefInstr(B) &&
-         (cast<const Instruction>(A)->mayWriteToMemory() ||
-          cast<const Instruction>(B)->mayWriteToMemory());
-}
-
-bool LoopDependenceAnalysis::findOrInsertDependencePair(Value *A,
-                                                        Value *B,
-                                                        DependencePair *&P) {
-  void *insertPos = 0;
-  FoldingSetNodeID id;
-  id.AddPointer(A);
-  id.AddPointer(B);
-
-  P = Pairs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
-  if (P) return true;
-
-  P = new (PairAllocator) DependencePair(id, A, B);
-  Pairs.InsertNode(P, insertPos);
-  return false;
-}
-
-void LoopDependenceAnalysis::getLoops(const SCEV *S,
-                                      DenseSet<const Loop*>* Loops) const {
-  // Refactor this into an SCEVVisitor, if efficiency becomes a concern.
-  for (const Loop *L = this->L; L != 0; L = L->getParentLoop())
-    if (!SE->isLoopInvariant(S, L))
-      Loops->insert(L);
-}
-
-bool LoopDependenceAnalysis::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV *S) const {
-  DenseSet<const Loop*> loops;
-  getLoops(S, &loops);
-  return loops.empty();
-}
-
-bool LoopDependenceAnalysis::isAffine(const SCEV *S) const {
-  const SCEVAddRecExpr *rec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
-  return isLoopInvariant(S) || (rec && rec->isAffine());
-}
-
-bool LoopDependenceAnalysis::isZIVPair(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) const {
-  return isLoopInvariant(A) && isLoopInvariant(B);
-}
-
-bool LoopDependenceAnalysis::isSIVPair(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) const {
-  DenseSet<const Loop*> loops;
-  getLoops(A, &loops);
-  getLoops(B, &loops);
-  return loops.size() == 1;
-}
-
-LoopDependenceAnalysis::DependenceResult
-LoopDependenceAnalysis::analyseZIV(const SCEV *A,
-                                   const SCEV *B,
-                                   Subscript *S) const {
-  assert(isZIVPair(A, B) && "Attempted to ZIV-test non-ZIV SCEVs!");
-  return A == B ? Dependent : Independent;
-}
-
-LoopDependenceAnalysis::DependenceResult
-LoopDependenceAnalysis::analyseSIV(const SCEV *A,
-                                   const SCEV *B,
-                                   Subscript *S) const {
-  return Unknown; // TODO: Implement.
-}
-
-LoopDependenceAnalysis::DependenceResult
-LoopDependenceAnalysis::analyseMIV(const SCEV *A,
-                                   const SCEV *B,
-                                   Subscript *S) const {
-  return Unknown; // TODO: Implement.
-}
-
-LoopDependenceAnalysis::DependenceResult
-LoopDependenceAnalysis::analyseSubscript(const SCEV *A,
-                                         const SCEV *B,
-                                         Subscript *S) const {
-  DEBUG(dbgs() << "  Testing subscript: " << *A << ", " << *B << "\n");
-
-  if (A == B) {
-    DEBUG(dbgs() << "  -> [D] same SCEV\n");
-    return Dependent;
-  }
-
-  if (!isAffine(A) || !isAffine(B)) {
-    DEBUG(dbgs() << "  -> [?] not affine\n");
-    return Unknown;
-  }
-
-  if (isZIVPair(A, B))
-    return analyseZIV(A, B, S);
-
-  if (isSIVPair(A, B))
-    return analyseSIV(A, B, S);
-
-  return analyseMIV(A, B, S);
-}
-
-LoopDependenceAnalysis::DependenceResult
-LoopDependenceAnalysis::analysePair(DependencePair *P) const {
-  DEBUG(dbgs() << "Analysing:\n" << *P->A << "\n" << *P->B << "\n");
-
-  // We only analyse loads and stores but no possible memory accesses by e.g.
-  // free, call, or invoke instructions.
-  if (!IsLoadOrStoreInst(P->A) || !IsLoadOrStoreInst(P->B)) {
-    DEBUG(dbgs() << "--> [?] no load/store\n");
-    return Unknown;
-  }
-
-  Value *aPtr = GetPointerOperand(P->A);
-  Value *bPtr = GetPointerOperand(P->B);
-
-  switch (UnderlyingObjectsAlias(AA, aPtr, bPtr)) {
-  case AliasAnalysis::MayAlias:
-  case AliasAnalysis::PartialAlias:
-    // We can not analyse objects if we do not know about their aliasing.
-    DEBUG(dbgs() << "---> [?] may alias\n");
-    return Unknown;
-
-  case AliasAnalysis::NoAlias:
-    // If the objects noalias, they are distinct, accesses are independent.
-    DEBUG(dbgs() << "---> [I] no alias\n");
-    return Independent;
-
-  case AliasAnalysis::MustAlias:
-    break; // The underlying objects alias, test accesses for dependence.
-  }
-
-  const GEPOperator *aGEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(aPtr);
-  const GEPOperator *bGEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(bPtr);
-
-  if (!aGEP || !bGEP)
-    return Unknown;
-
-  // FIXME: Is filtering coupled subscripts necessary?
-
-  // Collect GEP operand pairs (FIXME: use GetGEPOperands from BasicAA), adding
-  // trailing zeroes to the smaller GEP, if needed.
-  typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const SCEV*, const SCEV*>, 4> GEPOpdPairsTy;
-  GEPOpdPairsTy opds;
-  for(GEPOperator::const_op_iterator aIdx = aGEP->idx_begin(),
-                                     aEnd = aGEP->idx_end(),
-                                     bIdx = bGEP->idx_begin(),
-                                     bEnd = bGEP->idx_end();
-      aIdx != aEnd && bIdx != bEnd;
-      aIdx += (aIdx != aEnd), bIdx += (bIdx != bEnd)) {
-    const SCEV* aSCEV = (aIdx != aEnd) ? SE->getSCEV(*aIdx) : GetZeroSCEV(SE);
-    const SCEV* bSCEV = (bIdx != bEnd) ? SE->getSCEV(*bIdx) : GetZeroSCEV(SE);
-    opds.push_back(std::make_pair(aSCEV, bSCEV));
-  }
-
-  if (!opds.empty() && opds[0].first != opds[0].second) {
-    // We cannot (yet) handle arbitrary GEP pointer offsets. By limiting
-    //
-    // TODO: this could be relaxed by adding the size of the underlying object
-    // to the first subscript. If we have e.g. (GEP x,0,i; GEP x,2,-i) and we
-    // know that x is a [100 x i8]*, we could modify the first subscript to be
-    // (i, 200-i) instead of (i, -i).
-    return Unknown;
-  }
-
-  // Now analyse the collected operand pairs (skipping the GEP ptr offsets).
-  for (GEPOpdPairsTy::const_iterator i = opds.begin() + 1, end = opds.end();
-       i != end; ++i) {
-    Subscript subscript;
-    DependenceResult result = analyseSubscript(i->first, i->second, &subscript);
-    if (result != Dependent) {
-      // We either proved independence or failed to analyse this subscript.
-      // Further subscripts will not improve the situation, so abort early.
-      return result;
-    }
-    P->Subscripts.push_back(subscript);
-  }
-  // We successfully analysed all subscripts but failed to prove independence.
-  return Dependent;
-}
-
-bool LoopDependenceAnalysis::depends(Value *A, Value *B) {
-  assert(isDependencePair(A, B) && "Values form no dependence pair!");
-  ++NumAnswered;
-
-  DependencePair *p;
-  if (!findOrInsertDependencePair(A, B, p)) {
-    // The pair is not cached, so analyse it.
-    ++NumAnalysed;
-    switch (p->Result = analysePair(p)) {
-    case Dependent:   ++NumDependent;   break;
-    case Independent: ++NumIndependent; break;
-    case Unknown:     ++NumUnknown;     break;
-    }
-  }
-  return p->Result != Independent;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                   LoopDependenceAnalysis Implementation
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-bool LoopDependenceAnalysis::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &) {
-  this->L = L;
-  AA = &getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>();
-  SE = &getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>();
-  return false;
-}
-
-void LoopDependenceAnalysis::releaseMemory() {
-  Pairs.clear();
-  PairAllocator.Reset();
-}
-
-void LoopDependenceAnalysis::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
-  AU.setPreservesAll();
-  AU.addRequiredTransitive<AliasAnalysis>();
-  AU.addRequiredTransitive<ScalarEvolution>();
-}
-
-static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS,
-                          LoopDependenceAnalysis *LDA, const Loop *L) {
-  if (!L->empty()) return; // ignore non-innermost loops
-
-  SmallVector<Instruction*, 8> memrefs;
-  GetMemRefInstrs(L, memrefs);
-
-  OS << "Loop at depth " << L->getLoopDepth() << ", header block: ";
-  WriteAsOperand(OS, L->getHeader(), false);
-  OS << "\n";
-
-  OS << "  Load/store instructions: " << memrefs.size() << "\n";
-  for (SmallVector<Instruction*, 8>::const_iterator x = memrefs.begin(),
-       end = memrefs.end(); x != end; ++x)
-    OS << "\t" << (x - memrefs.begin()) << ": " << **x << "\n";
-
-  OS << "  Pairwise dependence results:\n";
-  for (SmallVector<Instruction*, 8>::const_iterator x = memrefs.begin(),
-       end = memrefs.end(); x != end; ++x)
-    for (SmallVector<Instruction*, 8>::const_iterator y = x + 1;
-         y != end; ++y)
-      if (LDA->isDependencePair(*x, *y))
-        OS << "\t" << (x - memrefs.begin()) << "," << (y - memrefs.begin())
-           << ": " << (LDA->depends(*x, *y) ? "dependent" : "independent")
-           << "\n";
-}
-
-void LoopDependenceAnalysis::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module*) const {
-  // TODO: doc why const_cast is safe
-  PrintLoopInfo(OS, const_cast<LoopDependenceAnalysis*>(this), this->L);
-}

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/LoopInfo.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/LoopInfo.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/LoopInfo.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/LoopInfo.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -306,9 +306,11 @@
   return 0;
 }
 
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 void Loop::dump() const {
   print(dbgs());
 }
+#endif
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // UnloopUpdater implementation
@@ -429,8 +431,8 @@
     Unloop->removeChildLoop(llvm::prior(Unloop->end()));
 
     assert(SubloopParents.count(Subloop) && "DFS failed to visit subloop");
-    if (SubloopParents[Subloop])
-      SubloopParents[Subloop]->addChildLoop(Subloop);
+    if (Loop *Parent = SubloopParents[Subloop])
+      Parent->addChildLoop(Subloop);
     else
       LI->addTopLevelLoop(Subloop);
   }
@@ -456,9 +458,8 @@
       assert(Subloop && "subloop is not an ancestor of the original loop");
     }
     // Get the current nearest parent of the Subloop exits, initially Unloop.
-    if (!SubloopParents.count(Subloop))
-      SubloopParents[Subloop] = Unloop;
-    NearLoop = SubloopParents[Subloop];
+    NearLoop =
+      SubloopParents.insert(std::make_pair(Subloop, Unloop)).first->second;
   }
 
   succ_iterator I = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -25,7 +25,8 @@
 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
+#include "llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
 using namespace llvm;
 
@@ -39,7 +40,7 @@
 };
 
 struct AllocFnsTy {
-  const char *Name;
+  LibFunc::Func Func;
   AllocType AllocTy;
   unsigned char NumParams;
   // First and Second size parameters (or -1 if unused)
@@ -49,22 +50,22 @@
 // FIXME: certain users need more information. E.g., SimplifyLibCalls needs to
 // know which functions are nounwind, noalias, nocapture parameters, etc.
 static const AllocFnsTy AllocationFnData[] = {
-  {"malloc",              MallocLike,  1, 0,  -1},
-  {"valloc",              MallocLike,  1, 0,  -1},
-  {"_Znwj",               MallocLike,  1, 0,  -1}, // new(unsigned int)
-  {"_ZnwjRKSt9nothrow_t", MallocLike,  2, 0,  -1}, // new(unsigned int, nothrow)
-  {"_Znwm",               MallocLike,  1, 0,  -1}, // new(unsigned long)
-  {"_ZnwmRKSt9nothrow_t", MallocLike,  2, 0,  -1}, // new(unsigned long, nothrow)
-  {"_Znaj",               MallocLike,  1, 0,  -1}, // new[](unsigned int)
-  {"_ZnajRKSt9nothrow_t", MallocLike,  2, 0,  -1}, // new[](unsigned int, nothrow)
-  {"_Znam",               MallocLike,  1, 0,  -1}, // new[](unsigned long)
-  {"_ZnamRKSt9nothrow_t", MallocLike,  2, 0,  -1}, // new[](unsigned long, nothrow)
-  {"posix_memalign",      MallocLike,  3, 2,  -1},
-  {"calloc",              CallocLike,  2, 0,  1},
-  {"realloc",             ReallocLike, 2, 1,  -1},
-  {"reallocf",            ReallocLike, 2, 1,  -1},
-  {"strdup",              StrDupLike,  1, -1, -1},
-  {"strndup",             StrDupLike,  2, 1,  -1}
+  {LibFunc::malloc,              MallocLike,  1, 0,  -1},
+  {LibFunc::valloc,              MallocLike,  1, 0,  -1},
+  {LibFunc::Znwj,                MallocLike,  1, 0,  -1}, // new(unsigned int)
+  {LibFunc::ZnwjRKSt9nothrow_t,  MallocLike,  2, 0,  -1}, // new(unsigned int, nothrow)
+  {LibFunc::Znwm,                MallocLike,  1, 0,  -1}, // new(unsigned long)
+  {LibFunc::ZnwmRKSt9nothrow_t,  MallocLike,  2, 0,  -1}, // new(unsigned long, nothrow)
+  {LibFunc::Znaj,                MallocLike,  1, 0,  -1}, // new[](unsigned int)
+  {LibFunc::ZnajRKSt9nothrow_t,  MallocLike,  2, 0,  -1}, // new[](unsigned int, nothrow)
+  {LibFunc::Znam,                MallocLike,  1, 0,  -1}, // new[](unsigned long)
+  {LibFunc::ZnamRKSt9nothrow_t,  MallocLike,  2, 0,  -1}, // new[](unsigned long, nothrow)
+  {LibFunc::posix_memalign,      MallocLike,  3, 2,  -1},
+  {LibFunc::calloc,              CallocLike,  2, 0,   1},
+  {LibFunc::realloc,             ReallocLike, 2, 1,  -1},
+  {LibFunc::reallocf,            ReallocLike, 2, 1,  -1},
+  {LibFunc::strdup,              StrDupLike,  1, -1, -1},
+  {LibFunc::strndup,             StrDupLike,  2, 1,  -1}
 };
 
 
@@ -85,15 +86,22 @@
 /// \brief Returns the allocation data for the given value if it is a call to a
 /// known allocation function, and NULL otherwise.
 static const AllocFnsTy *getAllocationData(const Value *V, AllocType AllocTy,
+                                           const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                                            bool LookThroughBitCast = false) {
   Function *Callee = getCalledFunction(V, LookThroughBitCast);
   if (!Callee)
     return 0;
 
+  // Make sure that the function is available.
+  StringRef FnName = Callee->getName();
+  LibFunc::Func TLIFn;
+  if (!TLI || !TLI->getLibFunc(FnName, TLIFn) || !TLI->has(TLIFn))
+    return 0;
+
   unsigned i = 0;
   bool found = false;
   for ( ; i < array_lengthof(AllocationFnData); ++i) {
-    if (Callee->getName() == AllocationFnData[i].Name) {
+    if (AllocationFnData[i].Func == TLIFn) {
       found = true;
       break;
     }
@@ -106,7 +114,6 @@
     return 0;
 
   // Check function prototype.
-  // FIXME: Check the nobuiltin metadata?? (PR5130)
   int FstParam = FnData->FstParam;
   int SndParam = FnData->SndParam;
   FunctionType *FTy = Callee->getFunctionType();
@@ -125,64 +132,72 @@
 
 static bool hasNoAliasAttr(const Value *V, bool LookThroughBitCast) {
   ImmutableCallSite CS(LookThroughBitCast ? V->stripPointerCasts() : V);
-  return CS && CS.hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoAlias);
+  return CS && CS.hasFnAttr(Attributes::NoAlias);
 }
 
 
 /// \brief Tests if a value is a call or invoke to a library function that
 /// allocates or reallocates memory (either malloc, calloc, realloc, or strdup
 /// like).
-bool llvm::isAllocationFn(const Value *V, bool LookThroughBitCast) {
-  return getAllocationData(V, AnyAlloc, LookThroughBitCast);
+bool llvm::isAllocationFn(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
+                          bool LookThroughBitCast) {
+  return getAllocationData(V, AnyAlloc, TLI, LookThroughBitCast);
 }
 
 /// \brief Tests if a value is a call or invoke to a function that returns a
 /// NoAlias pointer (including malloc/calloc/realloc/strdup-like functions).
-bool llvm::isNoAliasFn(const Value *V, bool LookThroughBitCast) {
+bool llvm::isNoAliasFn(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
+                       bool LookThroughBitCast) {
   // it's safe to consider realloc as noalias since accessing the original
   // pointer is undefined behavior
-  return isAllocationFn(V, LookThroughBitCast) ||
+  return isAllocationFn(V, TLI, LookThroughBitCast) ||
          hasNoAliasAttr(V, LookThroughBitCast);
 }
 
 /// \brief Tests if a value is a call or invoke to a library function that
 /// allocates uninitialized memory (such as malloc).
-bool llvm::isMallocLikeFn(const Value *V, bool LookThroughBitCast) {
-  return getAllocationData(V, MallocLike, LookThroughBitCast);
+bool llvm::isMallocLikeFn(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
+                          bool LookThroughBitCast) {
+  return getAllocationData(V, MallocLike, TLI, LookThroughBitCast);
 }
 
 /// \brief Tests if a value is a call or invoke to a library function that
 /// allocates zero-filled memory (such as calloc).
-bool llvm::isCallocLikeFn(const Value *V, bool LookThroughBitCast) {
-  return getAllocationData(V, CallocLike, LookThroughBitCast);
+bool llvm::isCallocLikeFn(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
+                          bool LookThroughBitCast) {
+  return getAllocationData(V, CallocLike, TLI, LookThroughBitCast);
 }
 
 /// \brief Tests if a value is a call or invoke to a library function that
 /// allocates memory (either malloc, calloc, or strdup like).
-bool llvm::isAllocLikeFn(const Value *V, bool LookThroughBitCast) {
-  return getAllocationData(V, AllocLike, LookThroughBitCast);
+bool llvm::isAllocLikeFn(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
+                         bool LookThroughBitCast) {
+  return getAllocationData(V, AllocLike, TLI, LookThroughBitCast);
 }
 
 /// \brief Tests if a value is a call or invoke to a library function that
 /// reallocates memory (such as realloc).
-bool llvm::isReallocLikeFn(const Value *V, bool LookThroughBitCast) {
-  return getAllocationData(V, ReallocLike, LookThroughBitCast);
+bool llvm::isReallocLikeFn(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
+                           bool LookThroughBitCast) {
+  return getAllocationData(V, ReallocLike, TLI, LookThroughBitCast);
 }
 
 /// extractMallocCall - Returns the corresponding CallInst if the instruction
 /// is a malloc call.  Since CallInst::CreateMalloc() only creates calls, we
 /// ignore InvokeInst here.
-const CallInst *llvm::extractMallocCall(const Value *I) {
-  return isMallocLikeFn(I) ? dyn_cast<CallInst>(I) : 0;
+const CallInst *llvm::extractMallocCall(const Value *I,
+                                        const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
+  return isMallocLikeFn(I, TLI) ? dyn_cast<CallInst>(I) : 0;
 }
 
-static Value *computeArraySize(const CallInst *CI, const TargetData *TD,
+static Value *computeArraySize(const CallInst *CI, const DataLayout *TD,
+                               const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                                bool LookThroughSExt = false) {
   if (!CI)
     return NULL;
 
   // The size of the malloc's result type must be known to determine array size.
-  Type *T = getMallocAllocatedType(CI);
+  Type *T = getMallocAllocatedType(CI, TLI);
   if (!T || !T->isSized() || !TD)
     return NULL;
 
@@ -204,9 +219,11 @@
 /// isArrayMalloc - Returns the corresponding CallInst if the instruction 
 /// is a call to malloc whose array size can be determined and the array size
 /// is not constant 1.  Otherwise, return NULL.
-const CallInst *llvm::isArrayMalloc(const Value *I, const TargetData *TD) {
-  const CallInst *CI = extractMallocCall(I);
-  Value *ArraySize = computeArraySize(CI, TD);
+const CallInst *llvm::isArrayMalloc(const Value *I,
+                                    const DataLayout *TD,
+                                    const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
+  const CallInst *CI = extractMallocCall(I, TLI);
+  Value *ArraySize = computeArraySize(CI, TD, TLI);
 
   if (ArraySize &&
       ArraySize != ConstantInt::get(CI->getArgOperand(0)->getType(), 1))
@@ -221,8 +238,9 @@
 ///   0: PointerType is the calls' return type.
 ///   1: PointerType is the bitcast's result type.
 ///  >1: Unique PointerType cannot be determined, return NULL.
-PointerType *llvm::getMallocType(const CallInst *CI) {
-  assert(isMallocLikeFn(CI) && "getMallocType and not malloc call");
+PointerType *llvm::getMallocType(const CallInst *CI,
+                                 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
+  assert(isMallocLikeFn(CI, TLI) && "getMallocType and not malloc call");
   
   PointerType *MallocType = NULL;
   unsigned NumOfBitCastUses = 0;
@@ -252,8 +270,9 @@
 ///   0: PointerType is the malloc calls' return type.
 ///   1: PointerType is the bitcast's result type.
 ///  >1: Unique PointerType cannot be determined, return NULL.
-Type *llvm::getMallocAllocatedType(const CallInst *CI) {
-  PointerType *PT = getMallocType(CI);
+Type *llvm::getMallocAllocatedType(const CallInst *CI,
+                                   const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
+  PointerType *PT = getMallocType(CI, TLI);
   return PT ? PT->getElementType() : NULL;
 }
 
@@ -262,22 +281,24 @@
 /// then return that multiple.  For non-array mallocs, the multiple is
 /// constant 1.  Otherwise, return NULL for mallocs whose array size cannot be
 /// determined.
-Value *llvm::getMallocArraySize(CallInst *CI, const TargetData *TD,
+Value *llvm::getMallocArraySize(CallInst *CI, const DataLayout *TD,
+                                const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                                 bool LookThroughSExt) {
-  assert(isMallocLikeFn(CI) && "getMallocArraySize and not malloc call");
-  return computeArraySize(CI, TD, LookThroughSExt);
+  assert(isMallocLikeFn(CI, TLI) && "getMallocArraySize and not malloc call");
+  return computeArraySize(CI, TD, TLI, LookThroughSExt);
 }
 
 
 /// extractCallocCall - Returns the corresponding CallInst if the instruction
 /// is a calloc call.
-const CallInst *llvm::extractCallocCall(const Value *I) {
-  return isCallocLikeFn(I) ? cast<CallInst>(I) : 0;
+const CallInst *llvm::extractCallocCall(const Value *I,
+                                        const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
+  return isCallocLikeFn(I, TLI) ? cast<CallInst>(I) : 0;
 }
 
 
 /// isFreeCall - Returns non-null if the value is a call to the builtin free()
-const CallInst *llvm::isFreeCall(const Value *I) {
+const CallInst *llvm::isFreeCall(const Value *I, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
   const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I);
   if (!CI)
     return 0;
@@ -285,9 +306,14 @@
   if (Callee == 0 || !Callee->isDeclaration())
     return 0;
 
-  if (Callee->getName() != "free" &&
-      Callee->getName() != "_ZdlPv" && // operator delete(void*)
-      Callee->getName() != "_ZdaPv")   // operator delete[](void*)
+  StringRef FnName = Callee->getName();
+  LibFunc::Func TLIFn;
+  if (!TLI || !TLI->getLibFunc(FnName, TLIFn) || !TLI->has(TLIFn))
+    return 0;
+
+  if (TLIFn != LibFunc::free &&
+      TLIFn != LibFunc::ZdlPv && // operator delete(void*)
+      TLIFn != LibFunc::ZdaPv)   // operator delete[](void*)
     return 0;
 
   // Check free prototype.
@@ -315,12 +341,12 @@
 /// object size in Size if successful, and false otherwise.
 /// If RoundToAlign is true, then Size is rounded up to the aligment of allocas,
 /// byval arguments, and global variables.
-bool llvm::getObjectSize(const Value *Ptr, uint64_t &Size, const TargetData *TD,
-                         bool RoundToAlign) {
+bool llvm::getObjectSize(const Value *Ptr, uint64_t &Size, const DataLayout *TD,
+                         const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, bool RoundToAlign) {
   if (!TD)
     return false;
 
-  ObjectSizeOffsetVisitor Visitor(TD, Ptr->getContext(), RoundToAlign);
+  ObjectSizeOffsetVisitor Visitor(TD, TLI, Ptr->getContext(), RoundToAlign);
   SizeOffsetType Data = Visitor.compute(const_cast<Value*>(Ptr));
   if (!Visitor.bothKnown(Data))
     return false;
@@ -347,10 +373,11 @@
   return Size;
 }
 
-ObjectSizeOffsetVisitor::ObjectSizeOffsetVisitor(const TargetData *TD,
+ObjectSizeOffsetVisitor::ObjectSizeOffsetVisitor(const DataLayout *TD,
+                                                 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                                                  LLVMContext &Context,
                                                  bool RoundToAlign)
-: TD(TD), RoundToAlign(RoundToAlign) {
+: TD(TD), TLI(TLI), RoundToAlign(RoundToAlign) {
   IntegerType *IntTy = TD->getIntPtrType(Context);
   IntTyBits = IntTy->getBitWidth();
   Zero = APInt::getNullValue(IntTyBits);
@@ -358,11 +385,16 @@
 
 SizeOffsetType ObjectSizeOffsetVisitor::compute(Value *V) {
   V = V->stripPointerCasts();
+  if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
+    // If we have already seen this instruction, bail out. Cycles can happen in
+    // unreachable code after constant propagation.
+    if (!SeenInsts.insert(I))
+      return unknown();
 
-  if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V))
-    return visitGEPOperator(*GEP);
-  if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
+    if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V))
+      return visitGEPOperator(*GEP);
     return visit(*I);
+  }
   if (Argument *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(V))
     return visitArgument(*A);
   if (ConstantPointerNull *P = dyn_cast<ConstantPointerNull>(V))
@@ -371,9 +403,12 @@
     return visitGlobalVariable(*GV);
   if (UndefValue *UV = dyn_cast<UndefValue>(V))
     return visitUndefValue(*UV);
-  if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
+  if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V)) {
     if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::IntToPtr)
       return unknown(); // clueless
+    if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr)
+      return visitGEPOperator(cast<GEPOperator>(*CE));
+  }
 
   DEBUG(dbgs() << "ObjectSizeOffsetVisitor::compute() unhandled value: " << *V
         << '\n');
@@ -408,7 +443,8 @@
 }
 
 SizeOffsetType ObjectSizeOffsetVisitor::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
-  const AllocFnsTy *FnData = getAllocationData(CS.getInstruction(), AnyAlloc);
+  const AllocFnsTy *FnData = getAllocationData(CS.getInstruction(), AnyAlloc,
+                                               TLI);
   if (!FnData)
     return unknown();
 
@@ -506,10 +542,6 @@
 }
 
 SizeOffsetType ObjectSizeOffsetVisitor::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &I) {
-  // ignore malformed self-looping selects
-  if (I.getTrueValue() == &I || I.getFalseValue() == &I)
-    return unknown();
-
   SizeOffsetType TrueSide  = compute(I.getTrueValue());
   SizeOffsetType FalseSide = compute(I.getFalseValue());
   if (bothKnown(TrueSide) && bothKnown(FalseSide) && TrueSide == FalseSide)
@@ -527,10 +559,10 @@
 }
 
 
-ObjectSizeOffsetEvaluator::ObjectSizeOffsetEvaluator(const TargetData *TD,
+ObjectSizeOffsetEvaluator::ObjectSizeOffsetEvaluator(const DataLayout *TD,
+                                                   const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
                                                      LLVMContext &Context)
-: TD(TD), Context(Context), Builder(Context, TargetFolder(TD)),
-Visitor(TD, Context) {
+: TD(TD), TLI(TLI), Context(Context), Builder(Context, TargetFolder(TD)) {
   IntTy = TD->getIntPtrType(Context);
   Zero = ConstantInt::get(IntTy, 0);
 }
@@ -555,6 +587,7 @@
 }
 
 SizeOffsetEvalType ObjectSizeOffsetEvaluator::compute_(Value *V) {
+  ObjectSizeOffsetVisitor Visitor(TD, TLI, Context);
   SizeOffsetType Const = Visitor.compute(V);
   if (Visitor.bothKnown(Const))
     return std::make_pair(ConstantInt::get(Context, Const.first),
@@ -617,7 +650,8 @@
 }
 
 SizeOffsetEvalType ObjectSizeOffsetEvaluator::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
-  const AllocFnsTy *FnData = getAllocationData(CS.getInstruction(), AnyAlloc);
+  const AllocFnsTy *FnData = getAllocationData(CS.getInstruction(), AnyAlloc,
+                                               TLI);
   if (!FnData)
     return unknown();
 
@@ -715,10 +749,6 @@
 }
 
 SizeOffsetEvalType ObjectSizeOffsetEvaluator::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &I) {
-  // ignore malformed self-looping selects
-  if (I.getTrueValue() == &I || I.getFalseValue() == &I)
-    return unknown();
-
   SizeOffsetEvalType TrueSide  = compute_(I.getTrueValue());
   SizeOffsetEvalType FalseSide = compute_(I.getFalseValue());
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/MemoryDependenceAnalysis.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/MemoryDependenceAnalysis.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/MemoryDependenceAnalysis.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/MemoryDependenceAnalysis.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/PredIteratorCache.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 using namespace llvm;
 
 STATISTIC(NumCacheNonLocal, "Number of fully cached non-local responses");
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 bool MemoryDependenceAnalysis::runOnFunction(Function &) {
   AA = &getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>();
-  TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
+  TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayout>();
   DT = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DominatorTree>();
   if (PredCache == 0)
     PredCache.reset(new PredIteratorCache());
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
     return AliasAnalysis::ModRef;
   }
 
-  if (const CallInst *CI = isFreeCall(Inst)) {
+  if (const CallInst *CI = isFreeCall(Inst, AA->getTargetLibraryInfo())) {
     // calls to free() deallocate the entire structure
     Loc = AliasAnalysis::Location(CI->getArgOperand(0));
     return AliasAnalysis::Mod;
@@ -227,13 +227,18 @@
 
         // Otherwise if the two calls don't interact (e.g. InstCS is readnone)
         // keep scanning.
-        break;
+        continue;
       default:
         return MemDepResult::getClobber(Inst);
       }
     }
+
+    // If we could not obtain a pointer for the instruction and the instruction
+    // touches memory then assume that this is a dependency.
+    if (MR != AliasAnalysis::NoModRef)
+      return MemDepResult::getClobber(Inst);
   }
-  
+
   // No dependence found.  If this is the entry block of the function, it is
   // unknown, otherwise it is non-local.
   if (BB != &BB->getParent()->getEntryBlock())
@@ -251,7 +256,7 @@
                                        const Value *&MemLocBase,
                                        int64_t &MemLocOffs,
                                        const LoadInst *LI,
-                                       const TargetData *TD) {
+                                       const DataLayout *TD) {
   // If we have no target data, we can't do this.
   if (TD == 0) return false;
 
@@ -275,7 +280,7 @@
 unsigned MemoryDependenceAnalysis::
 getLoadLoadClobberFullWidthSize(const Value *MemLocBase, int64_t MemLocOffs,
                                 unsigned MemLocSize, const LoadInst *LI,
-                                const TargetData &TD) {
+                                const DataLayout &TD) {
   // We can only extend simple integer loads.
   if (!isa<IntegerType>(LI->getType()) || !LI->isSimple()) return 0;
   
@@ -322,12 +327,12 @@
       return 0;
 
     if (LIOffs+NewLoadByteSize > MemLocEnd &&
-        LI->getParent()->getParent()->hasFnAttr(Attribute::AddressSafety)) {
+        LI->getParent()->getParent()->getFnAttributes().
+          hasAttribute(Attributes::AddressSafety))
       // We will be reading past the location accessed by the original program.
       // While this is safe in a regular build, Address Safety analysis tools
       // may start reporting false warnings. So, don't do widening.
       return 0;
-    }
 
     // If a load of this width would include all of MemLoc, then we succeed.
     if (LIOffs+NewLoadByteSize >= MemLocEnd)
@@ -474,12 +479,20 @@
     // a subsequent bitcast of the malloc call result.  There can be stores to
     // the malloced memory between the malloc call and its bitcast uses, and we
     // need to continue scanning until the malloc call.
-    if (isa<AllocaInst>(Inst) || isNoAliasFn(Inst)) {
+    const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI = AA->getTargetLibraryInfo();
+    if (isa<AllocaInst>(Inst) || isNoAliasFn(Inst, TLI)) {
       const Value *AccessPtr = GetUnderlyingObject(MemLoc.Ptr, TD);
       
       if (AccessPtr == Inst || AA->isMustAlias(Inst, AccessPtr))
         return MemDepResult::getDef(Inst);
-      continue;
+      // Be conservative if the accessed pointer may alias the allocation.
+      if (AA->alias(Inst, AccessPtr) != AliasAnalysis::NoAlias)
+        return MemDepResult::getClobber(Inst);
+      // If the allocation is not aliased and does not read memory (like
+      // strdup), it is safe to ignore.
+      if (isa<AllocaInst>(Inst) ||
+          isMallocLikeFn(Inst, TLI) || isCallocLikeFn(Inst, TLI))
+        continue;
     }
 
     // See if this instruction (e.g. a call or vaarg) mod/ref's the pointer.
@@ -970,7 +983,7 @@
     for (NonLocalDepInfo::iterator I = Cache->begin(), E = Cache->end();
          I != E; ++I) {
       Visited.insert(std::make_pair(I->getBB(), Addr));
-      if (!I->getResult().isNonLocal())
+      if (!I->getResult().isNonLocal() && DT->isReachableFromEntry(I->getBB()))
         Result.push_back(NonLocalDepResult(I->getBB(), I->getResult(), Addr));
     }
     ++NumCacheCompleteNonLocalPtr;
@@ -1016,7 +1029,7 @@
                                                  NumSortedEntries);
       
       // If we got a Def or Clobber, add this to the list of results.
-      if (!Dep.isNonLocal()) {
+      if (!Dep.isNonLocal() && DT->isReachableFromEntry(BB)) {
         Result.push_back(NonLocalDepResult(BB, Dep, Pointer.getAddr()));
         continue;
       }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/NoAliasAnalysis.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/NoAliasAnalysis.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/NoAliasAnalysis.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/NoAliasAnalysis.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 #include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h"
 #include "llvm/Analysis/Passes.h"
 #include "llvm/Pass.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 using namespace llvm;
 
 namespace {
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
     virtual void initializePass() {
       // Note: NoAA does not call InitializeAliasAnalysis because it's
       // special and does not support chaining.
-      TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
+      TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayout>();
     }
 
     virtual AliasResult alias(const Location &LocA, const Location &LocB) {

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/PHITransAddr.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/PHITransAddr.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/PHITransAddr.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/PHITransAddr.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
   return false;
 }
 
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 void PHITransAddr::dump() const {
   if (Addr == 0) {
     dbgs() << "PHITransAddr: null\n";
@@ -50,6 +51,7 @@
   for (unsigned i = 0, e = InstInputs.size(); i != e; ++i)
     dbgs() << "  Input #" << i << " is " << *InstInputs[i] << "\n";
 }
+#endif
 
 
 static bool VerifySubExpr(Value *Expr,

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ProfileEstimatorPass.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ProfileEstimatorPass.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ProfileEstimatorPass.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ProfileEstimatorPass.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@
     }
   }
 
-  double fraction = floor(BBWeight/Edges.size());
+  double fraction = Edges.size() ? floor(BBWeight/Edges.size()) : 0.0;
   // Finally we know what flow is still not leaving the block, distribute this
   // flow onto the empty edges.
   for (SmallVector<Edge, 8>::iterator ei = Edges.begin(), ee = Edges.end();

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ProfileInfo.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ProfileInfo.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ProfileInfo.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ProfileInfo.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -1016,40 +1016,14 @@
   }
 }
 
-raw_ostream& operator<<(raw_ostream &O, const Function *F) {
-  return O << F->getName();
-}
-
 raw_ostream& operator<<(raw_ostream &O, const MachineFunction *MF) {
   return O << MF->getFunction()->getName() << "(MF)";
 }
 
-raw_ostream& operator<<(raw_ostream &O, const BasicBlock *BB) {
-  return O << BB->getName();
-}
-
 raw_ostream& operator<<(raw_ostream &O, const MachineBasicBlock *MBB) {
   return O << MBB->getBasicBlock()->getName() << "(MB)";
 }
 
-raw_ostream& operator<<(raw_ostream &O, std::pair<const BasicBlock *, const BasicBlock *> E) {
-  O << "(";
-
-  if (E.first)
-    O << E.first;
-  else
-    O << "0";
-
-  O << ",";
-
-  if (E.second)
-    O << E.second;
-  else
-    O << "0";
-
-  return O << ")";
-}
-
 raw_ostream& operator<<(raw_ostream &O, std::pair<const MachineBasicBlock *, const MachineBasicBlock *> E) {
   O << "(";
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/RegionInfo.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/RegionInfo.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/RegionInfo.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/RegionInfo.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
   cl::values(
     clEnumValN(Region::PrintNone, "none",  "print no details"),
     clEnumValN(Region::PrintBB, "bb",
-               "print regions in detail with block_node_iterator"),
+               "print regions in detail with block_iterator"),
     clEnumValN(Region::PrintRN, "rn",
                "print regions in detail with element_iterator"),
     clEnumValEnd));
@@ -246,22 +246,6 @@
   verifyRegion();
 }
 
-Region::block_node_iterator Region::block_node_begin() {
-  return GraphTraits<FlatIt<Region*> >::nodes_begin(this);
-}
-
-Region::block_node_iterator Region::block_node_end() {
-  return GraphTraits<FlatIt<Region*> >::nodes_end(this);
-}
-
-Region::const_block_node_iterator Region::block_node_begin() const {
-  return GraphTraits<FlatIt<const Region*> >::nodes_begin(this);
-}
-
-Region::const_block_node_iterator Region::block_node_end() const {
-  return GraphTraits<FlatIt<const Region*> >::nodes_end(this);
-}
-
 Region::element_iterator Region::element_begin() {
   return GraphTraits<Region*>::nodes_begin(this);
 }
@@ -425,10 +409,8 @@
     OS.indent(level*2 + 2);
 
     if (Style == PrintBB) {
-      for (const_block_node_iterator I = block_node_begin(),
-                                     E = block_node_end();
-           I != E; ++I)
-        OS << **I << ", "; // TODO: remove the last ","
+      for (const_block_iterator I = block_begin(), E = block_end(); I != E; ++I)
+        OS << (*I)->getName() << ", "; // TODO: remove the last ","
     } else if (Style == PrintRN) {
       for (const_element_iterator I = element_begin(), E = element_end(); I!=E; ++I)
         OS << **I << ", "; // TODO: remove the last ",
@@ -445,9 +427,11 @@
     OS.indent(level*2) << "} \n";
 }
 
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 void Region::dump() const {
   print(dbgs(), true, getDepth(), printStyle.getValue());
 }
+#endif
 
 void Region::clearNodeCache() {
   // Free the cached nodes.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/RegionPass.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/RegionPass.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/RegionPass.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/RegionPass.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -195,10 +195,9 @@
 
   virtual bool runOnRegion(Region *R, RGPassManager &RGM) {
     Out << Banner;
-    for (Region::block_node_iterator I = R->block_node_begin(),
-                                     E = R->block_node_end();
+    for (Region::block_iterator I = R->block_begin(), E = R->block_end();
          I != E; ++I)
-      (*I)->getEntry()->print(Out);
+      (*I)->print(Out);
 
     return false;
   }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
 #include "llvm/Assembly/Writer.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ConstantRange.h"
@@ -105,6 +105,11 @@
                                  "derived loop"),
                         cl::init(100));
 
+// FIXME: Enable this with XDEBUG when the test suite is clean.
+static cl::opt<bool>
+VerifySCEV("verify-scev",
+           cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)"));
+
 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolution, "scalar-evolution",
                 "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfo)
@@ -122,10 +127,12 @@
 // Implementation of the SCEV class.
 //
 
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 void SCEV::dump() const {
   print(dbgs());
   dbgs() << '\n';
 }
+#endif
 
 void SCEV::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
   switch (getSCEVType()) {
@@ -2580,7 +2587,7 @@
 }
 
 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *AllocTy) {
-  // If we have TargetData, we can bypass creating a target-independent
+  // If we have DataLayout, we can bypass creating a target-independent
   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
   if (TD)
@@ -2606,7 +2613,7 @@
 
 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(StructType *STy,
                                              unsigned FieldNo) {
-  // If we have TargetData, we can bypass creating a target-independent
+  // If we have DataLayout, we can bypass creating a target-independent
   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
   if (TD)
@@ -2671,7 +2678,7 @@
 uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const {
   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
 
-  // If we have a TargetData, use it!
+  // If we have a DataLayout, use it!
   if (TD)
     return TD->getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
 
@@ -2679,7 +2686,7 @@
   if (Ty->isIntegerTy())
     return Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
 
-  // The only other support type is pointer. Without TargetData, conservatively
+  // The only other support type is pointer. Without DataLayout, conservatively
   // assume pointers are 64-bit.
   assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "isSCEVable permitted a non-SCEVable type!");
   return 64;
@@ -2699,7 +2706,7 @@
   assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!");
   if (TD) return TD->getIntPtrType(getContext());
 
-  // Without TargetData, conservatively assume pointers are 64-bit.
+  // Without DataLayout, conservatively assume pointers are 64-bit.
   return Type::getInt64Ty(getContext());
 }
 
@@ -3978,8 +3985,11 @@
 
   ConstantInt *Result = MulC->getValue();
 
-  // Guard against huge trip counts.
-  if (!Result || Result->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32)
+  // Guard against huge trip counts (this requires checking
+  // for zero to handle the case where the trip count == -1 and the
+  // addition wraps).
+  if (!Result || Result->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32 ||
+      Result->getValue().getActiveBits() == 0)
     return 1;
 
   return (unsigned)Result->getZExtValue();
@@ -4749,7 +4759,7 @@
 /// reason, return null.
 static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, const Loop *L,
                                     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> &Vals,
-                                    const TargetData *TD,
+                                    const DataLayout *TD,
                                     const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
   // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls.
   if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C;
@@ -6141,7 +6151,7 @@
       return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
     if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS)
-      return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred);
+      return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred);
 
   // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match.
   if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) {
@@ -6588,7 +6598,7 @@
 bool ScalarEvolution::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
   this->F = &F;
   LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfo>();
-  TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
+  TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayout>();
   TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>();
   DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTree>();
   return false;
@@ -6930,3 +6940,87 @@
   UnsignedRanges.erase(S);
   SignedRanges.erase(S);
 }
+
+typedef DenseMap<const Loop *, std::string> VerifyMap;
+
+/// replaceSubString - Replaces all occurences of From in Str with To.
+static void replaceSubString(std::string &Str, StringRef From, StringRef To) {
+  size_t Pos = 0;
+  while ((Pos = Str.find(From, Pos)) != std::string::npos) {
+    Str.replace(Pos, From.size(), To.data(), To.size());
+    Pos += To.size();
+  }
+}
+
+/// getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts - Helper method for verifyAnalysis.
+static void
+getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(Loop *L, VerifyMap &Map, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
+  for (Loop::reverse_iterator I = L->rbegin(), E = L->rend(); I != E; ++I) {
+    getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, Map, SE); // recurse.
+
+    std::string &S = Map[L];
+    if (S.empty()) {
+      raw_string_ostream OS(S);
+      SE.getBackedgeTakenCount(L)->print(OS);
+
+      // false and 0 are semantically equivalent. This can happen in dead loops.
+      replaceSubString(OS.str(), "false", "0");
+      // Remove wrap flags, their use in SCEV is highly fragile.
+      // FIXME: Remove this when SCEV gets smarter about them.
+      replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nw>", "");
+      replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nsw>", "");
+      replaceSubString(OS.str(), "<nuw>", "");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void ScalarEvolution::verifyAnalysis() const {
+  if (!VerifySCEV)
+    return;
+
+  ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
+
+  // Gather stringified backedge taken counts for all loops using SCEV's caches.
+  // FIXME: It would be much better to store actual values instead of strings,
+  //        but SCEV pointers will change if we drop the caches.
+  VerifyMap BackedgeDumpsOld, BackedgeDumpsNew;
+  for (LoopInfo::reverse_iterator I = LI->rbegin(), E = LI->rend(); I != E; ++I)
+    getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, BackedgeDumpsOld, SE);
+
+  // Gather stringified backedge taken counts for all loops without using
+  // SCEV's caches.
+  SE.releaseMemory();
+  for (LoopInfo::reverse_iterator I = LI->rbegin(), E = LI->rend(); I != E; ++I)
+    getLoopBackedgeTakenCounts(*I, BackedgeDumpsNew, SE);
+
+  // Now compare whether they're the same with and without caches. This allows
+  // verifying that no pass changed the cache.
+  assert(BackedgeDumpsOld.size() == BackedgeDumpsNew.size() &&
+         "New loops suddenly appeared!");
+
+  for (VerifyMap::iterator OldI = BackedgeDumpsOld.begin(),
+                           OldE = BackedgeDumpsOld.end(),
+                           NewI = BackedgeDumpsNew.begin();
+       OldI != OldE; ++OldI, ++NewI) {
+    assert(OldI->first == NewI->first && "Loop order changed!");
+
+    // Compare the stringified SCEVs. We don't care if undef backedgetaken count
+    // changes.
+    // FIXME: We currently ignore SCEV changes from/to CouldNotCompute. This
+    // means that a pass is buggy or SCEV has to learn a new pattern but is
+    // usually not harmful.
+    if (OldI->second != NewI->second &&
+        OldI->second.find("undef") == std::string::npos &&
+        NewI->second.find("undef") == std::string::npos &&
+        OldI->second != "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***" &&
+        NewI->second != "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***") {
+      dbgs() << "SCEVValidator: SCEV for loop '"
+             << OldI->first->getHeader()->getName()
+             << "' changed from '" << OldI->second
+             << "' to '" << NewI->second << "'!\n";
+      std::abort();
+    }
+  }
+
+  // TODO: Verify more things.
+}

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpander.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpander.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpander.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpander.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 #include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
 #include "llvm/LLVMContext.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLowering.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
 
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
                               const SCEV *&Remainder,
                               const SCEV *Factor,
                               ScalarEvolution &SE,
-                              const TargetData *TD) {
+                              const DataLayout *TD) {
   // Everything is divisible by one.
   if (Factor->isOne())
     return true;
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
   // of the given factor.
   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
     if (TD) {
-      // With TargetData, the size is known. Check if there is a constant
+      // With DataLayout, the size is known. Check if there is a constant
       // operand which is a multiple of the given factor. If so, we can
       // factor it.
       const SCEVConstant *FC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Factor);
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
           return true;
         }
     } else {
-      // Without TargetData, check if Factor can be factored out of any of the
+      // Without DataLayout, check if Factor can be factored out of any of the
       // Mul's operands. If so, we can just remove it.
       for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
         const SCEV *SOp = M->getOperand(i);
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@
       // An empty struct has no fields.
       if (STy->getNumElements() == 0) break;
       if (SE.TD) {
-        // With TargetData, field offsets are known. See if a constant offset
+        // With DataLayout, field offsets are known. See if a constant offset
         // falls within any of the struct fields.
         if (Ops.empty()) break;
         if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]))
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
             }
           }
       } else {
-        // Without TargetData, just check for an offsetof expression of the
+        // Without DataLayout, just check for an offsetof expression of the
         // appropriate struct type.
         for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
           if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(Ops[i])) {
@@ -1618,6 +1618,17 @@
          PEnd = Phis.end(); PIter != PEnd; ++PIter) {
     PHINode *Phi = *PIter;
 
+    // Fold constant phis. They may be congruent to other constant phis and
+    // would confuse the logic below that expects proper IVs.
+    if (Value *V = Phi->hasConstantValue()) {
+      Phi->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
+      DeadInsts.push_back(Phi);
+      ++NumElim;
+      DEBUG_WITH_TYPE(DebugType, dbgs()
+                      << "INDVARS: Eliminated constant iv: " << *Phi << '\n');
+      continue;
+    }
+
     if (!SE.isSCEVable(Phi->getType()))
       continue;
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Trace.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Trace.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Trace.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/Trace.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -43,9 +43,11 @@
   O << "; Trace parent function: \n" << *F;
 }
 
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 /// dump - Debugger convenience method; writes trace to standard error
 /// output stream.
 ///
 void Trace::dump() const {
   print(dbgs());
 }
+#endif

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ValueTracking.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ValueTracking.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ValueTracking.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Analysis/ValueTracking.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 #include "llvm/LLVMContext.h"
 #include "llvm/Metadata.h"
 #include "llvm/Operator.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ConstantRange.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 /// getBitWidth - Returns the bitwidth of the given scalar or pointer type (if
 /// unknown returns 0).  For vector types, returns the element type's bitwidth.
-static unsigned getBitWidth(Type *Ty, const TargetData *TD) {
+static unsigned getBitWidth(Type *Ty, const DataLayout *TD) {
   if (unsigned BitWidth = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits())
     return BitWidth;
   assert(isa<PointerType>(Ty) && "Expected a pointer type!");
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
 static void ComputeMaskedBitsAddSub(bool Add, Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool NSW,
                                     APInt &KnownZero, APInt &KnownOne,
                                     APInt &KnownZero2, APInt &KnownOne2,
-                                    const TargetData *TD, unsigned Depth) {
+                                    const DataLayout *TD, unsigned Depth) {
   if (!Add) {
     if (ConstantInt *CLHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) {
       // We know that the top bits of C-X are clear if X contains less bits
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 static void ComputeMaskedBitsMul(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool NSW,
                                  APInt &KnownZero, APInt &KnownOne,
                                  APInt &KnownZero2, APInt &KnownOne2,
-                                 const TargetData *TD, unsigned Depth) {
+                                 const DataLayout *TD, unsigned Depth) {
   unsigned BitWidth = KnownZero.getBitWidth();
   ComputeMaskedBits(Op1, KnownZero, KnownOne, TD, Depth+1);
   ComputeMaskedBits(Op0, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, TD, Depth+1);
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
 /// same width as the vector element, and the bit is set only if it is true
 /// for all of the elements in the vector.
 void llvm::ComputeMaskedBits(Value *V, APInt &KnownZero, APInt &KnownOne,
-                             const TargetData *TD, unsigned Depth) {
+                             const DataLayout *TD, unsigned Depth) {
   assert(V && "No Value?");
   assert(Depth <= MaxDepth && "Limit Search Depth");
   unsigned BitWidth = KnownZero.getBitWidth();
@@ -308,11 +308,20 @@
   }
   
   if (Argument *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(V)) {
-    // Get alignment information off byval arguments if specified in the IR.
-    if (A->hasByValAttr())
-      if (unsigned Align = A->getParamAlignment())
-        KnownZero = APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth,
-                                         CountTrailingZeros_32(Align));
+    unsigned Align = 0;
+
+    if (A->hasByValAttr()) {
+      // Get alignment information off byval arguments if specified in the IR.
+      Align = A->getParamAlignment();
+    } else if (TD && A->hasStructRetAttr()) {
+      // An sret parameter has at least the ABI alignment of the return type.
+      Type *EltTy = cast<PointerType>(A->getType())->getElementType();
+      if (EltTy->isSized())
+        Align = TD->getABITypeAlignment(EltTy);
+    }
+
+    if (Align)
+      KnownZero = APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, CountTrailingZeros_32(Align));
     return;
   }
 
@@ -420,15 +429,13 @@
   case Instruction::ZExt:
   case Instruction::Trunc: {
     Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType();
-    
+
     unsigned SrcBitWidth;
     // Note that we handle pointer operands here because of inttoptr/ptrtoint
     // which fall through here.
-    if (SrcTy->isPointerTy())
-      SrcBitWidth = TD->getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy);
-    else
-      SrcBitWidth = SrcTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
-    
+    SrcBitWidth = TD->getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy->getScalarType());
+
+    assert(SrcBitWidth && "SrcBitWidth can't be zero");
     KnownZero = KnownZero.zextOrTrunc(SrcBitWidth);
     KnownOne = KnownOne.zextOrTrunc(SrcBitWidth);
     ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(0), KnownZero, KnownOne, TD, Depth+1);
@@ -778,7 +785,7 @@
 /// ComputeSignBit - Determine whether the sign bit is known to be zero or
 /// one.  Convenience wrapper around ComputeMaskedBits.
 void llvm::ComputeSignBit(Value *V, bool &KnownZero, bool &KnownOne,
-                          const TargetData *TD, unsigned Depth) {
+                          const DataLayout *TD, unsigned Depth) {
   unsigned BitWidth = getBitWidth(V->getType(), TD);
   if (!BitWidth) {
     KnownZero = false;
@@ -796,7 +803,7 @@
 /// bit set when defined. For vectors return true if every element is known to
 /// be a power of two when defined.  Supports values with integer or pointer
 /// types and vectors of integers.
-bool llvm::isPowerOfTwo(Value *V, const TargetData *TD, bool OrZero,
+bool llvm::isPowerOfTwo(Value *V, const DataLayout *TD, bool OrZero,
                         unsigned Depth) {
   if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) {
     if (C->isNullValue())
@@ -859,7 +866,7 @@
 /// when defined.  For vectors return true if every element is known to be
 /// non-zero when defined.  Supports values with integer or pointer type and
 /// vectors of integers.
-bool llvm::isKnownNonZero(Value *V, const TargetData *TD, unsigned Depth) {
+bool llvm::isKnownNonZero(Value *V, const DataLayout *TD, unsigned Depth) {
   if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) {
     if (C->isNullValue())
       return false;
@@ -986,7 +993,7 @@
 /// same width as the vector element, and the bit is set only if it is true
 /// for all of the elements in the vector.
 bool llvm::MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, const APInt &Mask,
-                             const TargetData *TD, unsigned Depth) {
+                             const DataLayout *TD, unsigned Depth) {
   APInt KnownZero(Mask.getBitWidth(), 0), KnownOne(Mask.getBitWidth(), 0);
   ComputeMaskedBits(V, KnownZero, KnownOne, TD, Depth);
   assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?"); 
@@ -1003,10 +1010,10 @@
 ///
 /// 'Op' must have a scalar integer type.
 ///
-unsigned llvm::ComputeNumSignBits(Value *V, const TargetData *TD,
+unsigned llvm::ComputeNumSignBits(Value *V, const DataLayout *TD,
                                   unsigned Depth) {
   assert((TD || V->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy()) &&
-         "ComputeNumSignBits requires a TargetData object to operate "
+         "ComputeNumSignBits requires a DataLayout object to operate "
          "on non-integer values!");
   Type *Ty = V->getType();
   unsigned TyBits = TD ? TD->getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()->getScalarType()) :
@@ -1582,7 +1589,7 @@
 /// it can be expressed as a base pointer plus a constant offset.  Return the
 /// base and offset to the caller.
 Value *llvm::GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(Value *Ptr, int64_t &Offset,
-                                              const TargetData &TD) {
+                                              const DataLayout &TD) {
   Operator *PtrOp = dyn_cast<Operator>(Ptr);
   if (PtrOp == 0 || Ptr->getType()->isVectorTy())
     return Ptr;
@@ -1614,7 +1621,7 @@
   // right.
   unsigned PtrSize = TD.getPointerSizeInBits();
   if (PtrSize < 64)
-    Offset = (Offset << (64-PtrSize)) >> (64-PtrSize);
+    Offset = SignExtend64(Offset, PtrSize);
   
   return GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(GEP->getPointerOperand(), Offset, TD);
 }
@@ -1768,7 +1775,7 @@
 }
 
 Value *
-llvm::GetUnderlyingObject(Value *V, const TargetData *TD, unsigned MaxLookup) {
+llvm::GetUnderlyingObject(Value *V, const DataLayout *TD, unsigned MaxLookup) {
   if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy())
     return V;
   for (unsigned Count = 0; MaxLookup == 0 || Count < MaxLookup; ++Count) {
@@ -1799,7 +1806,7 @@
 void
 llvm::GetUnderlyingObjects(Value *V,
                            SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Objects,
-                           const TargetData *TD,
+                           const DataLayout *TD,
                            unsigned MaxLookup) {
   SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited;
   SmallVector<Value *, 4> Worklist;
@@ -1844,7 +1851,7 @@
 }
 
 bool llvm::isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(const Value *V,
-                                        const TargetData *TD) {
+                                        const DataLayout *TD) {
   const Operator *Inst = dyn_cast<Operator>(V);
   if (!Inst)
     return false;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Archive/ArchiveInternals.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Archive/ArchiveInternals.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Archive/ArchiveInternals.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Archive/ArchiveInternals.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
       fmag[1] = '\n';
     }
 
-    bool checkSignature() {
+    bool checkSignature() const {
       return 0 == memcmp(fmag, ARFILE_MEMBER_MAGIC,2);
     }
   };

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Archive/ArchiveReader.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Archive/ArchiveReader.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Archive/ArchiveReader.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Archive/ArchiveReader.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
   }
 
   // Cast archive member header
-  ArchiveMemberHeader* Hdr = (ArchiveMemberHeader*)At;
+  const ArchiveMemberHeader* Hdr = (const ArchiveMemberHeader*)At;
   At += sizeof(ArchiveMemberHeader);
 
   int flags = 0;
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
       /* FALL THROUGH */
 
     default:
-      char* slash = (char*) memchr(Hdr->name, '/', 16);
+      const char* slash = (const char*) memchr(Hdr->name, '/', 16);
       if (slash == 0)
         slash = Hdr->name + 16;
       pathname.assign(Hdr->name, slash - Hdr->name);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLLexer.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLLexer.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLLexer.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLLexer.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -456,11 +456,12 @@
   KEYWORD(private);
   KEYWORD(linker_private);
   KEYWORD(linker_private_weak);
-  KEYWORD(linker_private_weak_def_auto);
+  KEYWORD(linker_private_weak_def_auto); // FIXME: For backwards compatibility.
   KEYWORD(internal);
   KEYWORD(available_externally);
   KEYWORD(linkonce);
   KEYWORD(linkonce_odr);
+  KEYWORD(linkonce_odr_auto_hide);
   KEYWORD(weak);
   KEYWORD(weak_odr);
   KEYWORD(appending);
@@ -509,6 +510,7 @@
   KEYWORD(asm);
   KEYWORD(sideeffect);
   KEYWORD(alignstack);
+  KEYWORD(inteldialect);
   KEYWORD(gc);
 
   KEYWORD(ccc);
@@ -523,6 +525,9 @@
   KEYWORD(msp430_intrcc);
   KEYWORD(ptx_kernel);
   KEYWORD(ptx_device);
+  KEYWORD(spir_kernel);
+  KEYWORD(spir_func);
+  KEYWORD(intel_ocl_bicc);
 
   KEYWORD(cc);
   KEYWORD(c);
@@ -553,7 +558,7 @@
   KEYWORD(naked);
   KEYWORD(nonlazybind);
   KEYWORD(address_safety);
-  KEYWORD(ia_nsdialect);
+  KEYWORD(minsize);
 
   KEYWORD(type);
   KEYWORD(opaque);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLParser.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLParser.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLParser.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLParser.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -184,12 +184,13 @@
     case lltok::kw_private:             // OptionalLinkage
     case lltok::kw_linker_private:      // OptionalLinkage
     case lltok::kw_linker_private_weak: // OptionalLinkage
-    case lltok::kw_linker_private_weak_def_auto: // OptionalLinkage
+    case lltok::kw_linker_private_weak_def_auto: // FIXME: backwards compat.
     case lltok::kw_internal:            // OptionalLinkage
     case lltok::kw_weak:                // OptionalLinkage
     case lltok::kw_weak_odr:            // OptionalLinkage
     case lltok::kw_linkonce:            // OptionalLinkage
     case lltok::kw_linkonce_odr:        // OptionalLinkage
+    case lltok::kw_linkonce_odr_auto_hide: // OptionalLinkage
     case lltok::kw_appending:           // OptionalLinkage
     case lltok::kw_dllexport:           // OptionalLinkage
     case lltok::kw_common:              // OptionalLinkage
@@ -576,8 +577,7 @@
       Linkage != GlobalValue::InternalLinkage &&
       Linkage != GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage &&
       Linkage != GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateLinkage &&
-      Linkage != GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateWeakLinkage &&
-      Linkage != GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage)
+      Linkage != GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateWeakLinkage)
     return Error(LinkageLoc, "invalid linkage type for alias");
 
   Constant *Aliasee;
@@ -779,7 +779,9 @@
     FwdVal = Function::Create(FT, GlobalValue::ExternalWeakLinkage, Name, M);
   else
     FwdVal = new GlobalVariable(*M, PTy->getElementType(), false,
-                                GlobalValue::ExternalWeakLinkage, 0, Name);
+                                GlobalValue::ExternalWeakLinkage, 0, Name,
+                                0, GlobalVariable::NotThreadLocal,
+                                PTy->getAddressSpace());
 
   ForwardRefVals[Name] = std::make_pair(FwdVal, Loc);
   return FwdVal;
@@ -916,59 +918,50 @@
 /// ParseOptionalAttrs - Parse a potentially empty attribute list.  AttrKind
 /// indicates what kind of attribute list this is: 0: function arg, 1: result,
 /// 2: function attr.
-bool LLParser::ParseOptionalAttrs(Attributes &Attrs, unsigned AttrKind) {
-  Attrs = Attribute::None;
+bool LLParser::ParseOptionalAttrs(AttrBuilder &B, unsigned AttrKind) {
   LocTy AttrLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+  bool HaveError = false;
+
+  B.clear();
 
   while (1) {
-    switch (Lex.getKind()) {
+    lltok::Kind Token = Lex.getKind();
+    switch (Token) {
     default:  // End of attributes.
-      if (AttrKind != 2 && (Attrs & Attribute::FunctionOnly))
-        return Error(AttrLoc, "invalid use of function-only attribute");
-
-      // As a hack, we allow "align 2" on functions as a synonym for
-      // "alignstack 2".
-      if (AttrKind == 2 &&
-          (Attrs & ~(Attribute::FunctionOnly | Attribute::Alignment)))
-        return Error(AttrLoc, "invalid use of attribute on a function");
-
-      if (AttrKind != 0 && (Attrs & Attribute::ParameterOnly))
-        return Error(AttrLoc, "invalid use of parameter-only attribute");
-
-      return false;
-    case lltok::kw_zeroext:         Attrs |= Attribute::ZExt; break;
-    case lltok::kw_signext:         Attrs |= Attribute::SExt; break;
-    case lltok::kw_inreg:           Attrs |= Attribute::InReg; break;
-    case lltok::kw_sret:            Attrs |= Attribute::StructRet; break;
-    case lltok::kw_noalias:         Attrs |= Attribute::NoAlias; break;
-    case lltok::kw_nocapture:       Attrs |= Attribute::NoCapture; break;
-    case lltok::kw_byval:           Attrs |= Attribute::ByVal; break;
-    case lltok::kw_nest:            Attrs |= Attribute::Nest; break;
-
-    case lltok::kw_noreturn:        Attrs |= Attribute::NoReturn; break;
-    case lltok::kw_nounwind:        Attrs |= Attribute::NoUnwind; break;
-    case lltok::kw_uwtable:         Attrs |= Attribute::UWTable; break;
-    case lltok::kw_returns_twice:   Attrs |= Attribute::ReturnsTwice; break;
-    case lltok::kw_noinline:        Attrs |= Attribute::NoInline; break;
-    case lltok::kw_readnone:        Attrs |= Attribute::ReadNone; break;
-    case lltok::kw_readonly:        Attrs |= Attribute::ReadOnly; break;
-    case lltok::kw_inlinehint:      Attrs |= Attribute::InlineHint; break;
-    case lltok::kw_alwaysinline:    Attrs |= Attribute::AlwaysInline; break;
-    case lltok::kw_optsize:         Attrs |= Attribute::OptimizeForSize; break;
-    case lltok::kw_ssp:             Attrs |= Attribute::StackProtect; break;
-    case lltok::kw_sspreq:          Attrs |= Attribute::StackProtectReq; break;
-    case lltok::kw_noredzone:       Attrs |= Attribute::NoRedZone; break;
-    case lltok::kw_noimplicitfloat: Attrs |= Attribute::NoImplicitFloat; break;
-    case lltok::kw_naked:           Attrs |= Attribute::Naked; break;
-    case lltok::kw_nonlazybind:     Attrs |= Attribute::NonLazyBind; break;
-    case lltok::kw_address_safety:  Attrs |= Attribute::AddressSafety; break;
-    case lltok::kw_ia_nsdialect:    Attrs |= Attribute::IANSDialect; break;
+      return HaveError;
+    case lltok::kw_zeroext:         B.addAttribute(Attributes::ZExt); break;
+    case lltok::kw_signext:         B.addAttribute(Attributes::SExt); break;
+    case lltok::kw_inreg:           B.addAttribute(Attributes::InReg); break;
+    case lltok::kw_sret:            B.addAttribute(Attributes::StructRet); break;
+    case lltok::kw_noalias:         B.addAttribute(Attributes::NoAlias); break;
+    case lltok::kw_nocapture:       B.addAttribute(Attributes::NoCapture); break;
+    case lltok::kw_byval:           B.addAttribute(Attributes::ByVal); break;
+    case lltok::kw_nest:            B.addAttribute(Attributes::Nest); break;
+
+    case lltok::kw_noreturn:        B.addAttribute(Attributes::NoReturn); break;
+    case lltok::kw_nounwind:        B.addAttribute(Attributes::NoUnwind); break;
+    case lltok::kw_uwtable:         B.addAttribute(Attributes::UWTable); break;
+    case lltok::kw_returns_twice:   B.addAttribute(Attributes::ReturnsTwice); break;
+    case lltok::kw_noinline:        B.addAttribute(Attributes::NoInline); break;
+    case lltok::kw_readnone:        B.addAttribute(Attributes::ReadNone); break;
+    case lltok::kw_readonly:        B.addAttribute(Attributes::ReadOnly); break;
+    case lltok::kw_inlinehint:      B.addAttribute(Attributes::InlineHint); break;
+    case lltok::kw_alwaysinline:    B.addAttribute(Attributes::AlwaysInline); break;
+    case lltok::kw_optsize:         B.addAttribute(Attributes::OptimizeForSize); break;
+    case lltok::kw_ssp:             B.addAttribute(Attributes::StackProtect); break;
+    case lltok::kw_sspreq:          B.addAttribute(Attributes::StackProtectReq); break;
+    case lltok::kw_noredzone:       B.addAttribute(Attributes::NoRedZone); break;
+    case lltok::kw_noimplicitfloat: B.addAttribute(Attributes::NoImplicitFloat); break;
+    case lltok::kw_naked:           B.addAttribute(Attributes::Naked); break;
+    case lltok::kw_nonlazybind:     B.addAttribute(Attributes::NonLazyBind); break;
+    case lltok::kw_address_safety:  B.addAttribute(Attributes::AddressSafety); break;
+    case lltok::kw_minsize:         B.addAttribute(Attributes::MinSize); break;
 
     case lltok::kw_alignstack: {
       unsigned Alignment;
       if (ParseOptionalStackAlignment(Alignment))
         return true;
-      Attrs |= Attribute::constructStackAlignmentFromInt(Alignment);
+      B.addStackAlignmentAttr(Alignment);
       continue;
     }
 
@@ -976,11 +969,57 @@
       unsigned Alignment;
       if (ParseOptionalAlignment(Alignment))
         return true;
-      Attrs |= Attribute::constructAlignmentFromInt(Alignment);
+      B.addAlignmentAttr(Alignment);
       continue;
     }
 
     }
+
+    // Perform some error checking.
+    switch (Token) {
+    default:
+      if (AttrKind == 2)
+        HaveError |= Error(AttrLoc, "invalid use of attribute on a function");
+      break;
+    case lltok::kw_align:
+      // As a hack, we allow "align 2" on functions as a synonym for
+      // "alignstack 2".
+      break;
+
+    // Parameter Only:
+    case lltok::kw_sret:
+    case lltok::kw_nocapture:
+    case lltok::kw_byval:
+    case lltok::kw_nest:
+      if (AttrKind != 0)
+        HaveError |= Error(AttrLoc, "invalid use of parameter-only attribute");
+      break;
+
+    // Function Only:
+    case lltok::kw_noreturn:
+    case lltok::kw_nounwind:
+    case lltok::kw_readnone:
+    case lltok::kw_readonly:
+    case lltok::kw_noinline:
+    case lltok::kw_alwaysinline:
+    case lltok::kw_optsize:
+    case lltok::kw_ssp:
+    case lltok::kw_sspreq:
+    case lltok::kw_noredzone:
+    case lltok::kw_noimplicitfloat:
+    case lltok::kw_naked:
+    case lltok::kw_inlinehint:
+    case lltok::kw_alignstack:
+    case lltok::kw_uwtable:
+    case lltok::kw_nonlazybind:
+    case lltok::kw_returns_twice:
+    case lltok::kw_address_safety:
+    case lltok::kw_minsize:
+      if (AttrKind != 2)
+        HaveError |= Error(AttrLoc, "invalid use of function-only attribute");
+      break;
+    }
+
     Lex.Lex();
   }
 }
@@ -990,12 +1029,12 @@
 ///   ::= 'private'
 ///   ::= 'linker_private'
 ///   ::= 'linker_private_weak'
-///   ::= 'linker_private_weak_def_auto'
 ///   ::= 'internal'
 ///   ::= 'weak'
 ///   ::= 'weak_odr'
 ///   ::= 'linkonce'
 ///   ::= 'linkonce_odr'
+///   ::= 'linkonce_odr_auto_hide'
 ///   ::= 'available_externally'
 ///   ::= 'appending'
 ///   ::= 'dllexport'
@@ -1012,14 +1051,15 @@
   case lltok::kw_linker_private_weak:
     Res = GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateWeakLinkage;
     break;
-  case lltok::kw_linker_private_weak_def_auto:
-    Res = GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage;
-    break;
   case lltok::kw_internal:       Res = GlobalValue::InternalLinkage;      break;
   case lltok::kw_weak:           Res = GlobalValue::WeakAnyLinkage;       break;
   case lltok::kw_weak_odr:       Res = GlobalValue::WeakODRLinkage;       break;
   case lltok::kw_linkonce:       Res = GlobalValue::LinkOnceAnyLinkage;   break;
   case lltok::kw_linkonce_odr:   Res = GlobalValue::LinkOnceODRLinkage;   break;
+  case lltok::kw_linkonce_odr_auto_hide:
+  case lltok::kw_linker_private_weak_def_auto: // FIXME: For backwards compat.
+    Res = GlobalValue::LinkOnceODRAutoHideLinkage;
+    break;
   case lltok::kw_available_externally:
     Res = GlobalValue::AvailableExternallyLinkage;
     break;
@@ -1056,6 +1096,7 @@
 ///   ::= /*empty*/
 ///   ::= 'ccc'
 ///   ::= 'fastcc'
+///   ::= 'kw_intel_ocl_bicc'
 ///   ::= 'coldcc'
 ///   ::= 'x86_stdcallcc'
 ///   ::= 'x86_fastcallcc'
@@ -1066,6 +1107,8 @@
 ///   ::= 'msp430_intrcc'
 ///   ::= 'ptx_kernel'
 ///   ::= 'ptx_device'
+///   ::= 'spir_func'
+///   ::= 'spir_kernel'
 ///   ::= 'cc' UINT
 ///
 bool LLParser::ParseOptionalCallingConv(CallingConv::ID &CC) {
@@ -1083,6 +1126,9 @@
   case lltok::kw_msp430_intrcc:  CC = CallingConv::MSP430_INTR; break;
   case lltok::kw_ptx_kernel:     CC = CallingConv::PTX_Kernel; break;
   case lltok::kw_ptx_device:     CC = CallingConv::PTX_Device; break;
+  case lltok::kw_spir_kernel:    CC = CallingConv::SPIR_KERNEL; break;
+  case lltok::kw_spir_func:      CC = CallingConv::SPIR_FUNC; break;
+  case lltok::kw_intel_ocl_bicc: CC = CallingConv::Intel_OCL_BI; break;
   case lltok::kw_cc: {
       unsigned ArbitraryCC;
       Lex.Lex();
@@ -1395,16 +1441,16 @@
     // Parse the argument.
     LocTy ArgLoc;
     Type *ArgTy = 0;
-    Attributes ArgAttrs1;
-    Attributes ArgAttrs2;
+    AttrBuilder ArgAttrs;
     Value *V;
     if (ParseType(ArgTy, ArgLoc))
       return true;
 
     // Otherwise, handle normal operands.
-    if (ParseOptionalAttrs(ArgAttrs1, 0) || ParseValue(ArgTy, V, PFS))
+    if (ParseOptionalAttrs(ArgAttrs, 0) || ParseValue(ArgTy, V, PFS))
       return true;
-    ArgList.push_back(ParamInfo(ArgLoc, V, ArgAttrs1|ArgAttrs2));
+    ArgList.push_back(ParamInfo(ArgLoc, V, Attributes::get(V->getContext(),
+                                                           ArgAttrs)));
   }
 
   Lex.Lex();  // Lex the ')'.
@@ -1436,7 +1482,7 @@
   } else {
     LocTy TypeLoc = Lex.getLoc();
     Type *ArgTy = 0;
-    Attributes Attrs;
+    AttrBuilder Attrs;
     std::string Name;
 
     if (ParseType(ArgTy) ||
@@ -1453,7 +1499,9 @@
     if (!FunctionType::isValidArgumentType(ArgTy))
       return Error(TypeLoc, "invalid type for function argument");
 
-    ArgList.push_back(ArgInfo(TypeLoc, ArgTy, Attrs, Name));
+    ArgList.push_back(ArgInfo(TypeLoc, ArgTy,
+                              Attributes::get(ArgTy->getContext(),
+                                              Attrs), Name));
 
     while (EatIfPresent(lltok::comma)) {
       // Handle ... at end of arg list.
@@ -1479,7 +1527,9 @@
       if (!ArgTy->isFirstClassType())
         return Error(TypeLoc, "invalid type for function argument");
 
-      ArgList.push_back(ArgInfo(TypeLoc, ArgTy, Attrs, Name));
+      ArgList.push_back(ArgInfo(TypeLoc, ArgTy,
+                                Attributes::get(ArgTy->getContext(), Attrs),
+                                Name));
     }
   }
 
@@ -1503,7 +1553,7 @@
   for (unsigned i = 0, e = ArgList.size(); i != e; ++i) {
     if (!ArgList[i].Name.empty())
       return Error(ArgList[i].Loc, "argument name invalid in function type");
-    if (ArgList[i].Attrs)
+    if (ArgList[i].Attrs.hasAttributes())
       return Error(ArgList[i].Loc,
                    "argument attributes invalid in function type");
   }
@@ -2069,16 +2119,18 @@
 
   case lltok::kw_asm: {
     // ValID ::= 'asm' SideEffect? AlignStack? STRINGCONSTANT ',' STRINGCONSTANT
-    bool HasSideEffect, AlignStack;
+    bool HasSideEffect, AlignStack, AsmDialect;
     Lex.Lex();
     if (ParseOptionalToken(lltok::kw_sideeffect, HasSideEffect) ||
         ParseOptionalToken(lltok::kw_alignstack, AlignStack) ||
+        ParseOptionalToken(lltok::kw_inteldialect, AsmDialect) ||
         ParseStringConstant(ID.StrVal) ||
         ParseToken(lltok::comma, "expected comma in inline asm expression") ||
         ParseToken(lltok::StringConstant, "expected constraint string"))
       return true;
     ID.StrVal2 = Lex.getStrVal();
-    ID.UIntVal = unsigned(HasSideEffect) | (unsigned(AlignStack)<<1);
+    ID.UIntVal = unsigned(HasSideEffect) | (unsigned(AlignStack)<<1) |
+      (unsigned(AsmDialect)<<2);
     ID.Kind = ValID::t_InlineAsm;
     return false;
   }
@@ -2495,7 +2547,8 @@
       PTy ? dyn_cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType()) : 0;
     if (!FTy || !InlineAsm::Verify(FTy, ID.StrVal2))
       return Error(ID.Loc, "invalid type for inline asm constraint string");
-    V = InlineAsm::get(FTy, ID.StrVal, ID.StrVal2, ID.UIntVal&1, ID.UIntVal>>1);
+    V = InlineAsm::get(FTy, ID.StrVal, ID.StrVal2, ID.UIntVal&1,
+                       (ID.UIntVal>>1)&1, (InlineAsm::AsmDialect(ID.UIntVal>>2)));
     return false;
   }
   case ValID::t_MDNode:
@@ -2630,7 +2683,7 @@
   unsigned Linkage;
 
   unsigned Visibility;
-  Attributes RetAttrs;
+  AttrBuilder RetAttrs;
   CallingConv::ID CC;
   Type *RetType = 0;
   LocTy RetTypeLoc = Lex.getLoc();
@@ -2653,11 +2706,11 @@
   case GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage:
   case GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateLinkage:
   case GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateWeakLinkage:
-  case GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage:
   case GlobalValue::InternalLinkage:
   case GlobalValue::AvailableExternallyLinkage:
   case GlobalValue::LinkOnceAnyLinkage:
   case GlobalValue::LinkOnceODRLinkage:
+  case GlobalValue::LinkOnceODRAutoHideLinkage:
   case GlobalValue::WeakAnyLinkage:
   case GlobalValue::WeakODRLinkage:
   case GlobalValue::DLLExportLinkage:
@@ -2694,7 +2747,7 @@
 
   SmallVector<ArgInfo, 8> ArgList;
   bool isVarArg;
-  Attributes FuncAttrs;
+  AttrBuilder FuncAttrs;
   std::string Section;
   unsigned Alignment;
   std::string GC;
@@ -2713,9 +2766,9 @@
     return true;
 
   // If the alignment was parsed as an attribute, move to the alignment field.
-  if (FuncAttrs & Attribute::Alignment) {
-    Alignment = Attribute::getAlignmentFromAttrs(FuncAttrs);
-    FuncAttrs &= ~Attribute::Alignment;
+  if (FuncAttrs.hasAlignmentAttr()) {
+    Alignment = FuncAttrs.getAlignment();
+    FuncAttrs.removeAttribute(Attributes::Alignment);
   }
 
   // Okay, if we got here, the function is syntactically valid.  Convert types
@@ -2723,21 +2776,28 @@
   std::vector<Type*> ParamTypeList;
   SmallVector<AttributeWithIndex, 8> Attrs;
 
-  if (RetAttrs != Attribute::None)
-    Attrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(0, RetAttrs));
+  if (RetAttrs.hasAttributes())
+    Attrs.push_back(
+      AttributeWithIndex::get(AttrListPtr::ReturnIndex,
+                              Attributes::get(RetType->getContext(),
+                                              RetAttrs)));
 
   for (unsigned i = 0, e = ArgList.size(); i != e; ++i) {
     ParamTypeList.push_back(ArgList[i].Ty);
-    if (ArgList[i].Attrs != Attribute::None)
+    if (ArgList[i].Attrs.hasAttributes())
       Attrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(i+1, ArgList[i].Attrs));
   }
 
-  if (FuncAttrs != Attribute::None)
-    Attrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(~0, FuncAttrs));
+  if (FuncAttrs.hasAttributes())
+    Attrs.push_back(
+      AttributeWithIndex::get(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex,
+                              Attributes::get(RetType->getContext(),
+                                              FuncAttrs)));
 
-  AttrListPtr PAL = AttrListPtr::get(Attrs);
+  AttrListPtr PAL = AttrListPtr::get(Context, Attrs);
 
-  if (PAL.paramHasAttr(1, Attribute::StructRet) && !RetType->isVoidTy())
+  if (PAL.getParamAttributes(1).hasAttribute(Attributes::StructRet) &&
+      !RetType->isVoidTy())
     return Error(RetTypeLoc, "functions with 'sret' argument must return void");
 
   FunctionType *FT =
@@ -2752,6 +2812,9 @@
       ForwardRefVals.find(FunctionName);
     if (FRVI != ForwardRefVals.end()) {
       Fn = M->getFunction(FunctionName);
+      if (!Fn)
+        return Error(FRVI->second.second, "invalid forward reference to "
+                     "function as global value!");
       if (Fn->getType() != PFT)
         return Error(FRVI->second.second, "invalid forward reference to "
                      "function '" + FunctionName + "' with wrong type!");
@@ -3205,7 +3268,7 @@
 ///       OptionalAttrs 'to' TypeAndValue 'unwind' TypeAndValue
 bool LLParser::ParseInvoke(Instruction *&Inst, PerFunctionState &PFS) {
   LocTy CallLoc = Lex.getLoc();
-  Attributes RetAttrs, FnAttrs;
+  AttrBuilder RetAttrs, FnAttrs;
   CallingConv::ID CC;
   Type *RetType = 0;
   LocTy RetTypeLoc;
@@ -3250,8 +3313,11 @@
 
   // Set up the Attributes for the function.
   SmallVector<AttributeWithIndex, 8> Attrs;
-  if (RetAttrs != Attribute::None)
-    Attrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(0, RetAttrs));
+  if (RetAttrs.hasAttributes())
+    Attrs.push_back(
+      AttributeWithIndex::get(AttrListPtr::ReturnIndex,
+                              Attributes::get(Callee->getContext(),
+                                              RetAttrs)));
 
   SmallVector<Value*, 8> Args;
 
@@ -3271,18 +3337,21 @@
       return Error(ArgList[i].Loc, "argument is not of expected type '" +
                    getTypeString(ExpectedTy) + "'");
     Args.push_back(ArgList[i].V);
-    if (ArgList[i].Attrs != Attribute::None)
+    if (ArgList[i].Attrs.hasAttributes())
       Attrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(i+1, ArgList[i].Attrs));
   }
 
   if (I != E)
     return Error(CallLoc, "not enough parameters specified for call");
 
-  if (FnAttrs != Attribute::None)
-    Attrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(~0, FnAttrs));
+  if (FnAttrs.hasAttributes())
+    Attrs.push_back(
+      AttributeWithIndex::get(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex,
+                              Attributes::get(Callee->getContext(),
+                                              FnAttrs)));
 
   // Finish off the Attributes and check them
-  AttrListPtr PAL = AttrListPtr::get(Attrs);
+  AttrListPtr PAL = AttrListPtr::get(Context, Attrs);
 
   InvokeInst *II = InvokeInst::Create(Callee, NormalBB, UnwindBB, Args);
   II->setCallingConv(CC);
@@ -3604,7 +3673,7 @@
 ///       ParameterList OptionalAttrs
 bool LLParser::ParseCall(Instruction *&Inst, PerFunctionState &PFS,
                          bool isTail) {
-  Attributes RetAttrs, FnAttrs;
+  AttrBuilder RetAttrs, FnAttrs;
   CallingConv::ID CC;
   Type *RetType = 0;
   LocTy RetTypeLoc;
@@ -3646,8 +3715,11 @@
 
   // Set up the Attributes for the function.
   SmallVector<AttributeWithIndex, 8> Attrs;
-  if (RetAttrs != Attribute::None)
-    Attrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(0, RetAttrs));
+  if (RetAttrs.hasAttributes())
+    Attrs.push_back(
+      AttributeWithIndex::get(AttrListPtr::ReturnIndex,
+                              Attributes::get(Callee->getContext(),
+                                              RetAttrs)));
 
   SmallVector<Value*, 8> Args;
 
@@ -3667,18 +3739,21 @@
       return Error(ArgList[i].Loc, "argument is not of expected type '" +
                    getTypeString(ExpectedTy) + "'");
     Args.push_back(ArgList[i].V);
-    if (ArgList[i].Attrs != Attribute::None)
+    if (ArgList[i].Attrs.hasAttributes())
       Attrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(i+1, ArgList[i].Attrs));
   }
 
   if (I != E)
     return Error(CallLoc, "not enough parameters specified for call");
 
-  if (FnAttrs != Attribute::None)
-    Attrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(~0, FnAttrs));
+  if (FnAttrs.hasAttributes())
+    Attrs.push_back(
+      AttributeWithIndex::get(AttrListPtr::FunctionIndex,
+                              Attributes::get(Callee->getContext(),
+                                              FnAttrs)));
 
   // Finish off the Attributes and check them
-  AttrListPtr PAL = AttrListPtr::get(Attrs);
+  AttrListPtr PAL = AttrListPtr::get(Context, Attrs);
 
   CallInst *CI = CallInst::Create(Callee, Args);
   CI->setTailCall(isTail);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLParser.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLParser.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLParser.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLParser.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
     bool ParseTLSModel(GlobalVariable::ThreadLocalMode &TLM);
     bool ParseOptionalThreadLocal(GlobalVariable::ThreadLocalMode &TLM);
     bool ParseOptionalAddrSpace(unsigned &AddrSpace);
-    bool ParseOptionalAttrs(Attributes &Attrs, unsigned AttrKind);
+    bool ParseOptionalAttrs(AttrBuilder &Attrs, unsigned AttrKind);
     bool ParseOptionalLinkage(unsigned &Linkage, bool &HasLinkage);
     bool ParseOptionalLinkage(unsigned &Linkage) {
       bool HasLinkage; return ParseOptionalLinkage(Linkage, HasLinkage);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLToken.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLToken.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLToken.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/AsmParser/LLToken.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -37,8 +37,10 @@
     kw_global,  kw_constant,
 
     kw_private, kw_linker_private, kw_linker_private_weak,
-    kw_linker_private_weak_def_auto, kw_internal,
-    kw_linkonce, kw_linkonce_odr, kw_weak, kw_weak_odr, kw_appending,
+    kw_linker_private_weak_def_auto, // FIXME: For backwards compatibility.
+    kw_internal,
+    kw_linkonce, kw_linkonce_odr, kw_linkonce_odr_auto_hide,
+    kw_weak, kw_weak_odr, kw_appending,
     kw_dllimport, kw_dllexport, kw_common, kw_available_externally,
     kw_default, kw_hidden, kw_protected,
     kw_unnamed_addr,
@@ -70,14 +72,17 @@
     kw_asm,
     kw_sideeffect,
     kw_alignstack,
+    kw_inteldialect,
     kw_gc,
     kw_c,
 
     kw_cc, kw_ccc, kw_fastcc, kw_coldcc,
+	  kw_intel_ocl_bicc,
     kw_x86_stdcallcc, kw_x86_fastcallcc, kw_x86_thiscallcc,
     kw_arm_apcscc, kw_arm_aapcscc, kw_arm_aapcs_vfpcc,
     kw_msp430_intrcc,
     kw_ptx_kernel, kw_ptx_device,
+    kw_spir_kernel, kw_spir_func,
 
     kw_signext,
     kw_zeroext,
@@ -105,7 +110,7 @@
     kw_naked,
     kw_nonlazybind,
     kw_address_safety,
-    kw_ia_nsdialect,
+    kw_minsize,
 
     kw_type,
     kw_opaque,

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Reader/BitcodeReader.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Reader/BitcodeReader.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Reader/BitcodeReader.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Reader/BitcodeReader.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -52,6 +52,8 @@
   std::vector<Function*>().swap(FunctionsWithBodies);
   DeferredFunctionInfo.clear();
   MDKindMap.clear();
+
+  assert(BlockAddrFwdRefs.empty() && "Unresolved blockaddress fwd references");
 }
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -89,7 +91,7 @@
   case 12: return GlobalValue::AvailableExternallyLinkage;
   case 13: return GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateLinkage;
   case 14: return GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateWeakLinkage;
-  case 15: return GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage;
+  case 15: return GlobalValue::LinkOnceODRAutoHideLinkage;
   }
 }
 
@@ -197,7 +199,7 @@
   /// @brief A class for maintaining the slot number definition
   /// as a placeholder for the actual definition for forward constants defs.
   class ConstantPlaceHolder : public ConstantExpr {
-    void operator=(const ConstantPlaceHolder &); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+    void operator=(const ConstantPlaceHolder &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
   public:
     // allocate space for exactly one operand
     void *operator new(size_t s) {
@@ -209,7 +211,6 @@
     }
 
     /// @brief Methods to support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast.
-    //static inline bool classof(const ConstantPlaceHolder *) { return true; }
     static bool classof(const Value *V) {
       return isa<ConstantExpr>(V) &&
              cast<ConstantExpr>(V)->getOpcode() == Instruction::UserOp1;
@@ -475,17 +476,18 @@
 
       for (unsigned i = 0, e = Record.size(); i != e; i += 2) {
         Attributes ReconstitutedAttr =
-          Attribute::decodeLLVMAttributesForBitcode(Record[i+1]);
+          Attributes::decodeLLVMAttributesForBitcode(Context, Record[i+1]);
         Record[i+1] = ReconstitutedAttr.Raw();
       }
 
       for (unsigned i = 0, e = Record.size(); i != e; i += 2) {
-        if (Attributes(Record[i+1]) != Attribute::None)
+        AttrBuilder B(Record[i+1]);
+        if (B.hasAttributes())
           Attrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(Record[i],
-                                                  Attributes(Record[i+1])));
+                                                  Attributes::get(Context, B)));
       }
 
-      MAttributes.push_back(AttrListPtr::get(Attrs));
+      MAttributes.push_back(AttrListPtr::get(Context, Attrs));
       Attrs.clear();
       break;
     }
@@ -889,9 +891,9 @@
   }
 }
 
-/// DecodeSignRotatedValue - Decode a signed value stored with the sign bit in
+/// decodeSignRotatedValue - Decode a signed value stored with the sign bit in
 /// the LSB for dense VBR encoding.
-static uint64_t DecodeSignRotatedValue(uint64_t V) {
+uint64_t BitcodeReader::decodeSignRotatedValue(uint64_t V) {
   if ((V & 1) == 0)
     return V >> 1;
   if (V != 1)
@@ -941,7 +943,7 @@
 static APInt ReadWideAPInt(ArrayRef<uint64_t> Vals, unsigned TypeBits) {
   SmallVector<uint64_t, 8> Words(Vals.size());
   std::transform(Vals.begin(), Vals.end(), Words.begin(),
-                 DecodeSignRotatedValue);
+                 BitcodeReader::decodeSignRotatedValue);
 
   return APInt(TypeBits, Words);
 }
@@ -995,7 +997,7 @@
     case bitc::CST_CODE_INTEGER:   // INTEGER: [intval]
       if (!CurTy->isIntegerTy() || Record.empty())
         return Error("Invalid CST_INTEGER record");
-      V = ConstantInt::get(CurTy, DecodeSignRotatedValue(Record[0]));
+      V = ConstantInt::get(CurTy, decodeSignRotatedValue(Record[0]));
       break;
     case bitc::CST_CODE_WIDE_INTEGER: {// WIDE_INTEGER: [n x intval]
       if (!CurTy->isIntegerTy() || Record.empty())
@@ -1245,7 +1247,9 @@
         V = ConstantExpr::getICmp(Record[3], Op0, Op1);
       break;
     }
-    case bitc::CST_CODE_INLINEASM: {
+    // This maintains backward compatibility, pre-asm dialect keywords.
+    // FIXME: Remove with the 4.0 release.
+    case bitc::CST_CODE_INLINEASM_OLD: {
       if (Record.size() < 2) return Error("Invalid INLINEASM record");
       std::string AsmStr, ConstrStr;
       bool HasSideEffects = Record[0] & 1;
@@ -1266,6 +1270,31 @@
                          AsmStr, ConstrStr, HasSideEffects, IsAlignStack);
       break;
     }
+    // This version adds support for the asm dialect keywords (e.g.,
+    // inteldialect).
+    case bitc::CST_CODE_INLINEASM: {
+      if (Record.size() < 2) return Error("Invalid INLINEASM record");
+      std::string AsmStr, ConstrStr;
+      bool HasSideEffects = Record[0] & 1;
+      bool IsAlignStack = (Record[0] >> 1) & 1;
+      unsigned AsmDialect = Record[0] >> 2;
+      unsigned AsmStrSize = Record[1];
+      if (2+AsmStrSize >= Record.size())
+        return Error("Invalid INLINEASM record");
+      unsigned ConstStrSize = Record[2+AsmStrSize];
+      if (3+AsmStrSize+ConstStrSize > Record.size())
+        return Error("Invalid INLINEASM record");
+
+      for (unsigned i = 0; i != AsmStrSize; ++i)
+        AsmStr += (char)Record[2+i];
+      for (unsigned i = 0; i != ConstStrSize; ++i)
+        ConstrStr += (char)Record[3+AsmStrSize+i];
+      PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(CurTy);
+      V = InlineAsm::get(cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType()),
+                         AsmStr, ConstrStr, HasSideEffects, IsAlignStack,
+                         InlineAsm::AsmDialect(AsmDialect));
+      break;
+    }
     case bitc::CST_CODE_BLOCKADDRESS:{
       if (Record.size() < 3) return Error("Invalid CE_BLOCKADDRESS record");
       Type *FnTy = getTypeByID(Record[0]);
@@ -1273,13 +1302,27 @@
       Function *Fn =
         dyn_cast_or_null<Function>(ValueList.getConstantFwdRef(Record[1],FnTy));
       if (Fn == 0) return Error("Invalid CE_BLOCKADDRESS record");
-      
-      GlobalVariable *FwdRef = new GlobalVariable(*Fn->getParent(),
-                                                  Type::getInt8Ty(Context),
+
+      // If the function is already parsed we can insert the block address right
+      // away.
+      if (!Fn->empty()) {
+        Function::iterator BBI = Fn->begin(), BBE = Fn->end();
+        for (size_t I = 0, E = Record[2]; I != E; ++I) {
+          if (BBI == BBE)
+            return Error("Invalid blockaddress block #");
+          ++BBI;
+        }
+        V = BlockAddress::get(Fn, BBI);
+      } else {
+        // Otherwise insert a placeholder and remember it so it can be inserted
+        // when the function is parsed.
+        GlobalVariable *FwdRef = new GlobalVariable(*Fn->getParent(),
+                                                    Type::getInt8Ty(Context),
                                             false, GlobalValue::InternalLinkage,
-                                                  0, "");
-      BlockAddrFwdRefs[Fn].push_back(std::make_pair(Record[2], FwdRef));
-      V = FwdRef;
+                                                    0, "");
+        BlockAddrFwdRefs[Fn].push_back(std::make_pair(Record[2], FwdRef));
+        V = FwdRef;
+      }
       break;
     }  
     }
@@ -1481,13 +1524,22 @@
     // Read a record.
     switch (Stream.ReadRecord(Code, Record)) {
     default: break;  // Default behavior, ignore unknown content.
-    case bitc::MODULE_CODE_VERSION:  // VERSION: [version#]
+    case bitc::MODULE_CODE_VERSION: {  // VERSION: [version#]
       if (Record.size() < 1)
         return Error("Malformed MODULE_CODE_VERSION");
-      // Only version #0 is supported so far.
-      if (Record[0] != 0)
-        return Error("Unknown bitstream version!");
+      // Only version #0 and #1 are supported so far.
+      unsigned module_version = Record[0];
+      switch (module_version) {
+        default: return Error("Unknown bitstream version!");
+        case 0:
+          UseRelativeIDs = false;
+          break;
+        case 1:
+          UseRelativeIDs = true;
+          break;
+      }
       break;
+    }
     case bitc::MODULE_CODE_TRIPLE: {  // TRIPLE: [strchr x N]
       std::string S;
       if (ConvertToString(Record, 0, S))
@@ -1754,13 +1806,6 @@
     // Read a record.
     switch (Stream.ReadRecord(Code, Record)) {
     default: break;  // Default behavior, ignore unknown content.
-    case bitc::MODULE_CODE_VERSION:  // VERSION: [version#]
-      if (Record.size() < 1)
-        return Error("Malformed MODULE_CODE_VERSION");
-      // Only version #0 is supported so far.
-      if (Record[0] != 0)
-        return Error("Unknown bitstream version!");
-      break;
     case bitc::MODULE_CODE_TRIPLE: {  // TRIPLE: [strchr x N]
       std::string S;
       if (ConvertToString(Record, 0, S))
@@ -1973,7 +2018,7 @@
       unsigned OpNum = 0;
       Value *LHS, *RHS;
       if (getValueTypePair(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, LHS) ||
-          getValue(Record, OpNum, LHS->getType(), RHS) ||
+          popValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, LHS->getType(), RHS) ||
           OpNum+1 > Record.size())
         return Error("Invalid BINOP record");
 
@@ -2088,8 +2133,8 @@
       unsigned OpNum = 0;
       Value *TrueVal, *FalseVal, *Cond;
       if (getValueTypePair(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, TrueVal) ||
-          getValue(Record, OpNum, TrueVal->getType(), FalseVal) ||
-          getValue(Record, OpNum, Type::getInt1Ty(Context), Cond))
+          popValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, TrueVal->getType(), FalseVal) ||
+          popValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, Type::getInt1Ty(Context), Cond))
         return Error("Invalid SELECT record");
 
       I = SelectInst::Create(Cond, TrueVal, FalseVal);
@@ -2103,7 +2148,7 @@
       unsigned OpNum = 0;
       Value *TrueVal, *FalseVal, *Cond;
       if (getValueTypePair(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, TrueVal) ||
-          getValue(Record, OpNum, TrueVal->getType(), FalseVal) ||
+          popValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, TrueVal->getType(), FalseVal) ||
           getValueTypePair(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, Cond))
         return Error("Invalid SELECT record");
 
@@ -2128,7 +2173,7 @@
       unsigned OpNum = 0;
       Value *Vec, *Idx;
       if (getValueTypePair(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, Vec) ||
-          getValue(Record, OpNum, Type::getInt32Ty(Context), Idx))
+          popValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, Type::getInt32Ty(Context), Idx))
         return Error("Invalid EXTRACTELT record");
       I = ExtractElementInst::Create(Vec, Idx);
       InstructionList.push_back(I);
@@ -2139,9 +2184,9 @@
       unsigned OpNum = 0;
       Value *Vec, *Elt, *Idx;
       if (getValueTypePair(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, Vec) ||
-          getValue(Record, OpNum,
+          popValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo,
                    cast<VectorType>(Vec->getType())->getElementType(), Elt) ||
-          getValue(Record, OpNum, Type::getInt32Ty(Context), Idx))
+          popValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, Type::getInt32Ty(Context), Idx))
         return Error("Invalid INSERTELT record");
       I = InsertElementInst::Create(Vec, Elt, Idx);
       InstructionList.push_back(I);
@@ -2152,7 +2197,7 @@
       unsigned OpNum = 0;
       Value *Vec1, *Vec2, *Mask;
       if (getValueTypePair(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, Vec1) ||
-          getValue(Record, OpNum, Vec1->getType(), Vec2))
+          popValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, Vec1->getType(), Vec2))
         return Error("Invalid SHUFFLEVEC record");
 
       if (getValueTypePair(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, Mask))
@@ -2172,7 +2217,7 @@
       unsigned OpNum = 0;
       Value *LHS, *RHS;
       if (getValueTypePair(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, LHS) ||
-          getValue(Record, OpNum, LHS->getType(), RHS) ||
+          popValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, LHS->getType(), RHS) ||
           OpNum+1 != Record.size())
         return Error("Invalid CMP record");
 
@@ -2217,7 +2262,8 @@
       }
       else {
         BasicBlock *FalseDest = getBasicBlock(Record[1]);
-        Value *Cond = getFnValueByID(Record[2], Type::getInt1Ty(Context));
+        Value *Cond = getValue(Record, 2, NextValueNo,
+                               Type::getInt1Ty(Context));
         if (FalseDest == 0 || Cond == 0)
           return Error("Invalid BR record");
         I = BranchInst::Create(TrueDest, FalseDest, Cond);
@@ -2233,7 +2279,7 @@
         Type *OpTy = getTypeByID(Record[1]);
         unsigned ValueBitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(OpTy)->getBitWidth();
 
-        Value *Cond = getFnValueByID(Record[2], OpTy);
+        Value *Cond = getValue(Record, 2, NextValueNo, OpTy);
         BasicBlock *Default = getBasicBlock(Record[3]);
         if (OpTy == 0 || Cond == 0 || Default == 0)
           return Error("Invalid SWITCH record");
@@ -2288,7 +2334,7 @@
       if (Record.size() < 3 || (Record.size() & 1) == 0)
         return Error("Invalid SWITCH record");
       Type *OpTy = getTypeByID(Record[0]);
-      Value *Cond = getFnValueByID(Record[1], OpTy);
+      Value *Cond = getValue(Record, 1, NextValueNo, OpTy);
       BasicBlock *Default = getBasicBlock(Record[2]);
       if (OpTy == 0 || Cond == 0 || Default == 0)
         return Error("Invalid SWITCH record");
@@ -2312,7 +2358,7 @@
       if (Record.size() < 2)
         return Error("Invalid INDIRECTBR record");
       Type *OpTy = getTypeByID(Record[0]);
-      Value *Address = getFnValueByID(Record[1], OpTy);
+      Value *Address = getValue(Record, 1, NextValueNo, OpTy);
       if (OpTy == 0 || Address == 0)
         return Error("Invalid INDIRECTBR record");
       unsigned NumDests = Record.size()-2;
@@ -2354,7 +2400,8 @@
 
       SmallVector<Value*, 16> Ops;
       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTy->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i, ++OpNum) {
-        Ops.push_back(getFnValueByID(Record[OpNum], FTy->getParamType(i)));
+        Ops.push_back(getValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo,
+                               FTy->getParamType(i)));
         if (Ops.back() == 0) return Error("Invalid INVOKE record");
       }
 
@@ -2401,7 +2448,14 @@
       InstructionList.push_back(PN);
 
       for (unsigned i = 0, e = Record.size()-1; i != e; i += 2) {
-        Value *V = getFnValueByID(Record[1+i], Ty);
+        Value *V;
+        // With the new function encoding, it is possible that operands have
+        // negative IDs (for forward references).  Use a signed VBR
+        // representation to keep the encoding small.
+        if (UseRelativeIDs)
+          V = getValueSigned(Record, 1+i, NextValueNo, Ty);
+        else
+          V = getValue(Record, 1+i, NextValueNo, Ty);
         BasicBlock *BB = getBasicBlock(Record[2+i]);
         if (!V || !BB) return Error("Invalid PHI record");
         PN->addIncoming(V, BB);
@@ -2499,7 +2553,7 @@
       unsigned OpNum = 0;
       Value *Val, *Ptr;
       if (getValueTypePair(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, Ptr) ||
-          getValue(Record, OpNum,
+          popValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo,
                     cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType(), Val) ||
           OpNum+2 != Record.size())
         return Error("Invalid STORE record");
@@ -2513,7 +2567,7 @@
       unsigned OpNum = 0;
       Value *Val, *Ptr;
       if (getValueTypePair(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, Ptr) ||
-          getValue(Record, OpNum,
+          popValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo,
                     cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType(), Val) ||
           OpNum+4 != Record.size())
         return Error("Invalid STOREATOMIC record");
@@ -2536,9 +2590,9 @@
       unsigned OpNum = 0;
       Value *Ptr, *Cmp, *New;
       if (getValueTypePair(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, Ptr) ||
-          getValue(Record, OpNum,
+          popValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo,
                     cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType(), Cmp) ||
-          getValue(Record, OpNum,
+          popValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo,
                     cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType(), New) ||
           OpNum+3 != Record.size())
         return Error("Invalid CMPXCHG record");
@@ -2556,7 +2610,7 @@
       unsigned OpNum = 0;
       Value *Ptr, *Val;
       if (getValueTypePair(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo, Ptr) ||
-          getValue(Record, OpNum,
+          popValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo,
                     cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType(), Val) ||
           OpNum+4 != Record.size())
         return Error("Invalid ATOMICRMW record");
@@ -2610,7 +2664,8 @@
         if (FTy->getParamType(i)->isLabelTy())
           Args.push_back(getBasicBlock(Record[OpNum]));
         else
-          Args.push_back(getFnValueByID(Record[OpNum], FTy->getParamType(i)));
+          Args.push_back(getValue(Record, OpNum, NextValueNo,
+                                  FTy->getParamType(i)));
         if (Args.back() == 0) return Error("Invalid CALL record");
       }
 
@@ -2639,7 +2694,7 @@
       if (Record.size() < 3)
         return Error("Invalid VAARG record");
       Type *OpTy = getTypeByID(Record[0]);
-      Value *Op = getFnValueByID(Record[1], OpTy);
+      Value *Op = getValue(Record, 1, NextValueNo, OpTy);
       Type *ResTy = getTypeByID(Record[2]);
       if (!OpTy || !Op || !ResTy)
         return Error("Invalid VAARG record");
@@ -2837,7 +2892,7 @@
 }
 
 bool BitcodeReader::InitStreamFromBuffer() {
-  const unsigned char *BufPtr = (unsigned char *)Buffer->getBufferStart();
+  const unsigned char *BufPtr = (const unsigned char*)Buffer->getBufferStart();
   const unsigned char *BufEnd = BufPtr+Buffer->getBufferSize();
 
   if (Buffer->getBufferSize() & 3) {

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Reader/BitcodeReader.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Reader/BitcodeReader.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Reader/BitcodeReader.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Reader/BitcodeReader.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -179,18 +179,27 @@
   typedef std::pair<unsigned, GlobalVariable*> BlockAddrRefTy;
   DenseMap<Function*, std::vector<BlockAddrRefTy> > BlockAddrFwdRefs;
 
+  /// UseRelativeIDs - Indicates that we are using a new encoding for
+  /// instruction operands where most operands in the current
+  /// FUNCTION_BLOCK are encoded relative to the instruction number,
+  /// for a more compact encoding.  Some instruction operands are not
+  /// relative to the instruction ID: basic block numbers, and types.
+  /// Once the old style function blocks have been phased out, we would
+  /// not need this flag.
+  bool UseRelativeIDs;
+
 public:
   explicit BitcodeReader(MemoryBuffer *buffer, LLVMContext &C)
     : Context(C), TheModule(0), Buffer(buffer), BufferOwned(false),
       LazyStreamer(0), NextUnreadBit(0), SeenValueSymbolTable(false),
       ErrorString(0), ValueList(C), MDValueList(C),
-      SeenFirstFunctionBody(false) {
+      SeenFirstFunctionBody(false), UseRelativeIDs(false) {
   }
   explicit BitcodeReader(DataStreamer *streamer, LLVMContext &C)
     : Context(C), TheModule(0), Buffer(0), BufferOwned(false),
       LazyStreamer(streamer), NextUnreadBit(0), SeenValueSymbolTable(false),
       ErrorString(0), ValueList(C), MDValueList(C),
-      SeenFirstFunctionBody(false) {
+      SeenFirstFunctionBody(false), UseRelativeIDs(false) {
   }
   ~BitcodeReader() {
     FreeState();
@@ -223,6 +232,9 @@
   /// @brief Cheap mechanism to just extract module triple
   /// @returns true if an error occurred.
   bool ParseTriple(std::string &Triple);
+
+  static uint64_t decodeSignRotatedValue(uint64_t V);
+
 private:
   Type *getTypeByID(unsigned ID);
   Value *getFnValueByID(unsigned ID, Type *Ty) {
@@ -247,6 +259,9 @@
                         unsigned InstNum, Value *&ResVal) {
     if (Slot == Record.size()) return true;
     unsigned ValNo = (unsigned)Record[Slot++];
+    // Adjust the ValNo, if it was encoded relative to the InstNum.
+    if (UseRelativeIDs)
+      ValNo = InstNum - ValNo;
     if (ValNo < InstNum) {
       // If this is not a forward reference, just return the value we already
       // have.
@@ -255,20 +270,54 @@
     } else if (Slot == Record.size()) {
       return true;
     }
-    
+
     unsigned TypeNo = (unsigned)Record[Slot++];
     ResVal = getFnValueByID(ValNo, getTypeByID(TypeNo));
     return ResVal == 0;
   }
-  bool getValue(SmallVector<uint64_t, 64> &Record, unsigned &Slot,
-                Type *Ty, Value *&ResVal) {
-    if (Slot == Record.size()) return true;
-    unsigned ValNo = (unsigned)Record[Slot++];
-    ResVal = getFnValueByID(ValNo, Ty);
+
+  /// popValue - Read a value out of the specified record from slot 'Slot'.
+  /// Increment Slot past the number of slots used by the value in the record.
+  /// Return true if there is an error.
+  bool popValue(SmallVector<uint64_t, 64> &Record, unsigned &Slot,
+                unsigned InstNum, Type *Ty, Value *&ResVal) {
+    if (getValue(Record, Slot, InstNum, Ty, ResVal))
+      return true;
+    // All values currently take a single record slot.
+    ++Slot;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  /// getValue -- Like popValue, but does not increment the Slot number.
+  bool getValue(SmallVector<uint64_t, 64> &Record, unsigned Slot,
+                unsigned InstNum, Type *Ty, Value *&ResVal) {
+    ResVal = getValue(Record, Slot, InstNum, Ty);
     return ResVal == 0;
   }
 
-  
+  /// getValue -- Version of getValue that returns ResVal directly,
+  /// or 0 if there is an error.
+  Value *getValue(SmallVector<uint64_t, 64> &Record, unsigned Slot,
+                  unsigned InstNum, Type *Ty) {
+    if (Slot == Record.size()) return 0;
+    unsigned ValNo = (unsigned)Record[Slot];
+    // Adjust the ValNo, if it was encoded relative to the InstNum.
+    if (UseRelativeIDs)
+      ValNo = InstNum - ValNo;
+    return getFnValueByID(ValNo, Ty);
+  }
+
+  /// getValueSigned -- Like getValue, but decodes signed VBRs.
+  Value *getValueSigned(SmallVector<uint64_t, 64> &Record, unsigned Slot,
+                        unsigned InstNum, Type *Ty) {
+    if (Slot == Record.size()) return 0;
+    unsigned ValNo = (unsigned)decodeSignRotatedValue(Record[Slot]);
+    // Adjust the ValNo, if it was encoded relative to the InstNum.
+    if (UseRelativeIDs)
+      ValNo = InstNum - ValNo;
+    return getFnValueByID(ValNo, Ty);
+  }
+
   bool ParseModule(bool Resume);
   bool ParseAttributeBlock();
   bool ParseTypeTable();

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Writer/BitcodeWriter.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Writer/BitcodeWriter.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Writer/BitcodeWriter.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Writer/BitcodeWriter.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -41,8 +41,6 @@
 /// These are manifest constants used by the bitcode writer. They do not need to
 /// be kept in sync with the reader, but need to be consistent within this file.
 enum {
-  CurVersion = 0,
-
   // VALUE_SYMTAB_BLOCK abbrev id's.
   VST_ENTRY_8_ABBREV = bitc::FIRST_APPLICATION_ABBREV,
   VST_ENTRY_7_ABBREV,
@@ -177,7 +175,7 @@
     for (unsigned i = 0, e = A.getNumSlots(); i != e; ++i) {
       const AttributeWithIndex &PAWI = A.getSlot(i);
       Record.push_back(PAWI.Index);
-      Record.push_back(Attribute::encodeLLVMAttributesForBitcode(PAWI.Attrs));
+      Record.push_back(Attributes::encodeLLVMAttributesForBitcode(PAWI.Attrs));
     }
 
     Stream.EmitRecord(bitc::PARAMATTR_CODE_ENTRY, Record);
@@ -365,7 +363,7 @@
   case GlobalValue::AvailableExternallyLinkage:      return 12;
   case GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateLinkage:            return 13;
   case GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateWeakLinkage:        return 14;
-  case GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage: return 15;
+  case GlobalValue::LinkOnceODRAutoHideLinkage:      return 15;
   }
   llvm_unreachable("Invalid linkage");
 }
@@ -722,16 +720,20 @@
   Stream.ExitBlock();
 }
 
+static void emitSignedInt64(SmallVectorImpl<uint64_t> &Vals, uint64_t V) {
+  if ((int64_t)V >= 0)
+    Vals.push_back(V << 1);
+  else
+    Vals.push_back((-V << 1) | 1);
+}
+
 static void EmitAPInt(SmallVectorImpl<uint64_t> &Vals,
                       unsigned &Code, unsigned &AbbrevToUse, const APInt &Val,
                       bool EmitSizeForWideNumbers = false
                       ) {
   if (Val.getBitWidth() <= 64) {
     uint64_t V = Val.getSExtValue();
-    if ((int64_t)V >= 0)
-      Vals.push_back(V << 1);
-    else
-      Vals.push_back((-V << 1) | 1);
+    emitSignedInt64(Vals, V);
     Code = bitc::CST_CODE_INTEGER;
     AbbrevToUse = CONSTANTS_INTEGER_ABBREV;
   } else {
@@ -747,11 +749,7 @@
     
     const uint64_t *RawWords = Val.getRawData();
     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NWords; ++i) {
-      int64_t V = RawWords[i];
-      if (V >= 0)
-        Vals.push_back(V << 1);
-      else
-        Vals.push_back((-V << 1) | 1);
+      emitSignedInt64(Vals, RawWords[i]);
     }
     Code = bitc::CST_CODE_WIDE_INTEGER;
   }
@@ -814,7 +812,8 @@
 
     if (const InlineAsm *IA = dyn_cast<InlineAsm>(V)) {
       Record.push_back(unsigned(IA->hasSideEffects()) |
-                       unsigned(IA->isAlignStack()) << 1);
+                       unsigned(IA->isAlignStack()) << 1 |
+                       unsigned(IA->getDialect()&1) << 2);
 
       // Add the asm string.
       const std::string &AsmStr = IA->getAsmString();
@@ -1024,12 +1023,13 @@
 ///
 /// This function adds V's value ID to Vals.  If the value ID is higher than the
 /// instruction ID, then it is a forward reference, and it also includes the
-/// type ID.
+/// type ID.  The value ID that is written is encoded relative to the InstID.
 static bool PushValueAndType(const Value *V, unsigned InstID,
                              SmallVector<unsigned, 64> &Vals,
                              ValueEnumerator &VE) {
   unsigned ValID = VE.getValueID(V);
-  Vals.push_back(ValID);
+  // Make encoding relative to the InstID.
+  Vals.push_back(InstID - ValID);
   if (ValID >= InstID) {
     Vals.push_back(VE.getTypeID(V->getType()));
     return true;
@@ -1037,6 +1037,30 @@
   return false;
 }
 
+/// pushValue - Like PushValueAndType, but where the type of the value is
+/// omitted (perhaps it was already encoded in an earlier operand).
+static void pushValue(const Value *V, unsigned InstID,
+                      SmallVector<unsigned, 64> &Vals,
+                      ValueEnumerator &VE) {
+  unsigned ValID = VE.getValueID(V);
+  Vals.push_back(InstID - ValID);
+}
+
+static void pushValue64(const Value *V, unsigned InstID,
+                        SmallVector<uint64_t, 128> &Vals,
+                        ValueEnumerator &VE) {
+  uint64_t ValID = VE.getValueID(V);
+  Vals.push_back(InstID - ValID);
+}
+
+static void pushValueSigned(const Value *V, unsigned InstID,
+                            SmallVector<uint64_t, 128> &Vals,
+                            ValueEnumerator &VE) {
+  unsigned ValID = VE.getValueID(V);
+  int64_t diff = ((int32_t)InstID - (int32_t)ValID);
+  emitSignedInt64(Vals, diff);
+}
+
 /// WriteInstruction - Emit an instruction to the specified stream.
 static void WriteInstruction(const Instruction &I, unsigned InstID,
                              ValueEnumerator &VE, BitstreamWriter &Stream,
@@ -1057,7 +1081,7 @@
       Code = bitc::FUNC_CODE_INST_BINOP;
       if (!PushValueAndType(I.getOperand(0), InstID, Vals, VE))
         AbbrevToUse = FUNCTION_INST_BINOP_ABBREV;
-      Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(1)));
+      pushValue(I.getOperand(1), InstID, Vals, VE);
       Vals.push_back(GetEncodedBinaryOpcode(I.getOpcode()));
       uint64_t Flags = GetOptimizationFlags(&I);
       if (Flags != 0) {
@@ -1095,32 +1119,32 @@
   case Instruction::Select:
     Code = bitc::FUNC_CODE_INST_VSELECT;
     PushValueAndType(I.getOperand(1), InstID, Vals, VE);
-    Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(2)));
+    pushValue(I.getOperand(2), InstID, Vals, VE);
     PushValueAndType(I.getOperand(0), InstID, Vals, VE);
     break;
   case Instruction::ExtractElement:
     Code = bitc::FUNC_CODE_INST_EXTRACTELT;
     PushValueAndType(I.getOperand(0), InstID, Vals, VE);
-    Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(1)));
+    pushValue(I.getOperand(1), InstID, Vals, VE);
     break;
   case Instruction::InsertElement:
     Code = bitc::FUNC_CODE_INST_INSERTELT;
     PushValueAndType(I.getOperand(0), InstID, Vals, VE);
-    Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(1)));
-    Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(2)));
+    pushValue(I.getOperand(1), InstID, Vals, VE);
+    pushValue(I.getOperand(2), InstID, Vals, VE);
     break;
   case Instruction::ShuffleVector:
     Code = bitc::FUNC_CODE_INST_SHUFFLEVEC;
     PushValueAndType(I.getOperand(0), InstID, Vals, VE);
-    Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(1)));
-    Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(2)));
+    pushValue(I.getOperand(1), InstID, Vals, VE);
+    pushValue(I.getOperand(2), InstID, Vals, VE);
     break;
   case Instruction::ICmp:
   case Instruction::FCmp:
     // compare returning Int1Ty or vector of Int1Ty
     Code = bitc::FUNC_CODE_INST_CMP2;
     PushValueAndType(I.getOperand(0), InstID, Vals, VE);
-    Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(1)));
+    pushValue(I.getOperand(1), InstID, Vals, VE);
     Vals.push_back(cast<CmpInst>(I).getPredicate());
     break;
 
@@ -1146,7 +1170,7 @@
       Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(II.getSuccessor(0)));
       if (II.isConditional()) {
         Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(II.getSuccessor(1)));
-        Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(II.getCondition()));
+        pushValue(II.getCondition(), InstID, Vals, VE);
       }
     }
     break;
@@ -1163,7 +1187,7 @@
       Vals64.push_back(SwitchRecordHeader);      
       
       Vals64.push_back(VE.getTypeID(SI.getCondition()->getType()));
-      Vals64.push_back(VE.getValueID(SI.getCondition()));
+      pushValue64(SI.getCondition(), InstID, Vals64, VE);
       Vals64.push_back(VE.getValueID(SI.getDefaultDest()));
       Vals64.push_back(SI.getNumCases());
       for (SwitchInst::CaseIt i = SI.case_begin(), e = SI.case_end();
@@ -1214,7 +1238,9 @@
   case Instruction::IndirectBr:
     Code = bitc::FUNC_CODE_INST_INDIRECTBR;
     Vals.push_back(VE.getTypeID(I.getOperand(0)->getType()));
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = I.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
+    // Encode the address operand as relative, but not the basic blocks.
+    pushValue(I.getOperand(0), InstID, Vals, VE);
+    for (unsigned i = 1, e = I.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
       Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(i)));
     break;
       
@@ -1233,7 +1259,7 @@
 
     // Emit value #'s for the fixed parameters.
     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTy->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
-      Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(i)));  // fixed param.
+      pushValue(I.getOperand(i), InstID, Vals, VE);  // fixed param.
 
     // Emit type/value pairs for varargs params.
     if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
@@ -1255,12 +1281,19 @@
   case Instruction::PHI: {
     const PHINode &PN = cast<PHINode>(I);
     Code = bitc::FUNC_CODE_INST_PHI;
-    Vals.push_back(VE.getTypeID(PN.getType()));
+    // With the newer instruction encoding, forward references could give
+    // negative valued IDs.  This is most common for PHIs, so we use
+    // signed VBRs.
+    SmallVector<uint64_t, 128> Vals64;
+    Vals64.push_back(VE.getTypeID(PN.getType()));
     for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
-      Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(PN.getIncomingValue(i)));
-      Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(PN.getIncomingBlock(i)));
+      pushValueSigned(PN.getIncomingValue(i), InstID, Vals64, VE);
+      Vals64.push_back(VE.getValueID(PN.getIncomingBlock(i)));
     }
-    break;
+    // Emit a Vals64 vector and exit.
+    Stream.EmitRecord(Code, Vals64, AbbrevToUse);
+    Vals64.clear();
+    return;
   }
 
   case Instruction::LandingPad: {
@@ -1310,7 +1343,7 @@
     else
       Code = bitc::FUNC_CODE_INST_STORE;
     PushValueAndType(I.getOperand(1), InstID, Vals, VE);  // ptrty + ptr
-    Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(0)));       // val.
+    pushValue(I.getOperand(0), InstID, Vals, VE);         // val.
     Vals.push_back(Log2_32(cast<StoreInst>(I).getAlignment())+1);
     Vals.push_back(cast<StoreInst>(I).isVolatile());
     if (cast<StoreInst>(I).isAtomic()) {
@@ -1321,8 +1354,8 @@
   case Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg:
     Code = bitc::FUNC_CODE_INST_CMPXCHG;
     PushValueAndType(I.getOperand(0), InstID, Vals, VE);  // ptrty + ptr
-    Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(1)));       // cmp.
-    Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(2)));       // newval.
+    pushValue(I.getOperand(1), InstID, Vals, VE);         // cmp.
+    pushValue(I.getOperand(2), InstID, Vals, VE);         // newval.
     Vals.push_back(cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I).isVolatile());
     Vals.push_back(GetEncodedOrdering(
                      cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I).getOrdering()));
@@ -1332,7 +1365,7 @@
   case Instruction::AtomicRMW:
     Code = bitc::FUNC_CODE_INST_ATOMICRMW;
     PushValueAndType(I.getOperand(0), InstID, Vals, VE);  // ptrty + ptr
-    Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(1)));       // val.
+    pushValue(I.getOperand(1), InstID, Vals, VE);         // val.
     Vals.push_back(GetEncodedRMWOperation(
                      cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I).getOperation()));
     Vals.push_back(cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I).isVolatile());
@@ -1357,8 +1390,13 @@
     PushValueAndType(CI.getCalledValue(), InstID, Vals, VE);  // Callee
 
     // Emit value #'s for the fixed parameters.
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTy->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
-      Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(CI.getArgOperand(i)));  // fixed param.
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTy->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
+      // Check for labels (can happen with asm labels).
+      if (FTy->getParamType(i)->isLabelTy())
+        Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(CI.getArgOperand(i)));
+      else
+        pushValue(CI.getArgOperand(i), InstID, Vals, VE);  // fixed param.
+    }
 
     // Emit type/value pairs for varargs params.
     if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
@@ -1371,7 +1409,7 @@
   case Instruction::VAArg:
     Code = bitc::FUNC_CODE_INST_VAARG;
     Vals.push_back(VE.getTypeID(I.getOperand(0)->getType()));   // valistty
-    Vals.push_back(VE.getValueID(I.getOperand(0))); // valist.
+    pushValue(I.getOperand(0), InstID, Vals, VE); // valist.
     Vals.push_back(VE.getTypeID(I.getType())); // restype.
     break;
   }
@@ -1513,8 +1551,8 @@
 // Emit blockinfo, which defines the standard abbreviations etc.
 static void WriteBlockInfo(const ValueEnumerator &VE, BitstreamWriter &Stream) {
   // We only want to emit block info records for blocks that have multiple
-  // instances: CONSTANTS_BLOCK, FUNCTION_BLOCK and VALUE_SYMTAB_BLOCK.  Other
-  // blocks can defined their abbrevs inline.
+  // instances: CONSTANTS_BLOCK, FUNCTION_BLOCK and VALUE_SYMTAB_BLOCK.
+  // Other blocks can define their abbrevs inline.
   Stream.EnterBlockInfoBlock(2);
 
   { // 8-bit fixed-width VST_ENTRY/VST_BBENTRY strings.
@@ -1772,12 +1810,10 @@
 static void WriteModule(const Module *M, BitstreamWriter &Stream) {
   Stream.EnterSubblock(bitc::MODULE_BLOCK_ID, 3);
 
-  // Emit the version number if it is non-zero.
-  if (CurVersion) {
-    SmallVector<unsigned, 1> Vals;
-    Vals.push_back(CurVersion);
-    Stream.EmitRecord(bitc::MODULE_CODE_VERSION, Vals);
-  }
+  SmallVector<unsigned, 1> Vals;
+  unsigned CurVersion = 1;
+  Vals.push_back(CurVersion);
+  Stream.EmitRecord(bitc::MODULE_CODE_VERSION, Vals);
 
   // Analyze the module, enumerating globals, functions, etc.
   ValueEnumerator VE(M);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Writer/ValueEnumerator.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Writer/ValueEnumerator.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Writer/ValueEnumerator.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/Bitcode/Writer/ValueEnumerator.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@
 
   unsigned FirstFuncConstantID;
   unsigned FirstInstID;
-  
-  ValueEnumerator(const ValueEnumerator &);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const ValueEnumerator &);   // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+
+  ValueEnumerator(const ValueEnumerator &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const ValueEnumerator &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 public:
   ValueEnumerator(const Module *M);
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AggressiveAntiDepBreaker.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AggressiveAntiDepBreaker.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AggressiveAntiDepBreaker.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AggressiveAntiDepBreaker.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@
     --R;
     const unsigned NewSuperReg = Order[R];
     // Don't consider non-allocatable registers
-    if (!RegClassInfo.isAllocatable(NewSuperReg)) continue;
+    if (!MRI.isAllocatable(NewSuperReg)) continue;
     // Don't replace a register with itself.
     if (NewSuperReg == SuperReg) continue;
 
@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@
         DEBUG(dbgs() << "\tAntidep reg: " << TRI->getName(AntiDepReg));
         assert(AntiDepReg != 0 && "Anti-dependence on reg0?");
 
-        if (!RegClassInfo.isAllocatable(AntiDepReg)) {
+        if (!MRI.isAllocatable(AntiDepReg)) {
           // Don't break anti-dependencies on non-allocatable registers.
           DEBUG(dbgs() << " (non-allocatable)\n");
           continue;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AllocationOrder.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AllocationOrder.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AllocationOrder.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AllocationOrder.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
   const TargetRegisterClass *RC = VRM.getRegInfo().getRegClass(VirtReg);
   std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> HintPair =
     VRM.getRegInfo().getRegAllocationHint(VirtReg);
+  const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI = VRM.getRegInfo();
 
   // HintPair.second is a register, phys or virt.
   Hint = HintPair.second;
@@ -52,7 +53,7 @@
     unsigned *P = new unsigned[Order.size()];
     Begin = P;
     for (unsigned i = 0; i != Order.size(); ++i)
-      if (!RCI.isReserved(Order[i]))
+      if (!MRI.isReserved(Order[i]))
         *P++ = Order[i];
     End = P;
 
@@ -69,7 +70,7 @@
 
   // The hint must be a valid physreg for allocation.
   if (Hint && (!TargetRegisterInfo::isPhysicalRegister(Hint) ||
-               !RC->contains(Hint) || RCI.isReserved(Hint)))
+               !RC->contains(Hint) || MRI.isReserved(Hint)))
     Hint = 0;
 }
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/Analysis.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/Analysis.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/Analysis.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/Analysis.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 #include "llvm/Module.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineFunction.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/SelectionDAG.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLowering.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
                            uint64_t StartingOffset) {
   // Given a struct type, recursively traverse the elements.
   if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
-    const StructLayout *SL = TLI.getTargetData()->getStructLayout(STy);
+    const StructLayout *SL = TLI.getDataLayout()->getStructLayout(STy);
     for (StructType::element_iterator EB = STy->element_begin(),
                                       EI = EB,
                                       EE = STy->element_end();
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
   // Given an array type, recursively traverse the elements.
   if (ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
     Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
-    uint64_t EltSize = TLI.getTargetData()->getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
+    uint64_t EltSize = TLI.getDataLayout()->getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
     for (unsigned i = 0, e = ATy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i)
       ComputeValueVTs(TLI, EltTy, ValueVTs, Offsets,
                       StartingOffset + i * EltSize);
@@ -314,11 +314,13 @@
   // the return. Ignore noalias because it doesn't affect the call sequence.
   const Function *F = ExitBB->getParent();
   Attributes CallerRetAttr = F->getAttributes().getRetAttributes();
-  if ((CalleeRetAttr ^ CallerRetAttr) & ~Attribute::NoAlias)
+  if (AttrBuilder(CalleeRetAttr).removeAttribute(Attributes::NoAlias) !=
+      AttrBuilder(CallerRetAttr).removeAttribute(Attributes::NoAlias))
     return false;
 
   // It's not safe to eliminate the sign / zero extension of the return value.
-  if ((CallerRetAttr & Attribute::ZExt) || (CallerRetAttr & Attribute::SExt))
+  if (CallerRetAttr.hasAttribute(Attributes::ZExt) ||
+      CallerRetAttr.hasAttribute(Attributes::SExt))
     return false;
 
   // Otherwise, make sure the unmodified return value of I is the return value.
@@ -354,11 +356,13 @@
   // Conservatively require the attributes of the call to match those of
   // the return. Ignore noalias because it doesn't affect the call sequence.
   Attributes CallerRetAttr = F->getAttributes().getRetAttributes();
-  if (CallerRetAttr & ~Attribute::NoAlias)
+  if (AttrBuilder(CallerRetAttr)
+      .removeAttribute(Attributes::NoAlias).hasAttributes())
     return false;
 
   // It's not safe to eliminate the sign / zero extension of the return value.
-  if ((CallerRetAttr & Attribute::ZExt) || (CallerRetAttr & Attribute::SExt))
+  if (CallerRetAttr.hasAttribute(Attributes::ZExt) ||
+      CallerRetAttr.hasAttribute(Attributes::SExt))
     return false;
 
   // Check if the only use is a function return node.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/ARMException.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/ARMException.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/ARMException.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/ARMException.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 #include "llvm/MC/MCStreamer.h"
 #include "llvm/MC/MCSymbol.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/Mangler.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetFrameLowering.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h"

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/AsmPrinter.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/AsmPrinter.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/AsmPrinter.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/AsmPrinter.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
 #include "llvm/MC/MCStreamer.h"
 #include "llvm/MC/MCSymbol.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/Mangler.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetInstrInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLowering.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLoweringObjectFile.h"
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 /// getGVAlignmentLog2 - Return the alignment to use for the specified global
 /// value in log2 form.  This rounds up to the preferred alignment if possible
 /// and legal.
-static unsigned getGVAlignmentLog2(const GlobalValue *GV, const TargetData &TD,
+static unsigned getGVAlignmentLog2(const GlobalValue *GV, const DataLayout &TD,
                                    unsigned InBits = 0) {
   unsigned NumBits = 0;
   if (const GlobalVariable *GVar = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GV))
@@ -131,9 +131,9 @@
 }
 
 
-/// getTargetData - Return information about data layout.
-const TargetData &AsmPrinter::getTargetData() const {
-  return *TM.getTargetData();
+/// getDataLayout - Return information about data layout.
+const DataLayout &AsmPrinter::getDataLayout() const {
+  return *TM.getDataLayout();
 }
 
 /// getCurrentSection() - Return the current section we are emitting to.
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
   const_cast<TargetLoweringObjectFile&>(getObjFileLowering())
     .Initialize(OutContext, TM);
 
-  Mang = new Mangler(OutContext, *TM.getTargetData());
+  Mang = new Mangler(OutContext, *TM.getDataLayout());
 
   // Allow the target to emit any magic that it wants at the start of the file.
   EmitStartOfAsmFile(M);
@@ -213,16 +213,16 @@
   case GlobalValue::CommonLinkage:
   case GlobalValue::LinkOnceAnyLinkage:
   case GlobalValue::LinkOnceODRLinkage:
+  case GlobalValue::LinkOnceODRAutoHideLinkage:
   case GlobalValue::WeakAnyLinkage:
   case GlobalValue::WeakODRLinkage:
   case GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateWeakLinkage:
-  case GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage:
     if (MAI->getWeakDefDirective() != 0) {
       // .globl _foo
       OutStreamer.EmitSymbolAttribute(GVSym, MCSA_Global);
 
       if ((GlobalValue::LinkageTypes)Linkage !=
-          GlobalValue::LinkerPrivateWeakDefAutoLinkage)
+          GlobalValue::LinkOnceODRAutoHideLinkage)
         // .weak_definition _foo
         OutStreamer.EmitSymbolAttribute(GVSym, MCSA_WeakDefinition);
       else
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
 
   SectionKind GVKind = TargetLoweringObjectFile::getKindForGlobal(GV, TM);
 
-  const TargetData *TD = TM.getTargetData();
+  const DataLayout *TD = TM.getDataLayout();
   uint64_t Size = TD->getTypeAllocSize(GV->getType()->getElementType());
 
   // If the alignment is specified, we *must* obey it.  Overaligning a global
@@ -312,8 +312,8 @@
       return;
     }
 
-    if (MAI->getLCOMMDirectiveType() != LCOMM::None &&
-        (MAI->getLCOMMDirectiveType() != LCOMM::NoAlignment || Align == 1)) {
+    if (Align == 1 ||
+        MAI->getLCOMMDirectiveAlignmentType() != LCOMM::NoAlignment) {
       // .lcomm _foo, 42
       OutStreamer.EmitLocalCommonSymbol(GVSym, Size, Align);
       return;
@@ -482,9 +482,8 @@
                      "' label emitted multiple times to assembly file");
 }
 
-
-/// EmitComments - Pretty-print comments for instructions.
-static void EmitComments(const MachineInstr &MI, raw_ostream &CommentOS) {
+/// emitComments - Pretty-print comments for instructions.
+static void emitComments(const MachineInstr &MI, raw_ostream &CommentOS) {
   const MachineFunction *MF = MI.getParent()->getParent();
   const TargetMachine &TM = MF->getTarget();
 
@@ -519,16 +518,16 @@
     CommentOS << " Reload Reuse\n";
 }
 
-/// EmitImplicitDef - This method emits the specified machine instruction
+/// emitImplicitDef - This method emits the specified machine instruction
 /// that is an implicit def.
-static void EmitImplicitDef(const MachineInstr *MI, AsmPrinter &AP) {
+static void emitImplicitDef(const MachineInstr *MI, AsmPrinter &AP) {
   unsigned RegNo = MI->getOperand(0).getReg();
   AP.OutStreamer.AddComment(Twine("implicit-def: ") +
                             AP.TM.getRegisterInfo()->getName(RegNo));
   AP.OutStreamer.AddBlankLine();
 }
 
-static void EmitKill(const MachineInstr *MI, AsmPrinter &AP) {
+static void emitKill(const MachineInstr *MI, AsmPrinter &AP) {
   std::string Str = "kill:";
   for (unsigned i = 0, e = MI->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
     const MachineOperand &Op = MI->getOperand(i);
@@ -541,10 +540,10 @@
   AP.OutStreamer.AddBlankLine();
 }
 
-/// EmitDebugValueComment - This method handles the target-independent form
+/// emitDebugValueComment - This method handles the target-independent form
 /// of DBG_VALUE, returning true if it was able to do so.  A false return
 /// means the target will need to handle MI in EmitInstruction.
-static bool EmitDebugValueComment(const MachineInstr *MI, AsmPrinter &AP) {
+static bool emitDebugValueComment(const MachineInstr *MI, AsmPrinter &AP) {
   // This code handles only the 3-operand target-independent form.
   if (MI->getNumOperands() != 3)
     return false;
@@ -674,7 +673,7 @@
       }
 
       if (isVerbose())
-        EmitComments(*II, OutStreamer.GetCommentOS());
+        emitComments(*II, OutStreamer.GetCommentOS());
 
       switch (II->getOpcode()) {
       case TargetOpcode::PROLOG_LABEL:
@@ -690,15 +689,15 @@
         break;
       case TargetOpcode::DBG_VALUE:
         if (isVerbose()) {
-          if (!EmitDebugValueComment(II, *this))
+          if (!emitDebugValueComment(II, *this))
             EmitInstruction(II);
         }
         break;
       case TargetOpcode::IMPLICIT_DEF:
-        if (isVerbose()) EmitImplicitDef(II, *this);
+        if (isVerbose()) emitImplicitDef(II, *this);
         break;
       case TargetOpcode::KILL:
-        if (isVerbose()) EmitKill(II, *this);
+        if (isVerbose()) emitKill(II, *this);
         break;
       default:
         if (!TM.hasMCUseLoc())
@@ -992,7 +991,7 @@
       Kind = SectionKind::getReadOnlyWithRelLocal();
       break;
     case 0:
-    switch (TM.getTargetData()->getTypeAllocSize(CPE.getType())) {
+    switch (TM.getDataLayout()->getTypeAllocSize(CPE.getType())) {
     case 4:  Kind = SectionKind::getMergeableConst4(); break;
     case 8:  Kind = SectionKind::getMergeableConst8(); break;
     case 16: Kind = SectionKind::getMergeableConst16();break;
@@ -1038,7 +1037,7 @@
       OutStreamer.EmitFill(NewOffset - Offset, 0/*fillval*/, 0/*addrspace*/);
 
       Type *Ty = CPE.getType();
-      Offset = NewOffset + TM.getTargetData()->getTypeAllocSize(Ty);
+      Offset = NewOffset + TM.getDataLayout()->getTypeAllocSize(Ty);
       OutStreamer.EmitLabel(GetCPISymbol(CPI));
 
       if (CPE.isMachineConstantPoolEntry())
@@ -1081,7 +1080,12 @@
     JTInDiffSection = true;
   }
 
-  EmitAlignment(Log2_32(MJTI->getEntryAlignment(*TM.getTargetData())));
+  EmitAlignment(Log2_32(MJTI->getEntryAlignment(*TM.getDataLayout())));
+
+  // Jump tables in code sections are marked with a data_region directive
+  // where that's supported.
+  if (!JTInDiffSection)
+    OutStreamer.EmitDataRegion(MCDR_DataRegionJT32);
 
   for (unsigned JTI = 0, e = JT.size(); JTI != e; ++JTI) {
     const std::vector<MachineBasicBlock*> &JTBBs = JT[JTI].MBBs;
@@ -1123,6 +1127,8 @@
     for (unsigned ii = 0, ee = JTBBs.size(); ii != ee; ++ii)
       EmitJumpTableEntry(MJTI, JTBBs[ii], JTI);
   }
+  if (!JTInDiffSection)
+    OutStreamer.EmitDataRegion(MCDR_DataRegionEnd);
 }
 
 /// EmitJumpTableEntry - Emit a jump table entry for the specified MBB to the
@@ -1190,7 +1196,7 @@
 
   assert(Value && "Unknown entry kind!");
 
-  unsigned EntrySize = MJTI->getEntrySize(*TM.getTargetData());
+  unsigned EntrySize = MJTI->getEntrySize(*TM.getDataLayout());
   OutStreamer.EmitValue(Value, EntrySize, /*addrspace*/0);
 }
 
@@ -1292,7 +1298,7 @@
   }
 
   // Emit the function pointers in the target-specific order
-  const TargetData *TD = TM.getTargetData();
+  const DataLayout *TD = TM.getDataLayout();
   unsigned Align = Log2_32(TD->getPointerPrefAlignment());
   std::stable_sort(Structors.begin(), Structors.end(), priority_order);
   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Structors.size(); i != e; ++i) {
@@ -1408,7 +1414,7 @@
 // if required for correctness.
 //
 void AsmPrinter::EmitAlignment(unsigned NumBits, const GlobalValue *GV) const {
-  if (GV) NumBits = getGVAlignmentLog2(GV, *TM.getTargetData(), NumBits);
+  if (GV) NumBits = getGVAlignmentLog2(GV, *TM.getDataLayout(), NumBits);
 
   if (NumBits == 0) return;   // 1-byte aligned: no need to emit alignment.
 
@@ -1422,9 +1428,9 @@
 // Constant emission.
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-/// LowerConstant - Lower the specified LLVM Constant to an MCExpr.
+/// lowerConstant - Lower the specified LLVM Constant to an MCExpr.
 ///
-static const MCExpr *LowerConstant(const Constant *CV, AsmPrinter &AP) {
+static const MCExpr *lowerConstant(const Constant *CV, AsmPrinter &AP) {
   MCContext &Ctx = AP.OutContext;
 
   if (CV->isNullValue() || isa<UndefValue>(CV))
@@ -1447,12 +1453,12 @@
   switch (CE->getOpcode()) {
   default:
     // If the code isn't optimized, there may be outstanding folding
-    // opportunities. Attempt to fold the expression using TargetData as a
+    // opportunities. Attempt to fold the expression using DataLayout as a
     // last resort before giving up.
     if (Constant *C =
-          ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, AP.TM.getTargetData()))
+          ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, AP.TM.getDataLayout()))
       if (C != CE)
-        return LowerConstant(C, AP);
+        return lowerConstant(C, AP);
 
     // Otherwise report the problem to the user.
     {
@@ -1464,21 +1470,20 @@
       report_fatal_error(OS.str());
     }
   case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
-    const TargetData &TD = *AP.TM.getTargetData();
+    const DataLayout &TD = *AP.TM.getDataLayout();
     // Generate a symbolic expression for the byte address
     const Constant *PtrVal = CE->getOperand(0);
     SmallVector<Value*, 8> IdxVec(CE->op_begin()+1, CE->op_end());
     int64_t Offset = TD.getIndexedOffset(PtrVal->getType(), IdxVec);
 
-    const MCExpr *Base = LowerConstant(CE->getOperand(0), AP);
+    const MCExpr *Base = lowerConstant(CE->getOperand(0), AP);
     if (Offset == 0)
       return Base;
 
     // Truncate/sext the offset to the pointer size.
-    if (TD.getPointerSizeInBits() != 64) {
-      int SExtAmount = 64-TD.getPointerSizeInBits();
-      Offset = (Offset << SExtAmount) >> SExtAmount;
-    }
+    unsigned Width = TD.getPointerSizeInBits();
+    if (Width < 64)
+      Offset = SignExtend64(Offset, Width);
 
     return MCBinaryExpr::CreateAdd(Base, MCConstantExpr::Create(Offset, Ctx),
                                    Ctx);
@@ -1491,26 +1496,26 @@
     // is reasonable to treat their delta as a 32-bit value.
     // FALL THROUGH.
   case Instruction::BitCast:
-    return LowerConstant(CE->getOperand(0), AP);
+    return lowerConstant(CE->getOperand(0), AP);
 
   case Instruction::IntToPtr: {
-    const TargetData &TD = *AP.TM.getTargetData();
+    const DataLayout &TD = *AP.TM.getDataLayout();
     // Handle casts to pointers by changing them into casts to the appropriate
     // integer type.  This promotes constant folding and simplifies this code.
     Constant *Op = CE->getOperand(0);
     Op = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(Op, TD.getIntPtrType(CV->getContext()),
                                       false/*ZExt*/);
-    return LowerConstant(Op, AP);
+    return lowerConstant(Op, AP);
   }
 
   case Instruction::PtrToInt: {
-    const TargetData &TD = *AP.TM.getTargetData();
+    const DataLayout &TD = *AP.TM.getDataLayout();
     // Support only foldable casts to/from pointers that can be eliminated by
     // changing the pointer to the appropriately sized integer type.
     Constant *Op = CE->getOperand(0);
     Type *Ty = CE->getType();
 
-    const MCExpr *OpExpr = LowerConstant(Op, AP);
+    const MCExpr *OpExpr = lowerConstant(Op, AP);
 
     // We can emit the pointer value into this slot if the slot is an
     // integer slot equal to the size of the pointer.
@@ -1536,8 +1541,8 @@
   case Instruction::And:
   case Instruction::Or:
   case Instruction::Xor: {
-    const MCExpr *LHS = LowerConstant(CE->getOperand(0), AP);
-    const MCExpr *RHS = LowerConstant(CE->getOperand(1), AP);
+    const MCExpr *LHS = lowerConstant(CE->getOperand(0), AP);
+    const MCExpr *RHS = lowerConstant(CE->getOperand(1), AP);
     switch (CE->getOpcode()) {
     default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binary operator constant cast expr");
     case Instruction::Add: return MCBinaryExpr::CreateAdd(LHS, RHS, Ctx);
@@ -1554,7 +1559,7 @@
   }
 }
 
-static void EmitGlobalConstantImpl(const Constant *C, unsigned AddrSpace,
+static void emitGlobalConstantImpl(const Constant *C, unsigned AddrSpace,
                                    AsmPrinter &AP);
 
 /// isRepeatedByteSequence - Determine whether the given value is
@@ -1578,7 +1583,7 @@
   if (const ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) {
     if (CI->getBitWidth() > 64) return -1;
 
-    uint64_t Size = TM.getTargetData()->getTypeAllocSize(V->getType());
+    uint64_t Size = TM.getDataLayout()->getTypeAllocSize(V->getType());
     uint64_t Value = CI->getZExtValue();
 
     // Make sure the constant is at least 8 bits long and has a power
@@ -1616,13 +1621,13 @@
   return -1;
 }
 
-static void EmitGlobalConstantDataSequential(const ConstantDataSequential *CDS,
+static void emitGlobalConstantDataSequential(const ConstantDataSequential *CDS,
                                              unsigned AddrSpace,AsmPrinter &AP){
   
   // See if we can aggregate this into a .fill, if so, emit it as such.
   int Value = isRepeatedByteSequence(CDS, AP.TM);
   if (Value != -1) {
-    uint64_t Bytes = AP.TM.getTargetData()->getTypeAllocSize(CDS->getType());
+    uint64_t Bytes = AP.TM.getDataLayout()->getTypeAllocSize(CDS->getType());
     // Don't emit a 1-byte object as a .fill.
     if (Bytes > 1)
       return AP.OutStreamer.EmitFill(Bytes, Value, AddrSpace);
@@ -1672,7 +1677,7 @@
     }
   }
 
-  const TargetData &TD = *AP.TM.getTargetData();
+  const DataLayout &TD = *AP.TM.getDataLayout();
   unsigned Size = TD.getTypeAllocSize(CDS->getType());
   unsigned EmittedSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(CDS->getType()->getElementType()) *
                         CDS->getNumElements();
@@ -1681,28 +1686,28 @@
 
 }
 
-static void EmitGlobalConstantArray(const ConstantArray *CA, unsigned AddrSpace,
+static void emitGlobalConstantArray(const ConstantArray *CA, unsigned AddrSpace,
                                     AsmPrinter &AP) {
   // See if we can aggregate some values.  Make sure it can be
   // represented as a series of bytes of the constant value.
   int Value = isRepeatedByteSequence(CA, AP.TM);
 
   if (Value != -1) {
-    uint64_t Bytes = AP.TM.getTargetData()->getTypeAllocSize(CA->getType());
+    uint64_t Bytes = AP.TM.getDataLayout()->getTypeAllocSize(CA->getType());
     AP.OutStreamer.EmitFill(Bytes, Value, AddrSpace);
   }
   else {
     for (unsigned i = 0, e = CA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-      EmitGlobalConstantImpl(CA->getOperand(i), AddrSpace, AP);
+      emitGlobalConstantImpl(CA->getOperand(i), AddrSpace, AP);
   }
 }
 
-static void EmitGlobalConstantVector(const ConstantVector *CV,
+static void emitGlobalConstantVector(const ConstantVector *CV,
                                      unsigned AddrSpace, AsmPrinter &AP) {
   for (unsigned i = 0, e = CV->getType()->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i)
-    EmitGlobalConstantImpl(CV->getOperand(i), AddrSpace, AP);
+    emitGlobalConstantImpl(CV->getOperand(i), AddrSpace, AP);
 
-  const TargetData &TD = *AP.TM.getTargetData();
+  const DataLayout &TD = *AP.TM.getDataLayout();
   unsigned Size = TD.getTypeAllocSize(CV->getType());
   unsigned EmittedSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(CV->getType()->getElementType()) *
                          CV->getType()->getNumElements();
@@ -1710,10 +1715,10 @@
     AP.OutStreamer.EmitZeros(Padding, AddrSpace);
 }
 
-static void EmitGlobalConstantStruct(const ConstantStruct *CS,
+static void emitGlobalConstantStruct(const ConstantStruct *CS,
                                      unsigned AddrSpace, AsmPrinter &AP) {
   // Print the fields in successive locations. Pad to align if needed!
-  const TargetData *TD = AP.TM.getTargetData();
+  const DataLayout *TD = AP.TM.getDataLayout();
   unsigned Size = TD->getTypeAllocSize(CS->getType());
   const StructLayout *Layout = TD->getStructLayout(CS->getType());
   uint64_t SizeSoFar = 0;
@@ -1727,7 +1732,7 @@
     SizeSoFar += FieldSize + PadSize;
 
     // Now print the actual field value.
-    EmitGlobalConstantImpl(Field, AddrSpace, AP);
+    emitGlobalConstantImpl(Field, AddrSpace, AP);
 
     // Insert padding - this may include padding to increase the size of the
     // current field up to the ABI size (if the struct is not packed) as well
@@ -1738,7 +1743,7 @@
          "Layout of constant struct may be incorrect!");
 }
 
-static void EmitGlobalConstantFP(const ConstantFP *CFP, unsigned AddrSpace,
+static void emitGlobalConstantFP(const ConstantFP *CFP, unsigned AddrSpace,
                                  AsmPrinter &AP) {
   if (CFP->getType()->isHalfTy()) {
     if (AP.isVerbose()) {
@@ -1793,7 +1798,7 @@
         << DoubleVal.convertToDouble() << '\n';
     }
 
-    if (AP.TM.getTargetData()->isBigEndian()) {
+    if (AP.TM.getDataLayout()->isBigEndian()) {
       AP.OutStreamer.EmitIntValue(p[1], 2, AddrSpace);
       AP.OutStreamer.EmitIntValue(p[0], 8, AddrSpace);
     } else {
@@ -1802,7 +1807,7 @@
     }
 
     // Emit the tail padding for the long double.
-    const TargetData &TD = *AP.TM.getTargetData();
+    const DataLayout &TD = *AP.TM.getDataLayout();
     AP.OutStreamer.EmitZeros(TD.getTypeAllocSize(CFP->getType()) -
                              TD.getTypeStoreSize(CFP->getType()), AddrSpace);
     return;
@@ -1814,7 +1819,7 @@
   // API needed to prevent premature destruction.
   APInt API = CFP->getValueAPF().bitcastToAPInt();
   const uint64_t *p = API.getRawData();
-  if (AP.TM.getTargetData()->isBigEndian()) {
+  if (AP.TM.getDataLayout()->isBigEndian()) {
     AP.OutStreamer.EmitIntValue(p[0], 8, AddrSpace);
     AP.OutStreamer.EmitIntValue(p[1], 8, AddrSpace);
   } else {
@@ -1823,9 +1828,9 @@
   }
 }
 
-static void EmitGlobalConstantLargeInt(const ConstantInt *CI,
+static void emitGlobalConstantLargeInt(const ConstantInt *CI,
                                        unsigned AddrSpace, AsmPrinter &AP) {
-  const TargetData *TD = AP.TM.getTargetData();
+  const DataLayout *TD = AP.TM.getDataLayout();
   unsigned BitWidth = CI->getBitWidth();
   assert((BitWidth & 63) == 0 && "only support multiples of 64-bits");
 
@@ -1839,9 +1844,9 @@
   }
 }
 
-static void EmitGlobalConstantImpl(const Constant *CV, unsigned AddrSpace,
+static void emitGlobalConstantImpl(const Constant *CV, unsigned AddrSpace,
                                    AsmPrinter &AP) {
-  const TargetData *TD = AP.TM.getTargetData();
+  const DataLayout *TD = AP.TM.getDataLayout();
   uint64_t Size = TD->getTypeAllocSize(CV->getType());
   if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(CV) || isa<UndefValue>(CV))
     return AP.OutStreamer.EmitZeros(Size, AddrSpace);
@@ -1858,13 +1863,13 @@
       AP.OutStreamer.EmitIntValue(CI->getZExtValue(), Size, AddrSpace);
       return;
     default:
-      EmitGlobalConstantLargeInt(CI, AddrSpace, AP);
+      emitGlobalConstantLargeInt(CI, AddrSpace, AP);
       return;
     }
   }
 
   if (const ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(CV))
-    return EmitGlobalConstantFP(CFP, AddrSpace, AP);
+    return emitGlobalConstantFP(CFP, AddrSpace, AP);
 
   if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(CV)) {
     AP.OutStreamer.EmitIntValue(0, Size, AddrSpace);
@@ -1872,19 +1877,19 @@
   }
 
   if (const ConstantDataSequential *CDS = dyn_cast<ConstantDataSequential>(CV))
-    return EmitGlobalConstantDataSequential(CDS, AddrSpace, AP);
+    return emitGlobalConstantDataSequential(CDS, AddrSpace, AP);
   
   if (const ConstantArray *CVA = dyn_cast<ConstantArray>(CV))
-    return EmitGlobalConstantArray(CVA, AddrSpace, AP);
+    return emitGlobalConstantArray(CVA, AddrSpace, AP);
 
   if (const ConstantStruct *CVS = dyn_cast<ConstantStruct>(CV))
-    return EmitGlobalConstantStruct(CVS, AddrSpace, AP);
+    return emitGlobalConstantStruct(CVS, AddrSpace, AP);
 
   if (const ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(CV)) {
     // Look through bitcasts, which might not be able to be MCExpr'ized (e.g. of
     // vectors).
     if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast)
-      return EmitGlobalConstantImpl(CE->getOperand(0), AddrSpace, AP);
+      return emitGlobalConstantImpl(CE->getOperand(0), AddrSpace, AP);
 
     if (Size > 8) {
       // If the constant expression's size is greater than 64-bits, then we have
@@ -1892,23 +1897,23 @@
       // that way.
       Constant *New = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, TD);
       if (New && New != CE)
-        return EmitGlobalConstantImpl(New, AddrSpace, AP);
+        return emitGlobalConstantImpl(New, AddrSpace, AP);
     }
   }
   
   if (const ConstantVector *V = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(CV))
-    return EmitGlobalConstantVector(V, AddrSpace, AP);
+    return emitGlobalConstantVector(V, AddrSpace, AP);
     
   // Otherwise, it must be a ConstantExpr.  Lower it to an MCExpr, then emit it
   // thread the streamer with EmitValue.
-  AP.OutStreamer.EmitValue(LowerConstant(CV, AP), Size, AddrSpace);
+  AP.OutStreamer.EmitValue(lowerConstant(CV, AP), Size, AddrSpace);
 }
 
 /// EmitGlobalConstant - Print a general LLVM constant to the .s file.
 void AsmPrinter::EmitGlobalConstant(const Constant *CV, unsigned AddrSpace) {
-  uint64_t Size = TM.getTargetData()->getTypeAllocSize(CV->getType());
+  uint64_t Size = TM.getDataLayout()->getTypeAllocSize(CV->getType());
   if (Size)
-    EmitGlobalConstantImpl(CV, AddrSpace, *this);
+    emitGlobalConstantImpl(CV, AddrSpace, *this);
   else if (MAI->hasSubsectionsViaSymbols()) {
     // If the global has zero size, emit a single byte so that two labels don't
     // look like they are at the same location.
@@ -2023,8 +2028,8 @@
   }
 }
 
-/// EmitBasicBlockLoopComments - Pretty-print comments for basic blocks.
-static void EmitBasicBlockLoopComments(const MachineBasicBlock &MBB,
+/// emitBasicBlockLoopComments - Pretty-print comments for basic blocks.
+static void emitBasicBlockLoopComments(const MachineBasicBlock &MBB,
                                        const MachineLoopInfo *LI,
                                        const AsmPrinter &AP) {
   // Add loop depth information
@@ -2090,7 +2095,7 @@
     if (const BasicBlock *BB = MBB->getBasicBlock())
       if (BB->hasName())
         OutStreamer.AddComment("%" + BB->getName());
-    EmitBasicBlockLoopComments(*MBB, LI, *this);
+    emitBasicBlockLoopComments(*MBB, LI, *this);
   }
 
   // Print the main label for the block.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/AsmPrinterDwarf.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/AsmPrinterDwarf.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/AsmPrinterDwarf.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/AsmPrinterDwarf.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 #include "llvm/MC/MCSection.h"
 #include "llvm/MC/MCStreamer.h"
 #include "llvm/MC/MCSymbol.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetFrameLowering.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLoweringObjectFile.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
   
   switch (Encoding & 0x07) {
   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid encoded value.");
-  case dwarf::DW_EH_PE_absptr: return TM.getTargetData()->getPointerSize();
+  case dwarf::DW_EH_PE_absptr: return TM.getDataLayout()->getPointerSize();
   case dwarf::DW_EH_PE_udata2: return 2;
   case dwarf::DW_EH_PE_udata4: return 4;
   case dwarf::DW_EH_PE_udata8: return 8;

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/AsmPrinterInlineAsm.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/AsmPrinterInlineAsm.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/AsmPrinterInlineAsm.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/AsmPrinterInlineAsm.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -43,10 +43,10 @@
   };
 }
 
-/// SrcMgrDiagHandler - This callback is invoked when the SourceMgr for an
+/// srcMgrDiagHandler - This callback is invoked when the SourceMgr for an
 /// inline asm has an error in it.  diagInfo is a pointer to the SrcMgrDiagInfo
 /// struct above.
-static void SrcMgrDiagHandler(const SMDiagnostic &Diag, void *diagInfo) {
+static void srcMgrDiagHandler(const SMDiagnostic &Diag, void *diagInfo) {
   SrcMgrDiagInfo *DiagInfo = static_cast<SrcMgrDiagInfo *>(diagInfo);
   assert(DiagInfo && "Diagnostic context not passed down?");
 
@@ -68,7 +68,8 @@
 }
 
 /// EmitInlineAsm - Emit a blob of inline asm to the output streamer.
-void AsmPrinter::EmitInlineAsm(StringRef Str, const MDNode *LocMDNode) const {
+void AsmPrinter::EmitInlineAsm(StringRef Str, const MDNode *LocMDNode,
+                               InlineAsm::AsmDialect Dialect) const {
   assert(!Str.empty() && "Can't emit empty inline asm block");
 
   // Remember if the buffer is nul terminated or not so we can avoid a copy.
@@ -91,12 +92,12 @@
   LLVMContext &LLVMCtx = MMI->getModule()->getContext();
   bool HasDiagHandler = false;
   if (LLVMCtx.getInlineAsmDiagnosticHandler() != 0) {
-    // If the source manager has an issue, we arrange for SrcMgrDiagHandler
+    // If the source manager has an issue, we arrange for srcMgrDiagHandler
     // to be invoked, getting DiagInfo passed into it.
     DiagInfo.LocInfo = LocMDNode;
     DiagInfo.DiagHandler = LLVMCtx.getInlineAsmDiagnosticHandler();
     DiagInfo.DiagContext = LLVMCtx.getInlineAsmDiagnosticContext();
-    SrcMgr.setDiagHandler(SrcMgrDiagHandler, &DiagInfo);
+    SrcMgr.setDiagHandler(srcMgrDiagHandler, &DiagInfo);
     HasDiagHandler = true;
   }
 
@@ -126,6 +127,7 @@
   if (!TAP)
     report_fatal_error("Inline asm not supported by this streamer because"
                        " we don't have an asm parser for this target\n");
+  Parser->setAssemblerDialect(Dialect);
   Parser->setTargetParser(*TAP.get());
 
   // Don't implicitly switch to the text section before the asm.
@@ -135,71 +137,113 @@
     report_fatal_error("Error parsing inline asm\n");
 }
 
+static void EmitMSInlineAsmStr(const char *AsmStr, const MachineInstr *MI,
+                               MachineModuleInfo *MMI, int InlineAsmVariant,
+                               AsmPrinter *AP, unsigned LocCookie,
+                               raw_ostream &OS) {
+  // Switch to the inline assembly variant.
+  OS << "\t.intel_syntax\n\t";
 
-/// EmitInlineAsm - This method formats and emits the specified machine
-/// instruction that is an inline asm.
-void AsmPrinter::EmitInlineAsm(const MachineInstr *MI) const {
-  assert(MI->isInlineAsm() && "printInlineAsm only works on inline asms");
-
+  const char *LastEmitted = AsmStr; // One past the last character emitted.
   unsigned NumOperands = MI->getNumOperands();
 
-  // Count the number of register definitions to find the asm string.
-  unsigned NumDefs = 0;
-  for (; MI->getOperand(NumDefs).isReg() && MI->getOperand(NumDefs).isDef();
-       ++NumDefs)
-    assert(NumDefs != NumOperands-2 && "No asm string?");
+  while (*LastEmitted) {
+    switch (*LastEmitted) {
+    default: {
+      // Not a special case, emit the string section literally.
+      const char *LiteralEnd = LastEmitted+1;
+      while (*LiteralEnd && *LiteralEnd != '{' && *LiteralEnd != '|' &&
+             *LiteralEnd != '}' && *LiteralEnd != '$' && *LiteralEnd != '\n')
+        ++LiteralEnd;
 
-  assert(MI->getOperand(NumDefs).isSymbol() && "No asm string?");
+      OS.write(LastEmitted, LiteralEnd-LastEmitted);
+      LastEmitted = LiteralEnd;
+      break;
+    }
+    case '\n':
+      ++LastEmitted;   // Consume newline character.
+      OS << '\n';      // Indent code with newline.
+      break;
+    case '$': {
+      ++LastEmitted;   // Consume '$' character.
+      bool Done = true;
 
-  // Disassemble the AsmStr, printing out the literal pieces, the operands, etc.
-  const char *AsmStr = MI->getOperand(NumDefs).getSymbolName();
+      // Handle escapes.
+      switch (*LastEmitted) {
+      default: Done = false; break;
+      case '$':
+        ++LastEmitted;  // Consume second '$' character.
+        break;
+      }
+      if (Done) break;
 
-  // If this asmstr is empty, just print the #APP/#NOAPP markers.
-  // These are useful to see where empty asm's wound up.
-  if (AsmStr[0] == 0) {
-    // Don't emit the comments if writing to a .o file.
-    if (!OutStreamer.hasRawTextSupport()) return;
+      const char *IDStart = LastEmitted;
+      const char *IDEnd = IDStart;
+      while (*IDEnd >= '0' && *IDEnd <= '9') ++IDEnd;
 
-    OutStreamer.EmitRawText(Twine("\t")+MAI->getCommentString()+
-                            MAI->getInlineAsmStart());
-    OutStreamer.EmitRawText(Twine("\t")+MAI->getCommentString()+
-                            MAI->getInlineAsmEnd());
-    return;
-  }
+      unsigned Val;
+      if (StringRef(IDStart, IDEnd-IDStart).getAsInteger(10, Val))
+        report_fatal_error("Bad $ operand number in inline asm string: '" +
+                           Twine(AsmStr) + "'");
+      LastEmitted = IDEnd;
 
-  // Emit the #APP start marker.  This has to happen even if verbose-asm isn't
-  // enabled, so we use EmitRawText.
-  if (OutStreamer.hasRawTextSupport())
-    OutStreamer.EmitRawText(Twine("\t")+MAI->getCommentString()+
-                            MAI->getInlineAsmStart());
+      if (Val >= NumOperands-1)
+        report_fatal_error("Invalid $ operand number in inline asm string: '" +
+                           Twine(AsmStr) + "'");
 
-  // Get the !srcloc metadata node if we have it, and decode the loc cookie from
-  // it.
-  unsigned LocCookie = 0;
-  const MDNode *LocMD = 0;
-  for (unsigned i = MI->getNumOperands(); i != 0; --i) {
-    if (MI->getOperand(i-1).isMetadata() &&
-        (LocMD = MI->getOperand(i-1).getMetadata()) &&
-        LocMD->getNumOperands() != 0) {
-      if (const ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LocMD->getOperand(0))) {
-        LocCookie = CI->getZExtValue();
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
+      // Okay, we finally have a value number.  Ask the target to print this
+      // operand!
+      unsigned OpNo = InlineAsm::MIOp_FirstOperand;
 
-  // Emit the inline asm to a temporary string so we can emit it through
-  // EmitInlineAsm.
-  SmallString<256> StringData;
-  raw_svector_ostream OS(StringData);
+      bool Error = false;
 
-  OS << '\t';
+      // Scan to find the machine operand number for the operand.
+      for (; Val; --Val) {
+        if (OpNo >= MI->getNumOperands()) break;
+        unsigned OpFlags = MI->getOperand(OpNo).getImm();
+        OpNo += InlineAsm::getNumOperandRegisters(OpFlags) + 1;
+      }
 
-  // The variant of the current asmprinter.
-  int AsmPrinterVariant = MAI->getAssemblerDialect();
+      // We may have a location metadata attached to the end of the
+      // instruction, and at no point should see metadata at any
+      // other point while processing. It's an error if so.
+      if (OpNo >= MI->getNumOperands() ||
+          MI->getOperand(OpNo).isMetadata()) {
+        Error = true;
+      } else {
+        unsigned OpFlags = MI->getOperand(OpNo).getImm();
+        ++OpNo;  // Skip over the ID number.
+        
+        if (InlineAsm::isMemKind(OpFlags)) {
+          Error = AP->PrintAsmMemoryOperand(MI, OpNo, InlineAsmVariant,
+                                            /*Modifier*/ 0, OS);
+        } else {
+          Error = AP->PrintAsmOperand(MI, OpNo, InlineAsmVariant,
+                                      /*Modifier*/ 0, OS);
+        }
+      }
+      if (Error) {
+        std::string msg;
+        raw_string_ostream Msg(msg);
+        Msg << "invalid operand in inline asm: '" << AsmStr << "'";
+        MMI->getModule()->getContext().emitError(LocCookie, Msg.str());
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    }
+  }
+  OS << "\n\t.att_syntax\n" << (char)0;  // null terminate string.
+}
 
+static void EmitGCCInlineAsmStr(const char *AsmStr, const MachineInstr *MI,
+                                MachineModuleInfo *MMI, int InlineAsmVariant,
+                                int AsmPrinterVariant, AsmPrinter *AP,
+                                unsigned LocCookie, raw_ostream &OS) {
   int CurVariant = -1;            // The number of the {.|.|.} region we are in.
   const char *LastEmitted = AsmStr; // One past the last character emitted.
+  unsigned NumOperands = MI->getNumOperands();
+
+  OS << '\t';
 
   while (*LastEmitted) {
     switch (*LastEmitted) {
@@ -272,7 +316,7 @@
                              " string: '" + Twine(AsmStr) + "'");
 
         std::string Val(StrStart, StrEnd);
-        PrintSpecial(MI, OS, Val.c_str());
+        AP->PrintSpecial(MI, OS, Val.c_str());
         LastEmitted = StrEnd+1;
         break;
       }
@@ -340,13 +384,12 @@
             // FIXME: What if the operand isn't an MBB, report error?
             OS << *MI->getOperand(OpNo).getMBB()->getSymbol();
           else {
-            AsmPrinter *AP = const_cast<AsmPrinter*>(this);
             if (InlineAsm::isMemKind(OpFlags)) {
-              Error = AP->PrintAsmMemoryOperand(MI, OpNo, AsmPrinterVariant,
+              Error = AP->PrintAsmMemoryOperand(MI, OpNo, InlineAsmVariant,
                                                 Modifier[0] ? Modifier : 0,
                                                 OS);
             } else {
-              Error = AP->PrintAsmOperand(MI, OpNo, AsmPrinterVariant,
+              Error = AP->PrintAsmOperand(MI, OpNo, InlineAsmVariant,
                                           Modifier[0] ? Modifier : 0, OS);
             }
           }
@@ -363,7 +406,74 @@
     }
   }
   OS << '\n' << (char)0;  // null terminate string.
-  EmitInlineAsm(OS.str(), LocMD);
+}
+
+/// EmitInlineAsm - This method formats and emits the specified machine
+/// instruction that is an inline asm.
+void AsmPrinter::EmitInlineAsm(const MachineInstr *MI) const {
+  assert(MI->isInlineAsm() && "printInlineAsm only works on inline asms");
+
+  // Count the number of register definitions to find the asm string.
+  unsigned NumDefs = 0;
+  for (; MI->getOperand(NumDefs).isReg() && MI->getOperand(NumDefs).isDef();
+       ++NumDefs)
+    assert(NumDefs != MI->getNumOperands()-2 && "No asm string?");
+
+  assert(MI->getOperand(NumDefs).isSymbol() && "No asm string?");
+
+  // Disassemble the AsmStr, printing out the literal pieces, the operands, etc.
+  const char *AsmStr = MI->getOperand(NumDefs).getSymbolName();
+
+  // If this asmstr is empty, just print the #APP/#NOAPP markers.
+  // These are useful to see where empty asm's wound up.
+  if (AsmStr[0] == 0) {
+    // Don't emit the comments if writing to a .o file.
+    if (!OutStreamer.hasRawTextSupport()) return;
+
+    OutStreamer.EmitRawText(Twine("\t")+MAI->getCommentString()+
+                            MAI->getInlineAsmStart());
+    OutStreamer.EmitRawText(Twine("\t")+MAI->getCommentString()+
+                            MAI->getInlineAsmEnd());
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Emit the #APP start marker.  This has to happen even if verbose-asm isn't
+  // enabled, so we use EmitRawText.
+  if (OutStreamer.hasRawTextSupport())
+    OutStreamer.EmitRawText(Twine("\t")+MAI->getCommentString()+
+                            MAI->getInlineAsmStart());
+
+  // Get the !srcloc metadata node if we have it, and decode the loc cookie from
+  // it.
+  unsigned LocCookie = 0;
+  const MDNode *LocMD = 0;
+  for (unsigned i = MI->getNumOperands(); i != 0; --i) {
+    if (MI->getOperand(i-1).isMetadata() &&
+        (LocMD = MI->getOperand(i-1).getMetadata()) &&
+        LocMD->getNumOperands() != 0) {
+      if (const ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LocMD->getOperand(0))) {
+        LocCookie = CI->getZExtValue();
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Emit the inline asm to a temporary string so we can emit it through
+  // EmitInlineAsm.
+  SmallString<256> StringData;
+  raw_svector_ostream OS(StringData);
+
+  // The variant of the current asmprinter.
+  int AsmPrinterVariant = MAI->getAssemblerDialect();
+  InlineAsm::AsmDialect InlineAsmVariant = MI->getInlineAsmDialect();
+  AsmPrinter *AP = const_cast<AsmPrinter*>(this);
+  if (InlineAsmVariant == InlineAsm::AD_ATT)
+    EmitGCCInlineAsmStr(AsmStr, MI, MMI, InlineAsmVariant, AsmPrinterVariant,
+                        AP, LocCookie, OS);
+  else
+    EmitMSInlineAsmStr(AsmStr, MI, MMI, InlineAsmVariant, AP, LocCookie, OS);
+
+  EmitInlineAsm(OS.str(), LocMD, MI->getInlineAsmDialect());
 
   // Emit the #NOAPP end marker.  This has to happen even if verbose-asm isn't
   // enabled, so we use EmitRawText.
@@ -409,8 +519,8 @@
 /// instruction, using the specified assembler variant.  Targets should
 /// override this to format as appropriate.
 bool AsmPrinter::PrintAsmOperand(const MachineInstr *MI, unsigned OpNo,
-    unsigned AsmVariant, const char *ExtraCode,
-    raw_ostream &O) {
+                                 unsigned AsmVariant, const char *ExtraCode,
+                                 raw_ostream &O) {
   // Does this asm operand have a single letter operand modifier?
   if (ExtraCode && ExtraCode[0]) {
     if (ExtraCode[1] != 0) return true; // Unknown modifier.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DIE.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DIE.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DIE.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DIE.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 #include "llvm/MC/MCAsmInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/MC/MCStreamer.h"
 #include "llvm/MC/MCSymbol.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
@@ -182,6 +182,12 @@
 void DIEInteger::EmitValue(AsmPrinter *Asm, unsigned Form) const {
   unsigned Size = ~0U;
   switch (Form) {
+  case dwarf::DW_FORM_flag_present:
+    // Emit something to keep the lines and comments in sync.
+    // FIXME: Is there a better way to do this?
+    if (Asm->OutStreamer.hasRawTextSupport())
+      Asm->OutStreamer.EmitRawText(StringRef(""));
+    return;
   case dwarf::DW_FORM_flag:  // Fall thru
   case dwarf::DW_FORM_ref1:  // Fall thru
   case dwarf::DW_FORM_data1: Size = 1; break;
@@ -193,7 +199,8 @@
   case dwarf::DW_FORM_data8: Size = 8; break;
   case dwarf::DW_FORM_udata: Asm->EmitULEB128(Integer); return;
   case dwarf::DW_FORM_sdata: Asm->EmitSLEB128(Integer); return;
-  case dwarf::DW_FORM_addr:  Size = Asm->getTargetData().getPointerSize(); break;
+  case dwarf::DW_FORM_addr:
+    Size = Asm->getDataLayout().getPointerSize(); break;
   default: llvm_unreachable("DIE Value form not supported yet");
   }
   Asm->OutStreamer.EmitIntValue(Integer, Size, 0/*addrspace*/);
@@ -203,6 +210,7 @@
 ///
 unsigned DIEInteger::SizeOf(AsmPrinter *AP, unsigned Form) const {
   switch (Form) {
+  case dwarf::DW_FORM_flag_present: return 0;
   case dwarf::DW_FORM_flag:  // Fall thru
   case dwarf::DW_FORM_ref1:  // Fall thru
   case dwarf::DW_FORM_data1: return sizeof(int8_t);
@@ -214,7 +222,7 @@
   case dwarf::DW_FORM_data8: return sizeof(int64_t);
   case dwarf::DW_FORM_udata: return MCAsmInfo::getULEB128Size(Integer);
   case dwarf::DW_FORM_sdata: return MCAsmInfo::getSLEB128Size(Integer);
-  case dwarf::DW_FORM_addr:  return AP->getTargetData().getPointerSize();
+  case dwarf::DW_FORM_addr:  return AP->getDataLayout().getPointerSize();
   default: llvm_unreachable("DIE Value form not supported yet");
   }
 }
@@ -241,7 +249,7 @@
 unsigned DIELabel::SizeOf(AsmPrinter *AP, unsigned Form) const {
   if (Form == dwarf::DW_FORM_data4) return 4;
   if (Form == dwarf::DW_FORM_strp) return 4;
-  return AP->getTargetData().getPointerSize();
+  return AP->getDataLayout().getPointerSize();
 }
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
@@ -265,7 +273,7 @@
 unsigned DIEDelta::SizeOf(AsmPrinter *AP, unsigned Form) const {
   if (Form == dwarf::DW_FORM_data4) return 4;
   if (Form == dwarf::DW_FORM_strp) return 4;
-  return AP->getTargetData().getPointerSize();
+  return AP->getDataLayout().getPointerSize();
 }
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DIE.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DIE.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DIE.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DIE.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -214,9 +214,6 @@
     ///
     virtual unsigned SizeOf(AsmPrinter *AP, unsigned Form) const = 0;
 
-    // Implement isa/cast/dyncast.
-    static bool classof(const DIEValue *) { return true; }
-
 #ifndef NDEBUG
     virtual void print(raw_ostream &O) = 0;
     void dump();
@@ -257,7 +254,6 @@
     virtual unsigned SizeOf(AsmPrinter *AP, unsigned Form) const;
 
     // Implement isa/cast/dyncast.
-    static bool classof(const DIEInteger *) { return true; }
     static bool classof(const DIEValue *I) { return I->getType() == isInteger; }
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
@@ -286,7 +282,6 @@
     virtual unsigned SizeOf(AsmPrinter *AP, unsigned Form) const;
 
     // Implement isa/cast/dyncast.
-    static bool classof(const DIELabel *)  { return true; }
     static bool classof(const DIEValue *L) { return L->getType() == isLabel; }
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
@@ -313,7 +308,6 @@
     virtual unsigned SizeOf(AsmPrinter *AP, unsigned Form) const;
 
     // Implement isa/cast/dyncast.
-    static bool classof(const DIEDelta *)  { return true; }
     static bool classof(const DIEValue *D) { return D->getType() == isDelta; }
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
@@ -343,7 +337,6 @@
     }
 
     // Implement isa/cast/dyncast.
-    static bool classof(const DIEEntry *)  { return true; }
     static bool classof(const DIEValue *E) { return E->getType() == isEntry; }
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
@@ -383,7 +376,6 @@
     virtual unsigned SizeOf(AsmPrinter *AP, unsigned Form) const;
 
     // Implement isa/cast/dyncast.
-    static bool classof(const DIEBlock *)  { return true; }
     static bool classof(const DIEValue *E) { return E->getType() == isBlock; }
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfAccelTable.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfAccelTable.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfAccelTable.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfAccelTable.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -133,8 +133,8 @@
   }
 }
 
-// Walk through and emit the buckets for the table. This will look
-// like a list of numbers of how many elements are in each bucket.
+// Walk through and emit the buckets for the table. Each index is
+// an offset into the list of hashes.
 void DwarfAccelTable::EmitBuckets(AsmPrinter *Asm) {
   unsigned index = 0;
   for (size_t i = 0, e = Buckets.size(); i < e; ++i) {

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfAccelTable.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfAccelTable.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfAccelTable.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfAccelTable.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -237,8 +237,8 @@
     #endif
   };
 
-  DwarfAccelTable(const DwarfAccelTable&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
-  void operator=(const DwarfAccelTable&);  // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
+  DwarfAccelTable(const DwarfAccelTable&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
+  void operator=(const DwarfAccelTable&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
   // Internal Functions
   void EmitHeader(AsmPrinter *);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfCFIException.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfCFIException.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfCFIException.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfCFIException.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 #include "llvm/MC/MCStreamer.h"
 #include "llvm/MC/MCSymbol.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/Mangler.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetFrameLowering.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLoweringObjectFile.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfCompileUnit.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfCompileUnit.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfCompileUnit.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfCompileUnit.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
-// This file contains support for writing dwarf compile unit.
+// This file contains support for constructing a dwarf compile unit.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 #include "llvm/Instructions.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/Mangler.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetFrameLowering.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetRegisterInfo.h"
@@ -51,6 +51,15 @@
   return Value;
 }
 
+/// addFlag - Add a flag that is true.
+void CompileUnit::addFlag(DIE *Die, unsigned Attribute) {
+  if (!DD->useDarwinGDBCompat())
+    Die->addValue(Attribute, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag_present,
+                  DIEIntegerOne);
+  else
+    addUInt(Die, Attribute, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+}
+
 /// addUInt - Add an unsigned integer attribute data and value.
 ///
 void CompileUnit::addUInt(DIE *Die, unsigned Attribute,
@@ -501,7 +510,7 @@
   const char *FltPtr = (const char*)FltVal.getRawData();
 
   int NumBytes = FltVal.getBitWidth() / 8; // 8 bits per byte.
-  bool LittleEndian = Asm->getTargetData().isLittleEndian();
+  bool LittleEndian = Asm->getDataLayout().isLittleEndian();
   int Incr = (LittleEndian ? 1 : -1);
   int Start = (LittleEndian ? 0 : NumBytes - 1);
   int Stop = (LittleEndian ? NumBytes : -1);
@@ -543,7 +552,7 @@
   const uint64_t *Ptr64 = Val.getRawData();
 
   int NumBytes = Val.getBitWidth() / 8; // 8 bits per byte.
-  bool LittleEndian = Asm->getTargetData().isLittleEndian();
+  bool LittleEndian = Asm->getDataLayout().isLittleEndian();
 
   // Output the constant to DWARF one byte at a time.
   for (int i = 0; i < NumBytes; i++) {
@@ -794,7 +803,7 @@
         (Language == dwarf::DW_LANG_C89 ||
          Language == dwarf::DW_LANG_C99 ||
          Language == dwarf::DW_LANG_ObjC))
-      addUInt(&Buffer, dwarf::DW_AT_prototyped, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+      addFlag(&Buffer, dwarf::DW_AT_prototyped);
   }
     break;
   case dwarf::DW_TAG_structure_type:
@@ -825,15 +834,15 @@
           addUInt(ElemDie, dwarf::DW_AT_accessibility, dwarf::DW_FORM_data1,
             dwarf::DW_ACCESS_public);
         if (SP.isExplicit())
-          addUInt(ElemDie, dwarf::DW_AT_explicit, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+          addFlag(ElemDie, dwarf::DW_AT_explicit);
       }
       else if (Element.isVariable()) {
         DIVariable DV(Element);
         ElemDie = new DIE(dwarf::DW_TAG_variable);
         addString(ElemDie, dwarf::DW_AT_name, DV.getName());
         addType(ElemDie, DV.getType());
-        addUInt(ElemDie, dwarf::DW_AT_declaration, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
-        addUInt(ElemDie, dwarf::DW_AT_external, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+        addFlag(ElemDie, dwarf::DW_AT_declaration);
+        addFlag(ElemDie, dwarf::DW_AT_external);
         addSourceLine(ElemDie, DV);
       } else if (Element.isDerivedType()) {
         DIDerivedType DDTy(Element);
@@ -883,7 +892,7 @@
     }
 
     if (CTy.isAppleBlockExtension())
-      addUInt(&Buffer, dwarf::DW_AT_APPLE_block, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+      addFlag(&Buffer, dwarf::DW_AT_APPLE_block);
 
     DICompositeType ContainingType = CTy.getContainingType();
     if (DIDescriptor(ContainingType).isCompositeType())
@@ -895,8 +904,7 @@
     }
 
     if (CTy.isObjcClassComplete())
-      addUInt(&Buffer, dwarf::DW_AT_APPLE_objc_complete_type,
-              dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+      addFlag(&Buffer, dwarf::DW_AT_APPLE_objc_complete_type);
 
     // Add template parameters to a class, structure or union types.
     // FIXME: The support isn't in the metadata for this yet.
@@ -929,7 +937,7 @@
 
     // If we're a forward decl, say so.
     if (CTy.isForwardDecl())
-      addUInt(&Buffer, dwarf::DW_AT_declaration, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+      addFlag(&Buffer, dwarf::DW_AT_declaration);
 
     // Add source line info if available.
     if (!CTy.isForwardDecl())
@@ -1028,8 +1036,10 @@
   // AT_specification code in order to work around a bug in older
   // gdbs that requires the linkage name to resolve multiple template
   // functions.
+  // TODO: Remove this set of code when we get rid of the old gdb
+  // compatibility.
   StringRef LinkageName = SP.getLinkageName();
-  if (!LinkageName.empty())
+  if (!LinkageName.empty() && DD->useDarwinGDBCompat())
     addString(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
               getRealLinkageName(LinkageName));
 
@@ -1043,6 +1053,11 @@
     return SPDie;
   }
 
+  // Add the linkage name if we have one.
+  if (!LinkageName.empty() && !DD->useDarwinGDBCompat())
+    addString(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
+              getRealLinkageName(LinkageName));
+
   // Constructors and operators for anonymous aggregates do not have names.
   if (!SP.getName().empty())
     addString(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_name, SP.getName());
@@ -1055,7 +1070,7 @@
       (Language == dwarf::DW_LANG_C89 ||
        Language == dwarf::DW_LANG_C99 ||
        Language == dwarf::DW_LANG_ObjC))
-    addUInt(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_prototyped, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+    addFlag(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_prototyped);
 
   // Add Return Type.
   DICompositeType SPTy = SP.getType();
@@ -1079,7 +1094,7 @@
   }
 
   if (!SP.isDefinition()) {
-    addUInt(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_declaration, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+    addFlag(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_declaration);
     
     // Add arguments. Do not add arguments for subprogram definition. They will
     // be handled while processing variables.
@@ -1090,22 +1105,22 @@
     if (SPTag == dwarf::DW_TAG_subroutine_type)
       for (unsigned i = 1, N =  Args.getNumElements(); i < N; ++i) {
         DIE *Arg = new DIE(dwarf::DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
-        DIType ATy = DIType(DIType(Args.getElement(i)));
+        DIType ATy = DIType(Args.getElement(i));
         addType(Arg, ATy);
         if (ATy.isArtificial())
-          addUInt(Arg, dwarf::DW_AT_artificial, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+          addFlag(Arg, dwarf::DW_AT_artificial);
         SPDie->addChild(Arg);
       }
   }
 
   if (SP.isArtificial())
-    addUInt(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_artificial, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+    addFlag(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_artificial);
 
   if (!SP.isLocalToUnit())
-    addUInt(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_external, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+    addFlag(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_external);
 
   if (SP.isOptimized())
-    addUInt(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_APPLE_optimized, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+    addFlag(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_APPLE_optimized);
 
   if (unsigned isa = Asm->getISAEncoding()) {
     addUInt(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_APPLE_isa, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, isa);
@@ -1168,7 +1183,7 @@
 
   // Add scoping info.
   if (!GV.isLocalToUnit())
-    addUInt(VariableDIE, dwarf::DW_AT_external, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+    addFlag(VariableDIE, dwarf::DW_AT_external);
 
   // Add line number info.
   addSourceLine(VariableDIE, GV);
@@ -1193,8 +1208,7 @@
       addDIEEntry(VariableSpecDIE, dwarf::DW_AT_specification,
                   dwarf::DW_FORM_ref4, VariableDIE);
       addBlock(VariableSpecDIE, dwarf::DW_AT_location, 0, Block);
-      addUInt(VariableDIE, dwarf::DW_AT_declaration, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag,
-                     1);
+      addFlag(VariableDIE, dwarf::DW_AT_declaration);
       addDie(VariableSpecDIE);
     } else {
       addBlock(VariableDIE, dwarf::DW_AT_location, 0, Block);
@@ -1213,7 +1227,7 @@
     addUInt(Block, 0, dwarf::DW_FORM_data1, dwarf::DW_OP_constu);
     SmallVector<Value*, 3> Idx(CE->op_begin()+1, CE->op_end());
     addUInt(Block, 0, dwarf::DW_FORM_udata, 
-                   Asm->getTargetData().getIndexedOffset(Ptr->getType(), Idx));
+                   Asm->getDataLayout().getIndexedOffset(Ptr->getType(), Idx));
     addUInt(Block, 0, dwarf::DW_FORM_data1, dwarf::DW_OP_plus);
     addBlock(VariableDIE, dwarf::DW_AT_location, 0, Block);
   }
@@ -1260,7 +1274,7 @@
                                         DICompositeType *CTy) {
   Buffer.setTag(dwarf::DW_TAG_array_type);
   if (CTy->getTag() == dwarf::DW_TAG_vector_type)
-    addUInt(&Buffer, dwarf::DW_AT_GNU_vector, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+    addFlag(&Buffer, dwarf::DW_AT_GNU_vector);
 
   // Emit derived type.
   addType(&Buffer, CTy->getTypeDerivedFrom());
@@ -1333,8 +1347,7 @@
   }
 
   if (DV->isArtificial())
-    addUInt(VariableDie, dwarf::DW_AT_artificial,
-                        dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+    addFlag(VariableDie, dwarf::DW_AT_artificial);
 
   if (isScopeAbstract) {
     DV->setDIE(VariableDie);
@@ -1446,7 +1459,7 @@
     Offset -= FieldOffset;
 
     // Maybe we need to work from the other end.
-    if (Asm->getTargetData().isLittleEndian())
+    if (Asm->getDataLayout().isLittleEndian())
       Offset = FieldSize - (Offset + Size);
     addUInt(MemberDie, dwarf::DW_AT_bit_offset, 0, Offset);
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfCompileUnit.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfCompileUnit.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfCompileUnit.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfCompileUnit.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -176,6 +176,9 @@
   }
 public:
 
+  /// addFlag - Add a flag that is true to the DIE.
+  void addFlag(DIE *Die, unsigned Attribute);
+  
   /// addUInt - Add an unsigned integer attribute data and value.
   ///
   void addUInt(DIE *Die, unsigned Attribute, unsigned Form, uint64_t Integer);
@@ -280,8 +283,8 @@
   /// for the given DITemplateTypeParameter.
   DIE *getOrCreateTemplateTypeParameterDIE(DITemplateTypeParameter TP);
 
-  /// getOrCreateTemplateValueParameterDIE - Find existing DIE or create new DIE 
-  /// for the given DITemplateValueParameter.
+  /// getOrCreateTemplateValueParameterDIE - Find existing DIE or create
+  /// new DIE for the given DITemplateValueParameter.
   DIE *getOrCreateTemplateValueParameterDIE(DITemplateValueParameter TVP);
 
   /// createDIEEntry - Creates a new DIEEntry to be a proxy for a debug

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfDebug.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfDebug.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfDebug.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfDebug.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 #include "llvm/MC/MCSection.h"
 #include "llvm/MC/MCStreamer.h"
 #include "llvm/MC/MCSymbol.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetFrameLowering.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLoweringObjectFile.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
@@ -54,9 +54,29 @@
      cl::desc("Make an absence of debug location information explicit."),
      cl::init(false));
 
-static cl::opt<bool> DwarfAccelTables("dwarf-accel-tables", cl::Hidden,
+namespace {
+  enum DefaultOnOff {
+    Default, Enable, Disable
+  };
+}
+
+static cl::opt<DefaultOnOff> DwarfAccelTables("dwarf-accel-tables", cl::Hidden,
      cl::desc("Output prototype dwarf accelerator tables."),
-     cl::init(false));
+     cl::values(
+                clEnumVal(Default, "Default for platform"),
+                clEnumVal(Enable, "Enabled"),
+                clEnumVal(Disable, "Disabled"),
+                clEnumValEnd),
+     cl::init(Default));
+
+static cl::opt<DefaultOnOff> DarwinGDBCompat("darwin-gdb-compat", cl::Hidden,
+     cl::desc("Compatibility with Darwin gdb."),
+     cl::values(
+                clEnumVal(Default, "Default for platform"),
+                clEnumVal(Enable, "Enabled"),
+                clEnumVal(Disable, "Disabled"),
+                clEnumValEnd),
+     cl::init(Default));
 
 namespace {
   const char *DWARFGroupName = "DWARF Emission";
@@ -135,10 +155,25 @@
   DwarfDebugRangeSectionSym = DwarfDebugLocSectionSym = 0;
   FunctionBeginSym = FunctionEndSym = 0;
 
-  // Turn on accelerator tables for Darwin.
-  if (Triple(M->getTargetTriple()).isOSDarwin())
-    DwarfAccelTables = true;
-  
+  // Turn on accelerator tables and older gdb compatibility
+  // for Darwin.
+  bool isDarwin = Triple(M->getTargetTriple()).isOSDarwin();
+  if (DarwinGDBCompat == Default) {
+    if (isDarwin)
+      isDarwinGDBCompat = true;
+    else
+      isDarwinGDBCompat = false;
+  } else
+    isDarwinGDBCompat = DarwinGDBCompat == Enable ? true : false;
+
+  if (DwarfAccelTables == Default) {
+    if (isDarwin)
+      hasDwarfAccelTables = true;
+    else
+      hasDwarfAccelTables = false;
+  } else
+    hasDwarfAccelTables = DwarfAccelTables == Enable ? true : false;
+
   {
     NamedRegionTimer T(DbgTimerName, DWARFGroupName, TimePassesIsEnabled);
     beginModule(M);
@@ -272,44 +307,51 @@
   assert(SPDie && "Unable to find subprogram DIE!");
   DISubprogram SP(SPNode);
 
-  DISubprogram SPDecl = SP.getFunctionDeclaration();
-  if (!SPDecl.isSubprogram()) {
-    // There is not any need to generate specification DIE for a function
-    // defined at compile unit level. If a function is defined inside another
-    // function then gdb prefers the definition at top level and but does not
-    // expect specification DIE in parent function. So avoid creating
-    // specification DIE for a function defined inside a function.
-    if (SP.isDefinition() && !SP.getContext().isCompileUnit() &&
-        !SP.getContext().isFile() &&
-        !isSubprogramContext(SP.getContext())) {
-      SPCU->addUInt(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_declaration, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
-      
-      // Add arguments.
-      DICompositeType SPTy = SP.getType();
-      DIArray Args = SPTy.getTypeArray();
-      unsigned SPTag = SPTy.getTag();
-      if (SPTag == dwarf::DW_TAG_subroutine_type)
-        for (unsigned i = 1, N = Args.getNumElements(); i < N; ++i) {
-          DIE *Arg = new DIE(dwarf::DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
-          DIType ATy = DIType(DIType(Args.getElement(i)));
-          SPCU->addType(Arg, ATy);
-          if (ATy.isArtificial())
-            SPCU->addUInt(Arg, dwarf::DW_AT_artificial, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
-          SPDie->addChild(Arg);
-        }
-      DIE *SPDeclDie = SPDie;
-      SPDie = new DIE(dwarf::DW_TAG_subprogram);
-      SPCU->addDIEEntry(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_specification, dwarf::DW_FORM_ref4,
-                        SPDeclDie);
-      SPCU->addDie(SPDie);
-    }
-  }
-  // Pick up abstract subprogram DIE.
+  // If we're updating an abstract DIE, then we will be adding the children and
+  // object pointer later on. But what we don't want to do is process the
+  // concrete DIE twice.
   if (DIE *AbsSPDIE = AbstractSPDies.lookup(SPNode)) {
+    // Pick up abstract subprogram DIE.
     SPDie = new DIE(dwarf::DW_TAG_subprogram);
     SPCU->addDIEEntry(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_abstract_origin,
                       dwarf::DW_FORM_ref4, AbsSPDIE);
     SPCU->addDie(SPDie);
+  } else {
+    DISubprogram SPDecl = SP.getFunctionDeclaration();
+    if (!SPDecl.isSubprogram()) {
+      // There is not any need to generate specification DIE for a function
+      // defined at compile unit level. If a function is defined inside another
+      // function then gdb prefers the definition at top level and but does not
+      // expect specification DIE in parent function. So avoid creating
+      // specification DIE for a function defined inside a function.
+      if (SP.isDefinition() && !SP.getContext().isCompileUnit() &&
+          !SP.getContext().isFile() &&
+          !isSubprogramContext(SP.getContext())) {
+        SPCU->addFlag(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_declaration);
+
+        // Add arguments.
+        DICompositeType SPTy = SP.getType();
+        DIArray Args = SPTy.getTypeArray();
+        unsigned SPTag = SPTy.getTag();
+        if (SPTag == dwarf::DW_TAG_subroutine_type)
+          for (unsigned i = 1, N = Args.getNumElements(); i < N; ++i) {
+            DIE *Arg = new DIE(dwarf::DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
+            DIType ATy = DIType(Args.getElement(i));
+            SPCU->addType(Arg, ATy);
+            if (ATy.isArtificial())
+              SPCU->addFlag(Arg, dwarf::DW_AT_artificial);
+            if (ATy.isObjectPointer())
+              SPCU->addDIEEntry(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_object_pointer,
+                                dwarf::DW_FORM_ref4, Arg);
+            SPDie->addChild(Arg);
+          }
+        DIE *SPDeclDie = SPDie;
+        SPDie = new DIE(dwarf::DW_TAG_subprogram);
+        SPCU->addDIEEntry(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_specification, dwarf::DW_FORM_ref4,
+                          SPDeclDie);
+        SPCU->addDie(SPDie);
+      }
+    }
   }
 
   SPCU->addLabel(SPDie, dwarf::DW_AT_low_pc, dwarf::DW_FORM_addr,
@@ -346,7 +388,7 @@
     // DW_AT_ranges appropriately.
     TheCU->addUInt(ScopeDIE, dwarf::DW_AT_ranges, dwarf::DW_FORM_data4,
                    DebugRangeSymbols.size() 
-                   * Asm->getTargetData().getPointerSize());
+                   * Asm->getDataLayout().getPointerSize());
     for (SmallVector<InsnRange, 4>::const_iterator RI = Ranges.begin(),
          RE = Ranges.end(); RI != RE; ++RI) {
       DebugRangeSymbols.push_back(getLabelBeforeInsn(RI->first));
@@ -386,7 +428,7 @@
   DISubprogram InlinedSP = getDISubprogram(DS);
   DIE *OriginDIE = TheCU->getDIE(InlinedSP);
   if (!OriginDIE) {
-    DEBUG(dbgs() << "Unable to find original DIE for inlined subprogram.");
+    DEBUG(dbgs() << "Unable to find original DIE for an inlined subprogram.");
     return NULL;
   }
 
@@ -395,7 +437,7 @@
   const MCSymbol *EndLabel = getLabelAfterInsn(RI->second);
 
   if (StartLabel == 0 || EndLabel == 0) {
-    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected Start and End labels for a inlined scope!");
+    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected Start and End labels for an inlined scope!");
   }
   assert(StartLabel->isDefined() &&
          "Invalid starting label for an inlined scope!");
@@ -412,7 +454,7 @@
     // DW_AT_ranges appropriately.
     TheCU->addUInt(ScopeDIE, dwarf::DW_AT_ranges, dwarf::DW_FORM_data4,
                    DebugRangeSymbols.size() 
-                   * Asm->getTargetData().getPointerSize());
+                   * Asm->getDataLayout().getPointerSize());
     for (SmallVector<InsnRange, 4>::const_iterator RI = Ranges.begin(),
          RE = Ranges.end(); RI != RE; ++RI) {
       DebugRangeSymbols.push_back(getLabelBeforeInsn(RI->first));
@@ -461,21 +503,26 @@
     return NULL;
 
   SmallVector<DIE *, 8> Children;
+  DIE *ObjectPointer = NULL;
 
   // Collect arguments for current function.
   if (LScopes.isCurrentFunctionScope(Scope))
     for (unsigned i = 0, N = CurrentFnArguments.size(); i < N; ++i)
       if (DbgVariable *ArgDV = CurrentFnArguments[i])
         if (DIE *Arg = 
-            TheCU->constructVariableDIE(ArgDV, Scope->isAbstractScope()))
+            TheCU->constructVariableDIE(ArgDV, Scope->isAbstractScope())) {
           Children.push_back(Arg);
+          if (ArgDV->isObjectPointer()) ObjectPointer = Arg;
+        }
 
   // Collect lexical scope children first.
   const SmallVector<DbgVariable *, 8> &Variables = ScopeVariables.lookup(Scope);
   for (unsigned i = 0, N = Variables.size(); i < N; ++i)
     if (DIE *Variable = 
-        TheCU->constructVariableDIE(Variables[i], Scope->isAbstractScope()))
+        TheCU->constructVariableDIE(Variables[i], Scope->isAbstractScope())) {
       Children.push_back(Variable);
+      if (Variables[i]->isObjectPointer()) ObjectPointer = Variable;
+    }
   const SmallVector<LexicalScope *, 4> &Scopes = Scope->getChildren();
   for (unsigned j = 0, M = Scopes.size(); j < M; ++j)
     if (DIE *Nested = constructScopeDIE(TheCU, Scopes[j]))
@@ -509,6 +556,10 @@
          E = Children.end(); I != E; ++I)
     ScopeDIE->addChild(*I);
 
+  if (DS.isSubprogram() && ObjectPointer != NULL)
+    TheCU->addDIEEntry(ScopeDIE, dwarf::DW_AT_object_pointer,
+                       dwarf::DW_FORM_ref4, ObjectPointer);
+
   if (DS.isSubprogram())
     TheCU->addPubTypes(DISubprogram(DS));
 
@@ -556,7 +607,8 @@
   unsigned ID = GetOrCreateSourceID(FN, CompilationDir);
 
   DIE *Die = new DIE(dwarf::DW_TAG_compile_unit);
-  CompileUnit *NewCU = new CompileUnit(ID, DIUnit.getLanguage(), Die, Asm, this);
+  CompileUnit *NewCU = new CompileUnit(ID, DIUnit.getLanguage(), Die,
+                                       Asm, this);
   NewCU->addString(Die, dwarf::DW_AT_producer, DIUnit.getProducer());
   NewCU->addUInt(Die, dwarf::DW_AT_language, dwarf::DW_FORM_data2,
                  DIUnit.getLanguage());
@@ -575,7 +627,7 @@
   if (!CompilationDir.empty())
     NewCU->addString(Die, dwarf::DW_AT_comp_dir, CompilationDir);
   if (DIUnit.isOptimized())
-    NewCU->addUInt(Die, dwarf::DW_AT_APPLE_optimized, dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+    NewCU->addFlag(Die, dwarf::DW_AT_APPLE_optimized);
 
   StringRef Flags = DIUnit.getFlags();
   if (!Flags.empty())
@@ -755,7 +807,7 @@
         LexicalScope *Scope = 
           new LexicalScope(NULL, DIDescriptor(SP), NULL, false);
         DeadFnScopeMap[SP] = Scope;
-        
+
         // Construct subprogram DIE and add variables DIEs.
         CompileUnit *SPCU = CUMap.lookup(TheCU);
         assert(SPCU && "Unable to find Compile Unit!");
@@ -802,9 +854,9 @@
   Asm->OutStreamer.EmitLabel(Asm->GetTempSymbol("data_end"));
 
   // End text sections.
-  for (unsigned i = 1, N = SectionMap.size(); i <= N; ++i) {
-    Asm->OutStreamer.SwitchSection(SectionMap[i]);
-    Asm->OutStreamer.EmitLabel(Asm->GetTempSymbol("section_end", i));
+  for (unsigned I = 0, E = SectionMap.size(); I != E; ++I) {
+    Asm->OutStreamer.SwitchSection(SectionMap[I]);
+    Asm->OutStreamer.EmitLabel(Asm->GetTempSymbol("section_end", I+1));
   }
 
   // Compute DIE offsets and sizes.
@@ -816,8 +868,8 @@
   // Corresponding abbreviations into a abbrev section.
   emitAbbreviations();
 
-  // Emit info into a dwarf accelerator table sections.
-  if (DwarfAccelTables) {
+  // Emit info into the dwarf accelerator table sections.
+  if (useDwarfAccelTables()) {
     emitAccelNames();
     emitAccelObjC();
     emitAccelNamespaces();
@@ -825,7 +877,10 @@
   }
   
   // Emit info into a debug pubtypes section.
-  emitDebugPubTypes();
+  // TODO: When we don't need the option anymore we can
+  // remove all of the code that adds to the table.
+  if (useDarwinGDBCompat())
+    emitDebugPubTypes();
 
   // Emit info into a debug loc section.
   emitDebugLoc();
@@ -840,7 +895,11 @@
   emitDebugMacInfo();
 
   // Emit inline info.
-  emitDebugInlineInfo();
+  // TODO: When we don't need the option anymore we
+  // can remove all of the code that this section
+  // depends upon.
+  if (useDarwinGDBCompat())
+    emitDebugInlineInfo();
 
   // Emit info into a debug str section.
   emitDebugStr();
@@ -1014,7 +1073,7 @@
     if (AbsVar)
       AbsVar->setMInsn(MInsn);
 
-    // Simple ranges that are fully coalesced.
+    // Simplify ranges that are fully coalesced.
     if (History.size() <= 1 || (History.size() == 2 &&
                                 MInsn->isIdenticalTo(History.back()))) {
       RegVar->setMInsn(MInsn);
@@ -1267,7 +1326,7 @@
             // Coalesce identical entries at the end of History.
             if (History.size() >= 2 &&
                 Prev->isIdenticalTo(History[History.size() - 2])) {
-              DEBUG(dbgs() << "Coalesce identical DBG_VALUE entries:\n"
+              DEBUG(dbgs() << "Coalescing identical DBG_VALUE entries:\n"
                     << "\t" << *Prev 
                     << "\t" << *History[History.size() - 2] << "\n");
               History.pop_back();
@@ -1283,7 +1342,7 @@
                 PrevMBB->getLastNonDebugInstr();
               if (LastMI == PrevMBB->end()) {
                 // Drop DBG_VALUE for empty range.
-                DEBUG(dbgs() << "Drop DBG_VALUE for empty range:\n"
+                DEBUG(dbgs() << "Dropping DBG_VALUE for empty range:\n"
                       << "\t" << *Prev << "\n");
                 History.pop_back();
               }
@@ -1300,9 +1359,10 @@
         if (!MI->isLabel())
           AtBlockEntry = false;
 
-        // First known non DBG_VALUE location marks beginning of function
-        // body.
-        if (PrologEndLoc.isUnknown() && !MI->getDebugLoc().isUnknown())
+        // First known non-DBG_VALUE and non-frame setup location marks
+        // the beginning of the function body.
+        if (!MI->getFlag(MachineInstr::FrameSetup) &&
+            (PrologEndLoc.isUnknown() && !MI->getDebugLoc().isUnknown()))
           PrologEndLoc = MI->getDebugLoc();
 
         // Check if the instruction clobbers any registers with debug vars.
@@ -1382,7 +1442,7 @@
                                        MF->getFunction()->getContext());
     recordSourceLine(FnStartDL.getLine(), FnStartDL.getCol(),
                      FnStartDL.getScope(MF->getFunction()->getContext()),
-                     DWARF2_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT ? DWARF2_FLAG_IS_STMT : 0);
+                     0);
   }
 }
 
@@ -1439,8 +1499,7 @@
   DIE *CurFnDIE = constructScopeDIE(TheCU, FnScope);
   
   if (!MF->getTarget().Options.DisableFramePointerElim(*MF))
-    TheCU->addUInt(CurFnDIE, dwarf::DW_AT_APPLE_omit_frame_ptr,
-                   dwarf::DW_FORM_flag, 1);
+    TheCU->addFlag(CurFnDIE, dwarf::DW_AT_APPLE_omit_frame_ptr);
 
   DebugFrames.push_back(FunctionDebugFrameInfo(Asm->getFunctionNumber(),
                                                MMI->getFrameMoves()));
@@ -1710,7 +1769,7 @@
     Asm->EmitSectionOffset(Asm->GetTempSymbol("abbrev_begin"),
                            DwarfAbbrevSectionSym);
     Asm->OutStreamer.AddComment("Address Size (in bytes)");
-    Asm->EmitInt8(Asm->getTargetData().getPointerSize());
+    Asm->EmitInt8(Asm->getDataLayout().getPointerSize());
 
     emitDIE(Die);
     Asm->OutStreamer.EmitLabel(Asm->GetTempSymbol("info_end", TheCU->getID()));
@@ -1756,14 +1815,14 @@
   Asm->EmitInt8(0);
 
   Asm->OutStreamer.AddComment("Op size");
-  Asm->EmitInt8(Asm->getTargetData().getPointerSize() + 1);
+  Asm->EmitInt8(Asm->getDataLayout().getPointerSize() + 1);
   Asm->OutStreamer.AddComment("DW_LNE_set_address");
   Asm->EmitInt8(dwarf::DW_LNE_set_address);
 
   Asm->OutStreamer.AddComment("Section end label");
 
   Asm->OutStreamer.EmitSymbolValue(Asm->GetTempSymbol("section_end",SectionEnd),
-                                   Asm->getTargetData().getPointerSize(),
+                                   Asm->getDataLayout().getPointerSize(),
                                    0/*AddrSpace*/);
 
   // Mark end of matrix.
@@ -1992,7 +2051,7 @@
   // Start the dwarf loc section.
   Asm->OutStreamer.SwitchSection(
     Asm->getObjFileLowering().getDwarfLocSection());
-  unsigned char Size = Asm->getTargetData().getPointerSize();
+  unsigned char Size = Asm->getDataLayout().getPointerSize();
   Asm->OutStreamer.EmitLabel(Asm->GetTempSymbol("debug_loc", 0));
   unsigned index = 1;
   for (SmallVector<DotDebugLocEntry, 4>::iterator
@@ -2089,7 +2148,7 @@
   // Start the dwarf ranges section.
   Asm->OutStreamer.SwitchSection(
     Asm->getObjFileLowering().getDwarfRangesSection());
-  unsigned char Size = Asm->getTargetData().getPointerSize();
+  unsigned char Size = Asm->getDataLayout().getPointerSize();
   for (SmallVector<const MCSymbol *, 8>::iterator
          I = DebugRangeSymbols.begin(), E = DebugRangeSymbols.end();
        I != E; ++I) {
@@ -2147,7 +2206,7 @@
   Asm->OutStreamer.AddComment("Dwarf Version");
   Asm->EmitInt16(dwarf::DWARF_VERSION);
   Asm->OutStreamer.AddComment("Address Size (in bytes)");
-  Asm->EmitInt8(Asm->getTargetData().getPointerSize());
+  Asm->EmitInt8(Asm->getDataLayout().getPointerSize());
 
   for (SmallVector<const MDNode *, 4>::iterator I = InlinedSPNodes.begin(),
          E = InlinedSPNodes.end(); I != E; ++I) {
@@ -2178,7 +2237,7 @@
 
       if (Asm->isVerbose()) Asm->OutStreamer.AddComment("low_pc");
       Asm->OutStreamer.EmitSymbolValue(LI->first,
-                                       Asm->getTargetData().getPointerSize(),0);
+                                       Asm->getDataLayout().getPointerSize(),0);
     }
   }
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfDebug.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfDebug.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfDebug.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfDebug.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@
 #include "llvm/MC/MachineLocation.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/UniqueVector.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/DebugLoc.h"
 
@@ -96,7 +96,8 @@
   DotDebugLocEntry(const MCSymbol *B, const MCSymbol *E, const ConstantFP *FPtr)
     : Begin(B), End(E), Variable(0), Merged(false), 
       Constant(true) { Constants.CFP = FPtr; EntryKind = E_ConstantFP; }
-  DotDebugLocEntry(const MCSymbol *B, const MCSymbol *E, const ConstantInt *IPtr)
+  DotDebugLocEntry(const MCSymbol *B, const MCSymbol *E,
+                   const ConstantInt *IPtr)
     : Begin(B), End(E), Variable(0), Merged(false), 
       Constant(true) { Constants.CIP = IPtr; EntryKind = E_ConstantInt; }
 
@@ -158,11 +159,19 @@
   bool isArtificial()                const {
     if (Var.isArtificial())
       return true;
-    if (Var.getTag() == dwarf::DW_TAG_arg_variable
-        && getType().isArtificial())
+    if (getType().isArtificial())
       return true;
     return false;
   }
+
+  bool isObjectPointer()             const {
+    if (Var.isObjectPointer())
+      return true;
+    if (getType().isObjectPointer())
+      return true;
+    return false;
+  }
+  
   bool variableHasComplexAddress()   const {
     assert(Var.Verify() && "Invalid complex DbgVariable!");
     return Var.hasComplexAddress();
@@ -222,7 +231,7 @@
   
   /// SectionMap - Provides a unique id per text section.
   ///
-  UniqueVector<const MCSection*> SectionMap;
+  SetVector<const MCSection*> SectionMap;
 
   /// CurrentFnArguments - List of Arguments (DbgValues) for current function.
   SmallVector<DbgVariable *, 8> CurrentFnArguments;
@@ -307,6 +316,9 @@
   // table for the same directory as DW_at_comp_dir.
   StringRef CompilationDir;
 
+  // A holder for the DarwinGDBCompat flag so that the compile unit can use it.
+  bool isDarwinGDBCompat;
+  bool hasDwarfAccelTables;
 private:
 
   /// assignAbbrevNumber - Define a unique number for the abbreviation.
@@ -520,6 +532,11 @@
   /// getStringPoolEntry - returns an entry into the string pool with the given
   /// string text.
   MCSymbol *getStringPoolEntry(StringRef Str);
+
+  /// useDarwinGDBCompat - returns whether or not to limit some of our debug
+  /// output to the limitations of darwin gdb.
+  bool useDarwinGDBCompat() { return isDarwinGDBCompat; }
+  bool useDwarfAccelTables() { return hasDwarfAccelTables; }
 };
 } // End of namespace llvm
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfException.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfException.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfException.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfException.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 #include "llvm/MC/MCStreamer.h"
 #include "llvm/MC/MCSymbol.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/Mangler.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetFrameLowering.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLoweringObjectFile.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
     // that we're omitting that bit.
     TTypeEncoding = dwarf::DW_EH_PE_omit;
     // dwarf::DW_EH_PE_absptr
-    TypeFormatSize = Asm->getTargetData().getPointerSize();
+    TypeFormatSize = Asm->getDataLayout().getPointerSize();
   } else {
     // Okay, we have actual filters or typeinfos to emit.  As such, we need to
     // pick a type encoding for them.  We're about to emit a list of pointers to

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfException.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfException.h?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfException.h (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/DwarfException.h Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -43,26 +43,6 @@
   /// MMI - Collected machine module information.
   MachineModuleInfo *MMI;
 
-  /// EmitExceptionTable - Emit landing pads and actions.
-  ///
-  /// The general organization of the table is complex, but the basic concepts
-  /// are easy.  First there is a header which describes the location and
-  /// organization of the three components that follow.
-  ///  1. The landing pad site information describes the range of code covered
-  ///     by the try.  In our case it's an accumulation of the ranges covered
-  ///     by the invokes in the try.  There is also a reference to the landing
-  ///     pad that handles the exception once processed.  Finally an index into
-  ///     the actions table.
-  ///  2. The action table, in our case, is composed of pairs of type ids
-  ///     and next action offset.  Starting with the action index from the
-  ///     landing pad site, each type Id is checked for a match to the current
-  ///     exception.  If it matches then the exception and type id are passed
-  ///     on to the landing pad.  Otherwise the next action is looked up.  This
-  ///     chain is terminated with a next action of zero.  If no type id is
-  ///     found the frame is unwound and handling continues.
-  ///  3. Type id table contains references to all the C++ typeinfo for all
-  ///     catches in the function.  This tables is reversed indexed base 1.
-
   /// SharedTypeIds - How many leading type ids two landing pads have in common.
   static unsigned SharedTypeIds(const LandingPadInfo *L,
                                 const LandingPadInfo *R);
@@ -119,6 +99,26 @@
                             const RangeMapType &PadMap,
                             const SmallVectorImpl<const LandingPadInfo *> &LPs,
                             const SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &FirstActions);
+
+  /// EmitExceptionTable - Emit landing pads and actions.
+  ///
+  /// The general organization of the table is complex, but the basic concepts
+  /// are easy.  First there is a header which describes the location and
+  /// organization of the three components that follow.
+  ///  1. The landing pad site information describes the range of code covered
+  ///     by the try.  In our case it's an accumulation of the ranges covered
+  ///     by the invokes in the try.  There is also a reference to the landing
+  ///     pad that handles the exception once processed.  Finally an index into
+  ///     the actions table.
+  ///  2. The action table, in our case, is composed of pairs of type ids
+  ///     and next action offset.  Starting with the action index from the
+  ///     landing pad site, each type Id is checked for a match to the current
+  ///     exception.  If it matches then the exception and type id are passed
+  ///     on to the landing pad.  Otherwise the next action is looked up.  This
+  ///     chain is terminated with a next action of zero.  If no type id is
+  ///     found the frame is unwound and handling continues.
+  ///  3. Type id table contains references to all the C++ typeinfo for all
+  ///     catches in the function.  This tables is reversed indexed base 1.
   void EmitExceptionTable();
 
 public:

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/OcamlGCPrinter.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/OcamlGCPrinter.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/OcamlGCPrinter.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/OcamlGCPrinter.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 #include "llvm/MC/MCSymbol.h"
 #include "llvm/MC/MCStreamer.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/Mangler.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLoweringObjectFile.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 /// either condition is detected in a function which uses the GC.
 ///
 void OcamlGCMetadataPrinter::finishAssembly(AsmPrinter &AP) {
-  unsigned IntPtrSize = AP.TM.getTargetData()->getPointerSize();
+  unsigned IntPtrSize = AP.TM.getDataLayout()->getPointerSize();
 
   AP.OutStreamer.SwitchSection(AP.getObjFileLowering().getTextSection());
   EmitCamlGlobal(getModule(), AP, "code_end");

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/Win64Exception.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/Win64Exception.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/Win64Exception.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/AsmPrinter/Win64Exception.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 #include "llvm/MC/MCStreamer.h"
 #include "llvm/MC/MCSymbol.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/Mangler.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetFrameLowering.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLoweringObjectFile.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/BranchFolding.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/BranchFolding.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/BranchFolding.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/BranchFolding.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -357,9 +357,8 @@
   if (I1 == MBB1->begin() && I2 != MBB2->begin()) {
     --I2;
     while (I2->isDebugValue()) {
-      if (I2 == MBB2->begin()) {
+      if (I2 == MBB2->begin())
         return TailLen;
-        }
       --I2;
     }
     ++I2;
@@ -482,21 +481,19 @@
 BranchFolder::MergePotentialsElt::operator<(const MergePotentialsElt &o) const {
   if (getHash() < o.getHash())
     return true;
-   else if (getHash() > o.getHash())
+  if (getHash() > o.getHash())
     return false;
-  else if (getBlock()->getNumber() < o.getBlock()->getNumber())
+  if (getBlock()->getNumber() < o.getBlock()->getNumber())
     return true;
-  else if (getBlock()->getNumber() > o.getBlock()->getNumber())
+  if (getBlock()->getNumber() > o.getBlock()->getNumber())
     return false;
-  else {
-    // _GLIBCXX_DEBUG checks strict weak ordering, which involves comparing
-    // an object with itself.
+  // _GLIBCXX_DEBUG checks strict weak ordering, which involves comparing
+  // an object with itself.
 #ifndef _GLIBCXX_DEBUG
-    llvm_unreachable("Predecessor appears twice");
+  llvm_unreachable("Predecessor appears twice");
 #else
-    return false;
+  return false;
 #endif
-  }
 }
 
 /// CountTerminators - Count the number of terminators in the given
@@ -574,7 +571,8 @@
   // instructions that would be deleted in the merge.
   MachineFunction *MF = MBB1->getParent();
   if (EffectiveTailLen >= 2 &&
-      MF->getFunction()->hasFnAttr(Attribute::OptimizeForSize) &&
+      MF->getFunction()->getFnAttributes().
+        hasAttribute(Attributes::OptimizeForSize) &&
       (I1 == MBB1->begin() || I2 == MBB2->begin()))
     return true;
 
@@ -1554,8 +1552,7 @@
       for (MCRegAliasIterator AI(Reg, TRI, true); AI.isValid(); ++AI)
         Uses.insert(*AI);
     } else {
-      if (Uses.count(Reg)) {
-        Uses.erase(Reg);
+      if (Uses.erase(Reg)) {
         for (MCSubRegIterator SubRegs(Reg, TRI); SubRegs.isValid(); ++SubRegs)
           Uses.erase(*SubRegs); // Use sub-registers to be conservative
       }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CMakeLists.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CMakeLists.txt?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CMakeLists.txt (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CMakeLists.txt Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -45,6 +45,7 @@
   MachineCopyPropagation.cpp
   MachineCSE.cpp
   MachineDominators.cpp
+  MachinePostDominators.cpp
   MachineFunction.cpp
   MachineFunctionAnalysis.cpp
   MachineFunctionPass.cpp
@@ -95,12 +96,14 @@
   SplitKit.cpp
   StackProtector.cpp
   StackSlotColoring.cpp
+  StackColoring.cpp
   StrongPHIElimination.cpp
   TailDuplication.cpp
   TargetFrameLoweringImpl.cpp
   TargetInstrInfoImpl.cpp
   TargetLoweringObjectFileImpl.cpp
   TargetOptionsImpl.cpp
+  TargetSchedule.cpp
   TwoAddressInstructionPass.cpp
   UnreachableBlockElim.cpp
   VirtRegMap.cpp

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CalcSpillWeights.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CalcSpillWeights.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CalcSpillWeights.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CalcSpillWeights.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -9,7 +9,6 @@
 
 #define DEBUG_TYPE "calcspillweights"
 
-#include "llvm/Function.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/CalcSpillWeights.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/LiveIntervalAnalysis.h"
@@ -42,8 +41,7 @@
 bool CalculateSpillWeights::runOnMachineFunction(MachineFunction &MF) {
 
   DEBUG(dbgs() << "********** Compute Spill Weights **********\n"
-               << "********** Function: "
-               << MF.getFunction()->getName() << '\n');
+               << "********** Function: " << MF.getName() << '\n');
 
   LiveIntervals &LIS = getAnalysis<LiveIntervals>();
   MachineRegisterInfo &MRI = MF.getRegInfo();
@@ -166,7 +164,7 @@
       continue;
     float hweight = Hint[hint] += weight;
     if (TargetRegisterInfo::isPhysicalRegister(hint)) {
-      if (hweight > bestPhys && LIS.isAllocatable(hint))
+      if (hweight > bestPhys && mri.isAllocatable(hint))
         bestPhys = hweight, hintPhys = hint;
     } else {
       if (hweight > bestVirt)

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CallingConvLower.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CallingConvLower.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CallingConvLower.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CallingConvLower.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetRegisterInfo.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetLowering.h"
 using namespace llvm;
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
   if (MinAlign > (int)Align)
     Align = MinAlign;
   MF.getFrameInfo()->ensureMaxAlignment(Align);
-  TM.getTargetLowering()->HandleByVal(this, Size);
+  TM.getTargetLowering()->HandleByVal(this, Size, Align);
   unsigned Offset = AllocateStack(Size, Align);
   addLoc(CCValAssign::getMem(ValNo, ValVT, Offset, LocVT, LocInfo));
 }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CodeGen.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CodeGen.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CodeGen.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CodeGen.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
   initializeMachineCopyPropagationPass(Registry);
   initializeMachineCSEPass(Registry);
   initializeMachineDominatorTreePass(Registry);
+  initializeMachinePostDominatorTreePass(Registry);
   initializeMachineLICMPass(Registry);
   initializeMachineLoopInfoPass(Registry);
   initializeMachineModuleInfoPass(Registry);
@@ -56,6 +57,7 @@
   initializeRegisterCoalescerPass(Registry);
   initializeSlotIndexesPass(Registry);
   initializeStackProtectorPass(Registry);
+  initializeStackColoringPass(Registry);
   initializeStackSlotColoringPass(Registry);
   initializeStrongPHIEliminationPass(Registry);
   initializeTailDuplicatePassPass(Registry);

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CodePlacementOpt.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CodePlacementOpt.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CodePlacementOpt.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CodePlacementOpt.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
 ///
 bool CodePlacementOpt::AlignLoops(MachineFunction &MF) {
   const Function *F = MF.getFunction();
-  if (F->hasFnAttr(Attribute::OptimizeForSize))
+  if (F->getFnAttributes().hasAttribute(Attributes::OptimizeForSize))
     return false;
 
   unsigned Align = TLI->getPrefLoopAlignment();

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CriticalAntiDepBreaker.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CriticalAntiDepBreaker.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CriticalAntiDepBreaker.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/CriticalAntiDepBreaker.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
         if (Edge->getKind() == SDep::Anti) {
           AntiDepReg = Edge->getReg();
           assert(AntiDepReg != 0 && "Anti-dependence on reg0?");
-          if (!RegClassInfo.isAllocatable(AntiDepReg))
+          if (!MRI.isAllocatable(AntiDepReg))
             // Don't break anti-dependencies on non-allocatable registers.
             AntiDepReg = 0;
           else if (KeepRegs.test(AntiDepReg))

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/DeadMachineInstructionElim.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/DeadMachineInstructionElim.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/DeadMachineInstructionElim.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/DeadMachineInstructionElim.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -33,7 +33,6 @@
     const MachineRegisterInfo *MRI;
     const TargetInstrInfo *TII;
     BitVector LivePhysRegs;
-    BitVector ReservedRegs;
 
   public:
     static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
@@ -70,7 +69,7 @@
       unsigned Reg = MO.getReg();
       if (TargetRegisterInfo::isPhysicalRegister(Reg)) {
         // Don't delete live physreg defs, or any reserved register defs.
-        if (LivePhysRegs.test(Reg) || ReservedRegs.test(Reg))
+        if (LivePhysRegs.test(Reg) || MRI->isReserved(Reg))
           return false;
       } else {
         if (!MRI->use_nodbg_empty(Reg))
@@ -90,9 +89,6 @@
   TRI = MF.getTarget().getRegisterInfo();
   TII = MF.getTarget().getInstrInfo();
 
-  // Treat reserved registers as always live.
-  ReservedRegs = TRI->getReservedRegs(MF);
-
   // Loop over all instructions in all blocks, from bottom to top, so that it's
   // more likely that chains of dependent but ultimately dead instructions will
   // be cleaned up.
@@ -101,7 +97,7 @@
     MachineBasicBlock *MBB = &*I;
 
     // Start out assuming that reserved registers are live out of this block.
-    LivePhysRegs = ReservedRegs;
+    LivePhysRegs = MRI->getReservedRegs();
 
     // Also add any explicit live-out physregs for this block.
     if (!MBB->empty() && MBB->back().isReturn())

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/EarlyIfConversion.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/EarlyIfConversion.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/EarlyIfConversion.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/EarlyIfConversion.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -18,12 +18,12 @@
 
 #define DEBUG_TYPE "early-ifcvt"
 #include "MachineTraceMetrics.h"
-#include "llvm/Function.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/PostOrderIterator.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SparseSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineBranchProbabilityInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineDominators.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineFunction.h"
@@ -31,9 +31,9 @@
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineLoopInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineRegisterInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/Passes.h"
-#include "llvm/MC/MCInstrItineraries.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetInstrInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetRegisterInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Target/TargetSubtargetInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
@@ -50,7 +50,10 @@
 static cl::opt<bool> Stress("stress-early-ifcvt", cl::Hidden,
   cl::desc("Turn all knobs to 11"));
 
-typedef SmallSetVector<MachineBasicBlock*, 8> BlockSetVector;
+STATISTIC(NumDiamondsSeen,  "Number of diamonds");
+STATISTIC(NumDiamondsConv,  "Number of diamonds converted");
+STATISTIC(NumTrianglesSeen, "Number of triangles");
+STATISTIC(NumTrianglesConv, "Number of triangles converted");
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //                                 SSAIfConv
@@ -96,6 +99,12 @@
   /// equal to Tail.
   bool isTriangle() const { return TBB == Tail || FBB == Tail; }
 
+  /// Returns the Tail predecessor for the True side.
+  MachineBasicBlock *getTPred() const { return TBB == Tail ? Head : TBB; }
+
+  /// Returns the Tail predecessor for the  False side.
+  MachineBasicBlock *getFPred() const { return FBB == Tail ? Head : FBB; }
+
   /// Information about each phi in the Tail block.
   struct PHIInfo {
     MachineInstr *PHI;
@@ -134,6 +143,12 @@
   /// Find a valid insertion point in Head.
   bool findInsertionPoint();
 
+  /// Replace PHI instructions in Tail with selects.
+  void replacePHIInstrs();
+
+  /// Insert selects and rewrite PHI operands to use them.
+  void rewritePHIOperands();
+
 public:
   /// runOnMachineFunction - Initialize per-function data structures.
   void runOnMachineFunction(MachineFunction &MF) {
@@ -337,11 +352,7 @@
   if (Succ0->pred_size() != 1 || Succ0->succ_size() != 1)
     return false;
 
-  // We could support additional Tail predecessors by updating phis instead of
-  // eliminating them. Let's see an example where it matters first.
   Tail = Succ0->succ_begin()[0];
-  if (Tail->pred_size() != 2)
-    return false;
 
   // This is not a triangle.
   if (Tail != Succ1) {
@@ -391,8 +402,8 @@
 
   // Any phis in the tail block must be convertible to selects.
   PHIs.clear();
-  MachineBasicBlock *TPred = TBB == Tail ? Head : TBB;
-  MachineBasicBlock *FPred = FBB == Tail ? Head : FBB;
+  MachineBasicBlock *TPred = getTPred();
+  MachineBasicBlock *FPred = getFPred();
   for (MachineBasicBlock::iterator I = Tail->begin(), E = Tail->end();
        I != E && I->isPHI(); ++I) {
     PHIs.push_back(&*I);
@@ -428,24 +439,18 @@
   if (!findInsertionPoint())
     return false;
 
+  if (isTriangle())
+    ++NumTrianglesSeen;
+  else
+    ++NumDiamondsSeen;
   return true;
 }
 
-
-/// convertIf - Execute the if conversion after canConvertIf has determined the
-/// feasibility.
-///
-/// Any basic blocks erased will be added to RemovedBlocks.
-///
-void SSAIfConv::convertIf(SmallVectorImpl<MachineBasicBlock*> &RemovedBlocks) {
-  assert(Head && Tail && TBB && FBB && "Call canConvertIf first.");
-
-  // Move all instructions into Head, except for the terminators.
-  if (TBB != Tail)
-    Head->splice(InsertionPoint, TBB, TBB->begin(), TBB->getFirstTerminator());
-  if (FBB != Tail)
-    Head->splice(InsertionPoint, FBB, FBB->begin(), FBB->getFirstTerminator());
-
+/// replacePHIInstrs - Completely replace PHI instructions with selects.
+/// This is possible when the only Tail predecessors are the if-converted
+/// blocks.
+void SSAIfConv::replacePHIInstrs() {
+  assert(Tail->pred_size() == 2 && "Cannot replace PHIs");
   MachineBasicBlock::iterator FirstTerm = Head->getFirstTerminator();
   assert(FirstTerm != Head->end() && "No terminators");
   DebugLoc HeadDL = FirstTerm->getDebugLoc();
@@ -461,6 +466,66 @@
     PI.PHI->eraseFromParent();
     PI.PHI = 0;
   }
+}
+
+/// rewritePHIOperands - When there are additional Tail predecessors, insert
+/// select instructions in Head and rewrite PHI operands to use the selects.
+/// Keep the PHI instructions in Tail to handle the other predecessors.
+void SSAIfConv::rewritePHIOperands() {
+  MachineBasicBlock::iterator FirstTerm = Head->getFirstTerminator();
+  assert(FirstTerm != Head->end() && "No terminators");
+  DebugLoc HeadDL = FirstTerm->getDebugLoc();
+
+  // Convert all PHIs to select instructions inserted before FirstTerm.
+  for (unsigned i = 0, e = PHIs.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+    PHIInfo &PI = PHIs[i];
+    DEBUG(dbgs() << "If-converting " << *PI.PHI);
+    unsigned PHIDst = PI.PHI->getOperand(0).getReg();
+    unsigned DstReg = MRI->createVirtualRegister(MRI->getRegClass(PHIDst));
+    TII->insertSelect(*Head, FirstTerm, HeadDL, DstReg, Cond, PI.TReg, PI.FReg);
+    DEBUG(dbgs() << "          --> " << *llvm::prior(FirstTerm));
+
+    // Rewrite PHI operands TPred -> (DstReg, Head), remove FPred.
+    for (unsigned i = PI.PHI->getNumOperands(); i != 1; i -= 2) {
+      MachineBasicBlock *MBB = PI.PHI->getOperand(i-1).getMBB();
+      if (MBB == getTPred()) {
+        PI.PHI->getOperand(i-1).setMBB(Head);
+        PI.PHI->getOperand(i-2).setReg(DstReg);
+      } else if (MBB == getFPred()) {
+        PI.PHI->RemoveOperand(i-1);
+        PI.PHI->RemoveOperand(i-2);
+      }
+    }
+    DEBUG(dbgs() << "          --> " << *PI.PHI);
+  }
+}
+
+/// convertIf - Execute the if conversion after canConvertIf has determined the
+/// feasibility.
+///
+/// Any basic blocks erased will be added to RemovedBlocks.
+///
+void SSAIfConv::convertIf(SmallVectorImpl<MachineBasicBlock*> &RemovedBlocks) {
+  assert(Head && Tail && TBB && FBB && "Call canConvertIf first.");
+
+  // Update statistics.
+  if (isTriangle())
+    ++NumTrianglesConv;
+  else
+    ++NumDiamondsConv;
+
+  // Move all instructions into Head, except for the terminators.
+  if (TBB != Tail)
+    Head->splice(InsertionPoint, TBB, TBB->begin(), TBB->getFirstTerminator());
+  if (FBB != Tail)
+    Head->splice(InsertionPoint, FBB, FBB->begin(), FBB->getFirstTerminator());
+
+  // Are there extra Tail predecessors?
+  bool ExtraPreds = Tail->pred_size() != 2;
+  if (ExtraPreds)
+    rewritePHIOperands();
+  else
+    replacePHIInstrs();
 
   // Fix up the CFG, temporarily leave Head without any successors.
   Head->removeSuccessor(TBB);
@@ -472,6 +537,7 @@
 
   // Fix up Head's terminators.
   // It should become a single branch or a fallthrough.
+  DebugLoc HeadDL = Head->getFirstTerminator()->getDebugLoc();
   TII->RemoveBranch(*Head);
 
   // Erase the now empty conditional blocks. It is likely that Head can fall
@@ -486,7 +552,7 @@
   }
 
   assert(Head->succ_empty() && "Additional head successors?");
-  if (Head->isLayoutSuccessor(Tail)) {
+  if (!ExtraPreds && Head->isLayoutSuccessor(Tail)) {
     // Splice Tail onto the end of Head.
     DEBUG(dbgs() << "Joining tail BB#" << Tail->getNumber()
                  << " into head BB#" << Head->getNumber() << '\n');
@@ -593,10 +659,16 @@
   Traces->invalidate(IfConv.Tail);
   Traces->invalidate(IfConv.TBB);
   Traces->invalidate(IfConv.FBB);
-  DEBUG(if (MinInstr) MinInstr->print(dbgs()));
   Traces->verifyAnalysis();
 }
 
+// Adjust cycles with downward saturation.
+static unsigned adjCycles(unsigned Cyc, int Delta) {
+  if (Delta < 0 && Cyc + Delta > Cyc)
+    return 0;
+  return Cyc + Delta;
+}
+
 /// Apply cost model and heuristics to the if-conversion in IfConv.
 /// Return true if the conversion is a good idea.
 ///
@@ -608,21 +680,79 @@
   if (!MinInstr)
     MinInstr = Traces->getEnsemble(MachineTraceMetrics::TS_MinInstrCount);
 
-  // Compare the critical path through TBB and FBB. If the difference is
-  // greater than the branch misprediction penalty, it would never pay to
-  // if-convert. The triangle/diamond topology guarantees that these traces
-  // have the same head and tail, so they can be compared.
-  MachineTraceMetrics::Trace TBBTrace = MinInstr->getTrace(IfConv.TBB);
-  MachineTraceMetrics::Trace FBBTrace = MinInstr->getTrace(IfConv.FBB);
+  MachineTraceMetrics::Trace TBBTrace = MinInstr->getTrace(IfConv.getTPred());
+  MachineTraceMetrics::Trace FBBTrace = MinInstr->getTrace(IfConv.getFPred());
   DEBUG(dbgs() << "TBB: " << TBBTrace << "FBB: " << FBBTrace);
-  unsigned TBBCrit = TBBTrace.getCriticalPath();
-  unsigned FBBCrit = FBBTrace.getCriticalPath();
-  unsigned ExtraCrit = TBBCrit > FBBCrit ? TBBCrit-FBBCrit : FBBCrit-TBBCrit;
-  if (ExtraCrit >= SchedModel->MispredictPenalty) {
-    DEBUG(dbgs() << "Critical path difference larger than "
-                 << SchedModel->MispredictPenalty << ".\n");
+  unsigned MinCrit = std::min(TBBTrace.getCriticalPath(),
+                              FBBTrace.getCriticalPath());
+
+  // Set a somewhat arbitrary limit on the critical path extension we accept.
+  unsigned CritLimit = SchedModel->MispredictPenalty/2;
+
+  // If-conversion only makes sense when there is unexploited ILP. Compute the
+  // maximum-ILP resource length of the trace after if-conversion. Compare it
+  // to the shortest critical path.
+  SmallVector<const MachineBasicBlock*, 1> ExtraBlocks;
+  if (IfConv.TBB != IfConv.Tail)
+    ExtraBlocks.push_back(IfConv.TBB);
+  unsigned ResLength = FBBTrace.getResourceLength(ExtraBlocks);
+  DEBUG(dbgs() << "Resource length " << ResLength
+               << ", minimal critical path " << MinCrit << '\n');
+  if (ResLength > MinCrit + CritLimit) {
+    DEBUG(dbgs() << "Not enough available ILP.\n");
     return false;
   }
+
+  // Assume that the depth of the first head terminator will also be the depth
+  // of the select instruction inserted, as determined by the flag dependency.
+  // TBB / FBB data dependencies may delay the select even more.
+  MachineTraceMetrics::Trace HeadTrace = MinInstr->getTrace(IfConv.Head);
+  unsigned BranchDepth =
+    HeadTrace.getInstrCycles(IfConv.Head->getFirstTerminator()).Depth;
+  DEBUG(dbgs() << "Branch depth: " << BranchDepth << '\n');
+
+  // Look at all the tail phis, and compute the critical path extension caused
+  // by inserting select instructions.
+  MachineTraceMetrics::Trace TailTrace = MinInstr->getTrace(IfConv.Tail);
+  for (unsigned i = 0, e = IfConv.PHIs.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+    SSAIfConv::PHIInfo &PI = IfConv.PHIs[i];
+    unsigned Slack = TailTrace.getInstrSlack(PI.PHI);
+    unsigned MaxDepth = Slack + TailTrace.getInstrCycles(PI.PHI).Depth;
+    DEBUG(dbgs() << "Slack " << Slack << ":\t" << *PI.PHI);
+
+    // The condition is pulled into the critical path.
+    unsigned CondDepth = adjCycles(BranchDepth, PI.CondCycles);
+    if (CondDepth > MaxDepth) {
+      unsigned Extra = CondDepth - MaxDepth;
+      DEBUG(dbgs() << "Condition adds " << Extra << " cycles.\n");
+      if (Extra > CritLimit) {
+        DEBUG(dbgs() << "Exceeds limit of " << CritLimit << '\n');
+        return false;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // The TBB value is pulled into the critical path.
+    unsigned TDepth = adjCycles(TBBTrace.getPHIDepth(PI.PHI), PI.TCycles);
+    if (TDepth > MaxDepth) {
+      unsigned Extra = TDepth - MaxDepth;
+      DEBUG(dbgs() << "TBB data adds " << Extra << " cycles.\n");
+      if (Extra > CritLimit) {
+        DEBUG(dbgs() << "Exceeds limit of " << CritLimit << '\n');
+        return false;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // The FBB value is pulled into the critical path.
+    unsigned FDepth = adjCycles(FBBTrace.getPHIDepth(PI.PHI), PI.FCycles);
+    if (FDepth > MaxDepth) {
+      unsigned Extra = FDepth - MaxDepth;
+      DEBUG(dbgs() << "FBB data adds " << Extra << " cycles.\n");
+      if (Extra > CritLimit) {
+        DEBUG(dbgs() << "Exceeds limit of " << CritLimit << '\n');
+        return false;
+      }
+    }
+  }
   return true;
 }
 
@@ -644,11 +774,11 @@
 
 bool EarlyIfConverter::runOnMachineFunction(MachineFunction &MF) {
   DEBUG(dbgs() << "********** EARLY IF-CONVERSION **********\n"
-               << "********** Function: "
-               << ((Value*)MF.getFunction())->getName() << '\n');
+               << "********** Function: " << MF.getName() << '\n');
   TII = MF.getTarget().getInstrInfo();
   TRI = MF.getTarget().getRegisterInfo();
-  SchedModel = MF.getTarget().getInstrItineraryData()->SchedModel;
+  SchedModel =
+    MF.getTarget().getSubtarget<TargetSubtargetInfo>().getSchedModel();
   MRI = &MF.getRegInfo();
   DomTree = &getAnalysis<MachineDominatorTree>();
   Loops = getAnalysisIfAvailable<MachineLoopInfo>();
@@ -667,6 +797,5 @@
     if (tryConvertIf(I->getBlock()))
       Changed = true;
 
-  MF.verify(this, "After early if-conversion");
   return Changed;
 }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/ExecutionDepsFix.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/ExecutionDepsFix.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/ExecutionDepsFix.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/ExecutionDepsFix.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -626,9 +626,12 @@
   }
   dv->Instrs.push_back(mi);
 
-  // Finally set all defs and non-collapsed uses to dv.
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = mi->getDesc().getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
-    MachineOperand &mo = mi->getOperand(i);
+  // Finally set all defs and non-collapsed uses to dv. We must iterate through
+  // all the operators, including imp-def ones.
+  for (MachineInstr::mop_iterator ii = mi->operands_begin(),
+                                  ee = mi->operands_end();
+                                  ii != ee; ++ii) {
+    MachineOperand &mo = *ii;
     if (!mo.isReg()) continue;
     int rx = regIndex(mo.getReg());
     if (rx < 0) continue;
@@ -654,7 +657,7 @@
   bool anyregs = false;
   for (TargetRegisterClass::const_iterator I = RC->begin(), E = RC->end();
        I != E; ++I)
-    if (MF->getRegInfo().isPhysRegOrOverlapUsed(*I)) {
+    if (MF->getRegInfo().isPhysRegUsed(*I)) {
       anyregs = true;
       break;
     }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/ExpandPostRAPseudos.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/ExpandPostRAPseudos.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/ExpandPostRAPseudos.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/ExpandPostRAPseudos.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -14,7 +14,6 @@
 
 #define DEBUG_TYPE "postrapseudos"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/Passes.h"
-#include "llvm/Function.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineFunctionPass.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineInstr.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineInstrBuilder.h"
@@ -190,8 +189,7 @@
 bool ExpandPostRA::runOnMachineFunction(MachineFunction &MF) {
   DEBUG(dbgs() << "Machine Function\n"
                << "********** EXPANDING POST-RA PSEUDO INSTRS **********\n"
-               << "********** Function: "
-               << MF.getFunction()->getName() << '\n');
+               << "********** Function: " << MF.getName() << '\n');
   TRI = MF.getTarget().getRegisterInfo();
   TII = MF.getTarget().getInstrInfo();
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/GCStrategy.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/GCStrategy.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/GCStrategy.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/GCStrategy.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@
 #include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
 #include "llvm/Module.h"
 #include "llvm/Analysis/Dominators.h"
+#include "llvm/Analysis/DominatorInternals.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineFrameInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineFunctionPass.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineInstrBuilder.h"
@@ -387,9 +388,16 @@
   const TargetFrameLowering *TFI = TM->getFrameLowering();
   assert(TFI && "TargetRegisterInfo not available!");
 
-  for (GCFunctionInfo::roots_iterator RI = FI->roots_begin(),
-                                      RE = FI->roots_end(); RI != RE; ++RI)
-    RI->StackOffset = TFI->getFrameIndexOffset(MF, RI->Num);
+  for (GCFunctionInfo::roots_iterator RI = FI->roots_begin();
+       RI != FI->roots_end();) {
+    // If the root references a dead object, no need to keep it.
+    if (MF.getFrameInfo()->isDeadObjectIndex(RI->Num)) {
+      RI = FI->removeStackRoot(RI);
+    } else {
+      RI->StackOffset = TFI->getFrameIndexOffset(MF, RI->Num);
+      ++RI;
+    }
+  }
 }
 
 bool GCMachineCodeAnalysis::runOnMachineFunction(MachineFunction &MF) {

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/IfConversion.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/IfConversion.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/IfConversion.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/IfConversion.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -13,7 +13,6 @@
 
 #define DEBUG_TYPE "ifcvt"
 #include "BranchFolding.h"
-#include "llvm/Function.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/Passes.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineModuleInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineBranchProbabilityInfo.h"
@@ -282,7 +281,7 @@
   }
 
   DEBUG(dbgs() << "\nIfcvt: function (" << ++FnNum <<  ") \'"
-               << MF.getFunction()->getName() << "\'");
+               << MF.getName() << "\'");
 
   if (FnNum < IfCvtFnStart || (IfCvtFnStop != -1 && FnNum > IfCvtFnStop)) {
     DEBUG(dbgs() << " skipped\n");
@@ -997,14 +996,13 @@
   }
   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Defs.size(); i != e; ++i) {
     unsigned Reg = Defs[i];
-    if (Redefs.count(Reg)) {
+    if (!Redefs.insert(Reg)) {
       if (AddImpUse)
         // Treat predicated update as read + write.
         MI->addOperand(MachineOperand::CreateReg(Reg, false/*IsDef*/,
                                               true/*IsImp*/,false/*IsKill*/,
                                               false/*IsDead*/,true/*IsUndef*/));
     } else {
-      Redefs.insert(Reg);
       for (MCSubRegIterator SubRegs(Reg, TRI); SubRegs.isValid(); ++SubRegs)
         Redefs.insert(*SubRegs);
     }

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/InlineSpiller.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/InlineSpiller.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/InlineSpiller.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/InlineSpiller.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@
     propagateSiblingValue(SVI);
   } while (!WorkList.empty());
 
-  // Look up the value we were looking for.  We already did this lokup at the
+  // Look up the value we were looking for.  We already did this lookup at the
   // top of the function, but SibValues may have been invalidated.
   SVI = SibValues.find(UseVNI);
   assert(SVI != SibValues.end() && "Didn't compute requested info");
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@
   // If the instruction also writes VirtReg.reg, it had better not require the
   // same register for uses and defs.
   SmallVector<std::pair<MachineInstr*, unsigned>, 8> Ops;
-  MIBundleOperands::RegInfo RI =
+  MIBundleOperands::VirtRegInfo RI =
     MIBundleOperands(MI).analyzeVirtReg(VirtReg.reg, &Ops);
   if (RI.Tied) {
     markValueUsed(&VirtReg, ParentVNI);
@@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@
 
     // Analyze instruction.
     SmallVector<std::pair<MachineInstr*, unsigned>, 8> Ops;
-    MIBundleOperands::RegInfo RI =
+    MIBundleOperands::VirtRegInfo RI =
       MIBundleOperands(MI).analyzeVirtReg(Reg, &Ops);
 
     // Find the slot index where this instruction reads and writes OldLI.

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/IntrinsicLowering.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/IntrinsicLowering.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/IntrinsicLowering.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/IntrinsicLowering.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 #include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
+#include "llvm/DataLayout.h"
 using namespace llvm;
 
 template <class ArgIt>
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
     break;   // Strip out annotate intrinsic
     
   case Intrinsic::memcpy: {
-    IntegerType *IntPtr = TD.getIntPtrType(Context);
+    Type *IntPtr = TD.getIntPtrType(Context);
     Value *Size = Builder.CreateIntCast(CI->getArgOperand(2), IntPtr,
                                         /* isSigned */ false);
     Value *Ops[3];
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@
     break;
   }
   case Intrinsic::memmove: {
-    IntegerType *IntPtr = TD.getIntPtrType(Context);
+    Type *IntPtr = TD.getIntPtrType(Context);
     Value *Size = Builder.CreateIntCast(CI->getArgOperand(2), IntPtr,
                                         /* isSigned */ false);
     Value *Ops[3];
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
     break;
   }
   case Intrinsic::memset: {
-    IntegerType *IntPtr = TD.getIntPtrType(Context);
+    Type *IntPtr = TD.getIntPtrType(Context);
     Value *Size = Builder.CreateIntCast(CI->getArgOperand(2), IntPtr,
                                         /* isSigned */ false);
     Value *Ops[3];

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LLVMTargetMachine.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LLVMTargetMachine.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LLVMTargetMachine.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LLVMTargetMachine.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
       const MCSubtargetInfo &STI = getSubtarget<MCSubtargetInfo>();
       MCE = getTarget().createMCCodeEmitter(*getInstrInfo(), MRI, STI,
                                             *Context);
-      MAB = getTarget().createMCAsmBackend(getTargetTriple());
+      MAB = getTarget().createMCAsmBackend(getTargetTriple(), TargetCPU);
     }
 
     MCStreamer *S = getTarget().createAsmStreamer(*Context, Out,
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
     // emission fails.
     MCCodeEmitter *MCE = getTarget().createMCCodeEmitter(*getInstrInfo(), MRI,
                                                          STI, *Context);
-    MCAsmBackend *MAB = getTarget().createMCAsmBackend(getTargetTriple());
+    MCAsmBackend *MAB = getTarget().createMCAsmBackend(getTargetTriple(), TargetCPU);
     if (MCE == 0 || MAB == 0)
       return true;
 
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
   const MCSubtargetInfo &STI = getSubtarget<MCSubtargetInfo>();
   MCCodeEmitter *MCE = getTarget().createMCCodeEmitter(*getInstrInfo(), MRI,
                                                        STI, *Ctx);
-  MCAsmBackend *MAB = getTarget().createMCAsmBackend(getTargetTriple());
+  MCAsmBackend *MAB = getTarget().createMCAsmBackend(getTargetTriple(), TargetCPU);
   if (MCE == 0 || MAB == 0)
     return true;
 

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LiveDebugVariables.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LiveDebugVariables.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LiveDebugVariables.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LiveDebugVariables.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -687,8 +687,7 @@
   clear();
   LS.initialize(mf);
   DEBUG(dbgs() << "********** COMPUTING LIVE DEBUG VARIABLES: "
-               << ((Value*)mf.getFunction())->getName()
-               << " **********\n");
+               << mf.getName() << " **********\n");
 
   bool Changed = collectDebugValues(mf);
   computeIntervals();

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LiveInterval.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LiveInterval.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LiveInterval.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LiveInterval.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@
 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetRegisterInfo.h"
+#include "RegisterCoalescer.h"
 #include <algorithm>
 using namespace llvm;
 
@@ -58,8 +59,16 @@
     return VNI;
   }
   if (SlotIndex::isSameInstr(Def, I->start)) {
-    assert(I->start == Def && "Cannot insert def, already live");
-    assert(I->valno->def == Def && "Inconsistent existing value def");
+    assert(I->valno->def == I->start && "Inconsistent existing value def");
+
+    // It is possible to have both normal and early-clobber defs of the same
+    // register on an instruction. It doesn't make a lot of sense, but it is
+    // possible to specify in inline assembly.
+    //
+    // Just convert everything to early-clobber.
+    Def = std::min(Def, I->start);
+    if (Def != I->start)
+      I->start = I->valno->def = Def;
     return I->valno;
   }
   assert(SlotIndex::isEarlierInstr(Def, I->start) && "Already live at def");
@@ -68,21 +77,6 @@
   return VNI;
 }
 
-/// killedInRange - Return true if the interval has kills in [Start,End).
-bool LiveInterval::killedInRange(SlotIndex Start, SlotIndex End) const {
-  Ranges::const_iterator r =
-    std::lower_bound(ranges.begin(), ranges.end(), End);
-
-  // Now r points to the first interval with start >= End, or ranges.end().
-  if (r == ranges.begin())
-    return false;
-
-  --r;
-  // Now r points to the last interval with end <= End.
-  // r->end is the kill point.
-  return r->end >= Start && r->end < End;
-}
-
 // overlaps - Return true if the intersection of the two live intervals is
 // not empty.
 //
@@ -142,6 +136,48 @@
   return false;
 }
 
+bool LiveInterval::overlaps(const LiveInterval &Other,
+                            const CoalescerPair &CP,
+                            const SlotIndexes &Indexes) const {
+  assert(!empty() && "empty interval");
+  if (Other.empty())
+    return false;
+
+  // Use binary searches to find initial positions.
+  const_iterator I = find(Other.beginIndex());
+  const_iterator IE = end();
+  if (I == IE)
+    return false;
+  const_iterator J = Other.find(I->start);
+  const_iterator JE = Other.end();
+  if (J == JE)
+    return false;
+
+  for (;;) {
+    // J has just been advanced to satisfy:
+    assert(J->end >= I->start);
+    // Check for an overlap.
+    if (J->start < I->end) {
+      // I and J are overlapping. Find the later start.
+      SlotIndex Def = std::max(I->start, J->start);
+      // Allow the overlap if Def is a coalescable copy.
+      if (Def.isBlock() ||
+          !CP.isCoalescable(Indexes.getInstructionFromIndex(Def)))
+        return true;
+    }
+    // Advance the iterator that ends first to check for more overlaps.
+    if (J->end > I->end) {
+      std::swap(I, J);
+      std::swap(IE, JE);
+    }
+    // Advance J until J->end >= I->start.
+    do
+      if (++J == JE)
+        return false;
+    while (J->end < I->start);
+  }
+}
+
 /// overlaps - Return true if the live interval overlaps a range specified
 /// by [Start, End).
 bool LiveInterval::overlaps(SlotIndex Start, SlotIndex End) const {
@@ -399,7 +435,7 @@
 
   // If we have to apply a mapping to our base interval assignment, rewrite it
   // now.
-  if (MustMapCurValNos) {
+  if (MustMapCurValNos && !empty()) {
     // Map the first live range.
 
     iterator OutIt = begin();
@@ -673,27 +709,6 @@
   return V2;
 }
 
-void LiveInterval::Copy(const LiveInterval &RHS,
-                        MachineRegisterInfo *MRI,
-                        VNInfo::Allocator &VNInfoAllocator) {
-  ranges.clear();
-  valnos.clear();
-  std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> Hint = MRI->getRegAllocationHint(RHS.reg);
-  MRI->setRegAllocationHint(reg, Hint.first, Hint.second);
-
-  weight = RHS.weight;
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = RHS.getNumValNums(); i != e; ++i) {
-    const VNInfo *VNI = RHS.getValNumInfo(i);
-    createValueCopy(VNI, VNInfoAllocator);
-  }
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = RHS.ranges.size(); i != e; ++i) {
-    const LiveRange &LR = RHS.ranges[i];
-    addRange(LiveRange(LR.start, LR.end, getValNumInfo(LR.valno->id)));
-  }
-
-  verify();
-}
-
 unsigned LiveInterval::getSize() const {
   unsigned Sum = 0;
   for (const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I)
@@ -705,9 +720,11 @@
   return os << '[' << LR.start << ',' << LR.end << ':' << LR.valno->id << ")";
 }
 
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 void LiveRange::dump() const {
   dbgs() << *this << "\n";
 }
+#endif
 
 void LiveInterval::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
   if (empty())
@@ -740,9 +757,11 @@
   }
 }
 
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 void LiveInterval::dump() const {
   dbgs() << *this << "\n";
 }
+#endif
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
 void LiveInterval::verify() const {

Modified: llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LiveIntervalAnalysis.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LiveIntervalAnalysis.cpp?rev=172541&r1=172540&r2=172541&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LiveIntervalAnalysis.cpp (original)
+++ llvm/branches/AMDILBackend/lib/CodeGen/LiveIntervalAnalysis.cpp Tue Jan 15 11:16:16 2013
@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
 #include "LiveRangeCalc.h"
+#include "VirtRegMap.h"
 #include <algorithm>
 #include <limits>
 #include <cmath>
@@ -109,8 +110,6 @@
   DomTree = &getAnalysis<MachineDominatorTree>();
   if (!LRCalc)
     LRCalc = new LiveRangeCalc();
-  AllocatableRegs = TRI->getAllocatableSet(fn);
-  ReservedRegs = TRI->getReservedRegs(fn);
 
   // Allocate space for all virtual registers.
   VirtRegIntervals.resize(MRI->getNumVirtRegs());
@@ -147,6 +146,11 @@
       OS << PrintReg(Reg) << " = " << getInterval(Reg) << '\n';
   }
 
+  OS << "RegMasks:";
+  for (unsigned i = 0, e = RegMaskSlots.size(); i != e; ++i)
+    OS << ' ' << RegMaskSlots[i];
+  OS << '\n';
+
   printInstrs(OS);
 }
 
@@ -155,9 +159,11 @@
   MF->print(OS, Indexes);
 }
 
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
 void LiveIntervals::dumpInstrs() const {
   printInstrs(dbgs());
 }
+#endif
 
 static
 bool MultipleDefsBySameMI(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned MOIdx) {
@@ -382,8 +388,7 @@
 /// which a variable is live
 void LiveIntervals::computeIntervals() {
   DEBUG(dbgs() << "********** COMPUTING LIVE INTERVALS **********\n"
-               << "********** Function: "
-               << ((Value*)MF->getFunction())->getName() << '\n');
+               << "********** Function: " << MF->getName() << '\n');
 
   RegMaskBlocks.resize(MF->getNumBlockIDs());
 
@@ -440,7 +445,7 @@
 
     // Compute the number of register mask instructions in this block.
     std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> &RMB = RegMaskBlocks[MBB->getNumber()];
-    RMB.second = RegMaskSlots.size() - RMB.first;;
+    RMB.second = RegMaskSlots.size() - RMB.first;
   }
 
   // Create empty intervals for registers defined by implicit_def's (except
@@ -497,7 +502,7 @@
           RegMaskBits.push_back(MO->getRegMask());
       }
     // Compute the number of register mask instructions in this block.
-    RMB.second = RegMaskSlots.size() - RMB.first;;
+    RMB.second = RegMaskSlots.size() - RMB.first;
   }
 }
 
@@ -540,11 +545,11 @@
   // Ignore uses of reserved registers. We only track defs of those.
   for (MCRegUnitRootIterator Roots(Unit, TRI); Roots.isValid(); ++Roots) {
     unsigned Root = *Roots;
-    if (!isReserved(Root) && !MRI->reg_empty(Root))
+    if (!MRI->isReserved(Root) && !MRI->reg_empty(Root))
       LRCalc->extendToUses(LI, Root);
     for (MCSuperRegIterator Supers(Root, TRI); Supers.isValid(); ++Supers) {
       unsigned Reg = *Supers;
-      if (!isReserved(Reg) && !MRI->reg_empty(Reg))
+      if (!MRI->isReserved(Reg) && !MRI->reg_empty(Reg))
         LRCalc->extendToUses(LI, Reg);
     }
   }
@@ -729,17 +734,100 @@
   return CanSeparate;
 }
 
+void LiveIntervals::extendToIndices(LiveInterval *LI,
+                                    ArrayRef<SlotIndex> Indices) {
+  assert(LRCalc && "LRCalc not initialized.");
+  LRCalc->reset(MF, getSlotIndexes(), DomTree, &getVNInfoAllocator());
+  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Indices.size(); i != e; ++i)
+    LRCalc->extend(LI, Indices[i]);
+}
+
+void LiveIntervals::pruneValue(LiveInterval *LI, SlotIndex Kill,
+                               SmallVectorImpl<SlotIndex> *EndPoints) {
+  LiveRangeQuery LRQ(*LI, Kill);
+  VNInfo *VNI = LRQ.valueOut();
+  if (!VNI)
+    return;
+
+  MachineBasicBlock *KillMBB = Indexes->getMBBFromIndex(Kill);
+  SlotIndex MBBStart, MBBEnd;
+  tie(MBBStart, MBBEnd) = Indexes->getMBBRange(KillMBB);
+
+  // If VNI isn't live out from KillMBB, the value is trivially pruned.
+  if (LRQ.endPoint() < MBBEnd) {
+    LI->removeRange(Kill, LRQ.endPoint());
+    if (EndPoints) EndPoints->push_back(LRQ.endPoint());
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // VNI is live out of KillMBB.
+  LI->removeRange(Kill, MBBEnd);
+  if (EndPoints) EndPoints->push_back(MBBEnd);
+
+  // Find all blocks that are reachable from KillMBB without leaving VNI's live
+  // range. It is possible that KillMBB itself is reachable, so start a DFS
+  // from each successor.
+  typedef SmallPtrSet<MachineBasicBlock*, 9> VisitedTy;
+  VisitedTy Visited;
+  for (MachineBasicBlock::succ_iterator
+       SuccI = KillMBB->succ_begin(), SuccE = KillMBB->succ_end();
+       SuccI != SuccE; ++SuccI) {
+    for (df_ext_iterator<MachineBasicBlock*, VisitedTy>
+         I = df_ext_begin(*SuccI, Visited), E = df_ext_end(*SuccI, Visited);
+         I != E;) {
+      MachineBasicBlock *MBB = *I;
+
+      // Check if VNI is live in to MBB.
+      tie(MBBStart, MBBEnd) = Indexes->getMBBRange(MBB);
+      LiveRangeQuery LRQ(*LI, MBBStart);
+      if (LRQ.valueIn() != VNI) {
+        // This block isn't part of the VNI live range. Prune the search.
+        I.skipChildren();
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // Prune the search if VNI is killed in MBB.
+      if (LRQ.endPoint() < MBBEnd) {
+        LI->removeRange(MBBStart, LRQ.endPoint());
+        if (EndPoints) EndPoints->push_back(LRQ.endPoint());
+        I.skipChildren();
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // VNI is live through MBB.
+      LI->removeRange(MBBStart, MBBEnd);
+      if (EndPoints) EndPoints->push_back(MBBEnd);
+      ++I;
+    }
+  }
+}
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Register allocator hooks.
 //
 
-void LiveIntervals::addKillFlags() {
+void LiveIntervals::addKillFlags(const VirtRegMap *VRM) {
+  // Keep track of regunit ranges.
+  SmallVector<std::pair<LiveInterval*, LiveInterval::iterator>, 8> RU;
+
   for (unsigned i = 0, e = MRI->getNumVirtRegs(); i != e; ++i) {
     unsigned Reg = TargetRegisterInfo::index2VirtReg(i);
     if (MRI->reg_nodbg_empty(Reg))
       continue;
     LiveInterval *LI = &getInterval(Reg);
+    if (LI->empty())
+      continue;
+
+    // Find the regunit intervals for the assigned register. They may overlap
+    // the virtual register live range, cancelling any kills.
+    RU.clear();
+    for (MCRegUnitIterator Units(VRM->getPhys(Reg), TRI); Units.isValid();
+         ++Units) {
+      LiveInterval *RUInt = &getRegUnit(*Units);
+      if (RUInt->empty())
+        continue;
+      RU.push_back(std::make_pair(RUInt, RUInt->find(LI->begin()->end)));
+    }
 
     // Every instruction that kills Reg corresponds to a live range end point.
     for (LiveInterval::iterator RI = LI->begin(), RE = LI->end(); RI != RE;
@@ -750,7 +838,32 @@
       MachineInstr *MI = getInstructionFromIndex(RI->end);
       if (!MI)
         continue;
-      MI->addRegisterKilled(Reg, NULL);
+
+      // Check if any of the reguints are live beyond the end of RI. That could
+      // happen when a physreg is defined as a copy of a virtreg:
+      //
+      //   %EAX = COPY %vreg5
+      //   FOO %vreg5         <--- MI, cancel kill because %EAX is live.
+      //   BAR %EAX<kill>
+      //
+      // There should be no kill flag on FOO when %vreg5 is rewritten as %EAX.
+      bool CancelKill = false;
+      for (unsigned u = 0, e = RU.size(); u != e; ++u) {
+        LiveInterval *RInt = RU[u].first;
+        LiveInterval::iterator &I = RU[u].second;
+        if (I == RInt->end())
+          continue;
+        I = RInt->advanceTo(I, RI->end);
+        if (I == RInt->end() || I->start >= RI->end)
+          continue;
+        // I is overlapping RI.
+        CancelKill = true;
+        break;
+      }
+      if (CancelKill)
+        MI->clearRegisterKills(Reg, NULL);
+      else
+        MI->addRegisterKilled(Reg, NULL);
     }
   }
 }
@@ -900,497 +1013,321 @@
   LiveIntervals& LIS;
   const MachineRegisterInfo& MRI;
   const TargetRegisterInfo& TRI;
+  SlotIndex OldIdx;
   SlotIndex NewIdx;
-
-  typedef std::pair<LiveInterval*, LiveRange*> IntRangePair;
-  typedef DenseSet<IntRangePair> RangeSet;
-
-  struct RegRanges {
-    LiveRange* Use;
-    LiveRange* EC;
-    LiveRange* Dead;
-    LiveRange* Def;
-    RegRanges() : Use(0), EC(0), Dead(0), Def(0) {}
-  };
-  typedef DenseMap<unsigned, RegRanges> BundleRanges;
+  SmallPtrSet<LiveInterval*, 8> Updated;
+  bool UpdateFlags;
 
 public:
   HMEditor(LiveIntervals& LIS, const MachineRegisterInfo& MRI,
-           const TargetRegisterInfo& TRI, SlotIndex NewIdx)
-    : LIS(LIS), MRI(MRI), TRI(TRI), NewIdx(NewIdx) {}
-
-  // Update intervals for all operands of MI from OldIdx to NewIdx.
-  // This assumes that MI used to be at OldIdx, and now resides at
-  // NewIdx.
-  void moveAllRangesFrom(MachineInstr* MI, SlotIndex OldIdx) {
-    assert(NewIdx != OldIdx && "No-op move? That's a bit strange.");
-
-    // Collect the operands.
-    RangeSet Entering, Internal, Exiting;
-    bool hasRegMaskOp = false;
-    collectRanges(MI, Entering, Internal, Exiting, hasRegMaskOp, OldIdx);
-
-    // To keep the LiveRanges valid within an interval, move the ranges closest
-    // to the destination first. This prevents ranges from overlapping, to that
-    // APIs like removeRange still work.
-    if (NewIdx < OldIdx) {
-      moveAllEnteringFrom(OldIdx, Entering);
-      moveAllInternalFrom(OldIdx, Internal);
-      moveAllExitingFrom(OldIdx, Exiting);
-    }
-    else {
-      moveAllExitingFrom(OldIdx, Exiting);
-      moveAllInternalFrom(OldIdx, Internal);
-      moveAllEnteringFrom(OldIdx, Entering);
-    }
-
-    if (hasRegMaskOp)
-      updateRegMaskSlots(OldIdx);
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    LIValidator validator;
-    validator = std::for_each(Entering.begin(), Entering.end(), validator);
-    validator = std::for_each(Internal.begin(), Internal.end(), validator);
-    validator = std::for_each(Exiting.begin(), Exiting.end(), validator);
-    assert(validator.rangesOk() && "moveAllOperandsFrom broke liveness.");
-#endif
-
-  }
-
-  // Update intervals for all operands of MI to refer to BundleStart's
-  // SlotIndex.
-  void moveAllRangesInto(MachineInstr* MI, MachineInstr* BundleStart) {
-    if (MI == BundleStart)
-      return; // Bundling instr with itself - nothing to do.
-
-    SlotIndex OldIdx = LIS.getSlotIndexes()->getInstructionIndex(MI);
-    assert(LIS.getSlotIndexes()->getInstructionFromIndex(OldIdx) == MI &&
-           "SlotIndex <-> Instruction mapping broken for MI");
-
-    // Collect all ranges already in the bundle.
-    MachineBasicBlock::instr_iterator BII(BundleStart);
-    RangeSet Entering, Internal, Exiting;
-    bool hasRegMaskOp = false;
-    collectRanges(BII, Entering, Internal, Exiting, hasRegMaskOp, NewIdx);
-    assert(!hasRegMaskOp && "Can't have RegMask operand in bundle.");
-    for (++BII; &*BII == MI || BII->isInsideBundle(); ++BII) {
-      if (&*BII == MI)
+           const TargetRegisterInfo& TRI,
+           SlotIndex OldIdx, SlotIndex NewIdx, bool UpdateFlags)
+    : LIS(LIS), MRI(MRI), TRI(TRI), OldIdx(OldIdx), NewIdx(NewIdx),
+      UpdateFlags(UpdateFlags) {}
+
+  // FIXME: UpdateFlags is a workaround that creates live intervals for all
+  // physregs, even those that aren't needed for regalloc, in order to update
+  // kill flags. This is wasteful. Eventually, LiveVariables will strip all kill
+  // flags, and postRA passes will use a live register utility instead.
+  LiveInterval *getRegUnitLI(unsigned Unit) {
+    if (UpdateFlags)
+      return &LIS.getRegUnit(Unit);
+    return LIS.getCachedRegUnit(Unit);
+  }
+
+  /// Update all live ranges touched by MI, assuming a move from OldIdx to
+  /// NewIdx.
+  void updateAllRanges(MachineInstr *MI) {
+    DEBUG(dbgs() << "handleMove " << OldIdx << " -> " << NewIdx << ": " << *MI);
+    bool hasRegMask = false;
+    for (MIOperands MO(MI); MO.isValid(); ++MO) {
+      if (MO->isRegMask())
+        hasRegMask = true;
+      if (!MO->isReg())
         continue;
-      collectRanges(BII, Entering, Internal, Exiting, hasRegMaskOp, NewIdx);
-      assert(!hasRegMaskOp && "Can't have RegMask operand in bundle.");
-    }
-
-    BundleRanges BR = createBundleRanges(Entering, Internal, Exiting);
-
-    Entering.clear();
-    Internal.clear();
-    Exiting.clear();
-    collectRanges(MI, Entering, Internal, Exiting, hasRegMaskOp, OldIdx);
-    assert(!hasRegMaskOp && "Can't have RegMask operand in bundle.");
-
-    DEBUG(dbgs() << "Entering: " << Entering.size() << "\n");
-    DEBUG(dbgs() << "Internal: " << Internal.size() << "\n");
-    DEBUG(dbgs() << "Exiting: " << Exiting.size() << "\n");
-
-    moveAllEnteringFromInto(OldIdx, Entering, BR);
-    moveAllInternalFromInto(OldIdx, Internal, BR);
-    moveAllExitingFromInto(OldIdx, Exiting, BR);
+      // Aggressively clear all kill flags.
+      // They are reinserted by VirtRegRewriter.
+      if (MO->isUse())
+        MO->setIsKill(false);
 
+      unsigned Reg = MO->getReg();
+      if (!Reg)
+        continue;
+      if (TargetRegisterInfo::isVirtualRegister(Reg)) {
+        updateRange(LIS.getInterval(Reg));
+        continue;
+      }
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    LIValidator validator;
-    validator = std::for_each(Entering.begin(), Entering.end(), validator);
-    validator = std::for_each(Internal.begin(), Internal.end(), validator);
-    validator = std::for_each(Exiting.begin(), Exiting.end(), validator);
-    assert(validator.rangesOk() && "moveAllOperandsInto broke liveness.");
-#endif
+      // For physregs, only update the regunits that actually have a
+      // precomputed live range.
+      for (MCRegUnitIterator Units(Reg, &TRI); Units.isValid(); ++Units)
+        if (LiveInterval *LI = getRegUnitLI(*Units))
+          updateRange(*LI);
+    }
+    if (hasRegMask)
+      updateRegMaskSlots();
   }
 
 private:
+  /// Update a single live range, assuming an instruction has been moved from
+  /// OldIdx to NewIdx.
+  void updateRange(LiveInterval &LI) {
+    if (!Updated.insert(&LI))
+      return;
+    DEBUG({
+      dbgs() << "     ";
+      if (TargetRegisterInfo::isVirtualRegister(LI.reg))
+        dbgs() << PrintReg(LI.reg);
+      else
+        dbgs() << PrintRegUnit(LI.reg, &TRI);
+      dbgs() << ":\t" << LI << '\n';
+    });
+    if (SlotIndex::isEarlierInstr(OldIdx, NewIdx))
+      handleMoveDown(LI);
+    else
+      handleMoveUp(LI);
+    DEBUG(dbgs() << "        -->\t" << LI << '\n');
+    LI.verify();
+  }
+
+  /// Update LI to reflect an instruction has been moved downwards from OldIdx
+  /// to NewIdx.
+  ///
+  /// 1. Live def at OldIdx:
+  ///    Move def to NewIdx, assert endpoint after NewIdx.
+  ///
+  /// 2. Live def at OldIdx, killed at NewIdx:
+  ///    Change to dead def at NewIdx.
+  ///    (Happens when bundling def+kill together).
+  ///
+  /// 3. Dead def at OldIdx:
+  ///    Move def to NewIdx, possibly across another live value.
+  ///
+  /// 4. Def at OldIdx AND at NewIdx:
+  ///    Remove live range [OldIdx;NewIdx) and value defined at OldIdx.
+  ///    (Happens when bundling multiple defs together).
+  ///
+  /// 5. Value read at OldIdx, killed before NewIdx:
+  ///    Extend kill to NewIdx.
+  ///
+  void handleMoveDown(LiveInterval &LI) {
+    // First look for a kill at OldIdx.
+    LiveInterval::iterator I = LI.find(OldIdx.getBaseIndex());
+    LiveInterval::iterator E = LI.end();
+    // Is LI even live at OldIdx?
+    if (I == E || SlotIndex::isEarlierInstr(OldIdx, I->start))
+      return;
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  class LIValidator {
-  private:
-    DenseSet<const LiveInterval*> Checked, Bogus;
-  public:
-    void operator()(const IntRangePair& P) {
-      const LiveInterval* LI = P.first;
-      if (Checked.count(LI))
+    // Handle a live-in value.
+    if (!SlotIndex::isSameInstr(I->start, OldIdx)) {
+      bool isKill = SlotIndex::isSameInstr(OldIdx, I->end);
+      // If the live-in value already extends to NewIdx, there is nothing to do.
+      if (!SlotIndex::isEarlierInstr(I->end, NewIdx))
         return;
-      Checked.insert(LI);
-      if (LI->empty())
+      // Aggressively remove all kill flags from the old kill point.
+      // Kill flags shouldn't be used while live intervals exist, they will be
+      // reinserted by VirtRegRewriter.
+      if (MachineInstr *KillMI = LIS.getInstructionFromIndex(I->end))
+        for (MIBundleOperands MO(KillMI); MO.isValid(); ++MO)
+          if (MO->isReg() && MO->isUse())
+            MO->setIsKill(false);
+      // Adjust I->end to reach NewIdx. This may temporarily make LI invalid by
+      // overlapping ranges. Case 5 above.
+      I->end = NewIdx.getRegSlot(I->end.isEarlyClobber());
+      // If this was a kill, there may also be a def. Otherwise we're done.
+      if (!isKill)
         return;
-      SlotIndex LastEnd = LI->begin()->start;
-      for (LiveInterval::const_iterator LRI = LI->begin(), LRE = LI->end();
-           LRI != LRE; ++LRI) {
-        const LiveRange& LR = *LRI;
-        if (LastEnd > LR.start || LR.start >= LR.end)
-          Bogus.insert(LI);
-        LastEnd = LR.end;
-      }
+      ++I;
     }
 
-    bool rangesOk() const {
-      return Bogus.empty();
+    // Check for a def at OldIdx.
+    if (I == E || !SlotIndex::isSameInstr(OldIdx, I->start))
+      return;
+    // We have a def at OldIdx.
+    VNInfo *DefVNI = I->valno;
+    assert(DefVNI->def == I->start && "Inconsistent def");
+    DefVNI->def = NewIdx.getRegSlot(I->start.isEarlyClobber());
+    // If the defined value extends beyond NewIdx, just move the def down.
+    // This is case 1 above.
+    if (SlotIndex::isEarlierInstr(NewIdx, I->end)) {
+      I->start = DefVNI->def;
+      return;
     }
-  };
-#endif
-
-  // Collect IntRangePairs for all operands of MI that may need fixing.
-  // Treat's MI's index as OldIdx (regardless of what it is in SlotIndexes'
-  // maps).
-  void collectRanges(MachineInstr* MI, RangeSet& Entering, RangeSet& Internal,
-                     RangeSet& Exiting, bool& hasRegMaskOp, SlotIndex OldIdx) {
-    hasRegMaskOp = false;
-    for (MachineInstr::mop_iterator MOI = MI->operands_begin(),
-                                    MOE = MI->operands_end();
-         MOI != MOE; ++MOI) {
-      const MachineOperand& MO = *MOI;
-
-      if (MO.isRegMask()) {
-        hasRegMaskOp = true;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      if (!MO.isReg() || MO.getReg() == 0)
-        continue;
-
-      unsigned Reg = MO.getReg();
-
-      // TODO: Currently we're skipping uses that are reserved or have no
-      // interval, but we're not updating their kills. This should be
-      // fixed.
-      if (TargetRegisterInfo::isPhysicalRegister(Reg) && LIS.isReserved(Reg))
-        continue;
-
-      // Collect ranges for register units. These live ranges are computed on
-      // demand, so just skip any that haven't been computed yet.
-      if (TargetRegisterInfo::isPhysicalRegister(Reg)) {
-        for (MCRegUnitIterator Units(Reg, &TRI); Units.isValid(); ++Units)
-          if (LiveInterval *LI = LIS.getCachedRegUnit(*Units))
-            collectRanges(MO, LI, Entering, Internal, Exiting, OldIdx);
-      } else {
-        // Collect ranges for individual virtual registers.
-        collectRanges(MO, &LIS.getInterval(Reg),
-                      Entering, Internal, Exiting, OldIdx);
-      }
+    // The remaining possibilities are now:
+    // 2. Live def at OldIdx, killed at NewIdx: isSameInstr(I->end, NewIdx).
+    // 3. Dead def at OldIdx: I->end = OldIdx.getDeadSlot().
+    // In either case, it is possible that there is an existing def at NewIdx.
+    assert((I->end == OldIdx.getDeadSlot() ||
+            SlotIndex::isSameInstr(I->end, NewIdx)) &&
+            "Cannot move def below kill");
+    LiveInterval::iterator NewI = LI.advanceTo(I, NewIdx.getRegSlot());
+    if (NewI != E && SlotIndex::isSameInstr(NewI->start, NewIdx)) {
+      // There is an existing def at NewIdx, case 4 above. The def at OldIdx is
+      // coalesced into that value.
+      assert(NewI->valno != DefVNI && "Multiple defs of value?");
+      LI.removeValNo(DefVNI);
+      return;
     }
-  }
+    // There was no existing def at NewIdx. Turn *I into a dead def at NewIdx.
+    // If the def at OldIdx was dead, we allow it to be moved across other LI
+    // values. The new range should be placed immediately before NewI, move any
+    // intermediate ranges up.
+    assert(NewI != I && "Inconsistent iterators");
+    std::copy(llvm::next(I), NewI, I);
+    *llvm::prior(NewI) = LiveRange(DefVNI->def, NewIdx.getDeadSlot(), DefVNI);
+  }
+
+  /// Update LI to reflect an instruction has been moved upwards from OldIdx
+  /// to NewIdx.
+  ///
+  /// 1. Live def at OldIdx:
+  ///    Hoist def to NewIdx.
+  ///
+  /// 2. Dead def at OldIdx:
+  ///    Hoist def+end to NewIdx, possibly move across other values.
+  ///
+  /// 3. Dead def at OldIdx AND existing def at NewIdx:
+  ///    Remove value defined at OldIdx, coalescing it with existing value.
+  ///
+  /// 4. Live def at OldIdx AND existing def at NewIdx:
+  ///    Remove value defined at NewIdx, hoist OldIdx def to NewIdx.
+  ///    (Happens when bundling multiple defs together).
+  ///
+  /// 5. Value killed at OldIdx:
+  ///    Hoist kill to NewIdx, then scan for last kill between NewIdx and
+  ///    OldIdx.
+  ///
+  void handleMoveUp(LiveInterval &LI) {
+    // First look for a kill at OldIdx.
+    LiveInterval::iterator I = LI.find(OldIdx.getBaseIndex());
+    LiveInterval::iterator E = LI.end();
+    // Is LI even live at OldIdx?
+    if (I == E || SlotIndex::isEarlierInstr(OldIdx, I->start))
+      return;
 
-  void collectRanges(const MachineOperand &MO, LiveInterval *LI,
-                     RangeSet &Entering, RangeSet &Internal, RangeSet &Exiting,
-                     SlotIndex OldIdx) {
-    if (MO.readsReg()) {
-      LiveRange* LR = LI->getLiveRangeContaining(OldIdx);
-      if (LR != 0)
-        Entering.insert(std::make_pair(LI, LR));
-    }
-    if (MO.isDef()) {
-      LiveRange* LR = LI->getLiveRangeContaining(OldIdx.getRegSlot());
-      assert(LR != 0 && "No live range for def?");
-      if (LR->end > OldIdx.getDeadSlot())
-        Exiting.insert(std::make_pair(LI, LR));
-      else
-        Internal.insert(std::make_pair(LI, LR));
+    // Handle a live-in value.
+    if (!SlotIndex::isSameInstr(I->start, OldIdx)) {
+      // If the live-in value isn't killed here, there is nothing to do.
+      if (!SlotIndex::isSameInstr(OldIdx, I->end))
+        return;
+      // Adjust I->end to end at NewIdx. If we are hoisting a kill above
+      // another use, we need to search for that use. Case 5 above.
+      I->end = NewIdx.getRegSlot(I->end.isEarlyClobber());
+      ++I;
+      // If OldIdx also defines a value, there couldn't have been another use.
+      if (I == E || !SlotIndex::isSameInstr(I->start, OldIdx)) {
+        // No def, search for the new kill.
+        // This can never be an early clobber kill since there is no def.
+        llvm::prior(I)->end = findLastUseBefore(LI.reg).getRegSlot();
+        return;
+      }
     }
-  }
 
-  BundleRanges createBundleRanges(RangeSet& Entering,
-                                  RangeSet& Internal,
-                                  RangeSet& Exiting) {
-    BundleRanges BR;
-
-    for (RangeSet::iterator EI = Entering.begin(), EE = Entering.end();
-         EI != EE; ++EI) {
-      LiveInterval* LI = EI->first;
-      LiveRange* LR = EI->second;
-      BR[LI->reg].Use = LR;
-    }
-
-    for (RangeSet::iterator II = Internal.begin(), IE = Internal.end();
-         II != IE; ++II) {
-      LiveInterval* LI = II->first;
-      LiveRange* LR = II->second;
-      if (LR->end.isDead()) {
-        BR[LI->reg].Dead = LR;
-      } else {
-        BR[LI->reg].EC = LR;
+    // Now deal with the def at OldIdx.
+    assert(I != E && SlotIndex::isSameInstr(I->start, OldIdx) && "No def?");
+    VNInfo *DefVNI = I->valno;
+    assert(DefVNI->def == I->start && "Inconsistent def");
+    DefVNI->def = NewIdx.getRegSlot(I->start.isEarlyClobber());
+
+    // Check for an existing def at NewIdx.
+    LiveInterval::iterator NewI = LI.find(NewIdx.getRegSlot());
+    if (SlotIndex::isSameInstr(NewI->start, NewIdx)) {
+      assert(NewI->valno != DefVNI && "Same value defined more than once?");
+      // There is an existing def at NewIdx.
+      if (I->end.isDead()) {
+        // Case 3: Remove the dead def at OldIdx.
+        LI.removeValNo(DefVNI);
+        return;
       }
+      // Case 4: Replace def at NewIdx with live def at OldIdx.
+      I->start = DefVNI->def;
+      LI.removeValNo(NewI->valno);
+      return;
     }
 
-    for (RangeSet::iterator EI = Exiting.begin(), EE = Exiting.end();
-         EI != EE; ++EI) {
-      LiveInterval* LI = EI->first;
-      LiveRange* LR = EI->second;
-      BR[LI->reg].Def = LR;
+    // There is no existing def at NewIdx. Hoist DefVNI.
+    if (!I->end.isDead()) {
+      // Leave the end point of a live def.
+      I->start = DefVNI->def;
+      return;
     }
 
-    return BR;
-  }
-
-  void moveKillFlags(unsigned reg, SlotIndex OldIdx, SlotIndex newKillIdx) {
-    MachineInstr* OldKillMI = LIS.getInstructionFromIndex(OldIdx);
-    if (!OldKillMI->killsRegister(reg))
-      return; // Bail out if we don't have kill flags on the old register.
-    MachineInstr* NewKillMI = LIS.getInstructionFromIndex(newKillIdx);
-    assert(OldKillMI->killsRegister(reg) && "Old 'kill' instr isn't a kill.");
-    assert(!NewKillMI->killsRegister(reg) &&
-           "New kill instr is already a kill.");
-    OldKillMI->clearRegisterKills(reg, &TRI);
-    NewKillMI->addRegisterKilled(reg, &TRI);
+    // DefVNI is a dead def. It may have been moved across other values in LI,
+    // so move I up to NewI. Slide [NewI;I) down one position.
+    std::copy_backward(NewI, I, llvm::next(I));
+    *NewI = LiveRange(DefVNI->def, NewIdx.getDeadSlot(), DefVNI);
   }
 
-  void updateRegMaskSlots(SlotIndex OldIdx) {
+  void updateRegMaskSlots() {
     SmallVectorImpl<SlotIndex>::iterator RI =
       std::lower_bound(LIS.RegMaskSlots.begin(), LIS.RegMaskSlots.end(),
                        OldIdx);
-    assert(*RI == OldIdx && "No RegMask at OldIdx.");
-    *RI = NewIdx;
-    assert(*prior(RI) < *RI && *RI < *next(RI) &&
-           "RegSlots out of order. Did you move one call across another?");
+    assert(RI != LIS.RegMaskSlots.end() && *RI == OldIdx.getRegSlot() &&
+           "No RegMask at OldIdx.");
+    *RI = NewIdx.getRegSlot();
+    assert((RI == LIS.RegMaskSlots.begin() ||
+            SlotIndex::isEarlierInstr(*llvm::prior(RI), *RI)) &&
+            "Cannot move regmask instruction above another call");
+    assert((llvm::next(RI) == LIS.RegMaskSlots.end() ||
+            SlotIndex::isEarlierInstr(*RI, *llvm::next(RI))) &&
+            "Cannot move regmask instruction below another call");
   }
 
   // Return the last use of reg between NewIdx and OldIdx.
-  SlotIndex findLastUseBefore(unsigned Reg, SlotIndex OldIdx) {
+  SlotIndex findLastUseBefore(unsigned Reg) {
     SlotIndex LastUse = NewIdx;
-    for (MachineRegisterInfo::use_nodbg_iterator
-           UI = MRI.use_nodbg_begin(Reg),
-           UE = MRI.use_nodbg_end();
-         UI != UE; UI.skipInstruction()) {
-      const MachineInstr* MI = &*UI;
-      SlotIndex InstSlot = LIS.getSlotIndexes()->getInstructionIndex(MI);
-      if (InstSlot > LastUse && InstSlot < OldIdx)
-        LastUse = InstSlot;
-    }
-    return LastUse;
-  }
 
-  void moveEnteringUpFrom(SlotIndex OldIdx, IntRangePair& P) {
-    LiveInterval* LI = P.first;
-    LiveRange* LR = P.second;
-    bool LiveThrough = LR->end > OldIdx.getRegSlot();
-    if (LiveThrough)
-      return;
-    SlotIndex LastUse = findLastUseBefore(LI->reg, OldIdx);
-    if (LastUse != NewIdx)
-      moveKillFlags(LI->reg, NewIdx, LastUse);
-    LR->end = LastUse.getRegSlot();
-  }
-
-  void moveEnteringDownFrom(SlotIndex OldIdx, IntRangePair& P) {
-    LiveInterval* LI = P.first;
-    LiveRange* LR = P.second;
-    // Extend the LiveRange if NewIdx is past the end.
-    if (NewIdx > LR->end) {
-      // Move kill flags if OldIdx was not originally the end
-      // (otherwise LR->end points to an invalid slot).
-      if (LR->end.getRegSlot() != OldIdx.getRegSlot()) {
-        assert(LR->end > OldIdx && "LiveRange does not cover original slot");
-        moveKillFlags(LI->reg, LR->end, NewIdx);
+    if (TargetRegisterInfo::isVirtualRegister(Reg)) {
+      for (MachineRegisterInfo::use_nodbg_iterator
+             UI = MRI.use_nodbg_begin(Reg),
+             UE = MRI.use_nodbg_end();
+           UI != UE; UI.skipInstruction()) {
+        const MachineInstr* MI = &*UI;
+        SlotIndex InstSlot = LIS.getSlotIndexes()->getInstructionIndex(MI);
+        if (InstSlot > LastUse && InstSlot < OldIdx)
+          LastUse = InstSlot;
       }
-      LR->end = NewIdx.getRegSlot();
-    }
-  }
-
-  void moveAllEnteringFrom(SlotIndex OldIdx, RangeSet& Entering) {
-    bool GoingUp = NewIdx < OldIdx;
-
-    if (GoingUp) {
-      for (RangeSet::iterator EI = Entering.begin(), EE = Entering.end();
-           EI != EE; ++EI)
-        moveEnteringUpFrom(OldIdx, *EI);
-    } else {
-      for (RangeSet::iterator EI = Entering.begin(), EE = Entering.end();
-           EI != EE; ++EI)
-        moveEnteringDownFrom(OldIdx, *EI);
-    }
-  }
-
-  void moveInternalFrom(SlotIndex OldIdx, IntRangePair& P) {
-    LiveInterval* LI = P.first;
-    LiveRange* LR = P.second;
-    assert(OldIdx < LR->start && LR->start < OldIdx.getDeadSlot() &&
-           LR->end <= OldIdx.getDeadSlot() &&
-           "Range should be internal to OldIdx.");
-    LiveRange Tmp(*LR);
-    Tmp.start = NewIdx.getRegSlot(LR->start.isEarlyClobber());
-    Tmp.valno->def = Tmp.start;
-    Tmp.end = LR->end.isDead() ? NewIdx.getDeadSlot() : NewIdx.getRegSlot();
-    LI->removeRange(*LR);
-    LI->addRange(Tmp);
-  }
-
-  void moveAllInternalFrom(SlotIndex OldIdx, RangeSet& Internal) {
-    for (RangeSet::iterator II = Internal.begin(), IE = Internal.end();
-         II != IE; ++II)
-      moveInternalFrom(OldIdx, *II);
-  }
-
-  void moveExitingFrom(SlotIndex OldIdx, IntRangePair& P) {
-    LiveRange* LR = P.second;
-    assert(OldIdx < LR->start && LR->start < OldIdx.getDeadSlot() &&
-           "Range should start in OldIdx.");
-    assert(LR->end > OldIdx.getDeadSlot() && "Range should exit OldIdx.");
-    SlotIndex NewStart = NewIdx.getRegSlot(LR->start.isEarlyClobber());
-    LR->start = NewStart;
-    LR->valno->def = NewStart;
-  }
-
-  void moveAllExitingFrom(SlotIndex OldIdx, RangeSet& Exiting) {
-    for (RangeSet::iterator EI = Exiting.begin(), EE = Exiting.end();
-         EI != EE; ++EI)
-      moveExitingFrom(OldIdx, *EI);
-  }
-
-  void moveEnteringUpFromInto(SlotIndex OldIdx, IntRangePair& P,
-                              BundleRanges& BR) {
-    LiveInterval* LI = P.first;
-    LiveRange* LR = P.second;
-    bool LiveThrough = LR->end > OldIdx.getRegSlot();
-    if (LiveThrough) {
-      assert((LR->start < NewIdx || BR[LI->reg].Def == LR) &&
-             "Def in bundle should be def range.");
-      assert((BR[LI->reg].Use == 0 || BR[LI->reg].Use == LR) &&
-             "If bundle has use for this reg it should be LR.");
-      BR[LI->reg].Use = LR;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    SlotIndex LastUse = findLastUseBefore(LI->reg, OldIdx);
-    moveKillFlags(LI->reg, OldIdx, LastUse);
-
-    if (LR->start < NewIdx) {
-      // Becoming a new entering range.
-      assert(BR[LI->reg].Dead == 0 && BR[LI->reg].Def == 0 &&
-             "Bundle shouldn't be re-defining reg mid-range.");
-      assert((BR[LI->reg].Use == 0 || BR[LI->reg].Use == LR) &&
-             "Bundle shouldn't have different use range for same reg.");
-      LR->end = LastUse.getRegSlot();
-      BR[LI->reg].Use = LR;
-    } else {
-      // Becoming a new Dead-def.
-      assert(LR->start == NewIdx.getRegSlot(LR->start.isEarlyClobber()) &&
-             "Live range starting at unexpected slot.");
-      assert(BR[LI->reg].Def == LR && "Reg should have def range.");
-      assert(BR[LI->reg].Dead == 0 &&
-               "Can't have def and dead def of same reg in a bundle.");
-      LR->end = LastUse.getDeadSlot();
-      BR[LI->reg].Dead = BR[LI->reg].Def;
-      BR[LI->reg].Def = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  void moveEnteringDownFromInto(SlotIndex OldIdx, IntRangePair& P,
-                                BundleRanges& BR) {
-    LiveInterval* LI = P.first;
-    LiveRange* LR = P.second;
-    if (NewIdx > LR->end) {
-      // Range extended to bundle. Add to bundle uses.
-      // Note: Currently adds kill flags to bundle star